EDISON BROTHERS STORES INC
10-K, 1996-05-03
SHOE STORES
Previous: HUNTER RESOURCES INC, 10KSB, 1996-05-03
Next: ENGEX INC, SC 13D/A, 1996-05-03




                                    UNITED STATES
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549
                                      FORM 10-K

     (Mark One)

     /X/  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

          For the fiscal year ended    February 3, 1996                       

                                          OR

     / /  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

          For the transition period from                              to      


     Commission file number 1-1394  

                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.              
                      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
             Delaware                                          43-0254900      
     (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)

     501 N. Broadway, St. Louis, Missouri                        63102         
     (Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

     Registrant's telephone number, including area code      (314) 331-6000    

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                        Name of each exchange
       Title of each class                               on which registered 

     Common Stock, par value $1 per share               New York Stock Exchange
     Common Stock Purchase Rights                       New York Stock Exchange

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                             None         
                                       (Title of class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
     required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
     registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
     such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
     Yes X   No   

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
     405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
     to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
     statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
     amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]


     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
     the registrant as of April 17, 1996:

               Common Stock, $1 par value - $33,302,667

     It is assumed for purposes of this calculation that the registrant has no
     "affiliates".  Information as to the shareholdings of directors of the
     registrant is provided in the proxy statement for the 1996 annual meeting
     of stockholders.

     The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of
     common stock, as of April 17, 1996:

               Common Stock, $1 par value - 22,201,778 shares


     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Portions of the annual report to stockholders for the fiscal year
          ended February 3, 1996 ("1995 Annual Report"), are incorporated by
          reference into Parts I and II.

          Portions of the proxy statement for the 1996 annual stockholders
          meeting are incorporated by reference into Part III.


     PART I

     Item 1. BUSINESS

     General

     Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. (the "company") owns and operates chains of
     specialty stores in forty-nine of the United States, Puerto Rico, the
     Virgin Islands, Mexico, and Canada.  The company conducts its principal
     operations through subsidiaries and divisions in two business segments: 
     apparel and footwear.  Both the apparel and the footwear segments feature
     primarily private label merchandise in the moderate price range.  The
     stores operated by the company are located primarily in shopping malls. 
     During 1995 the company opened 91 stores including 39 acquired by purchase,
     sold 98 stores, and closed 656 stores.  

     Proceedings under Chapter 11

     On November 3, 1995 (the "Petition Date"), the company and 65 of its
     subsidiaries and affiliates (the "Debtors") filed petitions for
     reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the
     United States Bankruptcy Court in Wilmington, Delaware.  The Debtors are
     presently operating their respective businesses as debtors-in-possession. 
     A statutory creditors committee has been appointed in the Chapter 11
     cases.  The Chapter 11 cases of the Debtors are being jointly administered
     for procedural purposes only.

     Subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petitions, the company sought
     and obtained several orders from the Bankruptcy Court which were intended
     to stabilize its business.  The most significant of these: 1) authorized
     the company to conduct store closing sales, 2) approved a $200 million
     unsecured debtor-in-possession financing agreement with BankAmerica
     Business Credit, 3) approved the sale of substantially all of the assets of
     the company's mall entertainment division to Namco Cybertainment, and 4)
     authorized a $21.6 million principal payment on prepetition liabilities,
     payments of prepetition wages and vacation pay, and up to $6.0 million to
     foreign vendors to aid the company in maintaining the normal flow of
     merchandise to its stores.

     The company and Edison Brothers Apparel Stores, Inc., as debtors-in-
     possession, entered into a Loan Agreement dated effective November 9, 1995
     (the "DIP facility"), with BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., as Agent and
     Lender ("BankAmerica"), under which the company may borrow up to $200
     million to fund ongoing working capital needs.  The DIP facility, subject
     to collateral restrictions, has a sublimit of $150 million for the issuance
     of letters of credit.  The company expects that the DIP facility will
     provide it with the cash and liquidity to conduct its operations and pay
     for merchandise shipments at normal levels while it prepares a
     reorganization plan.

     At the company's option, the company may borrow under the DIP facility at
     the Reference Rate (as defined) plus .25% or at the Eurodollar Rate (as
     defined) plus 1.5%.  The maximum borrowing, up to $200 million, is limited
     to 50% of the value of eligible inventory (as defined) plus 95% of the
     amount of cash deposited with the Agent.  The company is required to pay a
     commitment fee of .375% per annum of the unused portion of the DIP
     facility.  The DIP facility contains restrictive covenants including, among
     other things, a limitation on store closings of 850, limitations on the
     incurrence of additional liens and indebtedness, limitations on capital
     expenditures and the sale of assets, the maintenance of minimum operating
     earnings ("EBITDA") and inventory levels, and a prohibition on paying
     dividends.

     The lenders under the DIP facility have a "super-priority" administrative
     expense claim against the estate of the company.  The DIP facility expires
     on the earlier of November 9, 1997, or the effective date of a
     reorganization plan that is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.


     Description of Business

     Apparel Segment

     Edison Brothers' men's apparel chains and other operations include 
     J. Riggings, JW/Jeans West, Oaktree, Zeidler & Zeidler, Coda, Repp Ltd.,
     and Phoenix catalog operations.  The womenswear chain is 5-7-9 Shops.

     J. Riggings focuses on providing updated traditional apparel to a broad age
     group of 16 to 40 year-old men.  Its mainstream merchandise and classic
     store design are targeted at a more conservative customer.  J. Riggings
     operated 419 and 498 stores at the end of fiscal 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

     The JW/Jeans West (JW) chain had 360 and 425 stores at the end of fiscal
     1995 and 1994 respectively.  JW stores are generally smaller than stores in
     the company's other menswear chains and are designed to maximize the amount
     of apparel displayed on the sales floor.  This chain targets young men in
     the 14 to 25 year-old age group.

     Oaktree offers a mix of sportswear for 18 to 29 year-old men.  Its larger
     store size accommodates Oaktree's presentation on custom fixtures in a
     modern setting.  Oaktree operated 84 and 279 stores at the end of fiscal
     1995 and 1994, respectively.

     The Zeidler & Zeidler store group markets upscale contemporary clothing for
     men.  Zeidler & Zeidler had 102 and 152 stores at the end of fiscal 1995
     and 1994, respectively.

     Coda presents branded and private label current fashion to 18 to 29 year-
     old men.  Coda's larger stores utilize a variety of merchandising
     techniques, including visual displays and advanced sound systems.  At the
     end of fiscal 1995 and 1994 Coda operated 35 and 39 stores.

     Repp Ltd. is a chain of 214 big and tall mens stores up from 185 in 1994. 
     Repp Ltd. markets sportswear and clothing to men who are 6 foot 3 inches or
     taller or have a 44 inch or larger waist.

     Phoenix Big & Tall is a catalog operation that markets sportswear and
     clothing to big and tall men.

     5-7-9 Shops primarily markets sportswear, dresses, and accessories to the
     small size junior customer.  5-7-9 Shops operated 283 and 363 stores at the
     end of fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.


     Footwear Segment

     The company's footwear chains include Bakers/Leeds, Precis, and Wild Pair.

     The Bakers/Leeds stores, which are operated as a single chain, form the
     company's third largest chain with 347 and 418 stores at the end of fiscal
     1995 and 1994, respectively.  Bakers/Leeds offers a wide selection of
     popularly priced fashion shoes and accessories for the junior customer as
     well as the contemporary woman.

     Precis offers reasonably priced footwear and accessories in a boutique
     setting, catering to contemporary women in their 20's, 30's and 40's. 
     Precis operated 39 and 29 stores at the end of fiscal 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

     Wild Pair offers advanced shoe fashion for young women and men and a
     selection of trend setting accessories.  Wild Pair operated 194 and 234
     stores at the end of fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.


     Entertainment

     Effective June 29, 1995, the company distributed all of the outstanding
     shares of common stock of Dave & Buster's, Inc. owned by the company to
     Edison Brothers' stockholders of record as of June 19, 1995.  Prior to the
     distribution, Dave & Buster's had been a majority-owned subsidiary engaged
     in the ownership and operation of restaurant/entertainment complexes.
       
     In January 1996 the company sold substantially all of the assets of its
     mall entertainment division to Namco Cybertainment, a wholly owned
     subsidiary of Namco Ltd., of Tokyo, Japan.  The company will dispose of the
     remaining operations in fiscal 1996.  The company's mall entertainment
     division included family entertainment centers and operations involved with
     the marketing of new interactive entertainment technologies.

     Additional information on the company's principal business segments is set
     forth under "Note 16: Business Segments" of the Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements in the 1995 Annual Report.  Such information is
     incorporated herein by reference.


     Operations, Inventory and Distribution

     The specialty retailing business is subject to fluctuations resulting from
     changes in customer preferences dictated by fashion and season.  This is
     especially true for stores emphasizing fashion over classic basics.  In
     addition, merchandise usually must be ordered a significant time in advance
     of the season and sometimes before fashion trends are evidenced by customer
     purchases.  It has been the general practice of the company and other
     apparel retailers to build up inventory levels prior to peak selling
     seasons, which further increases the vulnerability of the company to demand
     and pricing shifts and to errors in selection and timing of the purchases
     of merchandise.  

     Substantially all of the company's merchandise information, accounting, and
     financial control systems are operated centrally from the company's
     headquarters in St. Louis, Missouri.  Daily polling of activity from the
     point-of-sale registers in each store provides current data for updated
     sales, merchandise, and bank activity reporting.  Integration of this data
     with the company's merchandise system enables each chain's team of
     merchandise controllers and distributors to monitor performance and
     replenish and control inventory.

     The company must carry large amounts of inventory to meet the rapid
     delivery requirements of its stores.  The company operates three main
     distribution centers located in Washington, Missouri; Rialto, California;
     and Princeton, Indiana.  The centers are receiving points for merchandise
     from foreign and domestic suppliers and coordinate distribution of
     individual shipments via common carrier to the stores serviced by the
     center.

     Purchasing

     The company purchases approximately three quarters of its merchandise from
     foreign suppliers and the balance from domestic suppliers.  The company has
     no long-term purchase commitments with any of its suppliers, and is not
     dependent on any one supplier.  The company's importing operations are
     subject to the contingencies generally associated with foreign operations,
     including fluctuations in currency values, customs duty increases, quota
     limitations, and any other foreign development that could cause a
     disruption of supply.  The company has international buying offices in
     Taiwan, Hong Kong, China, Indonesia, Korea, Honduras, and the Philippines.

     The company does not manufacture any merchandise, but it markets most of
     its merchandise under private labels.  Each chain of stores maintains a
     staff of buyers, and buying decisions are made at the chain level.

     Competition

     The apparel and footwear retailing industries are highly competitive.  The
     company's stores are in competition with numerous other independent
     retailers, department stores, mail order companies and discount and
     manufacturer's outlets, many of which have greater sales, assets and
     financial resources than the company.  Because the company's stores are
     primarily in regional shopping malls, each faces several nearby
     competitors.  In competing for customers, the company emphasizes the
     fashion orientation of its merchandise, customer service, store appearance,
     and price.

     Employees

     During fiscal 1995, the company employed an average of 24,600 persons with
     approximately 23,100 of them engaged in retail operations at the store
     level (approximately 34% full-time and 66% part-time).  In addition, a
     substantial number of temporary employees are hired during peak selling
     seasons.  The company believes its employee benefits package is competitive
     with those offered in the industry.  The company's employees are virtually
     all non-union with minor exceptions in certain foreign operations.  The
     company believes that its employee relations are good.

     Seasonal Business

     The company experiences a significant peak in sales during the Christmas
     selling season.  Sales during that season accounted for 16.5% of total
     sales during 1995 compared with 16.8% in 1994.  The company's inventory is
     generally increased significantly prior to this peak selling period.  

     Trademarks

     The company holds a number of trademarks covering its products.  The
     company believes that the loss of any of these trademarks would not have a
     material effect on the company's business.

     Item 2. PROPERTIES

     Stores are located nationwide, and most are leased with initial terms
     generally from five to ten years.  The rentals under most leases are based
     upon a minimum annual rental with a provision for additional rental based
     upon a percentage of sales to the extent sales exceed a threshold amount. 
     Many of the leases provide for additional payments for real estate taxes
     and other items.  The stores generally range in size from 1,300 to 4,000
     square feet.  

     The company-owned headquarters building in St. Louis, Missouri, was
     completed in 1985 and is the home office for all divisions.  The building
     contains approximately 500,000 square feet, a portion of which the company
     leases to others.  The Rialto, California, and Princeton, Indiana,
     distribution centers are owned by the company.  The distribution center in
     Washington, Missouri, is operated under a long term lease arrangement.  The
     Rialto and Washington centers service primarily the apparel segment while
     Princeton services primarily the footwear segment.  Another distribution
     center in Rome, Georgia, was closed in January 1996.  

     Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The company and 65 of its subsidiaries and affiliates filed petitions for
     reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on
     November 3, 1995.  Additional information related to the filing is set
     forth under Part 1, Item 1 of this Form 10-K and under the captions "To Our
     Shareholders", "Note 1: Proceedings under Chapter 11" of the Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements, and "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis" in the 1995 Annual Report.  Such information is incorporated
     herein by reference.

     Other Legal Matters

     The company is not a party to any other material pending legal proceedings.

     Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the
     fourth quarter.

<TABLE>
     Item 4a.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The following sets forth certain information regarding the executive
     officers of the company:

<CAPTION>
                                           Position in the Company (1)       

          Name            Age            Title                          Term

     <S>                  <C>  <C>                                   <C>
     Lester D. Cherry     61   President of Wild Pair                Since 1986

     David B. Cooper, Jr. 40   Director                              Since 1995
                               Executive Vice President and
                                 Chief Financial Officer             Since 1994

     Peter A. Edison      40   Senior Executive Vice President       Since 1995
                                 and Director of Corporate 
                                 Development
                               President of Edison Big & Tall        Since 1994
                               Executive Vice President
                                 and Director of Corporate 
                                            Development               1992-1995 
                               General Manager of Repp, Ltd.
                                 Big & Tall                           1991-1994
                               Director                              Since 1990
                               Vice President - Corporate
                                 Development                          1989-1992
                               President of Sacha London              1986-1990

     Paul D. Eisen        41   President of JW/Jeans West            Since 1995
                               President of Oaktree                  Since 1994
                               President and General Merchandise
                                 Manager of Jeans West               1989-1994

     Michael J. Fine      44   President of Edison Footwear and
                                 Womenswear Group                    Since 1996
                               President of 5-7-9 Shops              Since 1994

     Eric A. Freesmeier   43   Executive Vice President-
                                 Human Resources                     Since 1992
                               Vice President-Human Resources         1986-1992

     Michael H. Freund    56   Executive Vice President-
                                 Administration                      Since 1992
                               Director                              Since 1984
                               Vice President - Administration        1982-1992

     Roger L. Koehnecke   51   Executive Vice President and
                                 Chief Information Officer           Since 1992
                               Vice President and Chief
                                 Information Officer                  1988-1992

     Karl W. Michner      48   Senior Executive Vice President       Since 1995
                               Director                              Since 1989
                               President of Edison Menswear Group    Since 1987

     Alan D. Miller       43   Chairman of the Board, President      Since 1995
                                 and Chief Executive Officer
                               President of Edison Footwear Group    Since 1993
                               Director                              Since 1992
                               President of Bakers/Leeds/Precis       1991-1993
                               President of 5-7-9 Shops               1987-1991

     Alan A. Sachs        49   Executive Vice President and
                                 General Counsel                     Since 1992
                               Vice President and General Counsel     1990-1992
                               Director                              Since 1990
                               Secretary                             Since 1987
                               Vice President-Law                     1985-1990

     Les Wagner           55   President of Bakers/Leeds             Since 1993
                               General Merchandise Manager of
                                  Bakers/Leeds                        1989-1994

<FN>

     (1) Previous experience with other companies is as follows:

         David B. Cooper, Jr. was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
         Officer of Del Monte Fresh Produce company from 1993 to 1994; and
         Treasurer of Dole Food company, Inc. from 1986 to 1993. 

         Michael J. Fine was a Buyer for the Payless Shoe division of The May
         Department Stores Company from 1992 to 1994 and President of John
         Douglas from 1989 to 1992.
</FN>
</TABLE>


     PART II

     Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
             MATTERS

         Information required by Item 5 is contained in "Note 9: Common Stock"
         and "Note 6: Financing Arrangements" of the Notes to Consolidated
         Financial Statements and under the caption "Quarterly Information" in
         the 1995 Annual Report.  Such information is incorporated herein by
         reference.

     Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         Information required by Item 6 is contained under the caption "Five-
         Year Financial Summary" in the 1995 Annual Report.  Such information
         is incorporated herein by reference.


     Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Information required by Item 7 is presented under the captions "To Our
         Shareholders" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis" in the 1995
         Annual Report.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference. 



     Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         Information required by Item 8, as listed below, is included in the
         1995 Annual Report.  Such information is incorporated herein by
         reference.

         Consolidated Statements of Income - fiscal years 1995, 1994, and 1993

         Consolidated Balance Sheets - 1995 and 1994 fiscal year-ends 

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - fiscal years 1995, 1994, and
         1993

         Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity - fiscal years 
            1995, 1994, and 1993

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

         Quarterly Information


     Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
             FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.


     PART III

     Item 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Information regarding nominees for director as set forth under the
         caption "Election of Directors" in the proxy statement for the 1996
         annual stockholders' meeting is incorporated by reference.

         Information regarding executive officers is included as Item 4a
         hereof.

         Information regarding the filing of reports required by Section 16(a)
         of the Securities Exchange Act as set forth under the caption "Filings
         under Section 16(a)" in the proxy statement for the 1996 annual
         stockholders' meeting is incorporated by reference.


     Item 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Information regarding executive compensation, except for the sections
         titled "Report of the Compensation Committee" and "Stock Price
         Performance" as set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation",
         and information regarding compensation of directors under the caption
         "Additional Information Concerning the Board of Directors" in the
         proxy statement for the 1996 annual stockholders meeting is
         incorporated by reference.


     Item 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners
         and management as set forth under the captions "Security Ownership of
         Management" and "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners" in
         the proxy statement for the 1996 annual stockholders meeting is
         incorporated by reference.


     Item 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions
         as set forth under the caption "Transactions Involving Directors and
         Officers" in the proxy statement for the 1996 annual stockholders
         meeting is incorporated by reference.


     PART IV

     Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) (1) and (2) The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as  
           a separate section of this report.

     (a) (3) Listing of exhibits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Exhibit No. 

        <S>    <C>
        3(a)   Bylaws of the company, as amended April 23, 1996.

        3(b)   The company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
               September 8, 1995, was filed as an Exhibit to the
               company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
               quarter ended July 29, 1995, and is incorporated
               herein by reference.

        4(a)   Rights Agreement, dated as of January 26, 1988, and
               amendments thereto dated November 30, 1989 and
               September 29, 1992, between Edison Brothers Stores,
               Inc. and Mellon Securities Trust company, as Rights
               Agent, were filed as Exhibits to the company's current
               reports on Form 8-K dated February 17, 1988, December
               11, 1989, and October 28, 1992, respectively, and are
               incorporated herein by reference.

        4(b)   Note Agreements and Senior Notes, dated March 1, 1993,
               between Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and a number of
               institutional lenders relating to $150 million of
               unsecured debt were filed as an Exhibit to the
               company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year
               ended January 30, 1993, and are incorporated herein by
               reference.

        4(c)   Amendment Agreements, dated as of January 15, 1994,
               and February 1, 1994, amending the Note Agreements and
               Senior Notes dated March 1, 1993, between Edison
               Brothers Stores, Inc. and a number of institutional
               lenders relating to $150 million of unsecured debt
               were filed as Exhibits to the company's annual report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 1994, and
               are incorporated herein by reference.

        4(d)   Amendment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1995,
               amending the Note Agreements and Senior Notes dated
               March 1, 1993, as amended January 15, 1994, and
               February 1, 1994, between Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.
               and a number of institutional lenders relating to $150
               million of unsecured debt was filed as an Exhibit to
               the company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year
               ended January 28, 1995, and incorporated herein by
               reference.

        4(e)   Noteholder Forbearance Agreement, dated as of
               September 22, 1995, between Edison Brothers Stores,
               Inc. and a number of institutional lenders relating to
               $150 million of unsecured debt.

        4(f)   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 1993, between
               Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and a number of financial
               institutions relating to a $150 million revolving
               credit facility.

        4(g)   Amendment Agreements, dated as of January 24, 1994,
               February 17, 1994, and March 29, 1995, amending the
               Credit Agreement dated June 4, 1993, between Edison
               Brothers Stores, Inc. and a number of financial
               institutions relating to a $150 million revolving
               credit facility.

        4(h)   Override Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1995,
               between Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and a number of
               financial institutions relating to a $150 million
               revolving credit facility.

        4(i)   Loan Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1995, between
               Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and Edison Brothers
               Apparel Stores, Inc., Debtors in Possession, and
               BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., as Agent, and the
               financial institutions named therein as Lenders, for a
               revolving line of credit for loans and letters of
               credit of up to $200 million in the aggregate, was
               filed as an Exhibit to the company's quarterly report
               on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 1995,
               and is incorporated herein by reference.

        10(a)  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the 
               company and each of its directors was filed as an 
               Exhibit to the company's annual report on Form 10-K 
               for the year ended January 3, 1987, and is incorporated
               herein by reference.

       10(b)   The Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. 1992 Stock Option     
               Plan, as amended March 3, 1994, was filed as an 
               Exhibit to the company's annual report on Form 10-K
               for the year ended January 29, 1994, and is 
               incorporated herein by reference.

       10(c)   The Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. 1986 Stock Option     
               Plan, as amended April 27, 1987 and March 3, 1994,
               was filed as an Exhibit to the company's annual report  
               on Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 1994, and 
               is incorporated herein by reference.

       10(d)   Non-Qualified Retirement Plan for Outside Directors is
               described under the caption "Additional Information
               Concerning the Board of Directors" in the proxy
               statement for the company's 1996 annual stockholders
               meeting, which description is incorporated herein by
               reference.

       10(e)   Agency Agreement, dated November 24, 1995, between
               Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and Jubilee Limited
               Partnership, Nassi Bernstein, Inc. and Alco Capital
               Group, Inc. (collectively, JNA), naming JNA as
               exclusive agent of the company for the purpose of
               selling inventory contained in designated stores of
               the company, was filed as an Exhibit to the company's
               quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
               October 28, 1995, and is incorporated herein by
               reference.

       10(f)   Real Estate Retention Agreement dated November 17,
               1995, between the company and Keen Realty Consultants,
               Inc., was filed as an Exhibit to the company's
               quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
               October 28, 1995, and is incorporated herein by
               reference.

       10(g)   Restricted stock grant by Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.
               to Alan D. Miller, Chairman, President and Chief
               Executive Officer of the company.

       10(h)   Form of Employment Agreement entered into by the
               company with Alan D. Miller, Chairman of the Board,
               President and Chief Executive Officer of the company,
               corrected from the form of the agreement filed as an
               Exhibit to the company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q
               for the quarter ended October 28, 1995.

       10(i)   Form of Employment Agreement entered into by the 
               company with other executive officers of the company,
               was filed as an Exhibit to the company's quarterly 
               report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October,
               28, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference.


       11      Computation of per share earnings               

       13      1995 Annual Report to Stockholders          

       21      Subsidiaries                                

       23      Consent of Independent Auditors             

       27      Financial Data Schedule

       (b)     The company filed a Form 8-K, dated November 17, 1995, with the
               Commission to report the company's filing on November 3, 1995,
               of a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
               Bankruptcy Code.

       (c)     Exhibits:

                  The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a
                  separate section of this report.
                  

       (d)     Financial statement schedules:

                  The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a
                  separate section of this report.

</TABLE>

     SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
     signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                            EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.
                                    (Registrant)

        By /s/ Alan D. Miller  4/30/96      By /s/ David B. Cooper Jr. 4/30/96  
        Chairman of the Board, President    Executive Vice President and
        and Chief Executive Officer         Chief Financial Officer


        By /s/ James W. Shaffer  5/1/96           
        Vice President and Controller
        Financial Reporting        

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
     report has been signed below by the following directors on behalf of the
     registrant on the dates indicated.

                                                                               
     By /s/ David B. Cooper, Jr.  4/30/96   By /s/ Julian I. Edison  5/3/96 
    
     By /s/ Peter A. Edison       4/30/96   By /s/ Jane Evans       4/29/96 

     By /s/ Michael H. Freund     4/30/96   By /s/ Karl W. Michner   5/1/96    
    
     By /s/ Alan D. Miller        4/30/96   By /s/ Andrew E. Newman  5/1/96    
   
     By /s/ Eric P. Newman        5/3/96    By /s/ Alan A. Sachs     5/1/96

     By /s/ Craig D. Schnuck      4/28/96   By /s/ Martin Sneider    4/30/96 


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
     report has been signed below by the following director on behalf of the
     registrant and on the date indicated.


                                             By /s/ Jane Evans    4/29/96
   

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
     report has been signed below by the following director on behalf of the
     registrant and on the date indicated.

                                                                           
                                              By /s/ Craig D. Schnuck 4/28/96



                              ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                        ITEM 14(a) (1) and (2) and ITEM 14(d)

                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                             YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996

                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.

                                 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

     FORM 10-K - ITEM 14(a) (1) and (2) and Item 14(d)

     EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


     The following consolidated financial statements of Edison Brothers Stores,
     Inc. and subsidiaries, included in the 1995 annual report of the registrant
     to its stockholders, are incorporated by reference in Item 8:

          Consolidated Statements of Income - fiscal years 1995, 1994, and 1993

          Consolidated Balance Sheets - 1995 and 1994 fiscal year-ends

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - fiscal years 1995, 1994, and 
          1993

          Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity - fiscal years
          1995, 1994, and 1993

          Notes to consolidated financial statements

     The following consolidated financial statement schedules of Edison Brothers
     Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries is included in item 14(d):

          Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts

     All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
     accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not
     required under the related instructions, or are inapplicable, and therefore
     have been omitted.

     Individual financial statements of the registrant have been omitted as the
     registrant is primarily an operating company and all subsidiaries included
     in the consolidated financial statements filed, in the aggregate, do not
     have minority equity interests and/or indebtedness to any person other than
     the registrant or its consolidated subsidiaries in amounts which together
     (excepting indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business which
     is not overdue and matures within one year from the date of its creation,
     whether or not evidenced by securities, and indebtedness of subsidiaries
     which is collateralized by the registrant by guarantee, pledge, assignment,
     or otherwise) exceed five percent of the total assets as shown by the most
     recent year-end consolidated balance sheet.

<TABLE>

     SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

     EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.
     AND SUBSIDIARIES


<CAPTION>

     Col. A              Col. B    Col. C    Col. D       Col. F
                                 (In Millions)

     <S>                <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>                 
                                 Additions              
                        Balance  Charged                Balance
                          at       to                     at
                        January  costs and  Deductions  February
     Description        29,1995  expenses    describe   3, 1996

                                                        
     Deferred tax
     valuation                   $43.5                  $43.5
      allowance


<FN>

     See "Note 8: Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
     Statements in the 1995 Annual Report. <PAGE>
 
</FN>
</TABLE>


                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.


                                 ____________________

                                       BY-LAWS
                                 ____________________



                                      ARTICLE I.

                                       OFFICES


          SECTION 1.  Registered Office in Delaware.  The registered office of
     the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover,
     County of Kent.

          SECTION 2.  Other Offices.  The principal executive offices of the
     Corporation shall be in St. Louis, Missouri.  The Corporation may also have
     offices in such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to
     time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.


                                     ARTICLE II.

                               MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

          SECTION 1.  Place of Meetings.  All meetings of the stockholders shall
     be held at the executive offices of the Corporation in St. Louis, Missouri,
     or at such other place as may be designated by the Board of Directors or,
     in the case of a special meeting called by the Chairman of the Board or the
     President, by the person calling the meeting.

          SECTION 2.  Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of the stockholders,
     for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other
     business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on the
     second Wednesday in June of each year at 11:00 A.M., Central Time, or on
     such other date or at such other time as the Board of Directors may
     designate.  

          Written notice of an annual meeting of stockholders, stating the
     place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be mailed to each stockholder
     entitled to vote thereat, at such address as appears on the records of the
     Corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the date
     of the meeting.

          At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be
     conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be
     properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified
     in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the
     direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before
     the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or
     (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For
     business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,
     the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the
     Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
     delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of
     the Corporation not less than sixty days prior to the meeting; provided,<PAGE>


     however, that in the event that less than seventy days' notice or prior
     public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to
     stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received
     not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the date on
     which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such
     public disclosure was made.  A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall
     set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the
     annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be
     brought before the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear
     on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business,
     (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are
     beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (d) any material interest of the
     stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding anything in the By-laws to
     the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in
     accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.  The presiding
     officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that
     business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the
     provisions of this Section 2, and if he should so determine, he shall so
     declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before
     the meeting shall not be transacted.

          SECTION 3.  Special Meetings.  Except as otherwise required by law and
     subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having
     a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation,
     special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of
     the Board, the President, or the Board of Directors pursuant to a
     resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

          Written notice of a special meeting of the stockholders, stating the
     place, date and hour of the meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which
     the meeting is called, shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote
     thereat, at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation, not
     less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the date of the meeting.

          The business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders
     shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the call.

          SECTION 4.  Organization.  Each meeting of the stockholders shall be
     presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or, in the absence of the
     Chairman, by the President; if neither is present, the meeting shall be
     presided over by a chairman to be chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary of
     the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting; if he is not
     present, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the presiding
     officer appoints.

          SECTION 5.  Voting.  At each meeting of the stockholders, each
     stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power
     registered in his name on the books of the Corporation.  Each stockholder
     having the right to vote may vote in person or by proxy appointed either by
     an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by
     Section 212(c)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law subscribed or
     transmitted, as the case may be, by such stockholder or by his authorized
     agent, except that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date
     unless such proxy provides for a longer period.

          SECTION 6.  Quorum.  At all meetings of the stockholders, the
     presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of
     the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat shall
     constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise
     provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

     In the absence of a quorum, the holders of record of a majority of the
     shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting
     may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present.  No
     notice need be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof
     are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the
     adjournment is for more than thirty days or a new record date is fixed for
     the adjourned meeting, in which event a notice of the adjourned meeting
     shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.  At
     any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may
     betransacted that might have been transactedat the meeting as originally
     called.


          SECTION 7.  Vote Required for Action.  At each meeting of the
     stockholders, if a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the holders
     of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled
     to vote shall decide all matters brought before the meeting, except as
     otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
     By-Laws.

          SECTION 8.  List of Stockholders.  A complete list of the stockholders
     entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical
     order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares
     registered in his name, shall be open to the examination of any
     stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
     business hours for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting at
     the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be kept at
     the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to
     inspection by any stockholder who is present.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          SECTION 1.  General Powers.  The business and affairs of the
     Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors.  Except as
     otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
     By-Laws, the Board of Directors may exercise all powers and do all such
     acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

          SECTION 2.  Number, Election, Term of Office and Qualification. 
     Unless and until changed by amendment to this By-Law, the number of
     directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be twelve [changed,
     effective June 12, 1996, to "ten"]; provided, however, that if and whenever
     by the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation the holders
     of any class of stock other than the common stock shall be entitled to
     elect additional directors, the number of directors shall be increased in
     accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of
     Incorporation; and if and whenever the common stock shall become revested
     with the exclusive voting right for the election of directors, the number
     of directors shall be reduced by the number of additional directors chosen
     by the holders of such other class of stock.  Directors need not be
     stockholders.  All elections of directors by the holders of the common
     stock shall be by a plurality of the votes cast.  Except as otherwise
     provided in this Article III, the directors to be chosen by the holders of
     the common stock shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
     stockholders.  Each such director shall continue in office until the annual
     meeting of the stockholders held next after his election and until his
     successor shall have been elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier
     resignation or removal.  The directors, if any, to be chosen by the holders
     of any class of stock other than the common stock shall be elected in the
     manner, and their tenure of office shall be limited, as set forth in the
     Certificate of Incorporation.  No person shall be eligible for election as
     a director if such person shall have attained the age of seventy, unless
     such person is or was an employee of the Corporation and is eligible to
     receive or is receiving pension benefits under the Edison Brothers Stores
     Pension Plan or any successor or similar plan then in effect.

          Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock
     having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the
     Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors or by
     any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally. 
     However, any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors
     generally may nominate one or more persons for election as directors at a
     meeting only if the stockholder has given timely notice in writing to the
     Secretary of the Corporation of such stockholder's intent to make such
     nomination or nominations.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
     delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of
     the Corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held
     at an annual meeting of stockholders, ninety days prior to the anniversary
     date of the immediately preceding annual meeting, and (ii) with respect to
     an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the
     election of directors, the close of business on the tenth day following the
     date on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders.  Each
     such notice shall set forth:  (a) the name and address of the stockholder
     who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be
     nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record
     of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to
     appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
     persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or
     understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other
     person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the
     nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other
     information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be
     required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy
     rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been
     nominated by the Board of Directors; and (e) the consent of each nominee to
     serve as a director of the Corporation, if so elected.  The presiding
     officer of the meeting shall refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any
     person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

          SECTION 3.  Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by
     written notice to the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the
     Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise
     specified therein, such resignation shall take effect on receipt thereof.

          SECTION 4.  Vacancies.  If the position of any director elected, or
     entitled to be elected, by the holders of the common stock becomes vacant
     by reason of death, resignation, removal, increase in the number of
     directors or otherwise, such vacancy may be filled by the vote of a
     majority of the remaining directors elected, or entitled to be elected, by
     the holders of the common stock, though less than a quorum.  If the
     position of any director elected, or entitled to be elected, by the holders
     of stock other than the common stock becomes vacant by reason of death,
     resignation, removal from office (otherwise than by reason of the revesting
     in the common stock of the exclusive voting right for the election of
     directors), or otherwise, such vacancy may be filled by the vote of a
     majority of the remaining directors elected, or entitled to be elected, by
     the holders of such stock other than the common stock, though less than a
     quorum. 

          SECTION 5.  Annual and Regular Meetings.  As soon as practicable after
     the annual meeting of the stockholders in each year, an annual meeting of
     the Board of Directors shall be held for the election of officers and for
     the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the
     meeting.

          Annual and regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at
     such times and places (within or without the State of Delaware) as the
     Board may from time to time determine.  No notice of any such meeting need
     be given.

          SECTION 6.  Special Meetings.  A special meeting of the Board of
     Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or by the
     President, and shall be called by the Chairman, the President or the
     Secretary upon the written request of two directors.  The person calling
     such meeting shall fix the time and place therefor.  Notice of such meeting
     shall be given (a) by written notice delivered personally, sent by telegram
     or mailed to each director at his business or home address or (b) by verbal
     notice communicated personally or by telephone to each director.  Such
     notice shall be given at least six hours prior to the meeting, except that
     if given by mail such notice shall be given at least two days prior to the
     meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed delivered when deposited
     in the United States mail.  If given by telegram, such notice shall be
     deemed delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. 
     No such notice need be given to any director if waived by such director in
     writing, whether before or after such meeting.  Neither the business to be
     transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board need be
     specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

          SECTION 7.  Quorum and Vote Required for Action.  At all meetings of
     the Board of Directors, the presence in person of a majority of the total
     number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
     business, and, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of
     Incorporation or by these By-Laws, if a quorum is present, the act of a
     majority of the directors present shall be the act of the Board of
     Directors.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors
     present, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting, may
     adjourn the meeting to another date, time or place.

          SECTION 8.  Participation in a Meeting by Conference Telephone.  A
     member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may
     participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference
     telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
     participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in a
     meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at
     such meeting.

          SECTION 9.  Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting.  Any action required
     or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any
     committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
     Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing,
     and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of
     the Board or committee.

          SECTION 10.  Compensation.  Directors, as such, may receive such
     compensation for their services, including their services as members of
     committees of the Board of Directors, as the Board of Directors may fix
     from time to time.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                         COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          SECTION 1.  Designation and Powers.  The Board of Directors may, by
     resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the whole Board,
     designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more
     directors, which, to the extent specified in such resolution or
     resolutions, and except as otherwise provided by law, shall have and may
     exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of
     the business and affairs of the Corporation.

          The members of each committee shall be appointed by the Board of
     Directors.  Any member of a committee may resign at any time by written
     notice addressed to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the
     Secretary.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take
     effect on receipt thereof.  Any member of a committee may be removed at any
     time, either with or without cause, by a majority vote of the directors
     then in office.  Any committee designated pursuant to this Article IV may
     at any time thereafter be dissolved by resolution of the Board of
     Directors.  

          SECTION 2.  Meetings.  Each committee may provide for the holding of
     regular meetings at such times and places (within or without the State of
     Delaware) as it may from time to time determine.  No notice of any such
     meeting need be given.  A special meeting of a committee may be called at
     any time by the chairman of such committee (if one has been appointed) or
     by the Chairman of the Board or by the President.  The person calling such
     meeting shall fix the time and place therefor.  Notice of such meeting
     shall be given (a) by written notice delivered personally, sent by telegram
     or mailed to each member of the committee at his business or home address
     or (b) by verbal notice communicated personally or by telephone to each
     member of the committee.  Such notice shall be given at least six hours
     prior to the meeting, except that if given by mail such notice shall be
     given at least two days prior to the meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall
     be deemed delivered when deposited in the United States mail.  If given by
     telegram, such notice shall be deemed delivered when the telegram is
     delivered to the telegraph company.  Such notice need not state the purpose
     of the meeting.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and
     shall report the same to the Board of Directors when so requested by the
     Board.  At any meeting of a committee, the presence in person of a majority
     of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the
     transaction of business, and, except as otherwise provided by law, by the
     Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, if a quorum is present,
     the act of a majority of the members present shall be the act of such
     committee.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present,
     without notice other than by announcement at the meeting, may adjourn the
     meeting to another date, time or place.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                       NOTICES

          SECTION 1.  Waiver of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required to be
     given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, a
     written waiver thereof signed by the person or persons entitled to such
     notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
     equivalent to such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor
     the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such waiver.

          SECTION 2.  Attendance at Meeting.  Attendance of a person at any
     meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when
     the person attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the
     ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                       OFFICERS

          SECTION 1.  Number.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a
     Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Executive Vice Presidents,
     one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other
     officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint.  Any
     number of offices may be held by the same person.  

          SECTION 2.  Selection, Term of Office and Duties.  All officers shall
     be elected by the Board of Directors.  Each officer shall hold office until
     his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or
     removal.  Each officer shall have such authority and perform such duties as
     may be prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 3.  Resignation.  Any officer may resign at any time by
     written notice to the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the
     Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise
     specified therein, such resignation shall take effect on receipt thereof.

          SECTION 4.  Removal.  Any officer may be removed at any time, either
     with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
     directors then in office.

          SECTION 5.  Vacancies.  If an office becomes vacant by reason of
     death, resignation, removal or otherwise, such vacancy may be filled by the
     Board of Directors.

          SECTION 6.  Compensation.  The compensation of all officers of the
     Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or such committee
     thereof as the Board may designate.

          SECTION 7.  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall be
     chosen from among the directors and shall, if present, preside at all
     meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  Except where
     by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the
     Board shall possess the same power as the President to sign all
     certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation.  The
     Chairman of the Board shall, subject to the direction and control of the
     Board of Directors, have overall responsibility for the management and
     supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  He shall, in
     general, perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the
     Board and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
     the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 8.  President.  The President shall, subject to the direction
     and control of the Board of Directors, share with the Chairman of the Board
     responsibility for the management and supervision of the business and
     affairs of the Corporation.  He shall have the power to sign all
     certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation.  In
     general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of
     President and shall have such other duties as the Board of Directors may
     from time to time prescribe.

          SECTION 9.  Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents.  Each
     Executive Vice President and Vice President shall have such duties as may
     be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.  In the
     absence of both the Chairman of the Board and the President, or in the
     event of their death or disability, the Executive Vice President having the
     greatest seniority with the Corporation shall perform the duties and
     exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and the President.

          SECTION 10.  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.  The Secretary shall
     give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
     of the Board of Directors in accordance with these By-Laws, shall attend
     all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall
     record their proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose.  The
     Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal and affix the seal to
     any instrument requiring it.  He shall perform such other duties as the
     Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

          The Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall, in
     the absence or disability of the Secretary, or at his request, perform his
     duties and exercise his powers and authority.

          SECTION 11.  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.  The Treasurer shall
     have custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep
     full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging
     to the Corporation, and shall deposit all money and other valuable effects
     in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as
     may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse
     the funds of the Corporation as may be prescribed by the Board of
     Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render
     to the Board of Directors, at meetings of the Board of Directors or
     whenever the Board may require it, an account of all his transactions as
     Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer
     shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to
     time prescribe.

          The Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall, in the
     absence or disability of the Treasurer, or at his request, perform his
     duties and exercise his powers and authority.

          SECTION 12.  Delegation of Authority.  Notwithstanding any provision
     hereof, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or
     duties of any officer to any other officer.

          SECTION 13.  Surety Bonds.  In the event that the Board of Directors
     shall so require, any officer of the Corporation shall execute to the
     Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the
     Board of Directors may direct, conditioned on the faithful performance of
     his duties to the Corporation.

          SECTION 14.  Proxies.  Subject to such limitations as the Board of
     Directors may from time to time prescribe, the Chairman of the Board, the
     President and any other officer of the Corporation so authorized by the
     Chairman of the Board or the President shall have full power and authority
     on behalf of the Corporation to attend, to vote at, and to waive notice of,
     any meeting of stockholders of any other corporation, shares of stock of
     which are owned by or stand in the name of the Corporation, to execute and
     deliver proxies and actions in writing, and otherwise to exercise on behalf
     of the Corporation any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership
     of such shares.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                                        STOCK

          SECTION 1.  Certificates of Stock.  The interest of each stockholder
     shall be evidenced by a certificate or certificates representing shares of
     stock of the Corporation which shall be in such form as the Board of
     Directors may from time to time adopt.  Each such certificate shall exhibit
     the stockholder's name and the number of shares represented thereby, shall
     be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an
     Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, shall be
     sealed with the seal of the Corporation, and shall be countersigned and
     registered in such manner, if any, as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
     If such certificate is signed by a transfer agent of the Corporation, the
     signature of any such officer and the seal of the Corporation on such
     certificate may be facsimile.  If any officer who has signed, or whose
     facsimile signature has been used, on any such certificate shall cease to
     be such officer of the Corporation before such certificate is issued and
     delivered by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be issued
     and delivered with the same effect as if the person who signed such
     certificate, or whose facsimile signature was used thereon, had not ceased
     to be such officer.  There shall be entered on the stock books of the
     Corporation the number of each certificate issued, the number of shares
     represented thereby, the name of the person to whom such certificate was
     issued and the date of issuance thereof.

          SECTION 2.  Transfer of Stock.  Transfers of shares of the stock of
     the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the
     holder of record thereof, or by his attorney thereunto duly authorized by a
     power of attorney, upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates
     for such shares properly endorsed, with such evidence of the authenticity
     of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation or its
     agents may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary federal and
     state stock transfer stamps.

          SECTION 3.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  A certificate for
     shares of stock of the Corporation may be issued in place of any
     certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, but only upon
     delivery to the Corporation of such evidence of loss, theft or destruction
     as the Board of Directors may require, and, if the Board of Directors so
     requires, of a bond of indemnity, in form and amount and with one or more
     sureties satisfactory to the Board.

          SECTION 4.  Regulations, Transfer Agents and Registrars.  The Board of
     Directors may establish such other rules and regulations as it deems
     appropriate concerning the issuance and transfer of certificates for shares
     of the stock of the Corporation and may appoint one or more transfer agents
     or registrars, or both.

          SECTION 5.  Record Date.  (a)  In order that the Corporation may
     determine the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting
     of stockholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record
     date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record
     date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty days
     nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date
     is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining
     stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders
     shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
     notice of the meeting is given.  A determination of the stockholders of
     record entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
     apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board
     of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

          (b)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
     entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
     allotment of any rights, or the stockholders entitled to exercise any
     rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for
     the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a
     record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the
     resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall
     be not more than sixty days prior to such action.  If no record date is
     fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose
     shall be the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors
     adopts the resolution relating thereto.

          SECTION 6.  Dividends and Reserves.  Dividends shall be declared and
     paid at such times as the Board of Directors may determine, provided that
     no dividends shall be paid or declared contrary to applicable provisions of
     law or of the Certificate of Incorporation.  The Board of Directors may,
     from time to time, set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available
     for dividends such sum or sums as the Board, in its discretion, deems
     proper as a reserve fund for working capital, or to meet contingencies, or
     for repairing or maintaining the property of the Corporation, or for any
     other purpose that the Board deems to be in the best interests of the
     Corporation.  The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve
     at any time.

          SECTION 7.  Record Ownership.  The Corporation shall be entitled to
     treat the holder of record of any shares of stock of the Corporation as the
     holder in fact thereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
     other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person,
     whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof,
     except as otherwise provided by law.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                    CORPORATE SEAL

          The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be circular and shall have
     inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its
     organization, and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware."  In all cases in
     which the corporate seal is authorized to be used, it may be used by
     causing it or a facsimile of it to be impressed, affixed, reproduced,
     engraved or printed.  


                                      ARTICLE IX

                                     FISCAL YEAR

          The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be either a 52 or 53 week
     year which shall commence on the Sunday occurring on or nearest to
     February 1 and shall end on the Saturday occurring on or nearest to the
     following January 31.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                      AMENDMENTS

          Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these
     By-Laws may be amended or repealed at any regular meeting of the
     stockholders, or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that
     purpose, at which a quorum is present, by a majority vote of the shares
     represented and entitled to vote at such meeting.  Subject to the laws of
     the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws,
     the Board of Directors may, by majority vote of those directors present at
     any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, amend these By-Laws
     or adopt such other By-Laws as in their judgment may be advisable for the
     regulation of the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.





               September 22, 1995



     Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.
     501 North Broadway
     St. Louis, Missouri  63102

          Attn:Chief Financial Officer


     Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to those certain separate Note Agreements, each
     dated as of March 1, 1993, as amended by that certain Amendment Agreement
     dated as of January 15, 1994, that certain Amendment Agreement dated as of
     February 1, 1994 and that certain Amendment Agreement dated as of April 1,
     1995 (collectively, the "Note Agreement"), between Edison Brothers Stores,
     Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the Purchasers named in
     Schedule 1 attached thereto, under which $45,000,000 aggregate principal
     amount of 7.09% Series A Senior Notes due March 1, 2000, $60,000,000
     aggregate principal amount of 7.52% Series B Senior Notes due March 1, 2003
     and $45,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.04% Series C Senior Notes
     due March 1, 2008 of the Company (collectively, the "Notes") were
     originally issued.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
     shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note Agreement.

                                     INTRODUCTION

          The undersigned (the "Noteholders") are the holders of all of the
     issued and outstanding Notes.  The Company has informed the Noteholders
     that the following Events of Default presently exist:

               (a)an Event of Default as described on Schedule 2 attached hereto
          and made a part hereof (the "Scheduled Events of Default"); and

               (b)an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(f) of the Note
          Agreement, resulting from the failure of the Company to comply with
          the provisions of Section 5.9 of the Note Agreement, as a result of
          the Lien granted in favor of Mercantile, in its capacity as letter of
          credit provider (the "Section 5.9 Event of Default").

          The Company has also informed the Noteholders that it requires a new
     working capital borrowing facility of up to $75,000,000, and that it has
     received a commitment letter from the New Lender to provide the Company
     with such a facility.  The New Working Capital Facility is prohibited by
     the present terms of the Note Agreement, and the Company is hereby
     requesting a waiver of certain provisions of the Note Agreement to allow
     the Company to enter into the New Working Capital Facility, the Mercantile
     Letter of Credit Facility, the Bank Override Agreement and the New Lender
     Intercreditor Agreement.  To induce the New Lender to enter into the New
     Working Capital Facility, the Company is also requesting that, during the
     Forbearance Period, the Noteholders forbear from taking any action in
     respect of the Scheduled Events of Default and the Section 5.9 Event of
     Default and excuse compliance by the Company with Section 5.6 (Consolidated
     Net Worth) and Section 5.8 (Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) of the Note
     Agreement.

          The Noteholders are willing to forbear and excuse such financial
     covenant compliance for the limited period provided for herein, but only
     upon full and complete satisfaction and fulfillment by the Company of the
     conditions and agreements set forth herein, and continued compliance by the
     Company with the covenants set forth herein and in the Note Agreement, in
     the manner hereinafter provided.  

          Accordingly, in consideration of the terms and conditions contained
     herein, the Company and the Noteholders hereby agree as follows:

          I.   FORBEARANCE.  The Noteholders, upon the express conditions set
     forth in Section 3 hereof and subject to the continued compliance by the
     Company with the covenants and agreements contained in Section 4 hereof and
     in the Note Agreement (to the extent not otherwise waived or modified by
     this Agreement), agree as follows:

               1.to forbear from bringing any action, suit or other judicial
          proceeding against any Person in respect of the Scheduled Events of
          Default and the Section 5.9 Event of Default during the Forbearance
          Period, but otherwise reserve all rights at law and in equity as set
          forth in Section 8 of this Agreement;

               2.to excuse compliance with Section 5.6 (Consolidated Net Worth)
          and Section 5.8 (Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) during the Forbearance
          Period; and 

               3.to waive the provisions of Section 5.7 (Limitation on Funded
          Debt and Current Debt) and Section 5.9 (Liens) and any other Sections
          of the Note Agreement which would be violated by the Company's
          entering into and performing under the New Working Capital Facility,
          the Standby Letter of Credit Facility, the Bank Override Agreement and
          the New Lender Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as in effect on
          the Effective Date, but only to the extent necessary to permit the
          entering into, and borrowing and performance under, the New Working
          Capital Facility, the Standby Letter of Credit Facility, the New
          Lender Intercreditor Agreement and the Bank Override Agreement.

          II.  WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.  In order to induce the
     Noteholders to enter into this Agreement, the Company warrants and
     represents to each of the Noteholders that, as of the Effective Date:

               1.Scope and Extent of Debt.  The Company has no Current Debt,
          Funded Debt or other Indebtedness, or any letter of credit
          reimbursement obligation to any Person other than Mercantile and Banca
          Nazionale del Lavoro S.p.A. ("BNL"), or any other contingent liability
          (other than guaranties of operating leases) in excess of $5,000,000,
          in each case other than as disclosed on Exhibit A hereto; no
          Subsidiary has any outstanding Indebtedness or any letter of credit
          reimbursement obligations to any person other than Mercantile; no
          Subsidiary has any other contingent liability (other than guaranties
          of operating leases) in excess of $5,000,000, in each case other than
          as disclosed on Exhibit A hereto;

               2.Certain Transfers.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has:

               3.made any transfers of money or property on account of
               antecedent liabilities during the 90 days prior to the Effective
               Date other than (i) transfers in respect of Current Debt or
               Funded Debt disclosed on Exhibit B hereto, (ii) transfers made
               for goods and services received in the ordinary course of
               business whether in connection with letters of credit or
               otherwise, and (iii) transfers in the form of payments in respect
               of claims and normal and customary business expenses, in each
               case, made in the ordinary course of business; or

               4.except as set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, made any
               "transfer" (as defined in the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11
               U.S.C. section 101(54)) of property outside of the ordinary
               course of business to an insider (as defined in the United States
               Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. section 101(31)), within the 
               one-year period immediately preceding the Effective Date;

               5.No Other Defaults.  The Company is not aware of any Default or
          Event of Default other than the Scheduled Events of Default and the
          Section 5.9 Event of Default; 

               6.No Other Payments.  Except for (i) the increased interest rates
          and the forbearance fee provided for in this Agreement, (ii) the
          interest rate increases and forbearance fee being granted to the Banks
          and to BNL as specified in the agreements contemplated by Section 3(b)
          and Section 3(c) hereof, (iii) the increased negotiation fee being
          granted to the Commercial L/C Issuer as specified in the agreement
          contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof, and (iv) the Company's agreements
          with various Banks to pay the fees and expenses of legal counsel to
          such Banks until the Effective Date, and except as otherwise provided
          in this Agreement, the Company has made no payment, or given any other
          consideration, to any Noteholder, to any Bank or to BNL to induce this
          Agreement or the agreements contemplated by Sections 3(b) and 3(c)
          hereof;

               7.No Prohibited Action.  The Company has not taken any action
          which would have been prohibited by subsections (b), (d), (f), (g), or
          (h) of  Section 4 hereof had this Agreement been in effect at all
          times since July 29, 1995; and

               8.Minimum Availability.  The Company and the Guarantors shall
          have sufficient finished goods inventory to permit the Company to
          borrow up to $75,000,000 under the New Working Capital Facility,
          subject to verification of the filing of Uniform Commercial Code UCC-1
          financing statements, which have been executed and delivered by the
          Company to the New Lender for filing to perfect the grant of Liens to
          the New Lender under the New Lender Agreement.

               9.Additional Representations and Warranties.  Each of the
          representations and warranties made by the Company in the agreements
          referred to in Section 3(b), Section 3(c) and Section 3(d) are true
          and correct in all material respects.

          III. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS.  The Noteholders' agreements set
     forth herein shall be subject to and conditioned upon the satisfaction of
     all of the conditions set forth below on or before September 22, 1995.  The
     first date upon which all such conditions shall have been satisfied is
     herein referred to as the "Effective Date." 

               1.Execution and Delivery of this Agreement.  The Company and the
          holders of 100% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall have
          executed and delivered a counterpart of this Agreement.

               2.Execution and Delivery of Bank Agreements.  The Committed
          Banks, the Uncommitted Banks and BNL shall have entered into an
          agreement substantially to the effect of this Agreement, such
          agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Noteholders in their discretion (such satisfaction shall be
          conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of this Agreement
          by each of the Noteholders), and such agreement shall be in full force
          and effect.

               3.Letters of Credit.  Mercantile shall have entered into an
          agreement with the Company whereby such bank shall be committed to
          make available a $130,000,000 letter of credit facility during the
          Forbearance Period, such agreement shall be in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Noteholders in their discretion (such satisfaction
          shall be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement by each of the Noteholders and is subject to the reservation
          of rights set forth in Section 8 hereof), and such agreement shall be
          in full force and effect.

               4.New Working Capital Facility.  The Company and the New Lender
          shall have entered into the New Working Capital Facility providing for
          advances of up to $75,000,000 (subject to borrowing base availability
          as determined in accordance with its provisions), such facility shall
          be in form and substance satisfactory to the Noteholders in their
          discretion (such satisfaction shall be conclusively evidenced by the
          execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the Noteholders),
          and such facility shall be in full force and effect.

               5.Subsidiary Guaranties.  The Noteholders shall have received
          from each Subsidiary of the Company listed on Exhibit C hereto a
          guaranty to the effect and substantially in the form attached hereto
          as Exhibit D.  All guaranties issued by Subsidiaries of the Company to
          the Banks, the Commercial L/C Issuer and the New Lender shall be
          acceptable to the Noteholders in all respects, and, in the case of
          guaranties of letter of credit obligations under the Mercantile Letter
          of Credit Facility, Mercantile  shall be obligated  to exercise its
          remedies against any available collateral before looking to the
          guaranties.  The Company shall have delivered to each Noteholder true
          and correct copies of all guaranties issued by any Subsidiary to the
          Banks, the Commercial L/C Issuer, the New Lender or any letter of
          credit issuer.

               6.Forbearance Fee.  On the Effective Date, the Company shall have
          paid to the Noteholders a forbearance fee equal to one percent (1%) of
          the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.  Payment of each
          Noteholder's share of such forbearance fee shall be made by wire
          transfer of immediately available funds to the account to which the
          Company is obligated to make payments of interest in respect of the
          Notes.

               7.September 1, 1995 Interest Payment.  On or before the Effective
          Date, the Company shall have paid in full to the Noteholders the
          interest payment due on September 1, 1995 pursuant to the Notes and
          the Note Agreement, together with interest on such overdue installment
          of interest at the rate of interest specified as the default rate in
          the Note Agreement and the Notes applicable to each series of Notes,
          such interest on such overdue installment to accrue from September 1,
          1995 to (but not including) the Effective Date.  

               8.Advance Reserve Accounts for Counsel and Financial Advisor.  On
          or before the Effective Date, the Company shall have funded advance
          reserves to be held by Price Waterhouse and Hebb & Gitlin as a reserve
          for payment of fees and expenses due in accordance with Section 4(p)
          and Section 4(q) hereof, respectively.  The amount of such reserve for
          Hebb & Gitlin shall be $75,000 and the amount of such reserve for
          Price Waterhouse shall be $50,000.

               9.Intercreditor Agreements.  The Noteholders, the Committed
          Banks, the Uncommitted Banks, the Commercial L/C Issuer and BNL shall
          have entered into an agreement providing for, inter alia, the sharing
          of principal payments and setoffs among such persons on a pro rata
          basis, and such agreement shall be in full force and effect.  The
          Concentration Account Bank and the New Lender shall have entered into
          an agreement relating to the relationship of such setoff rights to the
          principal payment contemplated by Section 4(c) of this Agreement, and
          such agreement shall be in full force and effect.

               10.Legal Opinion.  Each of the Noteholders shall have received
          written opinions of Weil, Gotshal & Manges, special counsel to the
          Company and the Subsidiaries, and Alan Sachs, General Counsel of the
          Company, each addressed to the Noteholders and in form and substance
          satisfactory to each such Noteholder and Hebb & Gitlin.

          IV.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  In order to induce the Noteholders to
     enter into this Agreement, the Company agrees that notwithstanding the
     terms of the Note Agreement and the Notes:

               1.Increased Rate and Frequency of Interest Payments.  From and
          after the Effective Date, interest shall accrue and be payable on the
          outstanding principal amount of each of the Notes at a rate per annum
          equal to 9.75%; provided that if an Event of Default occurs, interest
          shall thereafter accrue on each of the Notes at a rate per annum equal
          to 11.75%.  All accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the Notes
          shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first business day of each
          calendar month beginning after the Effective Date.  Interest on the
          Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
          day months. 

               2.Payments of Principal Prohibited.   

               3.The Company will not  make, or cause or permit any of its
               Subsidiaries to make, any principal payment (whether scheduled,
               at maturity, by prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise)  on or
               in respect of any of the Indebtedness of the Company and/or its
               Subsidiaries listed on Exhibit E attached hereto (the "Listed
               Indebtedness") unless, simultaneously with such payment, the
               Company shall make a principal payment to all holders of Listed
               Indebtedness and the percentage of each holder's Listed
               Indebtedness so paid shall be equal.  The Company shall not 
               agree to or suffer any commitment reduction in the Mercantile
               Letter of Credit Facility or the Standby Letter of Credit
               Facility (other than letters of credit which are released by the
               beneficiary thereof voluntarily) or grant any additional
               collateral (other than such collateral as is granted in the
               ordinary course of business each time a letter of credit is
               issued under the Mercantile Letter of Credit Facility or the
               Standby Letter of Credit Facility) for either of such facilities
               unless, in each case, simultaneously with such reduction or
               grant, the Company shall make a principal payment to each holder
               of Listed Indebtedness of a percentage of the Listed Indebtedness
               owed to such holder, which percentage shall be equal to the
               percentage reduction in such letter of credit facility
               commitment, or the percentage of the indebtedness outstanding
               under said commitment which is being so collateralized, as the
               case may be.

               4.During the Forbearance Period, the Company will not  make, or
               cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any principal
               payment (whether scheduled, at maturity, by prepayment, by
               acceleration or otherwise)  on or in respect of the City of
               Washington, Franklin County, Missouri Industrial Revenue Bonds,
               Series of 1977 and 1985.

               5.The Company will not make, or cause or permit any of its
               Subsidiaries to make, any payments to BNL in respect of any
               reimbursement obligations arising under the Standby Letter of
               Credit Facility unless, simultaneously with such payment, the
               Company shall make a principal payment to all holders of Listed
               Indebtedness and the percentage of each holder's Indebtedness so
               paid shall be equal to the percentage which the payment to BNL
               bears to $7,948,491.

               6.Required Payments of Principal.   No later than December 29,
          1995 the  Company shall pay to the Noteholders $10,305,906 in the
          aggregate in respect of the principal amount of the Notes, as their
          pro rata share of an aggregate payment of $25,000,000 in respect of
          the obligations owing to the Noteholders, the Committed Banks, the
          Uncommitted Banks and BNL.

               7.Dividends.  It will not declare, pay or make any dividends or
          other distributions (whether in cash, other Property or stock) on or
          in respect of any of its capital stock.

               8.Debt; Loans.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall
          create, assume or incur any Indebtedness or any obligations
          (contingent or otherwise) in respect of any letter of credit, except
          for borrowings and other transactions under the New Working Capital
          Facility, the Standby Letter of Credit Facility and the Mercantile
          Letter of Credit Facility.  The Company and the Subsidiaries may make
          (i) loans to the Company or to a Wholly-owned Subsidiary that is a
          Guarantor, provided that each such loan is made in the ordinary course
          of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries consistent with
          their past practice, and (ii) loans (not exceeding $2,000,000 in the
          aggregate at any time outstanding) to Subsidiaries which are not
          Guarantors.

               9.Liens.  Except for Liens securing the New Working Capital
          Facility, Liens of BNL in the Cash Collateral Account to the extent
          provided for in the Bank Override Agreement and the set-off rights of
          the Concentration Account Bank set forth in the Bank Override
          Agreement and the New Lender Intercreditor Agreement, it will not
          cause or permit any Lien to be placed upon any of its Property or the
          Property of any Subsidiary, other than Liens permitted by subsections
          (a) through (f) of Section 5.9 of the Note Agreement and renewals of
          such Liens permitted by Section 5.9(i) of the Note Agreement. 
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
          restrictions on Liens set forth in this Section 4(f) do not apply to
          the grant or perfecting of Liens securing the Mercantile Letter of
          Credit Facility during the Forbearance Period.

               10.Mergers, Etc.  It will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary
          to, be a party to any merger or consolidation or sell, lease or
          otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets.

               11.Sales of Assets.  Except for sales of goods in the ordinary
          course of business as previously conducted, the Company will not, and
          will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease, or otherwise transfer
          any assets (by merger, consolidation, sale-leaseback or otherwise), or
          permit any Subsidiary to issue or transfer any shares of its stock or
          any other Securities exchangeable or convertible into its stock (such
          stock and other Securities being called "Subsidiary Stock" below),
          provided, however, that these restrictions do not apply to the sale of
          (i) the stock or assets of Edison Brothers Mall Entertainment, Inc., a
          Missouri corporation, (ii) the premises presently occupied by Bakers
          Shoe Store located at 131-33 South State Street, Chicago, Illinois 
          60603, (iii) the warehouse owned by the Company, located at 400 South
          14th Street, St. Louis, Missouri, and (iv) the trademark "Sacha
          London" owned by the Company (collectively, the "Designated Assets"). 
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(h), the
          Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease
          or otherwise transfer any Designated Asset without the prior consent
          (the "Noteholder Consent") of the holders of at least 51% in principal
          amount of the Notes outstanding at such time if either the fair market
          value, the proposed purchase price or the book value of such
          Designated Asset exceeds $10,000,000 at the time of such proposed
          sale.  For purposes of this Section, the Noteholder Consent will be
          deemed granted by the Noteholders, if the requisite amount of
          Noteholders do not object in writing within 10 business days of their
          receipt of a written Noteholder Consent request from the Company with
          respect to such asset sale describing, with reasonable specificity and
          supporting data, the value of such asset and the terms of the proposed
          disposition.


               12.Payments to Executives.  During the Forbearance Period, the
          Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, exceed, change
          or otherwise modify the Company's or any Subsidiary's policies with
          respect to severance arrangements and executive compensation
          arrangements with its officers and directors, as described in that
          certain letter dated September 20, 1995 from the Company's chief
          executive officer to certain representatives of the Banks and the
          Noteholders, a copy of which has been delivered to the Noteholders.

               13.Lease Termination Payments.  From and after the Effective
          Date, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will make lease
          termination payments which exceed $5,900,000 in the aggregate.  Within
          this aggregate limitation, lease termination payments of no more than
          $4,000,000 in the aggregate for the Company and its Subsidiaries may
          be made during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending
          on December 31, 1995.  On or before October 31, 1995, the Company
          shall deliver to the Noteholders a good faith estimate of the number
          of store closings anticipated between the Effective Date and February
          29, 1996, which estimate shall identify the stores proposed to be
          closed and the anticipated closing costs of each such store.

               14.Loans to Dave & Buster's.  It will give the Noteholders prompt
          written notice of all additional loans, advances or other investments
          (whether in cash or property) made by the Company and its Subsidiaries
          in or to Dave & Buster's, Inc., a Missouri corporation, and/or its
          subsidiaries during the Forbearance Period; and the aggregate amount
          of all such loans, advances and investments made by the Company and
          its Subsidiaries during such period shall not exceed $2,200,000.

               15.Capital Expenditures.  Capital expenditures made by the
          Company and its Subsidiaries during the Forbearance Period shall not
          exceed $11,500,000 in the aggregate.

               16.Business Plan.  No later than October 31, 1995, the Company
          shall deliver to the Noteholders the Company's proposed business plan
          for fiscal year 1996, containing such minimum information as the
          Noteholders, the Banks and Price Waterhouse shall request by
          September 25, 1995.

               17.Financial Reporting.  

               18.It shall (not later than the second business day of each week)
               deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders a cash flow
               statement and monitoring report for the previous week in form
               acceptable to the Noteholders.  No later than 25 days after the
               end of each calendar month commencing with September 1995, the
               Company shall deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders a
               monthly and cumulative (beginning from September 1, 1995)
               financial statement and monitoring report in form acceptable to
               the Noteholders.

               19.It will deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders as
               soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days
               after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each
               fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the
               Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the end of such
               fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statement of income for
               such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company's fiscal
               year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related
               consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and
               for the portion of the Company's fiscal year ended at the end of
               such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative
               form the figures as of the end of and for the corresponding
               fiscal quarter and the corresponding portion of the Company's
               previous fiscal year, all certified (subject to normal year-end
               adjustments) as to fairness of presentation, conformance with
               GAAP and consistency by the chief financial officer of the
               Company.

               20.It will deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders as
               soon as available and in any event within twenty-five (25) days
               after the end of each fiscal month of the Company, a consolidated
               balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as
               at the end of such fiscal month, the related consolidated
               statement of income for such fiscal month and for the portion of
               the Company's fiscal year ended at the end of such fiscal month
               and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for such
               fiscal month and for the portion of the Company's fiscal year
               ended at the end of such fiscal month, together with comparable
               store information by division for the corresponding portion of
               the Company's previous fiscal year, all certified (subject to
               normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation,
               conformance with GAAP and consistency by the chief financial
               officer of the Company.

               21.It will deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders no
               later than the second business day of each week a statement of
               the consolidated cash flows of the Company and its consolidated
               subsidiaries for the immediately preceding week.

               22.It shall deliver to Price Waterhouse and the Noteholders
               copies of each report, financial statement, proxy statement and
               certificate required to be delivered by the Company or any
               Subsidiary to the lender parties under the agreements referred to
               in Section 3(b), Section 3(c) and Section 3(d) of this Agreement
               within the time limits specified in such agreements other than
               routine collateral reports required to be delivered to the New
               Lender under the New Lender Agreement; provided, however, that
               upon the request of the Noteholders, the Company will promptly
               furnish such collateral reports to the Noteholders and Price
               Waterhouse.

               23.From time to time, with reasonable promptness, the Company
               shall provide each Noteholder with such further information
               regarding the business, affairs and financial position of the
               Company and each Subsidiary as any Noteholder may reasonably
               request.

               It is understood that the Company's fiscal year ends on the
          Saturday nearest in time to January 31, the first quarter of the
          Company's fiscal year ends on the 13th Saturday following the end of
          the fiscal year, the second quarter ends on the 13th Saturday
          following the end of the first quarter, the third quarter ends on the
          13th Saturday following the end of the second quarter and the fourth
          quarter ends at the fiscal year end.

               24.Amendment of Other Agreements.  It shall not agree to any
          amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any agreement
          referred to in subsections (b), (c) or (d) of Section 3 of this
          Agreement, in each case as in effect as of the Effective Date, without
          the written consent of the holders of at least 51% in aggregate
          principal amount of the Notes.  Without limiting the preceding
          sentence, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries, to extend the term of the New Lender Agreement beyond
          the Forbearance Period.

               25.Financial Advisor.  It will pay on a monthly basis within ten
          (10) days after receipt of a bill for the same the reasonable fees and
          actual expenses of Price Waterhouse as the financial advisor to the
          Noteholders and the Banks in connection with the Note Agreement, and
          it will give Price Waterhouse reasonable access to designated officers
          (including, without limitation, the chief financial officers) of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries and to the books and records of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries.

               26.Counsel Fees.  It will pay on a monthly basis (within ten (10)
          days after receipt of a bill for the same) the reasonable attorneys'
          fees and actual expenses of Hebb & Gitlin as attorneys for the
          Noteholders in connection with creditors rights matters concerning the
          Noteholders in respect of the Company and its creditors, including,
          without limitation, the evaluation of the Company's proposed business
          plan, any proposed amendments, waivers or extensions of the Company's
          obligations in respect of the Notes, the Note Agreement, the New
          Lender Agreement and any documents or instruments evidencing the
          Company's obligations to the Committed Banks, the Uncommitted Banks,
          the Commercial L/C Issuer or BNL.

               27.Consultations and Inspections.  The Company acknowledges that
          the Noteholders have retained Price Waterhouse as their joint
          financial advisor with respect to the restructuring of the Company's
          obligations (including, without limitation, the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement and any other document executed in
          connection herewith).  The Company will permit, and will cause each
          Subsidiary to permit, at the Company's expense, any Noteholder or
          Price Waterhouse and any person appointed by any Noteholder and Price
          Waterhouse to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company and each
          of its Subsidiaries, and to visit and inspect its properties and
          examine its books and records all at such reasonable times and as
          often as may from time to time be reasonably requested.

               28.No Additional Stores.  It will not permit to exist on any date
          any net increase in the total number of stores operated by the Company
          and its Subsidiaries from the number of such stores operated on the
          Effective Date.

               29.Letters of Credit Under New Lender Agreement.  Neither the
          Company nor any Subsidiary will at any time request or permit to be
          issued any letter of credit under the New Working Capital Facility
          unless the Company has fully utilized all of its existing availability
          for issuances of commercial letters of credit under the Mercantile
          Letter of Credit Facility; provided, however, that, notwithstanding
          the forgoing, if the Company in good faith requires an issuance of a
          commercial letter of credit of a type not issuable under the
          Mercantile Letter of Credit Facility, the Company may request such
          letter of credit to be issued under the New Working Capital Facility.

               30.Weekly Compliance Certificate; Incumbency Certificates,
          Resolutions, etc.

               31.Through the Termination Date, on the first Business Day of
               each week, the Company shall deliver to each of the Noteholders a
               certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
               Financial Officer or the General Counsel of the Company in the
               form attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit F,
               (A) stating whether there exists on the date of such certificate
               any Default or any Event of Default (including any additional
               Event of Default as specified in Section 5 of this Agreement) and
               if any such Default or Event of Default then exists, setting
               forth the details thereof and the action the Company is taking or
               proposes to take with respect thereto, and (B) certifying that
               all of the representations and warranties of the Company
               contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material
               respects on or as of the date of such certificate as if made on
               the date of such certificate.

               32.No later than eight (8) Business Days after the Effective Date
               the Company shall deliver to each of the Noteholders and their
               special counsel, Hebb & Gitlin: (A) incumbency certificates,
               executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each
               Subsidiary that is party to the Guaranty, which shall identify by
               name and title and bear the signature of the officers of such 
               entity authorized to sign the Guaranty to which it is a party,
               upon which certificate the Noteholders will be entitled to rely;
               (B) copies certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
               each Subsidiary that is a party to the Guaranty of such
               Subsidiary's certificate or articles of incorporation and by-
               laws; and (C) certified copies of resolutions of each
               Subsidiary's Board of Directors and, where necessary,
               shareholders, authorizing or ratifying the execution, delivery
               and performance of the Guaranty.

               33.Restricted Subsidiaries; Prohibition on Redesignation.  As of
          the Effective Date, each and every Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
          designated as a Restricted Subsidiary by the Company under the Note
          Agreement irrespective of any prior designation as an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary by the Company.  The Company shall not designate any
          Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          V.   ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  In addition to the Events of
     Default specified in the Note Agreement, the occurrence of any of the
     following events shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the
     Note Agreement, giving to the Noteholders the same rights as if such event
     had been expressly defined therein as an "Event of Default", including,
     without limitation, the immediate right to declare the entire principal
     amount of the Notes immediately due and payable:

               (a)any warranty or representation made by the Company in this
          Agreement or in any agreement referred to in Section 3(b) or Section
          3(c) proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect; 

               (b)the Company shall fail to observe or perform any agreement
          made by it in this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment
          of interest on or before the date due; or

               (c)the Company shall fail to observe or perform any agreement
          binding on it contained in any agreement referred to in Section 3(b)
          or Section 3(c) hereof whether or not performance thereof shall have
          been waived or any of such agreements shall terminate; or the New
          Lender shall accelerate payment of obligations due under, or terminate
          or cease funding under, the New Working Capital Facility.

          VI.  DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this Agreement the following terms
     shall have the respective meanings set forth below or in the Section of
     this Agreement set opposite such term below.  All capitalized terms not
     otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the
     Note Agreement.

          "BNL" -- Section 2(a).

          "Bank" -- a Committed Bank and/or an Uncommitted Bank.

          "Bank Override Agreement" -- means that certain Override Agreement,
     dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, BNL and the Banks.

          "Cash Collateral Account" --  means deposit account number 0510-
     335401-00 maintained with BNL in the Company's name, but under the sole
     dominion and control of BNL.

          "Commercial L/C Issuer" --  means Mercantile, in its capacity as
     provider of letters of credit pursuant to the Mercantile Letter of Credit
     Facility.

          "Committed Banks" --  means, collectively, Mercantile Bank of St.
     Louis, National Association, The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis.,
     Citibank, N.A., NBD Bank, N.A., The Bank of Nova Scotia, The First National
     Bank of Chicago and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association.

          "Company" --  the introductory paragraph of this Agreement. 

          "Concentration Account Bank" --  means The Boatmen's National Bank of
     St. Louis.

          "Designated Assets" --  Section 4(h).

          "Effective Date" -- the first sentence of Section 3 to this Agreement.

          "Forbearance Period" -- the period beginning on the Effective Date and
     ending on the Termination Date.

          "Guarantor" -- means a Guarantor under the Guaranty.

          "Guaranty" -- means that certain Guaranty dated the date hereof made
     by certain Subsidiaries of the Company, jointly and severally, in favor of
     the Noteholders.

          "Listed Indebtedness" -- Section 4(b).

          "Mercantile" -- Mercantile Bank of St. Louis National Association.

          "Mercantile Letter of Credit Facility" -- the letter of credit
     facility to be provided by Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, National
     Association pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement.

          "New Lender" -- BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., a Delaware
     corporation.

          "New Lender Agreement" --  means that certain Loan and Security
     Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Edison
     Brothers Apparel Stores Inc. and Bankamerica Business Credit, Inc.

          "New Lender Intercreditor Agreement" --  means that certain New Lender
     Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the
     New Lender and the Concentration Account Bank, and as acknowledged and
     agreed to by the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries.

          "New Working Capital Facility" -- the secured working capital facility
     of up to $75,000,000 made available to the Company by the New Lender and
     approved by the Noteholders pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement.

          "Note Agreement" -- the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Noteholder Consent" -- Section 4(h).

          "Noteholders" -- the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Notes" -- the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Price Waterhouse" -- Price Waterhouse, L.L.P.

          "Property" -- means any interest in any kind of property or asset,
     whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible. 

          "Scheduled Events of Default" -- the introductory paragraph of this
     Agreement.

          "Section 5.9 Event of Default" -- the introductory paragraph of this
     Agreement.

          "Standby Letter of Credit Facility" -- the standby letter of credit
     facility provided by BNL pursuant to the Continuing Standby Letter of
     Credit Agreement dated November 15, 1989, the Letter Agreement dated as of
     June 30, 1994 and the Application for Standby Letter of Credit dated
     December 19, 1994, each between BNL and the Company, pursuant to which four
     standby letters of credit were issued by the BNL in the aggregate stated
     amount of $7,948,491.

          "Termination Date" -- the earliest to occur of (i) the date the
     Company and the Noteholders execute and deliver a mutually agreeable
     amendment to the Note Agreement, and such amendment shall become effective,
     (ii) an Event of Default under the Note Agreement, as supplemented by this
     Agreement, and (iii) February 29, 1996.

          "Uncommitted Banks" -- Sumitomo Bank, The Bank of New York, Sanwa
     Bank, Fifth Third Bank, The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis, Citibank,
     N.A. and the Bank of Nova Scotia.

          VII. AMENDMENTS/WAIVERS.  Any provision of this Agreement may be
     amended or waived with the written consent of the holders of at least 66 %
     in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; provided, however, that no
     amendment to the terms of Section 3(f), Section 3(g), Section 4(a), Section
     4(b) or Section 4(c) hereof or this Section 7 shall be effective without
     the written consent of all of the Noteholders.

          VIII.NO OTHER WAIVERS OR AGREEMENTS; RESERVATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS. 
     Except as specifically set forth herein, (i) the Noteholders have not
     agreed to any waiver, modification or amendment of the Notes or the Note
     Agreement, or their rights in respect thereof, (ii) the Note Agreement and
     the Notes remain in full force and effect, (iii) upon the Termination Date,
     the provisions of Section 1 of this Agreement shall be of no further force
     or effect, without any requirement of further notice, or the running of
     grace periods or cure periods, and (iv) the Noteholders reserve all of
     their rights and remedies at law or in equity in respect of the Notes, the
     Note Agreement, the Company and any other Person, with respect to the
     continued existence of the Scheduled Events of Default, and the continued
     existence of, and any future acts which would constitute, a Section 5.9
     Event of Default.  

          IX.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
     counterparts, and by the various parties in separate counterparts.  Each
     manually signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all
     counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          X.   APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ALL
     RESPECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
     STATE OF ILLINOIS.

          XI.  GENERAL INDEMNITY.  In addition to the payment of expenses
     required by any other Section of this Agreement, whether or not the
     transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Company hereby
     agrees to indemnify, pay and hold each of the Noteholders and their
     officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates (collectively, the
     "Indemnitees") harmless from and against any and all other liabilities,
     obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims,
     costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever
     (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
     counsel for such Indemnitees in connection with any investigative,
     administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or
     not such Indemnitees shall be designated a party thereto), that may be
     imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees, in any manner
     relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Notes
     or any other agreement, document or instrument executed and delivered by
     the Company or any Subsidiary in connection herewith or therewith
     (collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided that the Company
     shall have no obligation to an Indemnitee hereunder with respect to
     Indemnified Liabilities directly resulting from the gross negligence or
     willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined by a court of competent
     jurisdiction in a final nonappealable order.  To the extent that the
     undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in the preceding
     sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public
     policy, the Company shall contribute the maximum portion that it is
     permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and
     satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or
     any of them.  The provisions of the undertakings and indemnification set
     out in this Section 11 are continuing and shall survive the satisfaction
     and payment of the Notes and the termination of this Agreement.

          XII. RELEASE.  In consideration of the agreements and understandings
     set forth herein, the Company, for itself and its officers, directors,
     shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns, hereby
     releases each of the Noteholders and their respective officers, directors,
     shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns, from
     and against any and all liability, claim, right or cause of action which
     now exists, or hereafter arises, whether known or unknown, arising from or
     in any way related to the Note Agreement and the Notes.  By way of example
     and without limitation, the foregoing includes any claims in any way
     related to actions taken or not taken by any Noteholder under or relating
     to the Note Agreement and the Notes.

          XIII.ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.  The Company irrevocably ratifies, affirms and
     acknowledges that (i) this Agreement, the Note Agreement and the Notes are
     the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance
     with their respective terms and free from any offset, defense, recoupment
     or counterclaim, at law or in equity, of any kind or nature, except as
     limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws generally affecting the
     enforcement of creditors' rights generally, (ii) each of the Noteholders
     has fully performed all of its respective obligations and duties under
     previously existing agreements between the Company and the Noteholders,
     (iii) all actions taken by the Noteholders prior to the date of this
     Agreement have been reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances, and
     within the Noteholders' rights, and (iv) the outstanding aggregate
     principal amount of the Notes is $150,000,000.

          XIV. REVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS.  If all or any part of any payment on
     account of the Note Agreement, the Guaranty, this Agreement or any of the
     Notes shall be invalidated, set aside, declared or found to be void or
     voidable or required to be repaid to the issuer or to any trustee, 
     custodian, receiver, conservator, master, liquidator or any other person
     pursuant to any bankruptcy law or pursuant to any common law or equitable
     cause then, to the extent of such invalidation, set aside, voidness,
     voidability or required repayment, such payment shall not be deemed to not
     have been paid, set aside, released or discharged and the obligations of
     the Company or any Guarantor in respect thereof shall be immediately and
     automatically revived without the necessity of any action by the issue or
     any of the Noteholders.

          XV.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; BOND. 

          (a)  THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE
     JURISDICTION OF SUCH ILLINOIS STATE COURT OR SUCH FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN
     THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AS ANY NOTEHOLDER MAY ELECT, IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR
     PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE
     AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT
     EXECUTED AND DELIVERED BY THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. 
     THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH
     SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HELD AND DETERMINED IN ANY OF SUCH
     COURTS.  THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
     LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THE COMPANY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
     LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH
     COURT, AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH SUIT,
     ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN
     INCONVENIENT FORUM.  THE COMPANY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS WHICH
     IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE, BY REASON OF ITS PRESENT OR SUBSEQUENT
     DOMICILES, TO ALLEGE THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY
     SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.  THE COMPANY
     AUTHORIZES THE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THE COMPANY BY REGISTERED MAIL SENT
     TO THE COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.6 OF THE NOTE
     AGREEMENT.  NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY
     NOTEHOLDER TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR
     AFFECT THE RIGHT OF SUCH PERSON TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST
     THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

          (b)  EACH OF THE NOTEHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE
     TIME AND EXPENSE REQUIRED FOR TRIAL BY JURY EXCEED THE TIME AND EXPENSE
     REQUIRED FOR A BENCH TRIAL AND HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
     LAW, TRIAL BY JURY, AND WAIVE ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND
     WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF ANY NOTEHOLDER.

          XVI. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF SET-OFF. The parties hereto agree that any
     right of set-off in favor of the Noteholders is subject to the limitations
     contained in Section 6.2 of the Bank Override Agreement (such Section 6.2
     being applied as if each Noteholder was a Bank as defined in the Bank
     Override Agreement).


     [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.  Next Page is Signature Page.]

          If  the foregoing  is  acceptable to  the  Company, please  execute  a
     counterpart hereof in the space indicated and return it to the undersigned.

               Very truly yours,

               PRINCIPAL MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               By CIGNA Investments, Inc.


               By: ________________________________

               Its:


               CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE  INSURANCE COMPANY, on behalf  of one or
               more separate accounts

               By CIGNA Investments, Inc.


               By: ________________________________

               Its:


               LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA

               By CIGNA Investments, Inc.


               By: ________________________________

               Its:


               ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:



               FARMLAND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               FINANCIAL HORIZONS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               WEST COAST LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               WOODMEN OF THE WORLD LIFE INSURANCE SOCIETY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:

               ATWELL  & CO.,  nominee for  U.S. Trust  Company of New  York and
               custodian for Century Life of America


               By: _____________________________________ 

               Its:


               ATWELL &  CO., nominee  for U.S. Trust  Company of  New York  and
               custodian for CUNA Mutual Insurance Society


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               PROVIDENT MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PHILADELPHIA


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               PROVIDENT MUTUAL LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF AMERICA


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               PROVIDENT MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY - CALIC


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               MODERN WOODMEN OF AMERICA


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               GUARANTEE MUTUAL LIFE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


               WOODMEN ACCIDENT AND LIFE COMPANY


               By: _____________________________________

               Its:


     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

     EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



     By: ______________________________________
          Name:
          Title:

<TABLE>

SCHEDULE 1

<CAPTION>

                                  LIST OF PURCHASERS
     <S>  <C>
     1.   Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company

     2.   Cigna Property and Casualty  Insurance Company and its nominee,  CIG &
          Co.

     3.   Connecticut General Life Insurance Company and its nominee, CIG & Co.

     4.   Connecticut General Life Insurance  Company, on behalf of one  or more
          separate accounts, and its nominee, CIG & Co.

     5.   Life Insurance Company of North America and its nominee, ZANDE & Co. 

     6.   Allstate Life Insurance Company

     7.   Farmland Life Insurance Company

     8.   Financial Horizons Life Insurance Company

     9.   Nationwide Life Insurance Company

     10.  West Coast Life Insurance Company

     11.  Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

     12.  General American Life Insurance Company and its nominee, GALICO

     13.  Century Life of America

     14.  CUNA Mutual Insurance Society and its nominee, Atwell & Company

     15.  National Life Insurance Company

     16.  Provident Mutual Life Insurance Company of Philadelphia

     17.  Provident Mutual Life and Annuity Company of America

     18.  Provident Mutual Life Insurance Company - CALIC

     19.  Modern Woodmen of America

     20.  Guarantee Mutual Life Company

     21.  Woodmen Accident and Life Company

</TABLE>



                                   $150,000,000.00



                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                DATED EFFECTIVE AS OF



                                     JUNE 4, 1993



                                     BY AND AMONG



                            EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.,



                               THE BANKS LISTED HEREIN



                                         AND



                  MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                       AS AGENT


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01.  Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations  . . . . . . . . . .  20

                                      ARTICLE II

                                        LOANS

     SECTION 2.01.  Commitments To Lend  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     SECTION 2.02.  Method of Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 2.03.  Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     SECTION 2.04.  Duration of Interest Periods and Selection of Interest
                    Rates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     SECTION 2.05.  Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     SECTION 2.06.  Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     SECTION 2.07.  Termination or Reduction of Commitments  . . . . . . . .  30
     SECTION 2.08.  Early Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     SECTION 2.09.  General Provisions as to Payments  . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 2.10.  Funding Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 2.11.  Computation of Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 2.12   Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

                                     ARTICLE III

                                PRECONDITIONS TO LOANS

     SECTION 3.01.  Initial Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     SECTION 3.02.  All Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

                                      ARTICLE IV

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                    (a) Corporate Existence and Power  . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                    (b) Corporate Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                    (c) Binding Effect   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                    (d) Financial Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                    (e) Litigation   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                    (f) Pension and Welfare Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                    (g) Tax Returns and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                    (h) Compliance With Other Instruments; None Burdensome    37
                    (i) Existing Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                    (j) Labor Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                    (k) Title to Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                    (l) Regulation U   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
                    (m) Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980    38
                    (n) Investment Company Act of 1940; Public Utility
                        Holding Company Act of 1935  . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
                    (o) Patents, Licenses, Trademarks, Etc.  . . . . . . . .  38
                    (p) Environmental Safety and Health Matters  . . . . . .  38
                    (q) Handyman Guarantees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

                    (r) Subsidiaries   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
                    (s) Disclosure   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

                                      ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS

     SECTION 5.01.  Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
                    (a) Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
                    (b) Consolidated Net Worth   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
                    (c) Limitations on Current Debt and Funded Debt  . . . .  43
                    (d) Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio   . . . . . . . . . . .  44
                    (e) Limitation on Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
                    (f) Limitations on Sale and Leasebacks   . . . . . . . .  46
                    (g) Merger or Consolidation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
                    (h) Certain Restrictions Relating to Subsidiaries  . . .  47
                    (i) Consolidated Current Ratio   . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
                    (j) Transactions with Affiliates   . . . . . . . . . . .  50
                    (k) Restricted Investments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
                    (l) Payment of Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
                    (m) Payment of Liabilities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
                    (n) Consultations and Inspections  . . . . . . . . . . .  51
                    (o) Payment of Taxes and Claims; Corporate Existence;
                        Maintenance of Properties; Insurance   . . . . . . .  52
                    (p) Maintenance of Books and Records   . . . . . . . . .  53
                    (q) Changes in Nature of Business  . . . . . . . . . . .  53
                    (r) Compliance with Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
                    (s) Accountant   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
                    (t) ERISA Compliance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
                    (u) Further Assurances   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
                    (v) Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
                    (w) Pension Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
                    (x) Acquisitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
                    (y) Guaranties   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     SECTION 5.02.  Use of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                       DEFAULTS

     SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      THE AGENT

     SECTION 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     SECTION 7.02.  Agent and Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     SECTION 7.03.  Action by Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     SECTION 7.04.  Consultation with Experts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     SECTION 7.05.  Liability of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     SECTION 7.06.  Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     SECTION 7.07.  Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     SECTION 7.08.  Resignation of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                               CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
                              AFFECTING FIXED RATE LOANS

     SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair  63
     SECTION 8.02.  Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
     SECTION 8.03.  Increased or Decreased Cost  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     SECTION 8.04.  Prime Loans Substituted for Affected Fixed Rate Loans  .  65
     SECTION 8.05.  Capital Adequacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.01.  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
     SECTION 9.02.  No Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
     SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Documentary Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
     SECTION 9.04.  General Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
     SECTION 9.05.  Environmental Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
     SECTION 9.06.  Sharing of Setoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     SECTION 9.07.  Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     SECTION 9.08.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     SECTION 9.09.  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     SECTION 9.10.  Missouri Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     SECTION 9.11.  Counterparts; Effectiveness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     SECTION 9.12.  Authority to Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     SECTION 9.13.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     SECTION 9.14.  References; Headings for Convenience . . . . . . . . . .  71
     SECTION 9.15.  NO ORAL AGREEMENTS; ENTIRE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . .  72
     SECTION 9.16.  Resurrection of Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

     Exhibit A -    Line of Credit Note
     Exhibit B -    Revolving Credit Note
     Exhibit C -    Opinion of Counsel
     Exhibit D -    Certificate of Chief Financial Officer

     Schedule 4.01(d) - Contingent Liabilities
     Schedule 4.01(e) - Litigation
     Schedule 4.01(f) - Pension Plan Matters
     Schedule 4.01(i) - Existing Indebtedness
     Schedule 4.01(j) - Labor Matters
     Schedule 4.01(k) - Liens
     Schedule 4.01(o) - Patents, Trademarks and other Intellectual 
                        Property
     Schedule 4.01(p) - Environmental and Safety and Health Matters
     Schedule 4.01(r) - Subsidiaries

                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS  CREDIT AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is  made and
          entered into  effective as of the  4th day of June,  1993, by and
          among EDISON  BROTHERS STORES, INC., a  Delaware corporation, and
          the  undersigned Banks,  including MERCANTILE  BANK OF  ST. LOUIS
          NATIONAL ASSOCIATION in its capacity as a lender hereunder and as
          agent for the Banks under this Agreement.

                    The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

                    SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.   In addition to  the terms
          defined elsewhere in this Agreement or in any Exhibit or Schedule
          hereto,  when used in  this Agreement, the  following terms shall
          have  the  following meanings  (such  meanings  shall be  equally
          applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms used, as
          the context requires):

                    "Acceptable  Acquisition"  shall  mean any  Acquisition
          which has been (a) in  the event a corporation is the  subject of
          such Acquisition,  either (i) approved by the  Board of Directors
          of  the corporation which is  the subject of  such Acquisition or
          (ii)   recommended by such Board of Directors to the shareholders
          of such  corporation,  (b) in  the event  a  partnership  is  the
          subject  of   such  Acquisition,  approved  by   a  majority  (by
          percentage  of voting power)  of the partners  of the partnership
          which is the  subject of  such Acquisition, (c) in  the event  an
          organization or entity other than a corporation or partnership is
          the  subject of  such  Acquisition, approved  by  a majority  (by
          percentage of voting power) of the  governing body, if any, or by
          a majority (by percentage of ownership interest) of the owners of
          the   organization  or  entity  which  is  the  subject  of  such
          Acquisition or  (d) in the event the  corporation, partnership or
          other  organization  or  entity  which is  the  subject  of  such
          Acquisition is in bankruptcy, approved by the bankruptcy court or
          another court of competent jurisdiction.

                    "Acquisition" shall mean  any transaction or  series of
          related transactions, consummated  on or after  the date of  this
          Agreement, by  which  the  Company  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries
          (a) acquires  any going business  or all or  substantially all of
          the assets of any  corporation, partnership or other organization
          or  entity,  whether  through   purchase  of  assets,  merger  or
          otherwise  or   (b) directly  or  indirectly  acquires   (in  one
          transaction  or as  the most  recent transaction  in a  series of
          transactions) at least (i) a majority (in number of votes) of the
          stock and/or other securities of a  corporation  having  ordinary
          voting  power for the  election of  directors  (other than  stock
          and/or  other securities   having such  power   only  by   reason
          of    the   happening  of  a  contingency),  (ii) a majority  (by
          percentage  of  voting  power)  of  the  outstanding  partnership
          interests of a  partnership or (iii) a majority  of the ownership
          interests in any organization or entity other  than a corporation
          or partnership.

                    "Affiliate" shall mean any Person (a) which directly or
          indirectly  through  one  or  more  intermediaries  controls,  is
          controlled by or is under common control with the  Company or any
          Subsidiary, (b) which beneficially owns or holds or has the power
          to direct  the voting power of  five percent (5%) or  more of any
          class  of  voting  stock of  the  Company  or  any Subsidiary  or
          (c) which has five percent (5%) or  more of its voting stock (or,
          in the case of a Person  which is not a corporation, five percent
          (5%)  or more of its equity interest) beneficially owned or held,
          directly  or indirectly, by the  Company or any  Subsidiary.  For
          purposes of  this definition, "control"  shall mean the  power to
          direct the  management  and policies  of  a Person,  directly  or
          indirectly, whether  through the ownership of  voting securities,
          by contract or otherwise.

                    "Agent"  shall  mean   Mercantile  Bank  of   St. Louis
          National  Association in  its  capacity as  agent  for the  Banks
          hereunder and its successors in such capacity.

                    "Assessment  Rate" shall  mean for  any day  the annual
          assessment  rate  (rounded upwards,  if  necessary,  to the  next
          higher  1/8 of  1% and  determined without  regard to  rebates or
          credits) charged  to Mercantile by the  Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation (or  any successor)  for such Corporation's  (or such
          successor's) insuring  time deposits at offices  of Mercantile in
          the United  States on such  day.  The  CD Rate shall  be adjusted
          automatically on  and as of the  effective date of  any change in
          the Assessment Rate.

                    "Attributable  Indebtedness"  shall mean  in connection
          with  a  Sale  and   Leaseback  Transaction  not  satisfying  the
          requirements  of Section  5.01(f)(i),  as  of  the  date  of  any
          determination thereof, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of
          the  Minimum Rentals due and  to become due  (discounted from the
          respective  due dates thereof to  such date at  the interest rate
          implicit  in such lease per annum,  with all such discounts to be
          computed on the basis on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day  months,
          and otherwise in  accordance with GAAP) under  the lease relating
          to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

                    "Bank(s)" shall mean each  bank listed on the signature
          pages hereof, and its successors and assigns.

                    "Business Day"  shall mean  any day except  a Saturday,
          Sunday  or legal holiday observed  by the Agent  or by commercial
          banks in New York, New York.

                    "Capitalized Lease" shall mean  and include at any time
          any lease of Property, real or personal, which in accordance with
          GAAP  would  at such  time be  required  to be  capitalized  on a
          balance sheet of the lessee.

                    "Capitalized Rentals"  of any Person shall  mean, as of
          the  date of any determination  thereof, the amount  at which the
          aggregate  Minimum  Rentals due  and  to  become  due  under  all
          Capitalized Leases under which  such Person is a lessee  would be
          reflected as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person.

                    "CD  Base  Rate"  shall   mean,  with  respect  to  the
          applicable  Interest  Period,  the  rate per  annum  of  interest
          determined  by Mercantile to be  the average (rounded upwards, if
          necessary, to the  next higher 1/8 of 1%) of  the rates per annum
          quoted  to  Mercantile at  such time  as  Mercantile in  its sole
          discretion elects on the first day of such Interest Period by two
          certificate of  deposit dealers of  recognized standing, selected
          by  Mercantile in its sole  discretion, for the  purchase at face
          value from Mercantile of its certificates of deposit on the first
          day  of the  applicable  Interest Period  for  a number  of  days
          comparable to  the number of days in  such Interest Period and in
          an amount approximately equal  to the principal amount of  the CD
          Loan to which such Interest Period is to apply.

                    "CD Loan"  shall mean any Loan bearing  interest at the
          CD Rate.

                    "CD Margin" shall mean:  (a) with  respect to each Line
          of Credit Loan,

                          (i) .50%   during  such  time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated  P-1 by  Moody's and  A-1 by
                    S&P,

                         (ii) .50%  during  such   time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper is  rated at least P-2  by Moody's and
                    at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .6875% during  such  time as  the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is rated at  least P-3 by Moody's and
                    at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv) 1.0625%  during  such time  as the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is (A) rated NP by Moody's or B, C or
                    D by S&P  or (B) not rated by either or both of Moody's
                    and/or S&P, 

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are both  applicable or  if clauses
          (i), (ii) and  (iii) are all applicable, the  CD Margin set forth
          in clause (i) shall be  applicable, and if both clauses  (ii) and
          (iii)  are applicable,  the CD  Margin set  forth in  clause (ii)
          shall be applicable; and 

                    (b) with respect to each Revolving Credit Loan,

                          (i) .50%  during  such   time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated  P-1 by Moody's  and A-1  by
                    S&P,

                         (ii) .50%  during  such  time  as   the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated at least P-2  by Moody's and
                    at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .6875%  during  such time  as  the Company's
                    commercial  paper is rated at least  P-3 by Moody's and
                    at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv) 1.0625%  during such  time  as the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is (A) rated NP by Moody's or B, C or
                    D by S&P or (B) not rated by either or  both of Moody's
                    and/or S&P, 

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are  both applicable or  if clauses
          (i), (ii) and (iii)  are all applicable, the CD Margin  set forth
          in  clause (i) shall be applicable,  and if both clauses (ii) and
          (iii)  are applicable,  the CD  Margin set  forth in  clause (ii)
          shall be applicable.

                    The CD Rate shall  be adjusted automatically on  and as
          of the effective date of any change in the CD Margin.

                    "CD  Rate" shall  mean (a) the  quotient of  (i) the CD
          Base Rate  divided by (ii) one  minus the CD  Reserve Percentage,
          plus (b) the Assessment Rate, plus (c) the CD Margin.

                    "CD  Reserve Percentage"  shall  mean for  any day  the
          percentage (including any  supplemental percentage  applied on  a
          marginal basis or any other reserve  requirement having a similar
          effect), expressed as a  decimal, which is in effect on such day,
          as  prescribed by the Board  of Governors of  the Federal Reserve
          System   (or  any   successor)   for  determining   the   reserve
          requirements  for Mercantile  as  a member  bank  of the  Federal
          Reserve  System  in  St. Louis,   Missouri,  in  respect  to  new
          non-personal  time  deposits in  dollars in  St. Louis, Missouri,
          having a  maturity comparable to the  applicable Interest Period.
          The CD Rate  shall be  adjusted automatically  on and  as of  the
          effective date of any change in the CD Reserve Percentage.

                    "Change   of  Control"   shall  mean   any  Acquisition
          subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement by any Person,
          or related Persons constituting a "group" for purposes of Section
          13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of (a) the power to
          elect, appoint or cause the election or appointment of at least a
          majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company,
          through beneficial ownership of the  capital stock of the Company
          or otherwise or  (b) all or substantially  all of the  Properties
          and  assets of the Company;  provided, however, that  a Change of
          Control   shall  not  be  deemed  to  have  occurred  if  (i) the
          Acquisition of such power or Properties and assets is pursuant to
          a   transaction   in   compliance   with   the    provisions   of
          Section 5.01(g)   and   (ii) no   Person,   or   related  Persons
          constituting  a  "group" for  purposes  of Section  13(d)  of the
          Securities Exchange Act of  1934, shall have the power  to elect,
          appoint  or cause  the  election or  appointment  of at  least  a
          majority  of  the  members of  the  Board  of  Directors of  such
          successor  or  transferee.    For purposes  of  this  definition,
          "Acquisition" of the power or Properties and assets stated in the
          preceding  sentence  shall mean  the  earlier  of (i) the  actual
          possession thereof or (ii) the consummation of any transaction or
          series of related transactions which,  with the passage of  time,
          will give such Person or Persons the actual possession thereof.

                    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended, and  any successor  statute of similar  import, together
          with the regulations thereunder,  in each case as in  effect from
          time  to time.    References to  sections  of the  Code  shall be
          construed to also refer to any successor sections.

                    "Company" shall mean  Edison Brothers  Stores, Inc.,  a
          Delaware corporation, and its successors.

                    "Consolidated", when used with respect to "Attributable
          Indebtedness",  "Funded  Debt",  "Secured Debt"  or  "Net Worth",
          shall  mean the Attributable  Indebtedness, Funded  Debt, Secured
          Debt or  Net Worth, as the  case may be,  of the Company  and its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries determined  on  a consolidated  basis in
          accordance with GAAP.

                    "Consolidated  Current  Ratio" shall  mean,  as  of any
          particular time  and after  eliminating inter-company items,  the
          ratio   of  (a) the  current  assets   of  the  Company  and  its
          Subsidiaries to  (b) the current  liabilities of the  Company and
          its  Subsidiaries,   all  as  consolidated   and  determined   in
          accordance  with GAAP.  For  purposes of this  definition, if the
          last day of the Revolving Credit Period (determined on  a Bank by
          Bank basis) is at least one (1) year after the applicable date of
          determination,  the current  liabilities of  the Company  and its
          Subsidiaries  shall not  include  an amount  equal to  the unused
          portion  of the  Revolving Credit  Commitments of  the applicable
          Bank(s) as of the applicable date of determination thereof.

                    "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for the period in
          question, the gross  revenues of the  Company and its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries for such period  less all expenses and other  proper
          charges (including taxes on income), determined on a consolidated
          basis  after  eliminating  earnings  or  losses  attributable  to
          outstanding Minority Interests, but excluding in any event:

                         (a) net  earnings  and losses  of  any corporation
                    (other than a Restricted Subsidiary), substantially all
                    of the assets of which have been acquired in any manner
                    by  the Company or  any Restricted Subsidiary, realized
                    by  such   corporation  prior  to  the   date  of  such
                    acquisition;

                         (b) net  earnings and  losses  of any  corporation
                    (other  than  a Restricted  Subsidiary) with  which the
                    Company   or   a  Restricted   Subsidiary   shall  have
                    consolidated or  which shall  have merged into  or with
                    the  Company or  a Restricted  Subsidiary prior  to the
                    date of such consolidation or merger;

                         (c) net earnings  of  any business  entity  (other
                    than a  Restricted Subsidiary) in which  the Company or
                    any  Restricted Subsidiary  has  an ownership  interest
                    unless  such  net  earnings  shall  have actually  been
                    received by  the Company or such  Restricted Subsidiary
                    in the form of cash distributions;

                         (d) any   portion  of  the  net  earnings  of  any
                    Restricted   Subsidiary  which   for   any  reason   is
                    unavailable for payment of  dividends to the Company or
                    any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

                         (e) any  other unusual or  extraordinary gains  or
                    losses.

                    "Consolidated Net Sales"  shall mean,  with respect  to
          any  period and  after eliminating  inter-company items,  the net
          sales of  the Company and  its Subsidiaries, all  as consolidated
          and determined in accordance with GAAP.

                    "Consolidated  Net Tangible Assets" shall mean, without
          duplication, as  of the  date of  any determination  thereof, the
          total  amount of  all assets  of the  Company and  its Restricted
          Subsidiaries less the sum of:

                         (a) the amount, if any, at which intangible assets
                    (including  goodwill,  trade  names, trademarks,  brand
                    names,   patents,   copyrights,  patent   applications,
                    licenses,   franchises,   permits,   unamortized   debt
                    discount and expense, organizational costs and expenses
                    and   other   similar   intangibles    (but   excluding
                    unamortized leasehold rights) appear on  a consolidated
                    balance sheet;

                         (b) any write-up of fixed assets after the date of
                    this Agreement; and

                         (c) all liabilities other than deferred taxes, the
                    SFAS 106 Liability and Consolidated Funded Debt.

                    "Consolidated  Subsidiary" shall mean, at any date, any
          Subsidiary or other  entity the assets  and liabilities of  which
          are or  should be consolidated with  those of the Company  in its
          consolidated financial  statements as of such  date in accordance
          with GAAP.

                    "Current Debt" of any Person shall mean, as of the date
          of determination thereof, (a) all Indebtedness of such Person for
          borrowed  money other  than Funded  Debt of  such Person  and (b)
          Guaranties by such Person of Current Debt of others.

                    "Default"  shall  mean  any condition  or  event  which
          constitutes  an  Event of  Default or  which  with the  giving of
          notice or  lapse of time or  both would, unless cured  or waived,
          become an Event of Default.

                    "Effective  Date" shall  mean  the date  on which  this
          Agreement shall become effective in accordance with Section 9.11.

                    "Environmental  Laws"  shall  mean   the  Comprehensive
          Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  the
          Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act ("RCRA"), the Clean Water
          Act, the  Toxic Substances  Control Act, the  Hazardous Materials
          Transportation Act,  the Clean Air  Act, superlien  laws and  any
          other Federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule
          or  regulation  or judicial  or  administrative  order or  decree
          regulating,  relating to  or imposing  liability or  standards of
          conduct concerning  any Hazardous  Materials, and  all amendments
          thereto, now or at any time hereinafter in effect.

                    "Environmental Lien"  shall mean  any Lien in  favor of
          any governmental or regulatory entity or other Person for or with
          respect  to  (a) any liability  under  any  Environmental Law  or
          (b) damages or costs incurred  by such governmental or regulatory
          entity or other  Person in connection with any actual, threatened
          or suspected spillage, disposal or other release of any Hazardous
          Materials,  including,  without  limitation, investigative  costs
          related thereto.

                    "ERISA"  shall  mean  the  Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security  Act of 1974, as  amended, and any  successor statute of
          similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each
          case  as in effect from time to  time.  References to sections of
          ERISA shall be construed to also refer to any successor sections.

                    "ERISA  Affiliate" shall mean any corporation, trade or
          business  that  is,  along  with  the  Company,  a  member  of  a
          controlled  group of corporations or a controlled group of trades
          or  businesses,  as  described  in Sections  414(b)  and  414(c),
          respectively, of the Code.

                    "Event  of Default"  shall  have  the meaning  ascribed
          thereto in Section 6.01.

                    "Fixed Charges" shall mean, for the period in question,
          the sum of (i)  all Gross Rentals under Operating  Leases payable
          during such period by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
          and  (ii)  all   Interest  Charges  during  such  period  on  all
          Indebtedness (including the interest component of Minimum Rentals
          on  Capitalized  Leases)  of   the  Company  and  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries, all determined on a consolidated basis.

                    "Fixed Rate Loans" shall mean CD Loans or IBOR Loans or
          both.

                    "Funded  Debt"  of  any   Person  shall  mean  (i)  all
          Indebtedness  of such Person for borrowed money or which has been
          incurred in  connection with  the acquisition  of assets  in each
          case  having a final  maturity of one  (1) year or  more from the
          date  of origin thereof (or  which is renewable  or extendible at
          the option of  the obligor for a period or  periods more than one
          (1) year from the date of origin thereof), excluding all payments
          in respect  thereof that are required  to be made within  one (1)
          year from the date  of any determination of Funded Debt,  so long
          as  the  obligation to  make  such  payments  shall constitute  a
          current liability of the obligor under GAAP, (ii) all Capitalized
          Rentals of  such Person  other than  that portion  of Capitalized
          Rentals  which  are due  within one  (1)  year from  the  date of
          determination  of Funded  Debt and (iii)  all Guaranties  by such
          Person of Funded Debt of others.

                    "GAAP"  shall mean,  as  to a  particular Person,  such
          accounting  principles  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the   "Big  6"
          accounting firm regularly retained by such Person, conform at the
          time to  generally accepted accounting principles;  provided that
          as  to  any  Person  who  has  not  regularly  retained  such  an
          accounting firm, "GAAP" shall  mean generally accepted accounting
          principles at the time in the United States.

                    "Gross Rentals" for any period shall mean the aggregate
          amounts  payable by the lessee during such period pursuant to the
          terms of Operating  Leases (net  of any amounts  received by  the
          lessee for such period pursuant to the terms of a sublease of all
          or  part of  the property  demised by  such Operating  Lease) for
          Minimum Rentals, common  area maintenance charges  and percentage
          rentals, and any amounts actually  paid pursuant to any  guaranty
          of a lessee's obligation  under any Operating Lease (but  only to
          the  extent that  such amounts  were for  the payment  of Minimum
          Rentals,   common  area  maintenance  charges  and/or  percentage
          rentals).

                    "Guaranties" by  any Person shall mean  all obligations
          (other than  endorsements in the  ordinary course of  business of
          negotiable instruments for deposit  or collection) of such Person
          guaranteeing,   or  in  effect  guaranteeing,  any  Indebtedness,
          dividend or  other obligation of  any other Person  (the "primary
          obligor")  in  any  manner,   whether  directly  or   indirectly,
          including, without limitation,  all obligations incurred  through
          an agreement,  contingent or  otherwise, by  such Person:  (a) to
          purchase  such  Indebtedness or  obligation  or  any property  or
          assets constituting  security therefor, (b) to  advance or supply
          funds (i) for  the purchase  or payment of  such Indebtedness  or
          obligation,  (ii) to  maintain working  capital or  other balance
          sheet condition or otherwise  to advance or make  available funds
          for  the purchase or payment of  such Indebtedness or obligation,
          (iii)  to  lease property  or  to  purchase  securities or  other
          property or services  primarily for the  purpose of assuring  the
          owner  of such Indebtedness or  obligation of the  ability of the
          primary obligor to make payment of the Indebtedness or obligation
          or  (iv) otherwise  to assure  the owner  of the  Indebtedness or
          obligation  of  the  primary  obligor  against  loss  in  respect
          thereof;  provided, however, that  "Guaranties" shall not include
          (a)  the  Handyman Guaranties,  (b)  Guaranties  of any  lessee's
          obligations under any Operating Lease and/or (c) Guaranties as to
          which the primary obligation has been taken into account pursuant
          to  the definition  of "Indebtedness."  For the  purposes  of all
          computations made under this Agreement,  a Guaranty in respect of
          any  Indebtedness  for  borrowed  money  shall  be deemed  to  be
          Indebtedness equal  to the  then outstanding principal  amount of
          such Indebtedness  for borrowed money which  has been guaranteed,
          and a Guaranty in respect of any other obligation or liability or
          any  dividend shall  be deemed  to be  Indebtedness equal  to the
          maximum   aggregate  amount  of  such  obligation,  liability  or
          dividend.

                    "Handyman Guaranties" shall mean all guaranties  by the
          Company  of payments  under  any Capitalized  Lease or  Operating
          Lease of real  property previously used  by the Company's  former
          Subsidiary, the Handyman Corporation.

                    "Hazardous  Materials"  shall  mean   those  materials,
          wastes  and  substances defined  as  hazardous  substances in  42
          U.S.C. section 9601(14), and all other materials, wastes and 
          substances (including, without  limitation, solids, liquids and 
          gases), now or hereafter designated or defined as hazardous, toxic,
          dangerous or otherwise regulated under  any Federal, state or local
          law, rule  or  regulation   pertaining  to  environmental   pollution,
          contamination,   protection   or  waste   management,  treatment,
          storage,  handling  or  disposal   and  any  other  materials  or
          substances  (including, without  limitation, petroleum  and other
          substances specifically excluded from the definition of hazardous
          substances  under 42 U.S.C. section 9601(14)), the exposure to 
          which is prohibited, limited or regulated by  any   governmental  or
          regulatory authority or under any Environmental Law.

                    "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean and include all
          obligations of such Person which in accordance with GAAP shall be
          classified  upon a balance sheet of such Person as liabilities of
          such Person, and in  any event shall include all  (a) obligations
          of such Person for borrowed money or  which have been incurred in
          connection  with  the  acquisition  of Property  or  assets,  (b)
          obligations  secured by any Lien upon Property or assets owned by
          such  Person, even though such  Person has not  assumed or become
          liable  for  the payment  of  such  obligations, (c)  obligations
          created  or  arising under  any conditional  sale or  other title
          retention  agreement with  respect to  Property acquired  by such
          Person,  notwithstanding the fact that the rights and remedies of
          the seller, lender or lessor under such agreement in the event of
          default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property, (d)
          Capitalized Rentals  and (e) Guaranties of  obligations of others
          of the character referred to in this definition.

                    "IBOR  Base  Rate"  shall  mean, with  respect  to  the
          applicable  Interest  Period,  the  rate per  annum  of  interest
          determined  by Mercantile to be the  average (rounded upwards, if
          necessary, to the next higher 1/8 of 1%) at which dollar deposits
          in  immediately available funds are  offered to Mercantile in the
          Interbank Eurodollar  market by two Interbank  Eurodollar brokers
          of  recognized  standing,  selected  by Mercantile  in  its  sole
          discretion,  at such  time as Mercantile  in its  sole discretion
          elects on the first day of  such Interest Period, for delivery on
          the first day of  the applicable Interest Period for a  number of
          days comparable to the number of days in such Interest Period and
          in an amount approximately  equal to the principal amount  of the
          IBOR Loan to which such Interest Period is to apply.

                    "IBOR Loan" shall mean any Loan bearing interest at the
          IBOR Rate.

                    "IBOR  Margin" shall  mean:   (a) with respect  to each
          Line of Credit Loan,

                          (i) .375%  during  such  time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated  P-1 by Moody's  and A-1  by
                    S&P,

                         (ii) .50%  during  such  time  as   the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated at least P-2  by Moody's and
                    at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .6875%  during  such time  as  the Company's
                    commercial  paper is rated at least  P-3 by Moody's and
                    at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .9375% during  such  time as  the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is (A) rated NP by Moody's or B, C or
                    D by  S&P or (B) not rated by either or both of Moody's
                    and/or S&P, 

          and  if clauses (i)  and (ii) are  both applicable  or if clauses
          (i), (ii) and (iii) are all applicable, the IBOR Margin set forth
          in clause (i) shall  be applicable, and if both  clauses (ii) and
          (iii)  are applicable, the IBOR  Margin set forth  in clause (ii)
          shall be applicable; and 

                    (b) with respect to each Revolving Credit Loan, 

                          (i) .375%  during  such  time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper  is rated  P-1 by  Moody's and  A-1 by
                    S&P,

                         (ii) .50%  during  such   time  as  the  Company's
                    commercial paper is  rated at least P-2  by Moody's and
                    at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .6875% during  such  time as  the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is rated at  least P-3 by Moody's and
                    at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .9375% during  such  time  as the  Company's
                    commercial  paper is (A) rated NP by Moody's or B, C or
                    D by S&P or (B) not rated by either or both of  Moody's
                    and/or S&P, 

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are  both applicable or  if clauses
          (i), (ii) and (iii) are all applicable, the IBOR Margin set forth
          in clause  (i) shall be applicable, and  if both clauses (ii) and
          (iii)  are applicable, the IBOR  Margin set forth  in clause (ii)
          shall be applicable.

                    The IBOR Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as
          of the effective date of any change in the IBOR Margin.

                    "IBOR Rate" shall mean (a) the quotient of (i) the IBOR
          Base Rate divided  by (ii) one minus the IBOR Reserve Percentage,
          plus (b) the IBOR Margin.

                    "IBOR Reserve  Percentage" shall  mean for any  day the
          reserve percentage (including any supplemental percentage applied
          on a marginal  basis or  any other reserve  requirement having  a
          similar  effect), expressed as a  decimal, which is  in effect on
          the first day of the applicable Interest Period, as prescribed by
          the  Board of  Governors of  the Federal  Reserve System  (or any
          successor) under Regulation D (or any other applicable regulation
          of the Board  of Governors  (or any successor))  with respect  to
          "Eurocurrency  Liabilities."   The  IBOR Rate  shall be  adjusted
          automatically on  and as of the  effective date of any  change in
          the IBOR Reserve Percentage.

                    "Interest  Charges"  shall  mean,  for  the  period  in
          question,  all   interest  paid  or  accrued  (including  imputed
          interest in respect of  Capitalized Rentals) and all amortization
          of  debt discount and expense  on any particular Indebtedness for
          which such calculations are being made.

                    "Interest Period" shall mean:

          (a) with respect to each IBOR Loan:

                         (i)  Initially, the period  commencing on the date
                    of such Loan and ending 1 day, 1, 2 or 3 weeks or 1, 2,
                    3,  4, 5 or 6  months thereafter (or  such other period
                    agreed  upon in writing by  the Company and  all of the
                    Banks),  as the  Company  may elect  in the  applicable
                    Notice of Borrowing; and

                        (ii)  Thereafter,  each  period  commencing on  the
                    last  day  of  the   next  preceding  Interest   Period
                    applicable to  such Loan and  ending 1 day,  1, 2  or 3
                    weeks or 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 months  thereafter (or such
                    other period  agreed upon in writing by the Company and
                    all of the Banks), as the Company may elect pursuant to
                    Section 2.04;

                    provided that:

                       (iii)  Subject to clauses (iv),  (v) and (vi) below,
                    if  any Interest Period  would otherwise  end on  a day
                    which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall
                    end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

                        (iv)  No Interest Period with  respect to any  IBOR
                    Loan which is a Line of Credit Loan shall extend beyond
                    the last day of the Line of Credit Period;

                         (v)  No Interest  Period with respect to  any IBOR
                    Loan  which is  a  Revolving Credit  Loan shall  extend
                    beyond the last day of the Revolving Credit Period; and

                        (vi)  Any Interest Period which includes a  date on
                    which  a payment of principal is required to be made on
                    the applicable Loan(s) shall end on such date.

          (b) with respect to each CD Loan:

                         (i)  Initially, the period commencing on  the date
                    of such Loan  and ending 30,  60, 90, 120  or 180  days
                    thereafter (or such other period agreed upon in writing
                    by  the Company and all  of the Banks),  as the Company
                    may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing; and

                        (ii)  Thereafter,  each  period  commencing on  the
                    last  day  of  the   next  preceding  Interest   Period
                    applicable to such Loan  and ending 30, 60, 90,  120 or
                    180 days  thereafter (or such other  period agreed upon
                    in writing by the Company and all of the Banks), as the
                    Company may elect pursuant to Section 2.04;

                    provided that:

                       (iii)  Subject to clauses (iv), (v) and  (vi) below,
                    any Interest Period  which would otherwise end on a day
                    which  is  not   a  Business  Day  shall   end  on  the
                    immediately preceding Business Day;

                        (iv)  No  Interest  Period with  respect to  any CD
                    Loan which is a Line of Credit Loan shall extend beyond
                    the last day of the Line of Credit Period;

                         (v)  No  Interest Period  with  respect to  any CD
                    Loan  which is  a  Revolving Credit  Loan shall  extend
                    beyond the last day of the Revolving Credit Period; and

                        (vi)  Any Interest  Period which includes a date on
                    which  a payment of principal is required to be made on
                    the Loans shall end on such date.

                    "Lien" shall mean any mortgage,  lien, pledge, security
          interest, encumbrance or charge of any kind, any conditional sale
          or other title retention agreement or any Capitalized Lease.

                    "Line  of Credit  Commitment"  shall mean,  subject  to
          termination  or reduction  as set  forth in  Section 2.01(c)  and
          Section  2.07: with  respect to Mercantile,  $10,000,000.00; with
          respect   to   The   Boatmen's   National  Bank   of   St. Louis,
          $17,500,000.00;  with respect to  Citibank, N.A., $10,000,000.00;
          with  respect to NBD Bank,  N.A., $12,500,000.00; with respect to
          The  Bank of  Nova Scotia,  $10,000,000.00; with  respect to  The
          First National Bank of  Chicago, $10,000,000.00; and with respect
          to  Bank  of  America  National Trust  and  Savings  Association,
          $5,000,000.00.

                    "Line  of Credit  Extension  Request"  shall  have  the
          meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(c).

                    "Line of Credit  Loan" and "Line of Credit Loans" shall
          have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(a).

                    "Line of Credit  Notes" shall mean  the Line of  Credit
          Notes of  the Company to be  executed and delivered to  the Banks
          pursuant to Section 2.03(a), as the same may from time to time be
          amended, modified, extended or renewed.

                    "Line of Credit Period" shall have the meaning ascribed
          thereto in Section 2.01(c).

                    "Loan"  shall mean a  Prime Loan, a CD  Loan or an IBOR
          Loan (whether  a Line of Credit Loan  or a Revolving Credit Loan)
          and  "Loans" shall mean Prime  Loans, CD Loans  and/or IBOR Loans
          (whether Line of Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Loans).

                    "Loan Commitments" shall mean the total of the  Line of
          Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the
          Banks.

                    "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse
          effect  on (i)  the  Properties, business,  profits or  condition
          (financial  or otherwise)  of  the Company  and its  Subsidiaries
          taken as  a whole or (ii)  the ability of the  Company to perform
          its obligations contained in this Agreement or in the Notes.

                    "Mercantile"  shall mean  Mercantile Bank  of St. Louis
          National  Association, a  national  banking  association, in  its
          individual corporate capacity and not as Agent hereunder.

                    "Minimum Rentals" shall mean and include as of the date
          of  any determination  thereof all  fixed payments  (including as
          such all  payments which the lessee  is obligated to make  to the
          lessor on termination  of the  lease or surrender  of the  leased
          Property)  payable by the Company or  a Restricted Subsidiary, as
          lessee or sublessee under  a lease of real or  personal property,
          but shall be exclusive of any amounts required to be  paid by the
          Company or a Restricted Subsidiary  (whether or not designated as
          rents or  additional rents)  on account of  maintenance, repairs,
          insurance,  taxes and similar charges.  Fixed rents under any so-
          called "percentage  leases" shall be computed solely on the basis
          of  the minimum rents, if any, required  to be paid by the lessee
          regardless of sales volume or gross revenues.

                    "Minority Interests" shall mean  any shares of stock of
          any  class  of a  Restricted  Subsidiary  (other than  directors'
          qualifying  shares as required by law) that  are not owned by the
          Company  and/or  one  or  more of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries.
          Minority Interests shall be  valued by valuing Minority Interests
          constituting  preferred  stock  at the  voluntary  or involuntary
          liquidation value of such  preferred stock, whichever is greater,
          and by  valuing Minority  Interests constituting common  stock at
          the  book  value  of  capital  and  surplus  applicable  thereto,
          adjusted, if  necessary, to  reflect  any changes  from the  book
          value  of such common stock  required by the  foregoing method of
          valuing Minority Interests in preferred stock.

                    "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                    "Multi-Employer  Plan"  shall  mean  a  "multi-employer
          plan"  as  defined  in  Section  4001(a)(3)  of  ERISA  which  is
          maintained for employees of the  Company, any ERISA Affiliate  or
          any Subsidiary.

                    "Net  Income Available for  Fixed Charges"  shall mean,
          for  the period in question,  the sum of  Consolidated Net Income
          during such  period plus, to  the extent deducted  in determining
          Consolidated  Net Income,  (a)  all provisions  for any  Federal,
          state  or  other  income  taxes  made  by  the  Company  and  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries during such  period and (b) Fixed Charges
          of  the  Company  and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  during  such
          period.

                    "Net  Worth"  shall  mean,  as   of  the  date  of  any
          determination thereof,  the amount of the  capital stock accounts
          (net  of treasury stock, at cost) less Minority Interests (to the
          extent included therein) plus (or less in the case  of a deficit)
          cumulative currency translation adjustments plus (or minus in the
          case  of  a deficit)  the surplus  and  retained earnings  of the
          Company  and   its  Restricted   Subsidiaries  determined   on  a
          consolidated basis  and in accordance with GAAP,  plus the after-
          tax effect of the SFAS 106 Adjustment.

                    "Note"  shall mean a Line of Credit Note or a Revolving
          Credit Note, and  "Notes" shall mean the Line of Credit Notes and
          the Revolving Credit Notes.

                    "Note  Agreements"  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed
          thereto in Section 6.01(n).

                    "Notice of Borrowing"  shall have the meaning  ascribed
          thereto in Section 2.02.

                    "Occupational Safety  and Health  Laws" shall  mean the
          Occupational Safety and Health  Act of 1970, as amended,  and any
          other Federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule
          or  regulation  or judicial  or  administrative  order or  decree
          regulating,  relating to  or imposing  liability or  standards of
          conduct concerning employee  safety and/or health,  as now or  at
          any time hereafter in effect.

                    "Operating Lease" shall mean any lease of real property
          under which  the Company  or a  Restricted Subsidiary  is lessee,
          other than  (1)  leases between  the Company  and its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries or  between Restricted  Subsidiaries of  the Company
          and (2) Capitalized Leases.

                    "PBGC"   shall  mean   the  Pension   Benefit  Guaranty
          Corporation  and any  entity  succeeding to  any  or all  of  its
          functions under ERISA.

                    "Pension  Plan" shall  mean a  "pension plan,"  as such
          term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, which is established or
          maintained by the Company, any ERISA Affiliate or any Subsidiary,
          other than a Multi-Employer Plan.

                    "Person"    shall    mean    any    individual,    sole
          proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated
          organization,  association,  corporation, institution,  entity or
          government  (whether  national,  Federal,  state,  county,  city,
          municipal  or  otherwise,   including,  without  limitation,  any
          instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

                    "Prime Loan"  shall mean  any Loan bearing  interest at
          the Prime Rate.

                    "Prime  Rate" shall  mean  the interest  rate announced
          from time to time by Mercantile as its "prime rate" on commercial
          loans (which rate shall  fluctuate as and when said  "prime rate"
          shall change).

                    "Property"  shall  mean any  interest  in  any kind  of
          property or asset, whether  real, personal or mixed, or  tangible
          or intangible.   Properties  shall mean  the plural  of Property.
          For purposes of this  Agreement, the Company and  each Subsidiary
          shall be  deemed to  be the  owner of any  Property which  it has
          acquired  or  holds  subject  to a  conditional  sale  agreement,
          financing  lease or other arrangement  pursuant to which title to
          the Property  has been retained by or vested in some other Person
          for security purposes.

                    "Pro Rata Share" shall mean, with respect to each Bank,
          such  Bank's percentage  of the  aggregate amount  of Loans  then
          outstanding or, if  no Loans  are then  outstanding, such  Bank's
          percentage of the total Loan Commitments of all of the Banks.

                    "Regulation D" shall  mean Regulation D of the Board of
          Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

                    "Regulatory  Change"  shall have  the  meaning ascribed
          thereto in Section 8.03(a).

                    "Reportable Event" shall have the meaning given to such
          term in ERISA.

                    "Restricted  Investment" shall  mean any  investment by
          the  Company or  any Subsidiary  in any  Person, whether  payment
          therefor is made  in cash or  capital stock  of the Company,  and
          whether   such  investment   is  by   acquisition  of   stock  or
          Indebtedness, or  by loan, advance,  transfer of property  out of
          the ordinary course of  business, capital contribution, extension
          of credit on terms other than those normal in the ordinary course
          of business, guarantee or otherwise becoming liable (contingently
          or  otherwise) in respect of  the Indebtedness of  any Person, or
          otherwise;   provided,   however,  that   the   term  "Restricted
          Investment" shall not include:

                         (a)   investments in marketable obligations issued
                    or  guaranteed by  the  United States  of America,  and
                    maturing  not more than one  (1) year from  the date of
                    acquisition thereof;

                         (b)  commercial paper rated  A-1 or A-2 or  better
                    by S&P or P-1 or P-2 or better by Moody's;

                         (c)    certificates  of  deposit in,  or  banker's
                    acceptances issued by,  United States commercial  banks
                    or savings  and loan  associations that are  members of
                    both the Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation and the
                    Federal Reserve System, that have combined capital  and
                    surplus  of at  least $100,000,000.00  and that  have a
                    senior debt  rating of A-  or better by  S&P or A-3  or
                    better by Moody's,  provided that such certificates  of
                    deposit or  banker's acceptances  mature not more  than
                    one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

                         (d)  bonds  or  notes  issued by  any  corporation
                    organized  and existing  under the  laws of  the United
                    States of  America or  any state  thereof that (i)  are
                    rated at least  BBB by S&P and Baa by  Moody's and (ii)
                    have a maturity date of not more than one (1) year from
                    the  date  of acquisition  thereof;  provided, however,
                    that the aggregate outstanding  principal amount of all
                    such notes and/or bonds of any single corporation owned
                    by  the  Company  and/or   any  one  or  more   of  its
                    Subsidiaries  shall not exceed $5,000,000.00 at any one
                    time;

                         (e)   overnight  repurchase agreements  secured by
                    the  government  obligations  described  in  clause (a)
                    above  between   the  Company  and   a  United   States
                    commercial bank or saving  and loan association that is
                    a  member  of   both  the  Federal   Deposit  Insurance
                    Corporation and the  Federal Reserve  System, that  has
                    combined    capital   and    surplus   of    at   least
                    $100,000,000.00 and that has a senior debt rating of A-
                    or  better  by S&P  or A-3  or  better by  Moody's, and
                    pursuant to  which the Company and  such institution do
                    not have a commitment of more than $5,000,000.00;

                         (f)   money  market mutual  funds that  have total
                    assets in excess of  $1,000,000,000.00 and that  invest
                    substantially   all  of  their   assets  in  the  items
                    described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above;

                         (g)  mutual funds  that (i) have assets  in excess
                    of $1,000,000,000.00, (ii)  invest substantially all of
                    their  assets in  the items  described in  clauses (a),
                    (b),  (c) and/or  (d) above  and (iii)  are rated  A or
                    better by S&P and A or better by Moody's; 

                         (h)    endorsements of  negotiable  instruments or
                    other receivables for collection in the ordinary course
                    of business, and demand deposits in the ordinary course
                    of business;

                         (i)  investments in  stock or other securities of,
                    or  loans, advances,  or capital contributions  to, any
                    entity which by reason thereof will become a Subsidiary
                    in compliance with Section 5.01(g)(ii);

                         (j)  loans  or advances in the  usual and ordinary
                    course of business to officers, directors and employees
                    for business expenses;

                         (k)    guarantees of  any lessee's  or sublessee's
                    obligation  under any  Operating  Lease,  whether  such
                    lessee or  sublessee is the Company,  any Subsidiary or
                    any  other   Person  (provided  that  such   lessee  or
                    sublessee, if not  the Company or  a Subsidiary, is  an
                    assignee or sublessee of  the rights and obligations of
                    the  Company  or  a  Subsidiary  under  such  Operating
                    Lease), and any inter-company guarantees;

                         (l)   to the extent  not already included  in item
                    (k) above, the Handyman Guarantees;

                         (m)  investments of up to $500,000.00 in suppliers
                    of goods sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
                    in  the  ordinary  course  of   business  necessary  or
                    desirable to develop or maintain sources of supply; and

                         (n)   de minimis investments in any Person made in
                    the  ordinary course  of  business for  the purpose  of
                    obtaining general information of such Person.

                    "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary which
          is  designated   a  Restricted  Subsidiary  in  Schedule  4.01(r)
          attached  hereto or which may  hereafter be so  designated by the
          Company by written  notice to  the Agent and  each of the  Banks,
          accompanied  by a  resolution of  the Board  of Directors  of the
          Company or the Executive  Committee of the Board of  Directors of
          the  Company, to  be  included in  the  definition of  Restricted
          Subsidiary for all purposes of this Agreement; provided, however,
          that:

                         (a)  (i)  no corporation  shall  be  designated  a
                    Restricted   Subsidiary   if  such   corporation  shall
                    previously have been designated a Restricted Subsidiary
                    (including   the   initial  designation   contained  in
                    Schedule 4.01(r) attached hereto), (ii) any corporation
                    designated a Restricted Subsidiary  shall be deemed  to
                    have created,  assumed or  incurred all Funded  Debt of
                    such corporation existing  immediately after it becomes
                    a  Restricted Subsidiary,  (iii)  the designation  of a
                    Restricted Subsidiary may only  be made effective as at
                    the end of a fiscal quarter  of the Company and (iv) at
                    the time  of such  designation and after  giving effect
                    thereto, (A) no Default or Event of Default shall  have
                    occurred   and   be   continuing,   (B)   all  of   the
                    representations and warranties of the Company contained
                    in  this Agreement  shall be  true and  correct  in all
                    material respects as if  made on such date and  (C) the
                    Company  would be entitled,  pursuant to the provisions
                    of Section 5.01(c)(i)(C) of this Agreement, to incur at
                    least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt; and

                         (b)  any Restricted Subsidiary  may be  designated
                    by the Company,  effective as  at the end  of a  fiscal
                    quarter  of the Company, by written notice to the Agent
                    and  each of the Banks,  accompanied by a resolution of
                    the Board of Directors of  the Company or the Executive
                    Committee of the Board of Directors of  the Company, to
                    be   excluded   from  the   definition   of  Restricted
                    Subsidiary for all purposes of this Agreement if at the
                    time  of  such  designation  and  after  giving  effect
                    thereto, (i) no Default or Event  of Default shall have
                    occurred  and   be   continuing,  (ii)   all   of   the
                    representations and warranties of the Company contained
                    in  this Agreement  shall be  true and  correct  in all
                    material respects as  if made on such  date, (iii) such
                    corporation shall neither own, directly  or indirectly,
                    any Indebtedness for borrowed money or capital stock of
                    the Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary  and (iv) the
                    Company would be entitled pursuant to the provisions of
                    Section 5.01(c)(i)(C)  of this  Agreement, to  incur at
                    least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt.

                    "Required Banks"  shall mean  at any time  Banks having
          67% of the  aggregate amount of Loans then outstanding  or, if no
          Loans  are then outstanding, 67% of the total Loan Commitments of
          all of the Banks.

                    "Revolving  Credit Commitment"  shall mean,  subject to
          termination  or  reduction as  set forth  in Section  2.01(d) and
          Section  2.07: with  respect to Mercantile,  $10,000,000.00; with
          respect   to   The   Boatmen's   National  Bank   of   St. Louis,
          $17,500,000.00; with respect  to Citibank, N.A.,  $10,000,000.00;
          with respect to  NBD Bank, N.A., $12,500,000.00;  with respect to
          The Bank  of  Nova Scotia,  $10,000,000.00; with  respect to  The
          First National  Bank of  Chicago, $10,000,000.00; and  respect to
          Bank  of   America  National   Trust  and   Savings  Association,
          $5,000,000.00.

                    "Revolving  Credit Extension  Request"  shall have  the
          meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(d).

                    "Revolving  Credit Loan"  and "Revolving  Credit Loans"
          shall have  the respective  meanings ascribed thereto  in Section
          2.01(b).

                    "Revolving  Credit  Notes"  shall  mean  the  Revolving
          Credit Notes of the Company  to be executed and delivered to  the
          Banks pursuant  to Section 2.03(b), as the  same may from time to
          time be amended, modified, extended or renewed.

                    "Revolving  Credit  Period"   shall  have  the  meaning
          ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(d).

                    "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" shall have the meaning
          ascribed thereto in Section 5.01(f).

                    "Secured  Debt"  shall, without  duplication,  mean all
          Current Debt and/or Funded  Debt which is secured by  a mortgage,
          security  interest,  pledge,  conditional  sale  or  other  title
          retention  agreement or other Lien upon any Property or assets of
          the Company  or a  Restricted Subsidiary  but  shall not  include
          Capitalized Rentals  or liabilities  incurred in  connection with
          industrial  revenue  bond financings  or  pollution control  bond
          financings.

                    "SFAS 106" shall mean Statement of Financial Accounting
          Standards  No.  106,  Employer's  Accounting  for  Postretirement
          Benefits Other Than Pensions,  issued by the Financial Accounting
          Standards Board.

                    "SFAS  106 Adjustment"  shall mean  (a) for  any fiscal
          period  ending with  or  after the  fiscal  period in  which  the
          Company  has  elected  to  immediately  recognize  the  SFAS  106
          Transition  Obligation  through  a   single  charge  against  the
          revenues  of the  Company and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  on a
          consolidated basis,  the amount  charged against the  revenues of
          the  Company and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries on  a consolidated
          basis in  the fiscal period in  which SFAS 106 is  adopted by the
          Company to reflect the effect of a change in accounting principle
          (resulting from the adoption of SFAS 106) and (b) for any earlier
          fiscal period, zero.

                    "SFAS 106 Liability" shall  mean, as of the end  of any
          fiscal period, the amount  set forth as such on the balance sheet
          of the Company at the end of such period with respect to the SFAS
          106 Adjustment.

                    "SFAS 106  Transition Obligation" shall mean  as of the
          date  the Company adopts SFAS 106, the difference between (a) the
          accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation   determined  in
          accordance with SFAS  106 and (b)  the fair  value of the  assets
          that  the Company has segregated and restricted for the Company's
          non-pension postretirement  benefit plan,  plus any accrued  non-
          pension  postretirement benefit  cost  or less  any prepaid  non-
          pension postretirement benefit cost as of such date.

                    "Significant Subsidiaries" shall mean  EBSS-West, Inc.,
          a California corporation, Edison Brothers Apparel Stores, Inc., a
          Missouri  corporation, Edison  Brothers  Entertainment,  Inc.,  a
          Missouri corporation, Edison Brothers  Redevelopment Corporation,
          a Missouri corporation, and Edison Brothers Stores International,
          Inc., a Missouri corporation, and any other Subsidiary accounting
          for more than (i) ten percent (10%) of the total Consolidated Net
          Tangible Assets  as of the  last day  of the fiscal  year of  the
          Company immediately  preceding the date of  determination or (ii)
          ten percent (10%)  of the  total Consolidated Net  Sales for  the
          fiscal  year of  the Company  immediately preceding  the date  of
          determination.

                    "S&P" shall mean Standard and Poor's Corporation.

                    "Subsidiary"  shall  mean any  corporation  at least  a
          majority of whose outstanding  stock having ordinary voting power
          for the election  of a majority  of the members  of the Board  of
          Directors (or  other governing  body) of such  corporation (other
          than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a
          contingency) shall at the time be owned by the Company and/or one
          or more Subsidiaries of the Company.

                    "Transaction  Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the
          Notes  and  all  other  agreements,  documents  and   instruments
          heretofore, now or hereafter  delivered to the Agent or  any Bank
          with  respect  to  or in  connection  with  or  pursuant to  this
          Agreement  or any  Loans made  hereunder, and  executed by  or on
          behalf of the Company, all as  the same may from time to time  be
          amended, modified, extended or renewed.

                    "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  shall  mean any  Subsidiary
          which is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

                    "Wholly-Owned"   when  used  in   connection  with  any
          Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and
          outstanding shares of stock (except shares required as directors'
          qualifying  shares) shall be owned  by the Company  and/or one or
          more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

                    SECTION 1.02.    Accounting Terms  and  Determinations.
          Except as  otherwise specified herein, all  accounting terms used
          herein  shall  be   interpreted,  all  accounting  determinations
          hereunder shall be made and  all financial statements required to
          be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP,
          applied on a basis consistent (except for changes approved by the
          Company's independent certified public accountants) with the most
          recent audited consolidated  financial statements of  the Company
          and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the Agent.


                                      ARTICLE II

                                        LOANS

                    SECTION 2.01.  Commitments To Lend.

                    (a)  During  the  Line  of  Credit  Period,  each  Bank
          severally agrees, on the  terms and conditions set forth  in this
          Agreement,  to   lend  to   the   Company  from   time  to   time
          (individually,  a "Line  of  Credit Loan"  and collectively,  the
          "Line of Credit Loans")  amounts not to exceed, in  the aggregate
          at  any one time outstanding, the amount  of such Bank's  Line of
          Credit Commitment.  Each  Line of Credit Loan under  this Section
          2.01(a)   shall  be  made  from  the  several  Banks  ratably  in
          proportion to their  respective Line of Credit Commitments.  Each
          Line of  Credit Loan under  this Section 2.01(a) shall  be for an
          aggregate  principal  amount  of   $2,500,000.00  or  any  larger
          multiple  of $1,000,000.00.    Within the  foregoing limits,  the
          Company  may  borrow under  this  Section  2.01(a), prepay  under
          Section 2.08 and  reborrow at any time during the  Line of Credit
          Period under this Section 2.01(a).

                    (b)  During  the  Revolving  Credit  Period, each  Bank
          severally agrees, on the  terms and conditions set forth  in this
          Agreement,   to  lend   to  the   Company  from   time  to   time
          (individually, a "Revolving  Credit Loan"  and collectively,  the
          "Revolving Credit Loans") amounts not to exceed, in the aggregate
          at  any one time outstanding, the amount of such Bank's Revolving
          Credit Commitment.  Each Revolving Credit Loan under this Section 

          2.01(b)  shall  be   made  from  the  several  Banks  ratably  in
          proportion to their respective Revolving Credit Loan Commitments.
          Each  Revolving Credit Loan  under this Section  2.01(b) shall be
          for an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000.00 or any  larger
          multiple  of $1,000,000.00.    Within the  foregoing limits,  the
          Company  may  borrow under  this  Section  2.01(b), prepay  under
          Section 2.08 and reborrow at any time during the Revolving Credit
          Period under this Section 2.01(b).

                    (c)  The Line  of Credit Period  shall mean the  period
          commencing on  the Effective  Date of  this Agreement  and ending
          June 2, 1994; provided,  however, that the Line of  Credit Period
          may be extended successively as provided in this Section 2.01(c).
          The Company  may successively  request within  each  of the  time
          periods hereinafter set forth a  one hundred eighty-two (182) day
          extension  of the  Line  of Credit  Period.   The  Company  shall
          deliver  any such request (a "Line  of Credit Extension Request")
          to the Agent between November 1 and November 15 of the applicable
          year  or  between  May 1  and  May 15  of  the  applicable  year,
          whichever time  period is more than six  (6) months but less than
          eight (8) months prior to  the last day of the then  current Line
          of  Credit  Period, and  the  Agent shall  promptly  forward such
          request to each of the Banks.  Each Bank shall have the right, as
          to  its Line  of  Credit Commitment,  in  its sole  and  absolute
          discretion, to  approve or disapprove the  requested extension of
          the Line of Credit Period.   Each Bank shall, no earlier than the
          December 5 immediately following the  date of the applicable Line
          of  Credit Extension  Request (if  the Line  of  Credit Extension
          Request  was  dated  in  November)  or  the  June  5  immediately
          following  the date of  the applicable  Line of  Credit Extension
          Request (if the  Line of  Credit Extension Request  was dated  in
          May) and  no later than the December 15 immediately following the
          date of the applicable  Line of Credit Extension Request  (if the
          Line  of Credit Extension Request  was dated in  November) or the
          June 15 immediately following the date of the applicable  Line of
          Credit Extension Request (if the Line of Credit Extension Request
          was dated in  May) (and any  such notice which  is sent or  dated
          more than one hundred eighty-two (182) days prior to the last day
          of the then current  Line of Credit Period shall not be effective
          for any purpose and shall be null and void), notify  the Agent in
          writing whether such Bank  will extend the Line of  Credit Period
          with respect to its Line of Credit Commitment and any  Bank which
          fails to notify the Agent of its decision within such time period
          will be deemed to have elected  not to approve the Line of Credit
          Extension Request.  In the event that Banks holding less than 67%
          of  the  total Line  of Credit  Commitments  approve the  Line of
          Credit Extension Request, the Line of Credit Period as  to all of
          the Banks  (and the  Line of Credit  Commitments of  each of  the
          Banks) shall terminate on the  last day of the then  current Line
          of Credit Period.  In the event Banks having at least 67% of  the
          total  Line of  Credit  Commitments approve  the  Line of  Credit
          Extension Request (such  Banks so  approving the  Line of  Credit
          Extension Request  referred to herein as  the "Approving Banks"),
          the  Line of  Credit Period  and the obligation  to make  Line of
          Credit Loans, solely as to the Approving Banks, shall, subject to
          all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be extended to
          the date which  is one  hundred eighty-two (182)  days after  the
          last day of  the then current  Line of Credit  Period.  From  and
          after the first  day of any such extension of  the Line of Credit
          Period, any reference to "Line of Credit Commitments" shall refer
          only  to the Line of  Credit Commitments of  the Approving Banks.
          The  Line  of Credit  Commitment  of  any Bank  which  is  not an
          Approving  Bank shall  terminate  on the  last  day of  the  then
          current  Line  of Credit  Period  (without giving  effect  to any
          extension  thereof not  approved by  such Bank)  and all  Line of
          Credit Loans made  by such  Bank, together with  all accrued  and
          unpaid interest thereon and  all fees and other amounts  owing by
          the Company to such Bank  with respect thereto, shall be due  and
          payable  on the  last day of  the current  Line of  Credit Period
          (without  giving effect to any  extension thereof not approved by
          such Bank).   Any Bank  which does not  approve any such  Line of
          Credit Extension  Request  shall not  be allowed  to approve  any
          concurrent  or  subsequent  Line   of  Credit  Extension  Request
          (including any  subsequent Line of Credit  Extension Request made
          before  the expiration of such  Bank's Line of  Credit Period) or
          Revolving Credit Extension Request.

                    (d)  The Revolving Credit Period shall mean  the period
          commencing on  the Effective  Date of  this Agreement and  ending
          June 4, 1996; provided, however, that the Revolving Credit Period
          may  be extended successively as  provided in this  Section.  The
          Company may successively request within each of the time  periods
          hereinafter set forth a  one (1) year extension of  the Revolving
          Credit Period.   The Company  shall deliver any  such request  (a
          "Revolving Credit Extension Request")  to the Agent between May 1
          and May 15 of the  applicable year, and the Agent  shall promptly
          forward such  request to each of the Banks.  Each Bank shall have
          the right, as to its Revolving Credit Commitment, in its sole and
          absolute  discretion,  to  approve  or disapprove  the  requested
          extension  of the Revolving Credit  Period.  Each  Bank shall, no
          earlier  than the  June 5 immediately following  the date  of the
          applicable Revolving  Credit Extension Request and  no later than
          the  June 15 immediately  following  the date  of the  applicable
          Revolving Credit  Extension Request, notify the  Agent in writing
          whether such  Bank will extend  the Revolving Credit  Period with
          respect  to  its Revolving  Credit  Commitment  to the  requested
          extended  Revolving Credit  Period and  any Bank  which  fails to
          notify the  Agent of its decision within such time period will be
          deemed  to  have  elected  not to  approve  the  Revolving Credit
          Extension Request.  In the event that Banks holding less than 67%
          of the  total Revolving Credit Commitments  approve the Revolving
          Credit Extension Request,  the Revolving Credit Period  as to all
          of the Banks (and the Revolving Credit Commitments of each of the
          Banks)  shall terminate  on  the last  day  of the  then  current
          Revolving Credit Period.  In the  event Banks having at least 67%
          of the  total Revolving Credit Commitments  approve the Revolving
          Credit Extension  Request (such Banks so  approving the Revolving
          Credit  Extension Request  referred to  herein as  the "Approving
          Banks"), the  Revolving Credit Period and the  obligation to make
          Revolving Credit  Loans, solely as to the Approving Banks, shall,
          subject to all of the terms  and conditions of this Agreement, be
          extended to the date which is one (1) year after  the last day of
          the then current  Revolving Credit  Period.  From  and after  the
          first day of any  such extension of the Revolving  Credit Period,
          any reference to "Revolving  Credit Commitments" shall refer only
          to  the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Approving Banks.  The
          Revolving Credit Commitment of any Bank which is not an Approving
          Bank  shall terminate  on  the  last  day  of  the  then  current
          Revolving Credit  Period (without giving effect  to any extension
          thereof not approved by such Bank) and all Revolving Credit Loans
          made  by such Bank, together with all accrued and unpaid interest
          thereon and all  fees and other amounts  owing by the Company  to
          such  Bank with respect thereto, shall  be due and payable on the
          last day  of the current Revolving Credit  Period (without giving
          effect to  any extension thereof not approved by such Bank).  Any
          Bank which does  not approve any such  Revolving Credit Extension
          Request  shall  not  be  allowed  to approve  any  concurrent  or
          subsequent  Revolving  Credit  Extension Request  (including  any
          subsequent  Revolving Credit  Extension Request  made  before the
          expiration of  such Bank's  Revolving Credit  Period) or Line  of
          Credit Extension Request.

                    (e)  The failure of any Bank  to make any Loan required
          under  this Agreement shall not  release any other  Bank from its
          obligation to make Loans as provided herein.

                    SECTION 2.02.  Method  of Borrowing.  (a)   The Company
          shall give notice (a "Notice of Borrowing") to the Agent by 10:00
          a.m. (St. Louis time) on the day of each Prime Loan or IBOR Loan,
          and   at  least  one  (1)  Business  Day  before  each  CD  Loan,
          specifying:

                         (i)  the  date  of such  Loan,  which  shall be  a
                    Business Day,

                        (ii)  the aggregate principal amount of such Loan,

                       (iii)  whether  such Loan is to  be a Line of Credit
                    Loan or a Revolving Credit Loan,

                        (iv)  whether such Loan is to be a Prime Loan, a CD
                    Loan or an IBOR Loan,

                         (v)  in  the  case  of  a  Fixed  Rate  Loan,  the
                    duration  of  the  initial Interest  Period  applicable
                    thereto, subject to the provisions of the definition of
                    Interest Period, 

                        (vi)  that on the date  of, and after giving effect
                    to,  such Loan,  no Default or  Event of  Default under
                    this Agreement has occurred and is continuing, and

                       (vii)  that on the date  of, and after giving effect
                    to,  such   Loan,  all   of  the  representations   and
                    warranties  of the Company  contained in this Agreement
                    are true  and correct  in all  material respects as  if
                    made on the date of such Loan.

          A Notice  of Borrowing shall not be required in connection with a
          Prime Loan pursuant to Section 8.01.

                    (b)  Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing given to it,
          the Agent shall notify each Bank by 1:00 p.m. (St. Louis time) on
          the  date of  receipt of  such Notice of  Borrowing by  the Agent
          (which must  be a  Business Day) of  the contents thereof  and of
          such Bank's  ratable share of such  Loan.  A Notice  of Borrowing
          shall not be revocable by the Company.

                    (c)  Not later  than 2:00 P.M. (St. Louis  time) on the
          date  of  each  Loan, each  Bank  shall  (except  as provided  in 
          subsection (d) of  this Section) make available its ratable share
          of  such Loan, in Federal or other funds immediately available in
          St. Louis,  Missouri, to the Agent at its address specified in or
          pursuant to Section 9.01.   Unless the Agent determines  that any
          applicable  condition  specified  in  Article III  has  not  been
          satisfied, the Agent  will make  the funds so  received from  the
          Banks  available to  the  Company immediately  thereafter at  the
          Agent's aforesaid  address by crediting  such funds  to a  demand
          deposit  account (or such  other account mutually  agreed upon in
          writing  between Agent and the  Company) of the  Company with the
          Agent.

                    (d)  If any Bank makes a new Loan hereunder on a day on
          which the Company  is required to or has elected  to repay all or
          any part of  an outstanding Loan from such  Bank, such Bank shall
          apply  the proceeds  of its new  Loan to make  such repayment and
          only  an  amount equal  to the  difference  (if any)  between the
          amount being borrowed and  the amount being repaid shall  be made
          available by such Bank to the Agent as provided in subsection (c)
          of this  Section, or  remitted  by the  Company to  the Agent  as
          provided in Section 2.09, as the case may be.

                    SECTION 2.03.  Notes.  (a)  The Line of Credit Loans of
          each Bank to the  Company during the Line of Credit  Period shall
          be evidenced  by a Line of  Credit Note of the  Company dated the
          date hereof and payable to the  order of such Bank in a principal
          amount  equal to its  Line of Credit  Commitment in substantially
          the  form   of  Exhibit  A  attached   hereto  (with  appropriate
          insertions)  (as the  same  may from  time  to time  be  amended,
          modified extended or renewed, the "Line of Credit Notes").

                    (b)  The  Revolving Credit  Loans of each  Bank to  the
          Company during the Revolving Credit  Period shall be evidenced by
          a Revolving Credit Note of the  Company dated the date hereof and
          payable to the order of such  Bank in a principal amount equal to
          its  Revolving Credit  Commitment  in substantially  the form  of
          Exhibit B  attached hereto (with appropriate  insertions) (as the
          same  may  from time  to time  be  amended, modified  extended or
          renewed, the "Revolving Credit Notes").

                    (c)  Upon receipt  of each  Bank's Line of  Credit Note
          pursuant  to Section 3.01(a), the  Agent shall mail  such Note by
          certified mail, return  receipt requested,  to such  Bank.   Each
          Bank shall  record, and  prior to  any transfer  of  its Line  of
          Credit Note  shall  endorse  on  the  schedules  forming  a  part
          thereof, appropriate notations to evidence the date and amount of
          each Line  of Credit Loan  made by it  during the Line  of Credit
          Period and the date and amount of each payment of principal  made
          by  the  Company  with respect  thereto.    Each  Bank is  hereby
          irrevocably authorized by the  Company so to endorse its  Line of
          Credit Note and to attach  to and make a part of any such Line of
          Credit  Note  a continuation  of any  such  schedule as  and when
          required; provided, however that the obligation of the Company to
          repay each Line of  Credit Loan made hereunder shall  be absolute
          and  unconditional, notwithstanding  any failure  of any  Bank to
          endorse or any mistake by any Bank in connection with endorsement
          on the  schedules  attached to  their respective  Line of  Credit
          Notes.   The books and  records of each  Bank (including, without
          limitation, the schedules attached  to the Line of Credit  Notes)
          showing  the account between such  Bank and the  Company shall be
          admissible  in evidence  in any  action or  proceeding  and shall
          constitute prima facie proof of the items therein set forth.

                    (d)  Upon receipt of each  Bank's Revolving Credit Note
          pursuant  to Section 3.01(a), the  Agent shall mail  such Note by
          certified mail,  return receipt  requested, to  such Bank.   Each
          Bank shall record,  and prior  to any transfer  of its  Revolving
          Credit  Note  shall  endorse  on  the  schedules  forming a  part
          thereof, appropriate notations to evidence the date and amount of
          each Revolving Credit Loan made by it during the Revolving Credit
          Period and the  date and amount of each payment of principal made
          by  the  Company  with respect  thereto.    Each  Bank is  hereby
          irrevocably authorized by the Company so to endorse its Revolving
          Credit  Note  and to  attach  to  and make  a  part  of any  such
          Revolving  Credit Note a continuation of any such schedule as and
          when  required;  provided, however  that  the  obligation of  the
          Company to repay each Revolving Credit Loan made  hereunder shall
          be absolute and unconditional, notwithstanding any failure of any
          Bank  to endorse or  any mistake by  any Bank  in connection with
          endorsement  on  the  schedules   attached  to  their  respective
          Revolving  Credit  Notes.   The books  and  records of  each Bank
          (including,  without  limitation, the  schedules attached  to the
          Revolving Credit Notes) showing the account between such Bank and
          the  Company shall  be admissible  in evidence  in any  action or
          proceeding and shall  constitute prima facie  proof of the  items
          therein set forth.

                    SECTION   2.04.    Duration  of  Interest  Periods  and
          Selection of  Interest Rates.   (a) The  duration of  the initial
          Interest Period for each Fixed Rate Loan shall be as specified in
          the  applicable Notice of Borrowing.  The Company shall elect the
          duration of  each subsequent  Interest Period applicable  to such
          Loan  and  the  interest  rate   to  be  applicable  during  such
          subsequent Interest Period (and the Company shall have the option
          (i) in the case of any Prime Loan, to elect that such Loan become
          a  Fixed Rate  Loan  and the  Interest  Period to  be  applicable
          thereto, and (ii) in the  case of any  Fixed Rate Loan, to  elect
          that  such Loan  become a Prime  Loan), by giving  notice of such
          election  to the Agent by 10:00 a.m.  (St. Louis time) on the day
          of, in the case  of the election  of the Prime  Rate or the  IBOR
          Rate,  and  by  10:00 a.m.  (St. Louis  time)  at  least one  (1)
          Business Day  before, in the case of the election of the CD Rate,
          the end  of the immediately preceding  Interest Period applicable
          thereto,  if  any;  provided, however,  that  notwithstanding the
          foregoing, in  addition to  and without limiting  the rights  and
          remedies of the Agent  and the Banks under Article VI  hereof, so
          long as any Default or Event of Default under  this Agreement has
          occurred and is continuing, the Company shall not be permitted to
          renew any Fixed Rate Loan as a Fixed  Rate Loan or to convert any
          Prime Loan into a Fixed Rate Loan.

                    (b)  If the Agent does not receive a notice of election
          for a Loan pursuant to subsection (a) above within the applicable
          time limits  specified therein,  the Company shall  be deemed  to
          have elected to pay such Loan  in whole pursuant to Section  2.08
          on  the  last day  of the  current  Interest Period  with respect
          thereto and to reborrow the principal amount of such Loan on such
          date as a Prime Loan of the same type (i.e. a Line of Credit Loan
          or a Revolving Credit Loan).

                    (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the duration  of
          each  Interest Period shall be  subject to the  provisions of the
          definition of Interest Period.

                    SECTION 2.05.  Interest Rates.  (a)  Each   Prime  Loan
          shall bear interest on  the outstanding principal amount thereof,
          for each day  from the date  such Loan is  made until it  becomes
          due, at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate.   Such interest
          shall be payable  monthly in arrears  on the fourth (4th)  day of
          each  month, commencing on the  first such date  after such Prime
          Loan is made, and at maturity.   Any overdue principal of and, to
          the  extent permitted by law, overdue interest on, any Prime Loan
          shall bear interest, payable  on demand, for each day  until paid
          at a rate per annum equal to the sum of Two Percent (2%) plus the
          otherwise applicable rate for such day.

                    (b)  Each  CD   Loan   shall  bear   interest  on   the
          outstanding principal  amount thereof,  for each  Interest Period
          applicable thereto, at a  rate per annum equal to  the applicable
          CD  Rate; provided  that if any  CD Loan  or any  portion thereof
          shall, as a result of clause (b)(iii), (b)(iv), (b)(v) or (b)(vi)
          of  the definition of Interest Period, have an Interest Period of
          less than  thirty (30)  days, such  portion  shall bear  interest
          during such Interest Period at the rate applicable to Prime Loans
          during  such period.   Such  interest shall  be payable  for each
          Interest Period on the  last day thereof, unless the  duration of
          the applicable Interest Period exceeds ninety (90) days, in which
          case such interest shall  be payable on the ninetieth  (90th) day
          of such  Interest Period  and on  the last  day of  such Interest
          Period.  Any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by
          law,  overdue interest  on,  any  CD  Loan shall  bear  interest,
          payable on  demand, for each day  until paid at a  rate per annum
          equal to the sum of  Two Percent (2%) plus the higher  of (i) the
          CD Rate for the  immediately preceding Interest Period applicable
          to such CD  Loan or (ii) the rate  applicable to Prime Loans  for
          such day.

                    (c)  Each   IBOR  Loan  shall   bear  interest  on  the
          outstanding  principal amount  thereof for  each Interest  Period
          applicable  thereto at a rate  per annum equal  to the applicable
          IBOR Rate.  Interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on
          the  last day  thereof,  unless the  duration  of the  applicable
          Interest  Period  exceeds three  (3) months,  in which  case such
          interest shall  be payable  at the  end of  the  first three  (3)
          months  of such  Interest  Period and  on the  last  day of  such
          Interest Period.   Any overdue  principal of and,  to the  extent
          permitted by law, overdue  interest on, any IBOR Loan  shall bear
          interest, payable on  demand, for each day until  paid, at a rate
          per annum equal to the sum of Two Percent (2%) plus the higher of
          (i) the IBOR  Rate for the immediately  preceding Interest Period
          applicable to such IBOR Loan or (ii) the rate applicable to Prime
          Loans for such day.

                    (d)  The  Agent  shall  determine  each  interest  rate
          applicable to the Loans  hereunder.  The Agent shall  give prompt
          notice to the  Company and the Banks by telecopy,  telex or cable
          of  each rate of  interest so  determined, and  its determination
          thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                    (e)  The Agent hereby  acknowledges that the  procedure
          for determining the IBOR Base Rate is substantially equivalent to
          the  procedure for determining  the rate known  in the Eurodollar
          Market as the "LIBOR Base Rate" except for the time  and place of
          the rate quotation.  In the  case of the IBOR Base Rate  the rate
          quotation is made in  the United States, whereas  in the case  of
          said LIBOR Base Rate the rate  quotation is made at 11:00 a.m. in
          London.   The  Agent  does not,  however,  represent, warrant  or
          guarantee that the IBOR Base Rate will be the same as said "LIBOR
          Base Rate" on any given day.

                    SECTION 2.06. Fees.  (a) From the Effective Date to but
          excluding  the  last day  of  the Line  of Credit  Period  of the
          applicable  Bank(s), the Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the
          account of each Bank a nonrefundable commitment fee on the unused
          portion of the Line of Credit Commitment of such Bank at the rate
          of:

                         (i) .025%  per  annum  during  such  time  as  the
                    Company's commercial paper is  rated P-1 by Moody's and
                    A-1 by S&P,

                         (ii) .0625%  per  annum  during such  time  as the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-2 by
                    Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .0625%  per annum  during such  time as  the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-3 by
                    Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .0625% per  annum  during such  time as  the
                    Company's commercial  paper is (A) rated NP  by Moody's
                    or B, C or D by S&P  or (B) not rated by either or both
                    of Moody's and/or S&P, 

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are both  applicable or  if clauses
          (i),  (ii) and (iii)  are all applicable,  the rate set  forth in
          clause  (i) shall  be applicable,  and if  both clauses  (ii) and
          (iii) are applicable, the  rate set forth in clause (ii) shall be
          applicable.  Such  commitment fee shall  be payable quarterly  in
          arrears on  each January 1, April 1, July 1  and October 1 during
          the Line of  Credit Period of  the applicable Bank(s) and  on the
          last  day of the Line of Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s),
          and shall be calculated on an actual day, 360-day year basis.

                    (b) From the  Effective Date to but  excluding the last
          day of the Revolving Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s), the
          Company  shall pay to  the Agent for  the account of  each Bank a
          nonrefundable  commitment  fee  on  the  unused  portion  of  the
          Revolving Credit Commitment of such Bank at the rate of:

                         (i) .0625%  per  annum  during  such  time as  the
                    Company's commercial paper is  rated P-1 by Moody's and
                    A-1 by S&P,

                         (ii) .125% per  annum  during  such  time  as  the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-2 by
                    Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .125%  per  annum during  such  time  as the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-3 by
                    Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .125%  per annum  during  such  time as  the
                    Company's commercial  paper is (A) rated NP  by Moody's
                    or B, C or D by S&P  or (B) not rated by either or both
                    of Moody's and/or S&P, 

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are both  applicable or if  clauses
          (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all applicable,  the rate set  forth in
          clause  (i) shall  be applicable,  and if  both clauses  (ii) and
          (iii) are applicable, the rate set forth  in clause (ii) shall be
          applicable.   Such commitment fee  shall be payable  quarterly in
          arrears on  each January 1, April 1, July 1  and October 1 during
          the  Revolving Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and on the
          last  day  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Period  of the  applicable
          Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an actual day,  360-day year
          basis.

                    (c) From the  Effective Date to but  excluding the last
          day of the Line of Credit  Period of the applicable Bank(s),  the
          Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the  account of each  Bank a
          nonrefundable  facility   fee  on  the  entire   Line  of  Credit
          Commitment of such Bank at the rate of:

                         (i) .125%  per  annum  during  such  time  as  the
                    Company's commercial paper is  rated P-1 by Moody's and
                    A-1 by S&P,

                         (ii) .125%  per  annum  during  such  time as  the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-2 by
                    Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .1875% per  annum during  such  time as  the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-3 by
                    Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .1875% per  annum  during such  time as  the
                    Company's commercial  paper is (A) rated  NP by Moody's
                    or B, C or D by S&P  or (B) not rated by either or both
                    of Moody's and/or S&P,

          and if  clauses (i)  and (ii) are  both applicable or  if clauses
          (i), (ii)  and (iii) are  all applicable,  the rate set  forth in
          clause  (i) shall  be applicable,  and if  both clauses  (ii) and
          (iii) are applicable, the rate set forth in clause  (ii) shall be
          applicable.   Such  facility fee  shall be  payable quarterly  in
          arrears on  each January 1, April 1, July 1  and October 1 during
          the Line of Credit  Period of the applicable  Bank(s) and on  the
          last day of the Line of  Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s),
          and shall be calculated on an actual day, 360-day year basis.

                    (d) From the  Effective Date to but  excluding the last
          day of the Revolving Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s), the
          Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the  account of each  Bank a
          nonrefundable  facility  fee  on  the   entire  Revolving  Credit
          Commitment of such Bank at the rate of:

                         (i) .125%  per  annum  during  such  time  as  the
                    Company's commercial paper is  rated P-1 by Moody's and
                    A-1 by S&P,

                         (ii) .125%  per  annum  during  such  time  as the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-2 by
                    Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                         (iii) .1875%  per annum  during such  time  as the
                    Company's  commercial paper  is rated  at least  P-3 by
                    Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                         (iv)  .1875% per  annum  during such  time as  the
                    Company's commercial paper  is (A) rated NP  by Moody's
                    or B, C or D by S&P  or (B) not rated by either or both
                    of Moody's and/or S&P,

          and if  clauses (i) and  (ii) are  both applicable or  if clauses
          (i),  (ii) and (iii)  are all applicable,  the rate  set forth in
          clause  (i) shall  be applicable,  and if  both clauses  (ii) and
          (iii)  are applicable, the rate set forth in clause (ii) shall be
          applicable.   Such facility  fee  shall be  payable quarterly  in
          arrears on  each January 1, April 1, July 1  and October 1 during
          the  Revolving Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and on the
          last  day  of  the  Revolving  Credit Period  of  the  applicable
          Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an actual day,  360-day year
          basis.

                    (e)  The Company  shall also pay  to the Agent  for its
          own  account a nonrefundable agent's fee in the amounts set forth
          in a letter  agreement dated the  date hereof by and  between the
          Company and the Agent.

                    SECTION 2.07.  Termination or Reduction of Commitments.
          (a)  The Company  may, upon one (1) Business Day's  prior written
          notice   to  the  Agent,  terminate  entirely  at  any  time,  or
          proportionately  reduce from  time to  time on  a pro  rata basis
          among  the  Banks  based  on  their  respective  Line  of  Credit
          Commitments by an aggregate amount of $5,000,000.00 or any larger
          multiple  of $5,000,000.00,  the unused portions  of the  Line of
          Credit Commitments; provided, however,  that (i) at no time shall
          the Line  of Credit Commitments be reduced  to a figure less than
          the  total of  the outstanding  principal amount  of all  Line of
          Credit   Loans,  (ii) at  no  time  shall   the  Line  of  Credit
          Commitments be reduced  to a  figure greater than  zero but  less
          than $25,000,000.00  and (iii) any such termination  or reduction
          shall  be  permanent  and the  Company  shall  have  no right  to
          thereafter reinstate or increase, as the case may be, the Line of
          Credit Commitment of any Bank.

                    (b)  The Company may, upon one (1) Business Day's prior
          written notice to the  Agent, terminate entirely at any  time, or
          proportionately  reduce from  time to  time on  a pro  rata basis
          among  the  Banks  based  on their  respective  Revolving  Credit
          Commitments by an aggregate amount of $5,000,000.00 or any larger
          multiple of  $5,000,000.00, the unused portions  of the Revolving
          Credit Commitments; provided, however,  that (i) at no time shall
          the Revolving Credit Commitments be reduced to a figure less than
          the total  of the outstanding  principal amount of  all Revolving
          Credit  Loans,  (ii) at  no   time  shall  the  Revolving  Credit
          Commitments be reduced  to a  figure greater than  zero but  less
          than $25,000,000.00 and (iii) any  such termination or  reduction
          shall  be  permanent  and the  Company  shall  have  no right  to
          thereafter  reinstate  or  increase,  as  the  case  may  be, the
          Revolving Credit Commitment of any Bank.

                    SECTION 2.08.   Early  Payments.  (a) The  Company may,
          upon notice to the Agent  specifying that it is paying its  Prime
          Loans  and specifying  whether it  is paying  its Line  of Credit
          Loans  and/or its Revolving Credit  Loans, pay without penalty or
          premium its  Prime Loans in  whole at any  time, or from  time to
          time in part in amounts  aggregating $2,500,000.00 or any  larger
          multiple of  $1,000,000.00, by paying the principal  amount to be
          paid together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to and
          including  the date  of payment;  provided, however,  that in  no
          event may the Company make a partial payment of Prime Loans which
          results  in the total outstanding  Prime Loans which  are Line of
          Credit Loans  or  the total  outstanding  Prime Loans  which  are
          Revolving  Credit Loans  being greater  than zero  but  less than
          $2,500,000.00.   Each such optional  payment shall be  applied to
          pay the Prime Loans  of the several Banks in  proportion to their
          respective  Line  of Credit  Commitments and/or  Revolving Credit
          Commitments,  as the  case may  be depending  upon which  type of
          Loans  are being  paid (i.e.  Line of  Credit Loans  or Revolving
          Credit Loans).

                    (b)  The Company  may, upon  at least one  (1) Business
          Day's  notice to  the Agent  specifying whether  it is  paying CD
          Loans or IBOR Loans and specifying  whether it is paying its Line
          of  Credit Loans and/or  its Revolving Credit  Loans, pay without
          penalty or premium  on the last  day of any  Interest Period  its
          Fixed Rate Loans to which such Interest Period applies, in whole,
          or in  part in  amounts aggregating  $2,500,000.00 or  any larger
          multiple of $1,000,000.00, by  paying the principal amount  to be
          paid together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to and
          including  the date  of payment;  provided,  however, that  in no
          event may the Company make a partial payment of CD  Loans or IBOR
          Loans which results in  the total outstanding CD Loans  which are
          Line  of  Credit Loans  with respect  to  which a  given Interest
          Period  applies,  the  total   outstanding  CD  Loans  which  are
          Revolving  Credit Loans  with respect  to which a  given Interest
          Period applies, the  total outstanding IBOR Loans  which are Line
          of Credit Loans  with respect  to which a  given Interest  Period
          applies  or the total outstanding IBOR  Loans which are Revolving
          Credit  Loans  with respect  to  which  a  given Interest  Period
          applies  being greater  than  zero but  less than  $2,500,000.00.
          Each such  optional payment  shall, subject  to Article  VIII, be
          applied to  pay such  Fixed Rate Loans  of the  several Banks  in
          proportion  to their  respective  Line of  Credit Commitments  or
          Revolving Credit Commitments, as  the case may be depending  upon
          which type  of Loans are being paid (i.e. Line of Credit Loans or
          Revolving Credit Loans).

                    (c)  Upon receipt  of a  notice of payment  pursuant to
          this  Section, the Agent shall  promptly notify each  Bank of the
          contents thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such payment
          and such notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the Company.

                    SECTION 2.09.   General Provisions as to Payments.  The
          Company shall make each payment of principal of, and interest on,
          the  Loans and of fees  and all other  amounts payable hereunder,
          not later than 12:00 P.M. (St. Louis time)  on the date when due,
          in  Federal or  other funds  immediately available  in St. Louis,
          Missouri,  to the  Agent at  its address  referred to  in Section
          9.01.    The  Agent will  promptly  distribute  to  each Bank  in
          immediately  available  funds  its  ratable share  of  each  such
          payment  received  by the  Agent for  the  account of  the Banks.
          Whenever any payment of  principal of, or interest on,  the Loans
          or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the
          date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding
          Business  Day.   If the  date  for any  payment  of principal  is
          extended by operation of law  or otherwise, interest thereon,  at
          the then  applicable rate,  shall  be payable  for such  extended
          time.

                    SECTION  2.10.   Funding Losses.    Notwithstanding any
          provision contained herein to the contrary, if the  Company makes
          any  payment of  principal with  respect to  any Fixed  Rate Loan
          (pursuant to Article II,  VI or VIII or otherwise,  but excluding
          any  such payment required by Section 8.02) on any day other than
          the  last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, or if the
          Company fails to borrow or pay  any Fixed Rate Loan after  notice
          has been given to the Agent in accordance with Section 2.02, 2.04
          or 2.08(b), the Company  shall reimburse each Bank on  demand for
          any  resulting losses  and  expenses incurred  by it,  including,
          without limitation, any losses incurred in obtaining, liquidating
          or employing deposits  from third parties, but excluding  loss of
          margin  for the period after any such payment, provided that such
          Bank shall have delivered to the  Company a certificate as to the
          amount  of such losses  and expenses, which  certificate shall be
          conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                    SECTION 2.11.   Computation  of Interest.   Interest on
          Prime Loans hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of
          360  days  and  paid  for  the  actual  number  of  days  elapsed
          (including the first day  but excluding the last day).   Interest
          on  CD Loans and interest on IBOR  Loans shall be computed on the
          basis of a  year of 360 days  and paid for  the actual number  of
          days elapsed,  calculated  as to  each Interest  Period from  and
          including the first  day thereof  to but excluding  the last  day
          thereof.

                    SECTION 2.12  Maturity.   (a) All Line of  Credit Loans
          not paid prior to the  last day of the  Line of Credit Period  of
          the  applicable Bank(s),  together  with all  accrued and  unpaid
          interest  thereon and  all fees  and other  amounts owing  by the
          Company  to such Bank(s) with  respect thereto, shall  be due and
          payable  on the  last day  of the  Line of  Credit Period  of the
          applicable Bank(s).

                    (b) All  Revolving Credit Loans  not paid prior  to the
          last  day  of  the  Revolving  Credit Period  of  the  applicable
          Bank(s), together  with all  accrued and unpaid  interest thereon
          and all  fees and  other amounts  owing  by the  Company to  such
          Bank(s) with respect  thereto, shall  be due and  payable on  the
          last  day  of  the  Revolving Credit  Period  of  the  applicable
          Bank(s).

                                     ARTICLE III

                                PRECONDITIONS TO LOANS

                    SECTION  3.01.    Initial  Loan.    Notwithstanding any
          provision contained  herein to  the contrary,  none of  the Banks
          shall  have  any obligation  to make  the initial  Loan hereunder
          unless the Agent shall have first received:

                    (a)  this Agreement,  the Line of Credit  Notes and the
          Revolving  Credit   Notes,  each  executed  by   duly  authorized
          officer(s) of the Company;

                    (b)  a copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of
          the  Company  (or  a  duly authorized  committee  thereof),  duly
          adopted, which  authorize the execution, delivery and performance
          of this Agreement, the Line of Credit Notes, the Revolving Credit
          Notes  and  the other  Transaction  Documents,  certified by  the
          Secretary of the Company;

                    (c)  a copy of the  Certificate of Incorporation of the
          Company,  including  any  amendments  thereto, certified  by  the
          Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

                    (d)  a copy  of the  By-Laws of the  Company, including
          any  amendments  thereto,  certified  by  the  Secretary  of  the
          Company;

                    (e)  an   incumbency   certificate,  executed   by  the
          Secretary  of the Company, which shall identify by name and title
          and bear the  signatures of all  of the officers  of the  Company
          executing any of the Transaction Documents;

                    (f)  certificates  of  corporate good  standing  of the
          Company  issued by  the Secretaries  of States  of the  States of
          Delaware and Missouri;

                    (g)  an opinion  of  counsel of  Alan Sachs,  Executive
          Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of  the Company, in
          the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein  by
          reference;

                    (h)  the Notice of Borrowing required  by Section 2.02;
          and

                    (i)  such other agreements, documents,  instruments and
          certificates as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

                    SECTION  3.02.     All  Loans.     Notwithstanding  any
          provision  contained herein  to the  contrary, none of  the Banks
          shall have any obligation to make any Loan hereunder unless:

                         (a)  the  Agent shall  have received  a Notice  of
          Borrowing for such Loan if required by Section 2.02;

                         (b)  on the  date of  and  immediately after  such
          Loan, no Default or  Event of Default under this  Agreement shall
          have occurred and be continuing;

                         (c)  on  the  date of  and immediately  after such
          Loan,  no  material adverse  change  in  the business,  financial
          condition  or  results  of  operations  of  the Company  and  its
          Consolidated  Subsidiaries, considered  as  a  whole, shall  have
          occurred  since  the  Effective Date  of  this  Agreement  and be
          continuing; and

                         (d)  all of the  representations and warranties of
          the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
          in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan as if
          made on the date of such Loan.

                    Each request for a Loan by the Company hereunder  shall
          be  deemed to be a representation  and warranty by the Company on
          the date of such Loan  as to the facts specified in  clauses (b),
          (c) and (d) of this Section 3.02.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                    SECTION  4.01.   Representations  and Warranties.   The
          Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Banks that:

                    (a)  Corporate Existence  and Power.   The  Company and
          each of its Significant  Subsidiaries:  (i) is duly incorporated,
          validly  existing  and in  good standing  under  the laws  of the
          jurisdiction  of  its   incorporation;  (ii) has  all   requisite
          corporate  powers  and all  material governmental  and regulatory
          licenses,  authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  required to
          carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is qualified to
          do  business  in all  jurisdictions in  which  the nature  of the
          business conducted  by it makes such  qualification necessary and
          where failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
          The  Company further represents and warrants to each of the Banks
          that the  failure of any  one or more  of its  Subsidiaries other
          than the Significant Subsidiaries:   (i) to be duly incorporated,
          validly  existing  and in  good standing  under  the laws  of the
          jurisdiction  of its  incorporation; (ii) to  have all  requisite
          corporate  powers  and   material  governmental  and   regulatory
          licenses,  authorizations,  consents  and approvals  required  to
          carry  on  its business  as  now  conducted; and/or  (iii) to  be
          qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature
          of  the  business  conducted   by  it  makes  such  qualification
          necessary, does not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (b)  Corporate Authorization.  The  execution, delivery
          and performance by the  Company of this Agreement, the  Notes and
          the other  Transaction Documents are within  the corporate powers
          of the Company  and have  been duly authorized  by all  necessary
          corporate action.

                    (c)  Binding  Effect.    This Agreement,  the  Line  of
          Credit  Notes,   the  Revolving   Credit  Notes  and   the  other
          Transaction Documents  have been  duly executed and  delivered by
          the  Company   and  constitute  the  legal,   valid  and  binding
          obligations of  the Company enforceable in  accordance with their
          respective terms.

                    (d)  Financial Information. 

                         (i)  The consolidated balance sheet of the Company
          and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of January 30, 1993, and the
          related  consolidated statements of  income, common stockholders'
          equity and cash flows  for the fiscal  year then ended, with  the
          report  thereon  of  Ernst & Young,  copies  of  which  have been
          provided to the  Banks, fairly present, in  conformity with GAAP,
          the  consolidated  financial  position  of the  Company  and  its
          Consolidated Subsidiaries as of  such date and their consolidated
          results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year;

                        (ii)  Since  January 30,  1993, there  has been  no
          material adverse  change in the  business, operations, Properties
          or condition,  financial or  otherwise,  of the  Company and  its
          Consolidated Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and

                       (iii)  Except  as  disclosed  in   Schedule  4.01(d)
          attached hereto, neither the Company nor any of  its Consolidated
          Subsidiaries   has  any   contingent  liability   in  excess   of
          $10,000,000.00 which  is required  to be disclosed  in accordance
          with GAAP and which is not disclosed on said financial statements
          or the notes thereto.

                    (e)  Litigation.    Except  as  disclosed  in  Schedule
          4.01(e) attached hereto,  there is no action,  suit or proceeding
          pending or, to the  knowledge of the Company,  threatened against
          or affecting, the Company  or any of its Subsidiaries  before any
          court   or  arbitrator   or  any   governmental,  regulatory   or
          administrative body, agency  or official in  which the prayer  or
          claim  for  relief  seeks recovery  of  an  amount  in excess  of
          $10,000,000.00 (or,  if  no dollar  amount  is specified  in  the
          prayer  or claim  for  relief, in  which  there is  a  reasonable
          likelihood of recovery of an amount in excess of $10,000,000.00),
          or any  form of  equitable relief which  if granted would  have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

                    (f)  Pension  and  Welfare Plans.    Each  Pension Plan
          complies in  all material  respects with all  applicable statutes
          and governmental  rules and regulations; no  Reportable Event has
          occurred and  is  continuing with  respect to  any Pension  Plan;
          neither the Company  nor any ERISA  Affiliate nor any  Subsidiary
          has  withdrawn  from  any  Multi-Employer  Plan  in  a  "complete
          withdrawal" or a "partial withdrawal" as defined in Sections 4203
          or  4205 of ERISA, respectively; no steps have been instituted by
          the  Company, any ERISA Affiliate or  any Subsidiary to terminate
          any Pension Plan; no condition exists or event or transaction has
          occurred in  connection with  any Pension Plan  or Multi-Employer
          Plan which could  result in  the incurrence by  the Company,  any
          ERISA Affiliate or any Subsidiary of any material liability, fine
          or penalty; and neither  the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate nor
          any Subsidiary  is a "contributing sponsor" as defined in Section
          4001(a)(13) of  ERISA of a  "single-employer plan" as  defined in
          Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA  which has two or  more contributing
          sponsors  at  least two  of whom  are  not under  common control.
          Except as disclosed on  Schedule 4.01(f) attached hereto, neither
          the Company nor  any Subsidiary has any contingent liability with
          respect to any "employee  welfare benefit plan", as such  term is
          defined in Section 3(a) of ERISA, which  covers retired employees
          and their beneficiaries.

                    (g)  Tax  Returns and  Payment.   The  Company and  its
          Subsidiaries  have filed all tax returns which are required to be
          filed  and have paid all taxes  which have become due pursuant to
          such  returns and  all other taxes,  assessments, fees  and other
          governmental charges  upon the  Company and its  Subsidiaries and
          upon their  respective Properties, assets, income  and franchises
          which have  become due and payable  by the Company or  any of its
          Subsidiaries, except those  (i) wherein the amount, applicability
          or  validity are  being  contested by  the  Company or  any  such
          Subsidiary  by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted
          in good faith and in respect of which adequate reserves have been
          established or (ii) the nonpayment of which (a) by the Company or
          any  Subsidiary was  not willful  and (b) would  not result  in a
          Material  Adverse Effect.   All  material tax liabilities  of the
          Company and its  Subsidiaries were adequately provided  for as of
          January 30, 1993, and are now so provided for on the books of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries.

                    (h)  Compliance    With    Other   Instruments;    None
          Burdensome.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to
          any  contract or  agreement or  subject to  any charter  or other
          corporate restriction which could  reasonably be expected to have
          a  Material Adverse  Effect, and  which is  not disclosed  on the
          Company's financial statements heretofore submitted to the Banks;
          none  of the  execution  and  delivery  by  the  Company  of  the
          Transaction  Documents,  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
          therein  contemplated  or  the  compliance  with  the  provisions
          thereof  will violate  any  law, rule,  regulation, order,  writ,
          judgment, injunction, decree or award  binding on the Company, or
          any   of  the   provisions  of   the  Company's   Certificate  of
          Incorporation  or  By-Laws  or  any  of  the  provisions  of  any
          indenture,  agreement,  document,  instrument or  undertaking  to
          which the  Company is a  party or subject or  by which it  or its
          Property  is  bound, or  conflict  with or  constitute  a default
          thereunder  or result in the  creation or imposition  of any Lien
          pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, document,
          instrument or undertaking.  No order, consent, approval, license,
          authorization   or  validation  of,   or  filing,   recording  or
          registration with, or exemption by, any governmental, regulatory,
          administrative or  public body  or authority, or  any subdivision
          thereof,  or any  other Person  is required  to authorize,  or is
          required  as  a  pre-condition  to, the  execution,  delivery  or
          performance  of, or  the  legality, validity,  binding effect  or
          enforceability of, any of the Transaction Documents.

                    (i)  Existing Indebtedness.  Schedule  4.01(i) attached
          hereto is  a true, correct  and complete list of  all Funded Debt
          and Capitalized Leases of the Company with a principal balance of
          $1,000,000.00  or  more and  all  Current Debt,  Funded  Debt and
          Capitalized  Leases  of   the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  with   a
          principal  balance of  $1,000,000.00  or more  outstanding as  of
          April 30, 1993.

                    (j)  Labor Matters.   Except as  disclosed on  Schedule
          4.01(j)  attached   hereto,  (a) neither  the  Company   nor  any
          Subsidiary is a party to any union labor contract and (b) neither
          the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any labor dispute.

                    (k)  Title   to  Property.     The  Company   and  each
          Subsidiary is  the sole and absolute  owner of, or  has the legal
          right  to use and occupy, all Property  it claims to own or which
          is  necessary for the Company  or such Subsidiary  to conduct its
          business.   The Company  and its Subsidiaries  enjoy peaceful and
          undisturbed possession in all  material respects under all leases
          under  which they  are operating  as lessees  (provided, however,
          that  any   failure  to  enjoy  such   peaceful  and  undisturbed
          possession  under any such lease shall not constitute a breach of
          this representation  and warranty if  the effect of  such failure
          would  not have a Material  Adverse Effect), and  all such leases
          are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect, except for
          any  default   or  defaults  the   effect  of  which,   if  taken
          individually or  in  the aggregate,  would  not have  a  Material
          Adverse  Effect.   Neither  the  Company nor  any  Subsidiary has
          signed any financing  statements, security agreements  or chattel
          mortgages with respect  to any  of its Property,  has granted  or
          permitted any Liens securing  Indebtedness or other claims  in an
          amount  in excess  of  $500,000.00 with  respect  to any  of  its
          Property  or has any knowledge of any Liens securing Indebtedness
          or  other claims  in  an amount  in  excess of  $500,000.00  with
          respect to any of  its Property, except as disclosed  on Schedule
          4.01(k) attached hereto.

                    (l)  Regulation  U.    The   Company  is  not   engaged
          principally,  or  as one  of  its  important activities,  in  the
          business of extending  credit for  the purpose  of purchasing  or
          carrying  margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of The
          Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended) and
          no  part  of  the proceeds  of  any  Loan will  be  used, whether
          directly or indirectly, and whether  immediately, incidentally or
          ultimately  (i) to purchase or  carry margin  stock or  to extend
          credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin
          stock, or to refund or repay indebtedness originally incurred for
          such purpose  or (ii) for any  purpose which entails  a violation
          of, or which  is inconsistent with, the provisions of  any of the
          Regulations  of The  Board  of Governors  of the  Federal Reserve
          System, including, without  limitation, Regulations G, U, T  or X
          thereof,  as amended.  If  requested by Agent,  the Company shall
          furnish to Agent a statement  in conformity with the requirements
          of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

                    (m)  Multi-Employer  Pension  Plan  Amendments  Act  of
          1980.  The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance  with the
          Multi-Employer Pension  Plan Amendments  Act of 1980,  as amended
          ("MEPPAA"),  and  has  no  liability  for  pension  contributions
          pursuant to MEPPAA.

                    (n)  Investment  Company Act  of  1940; Public  Utility
          Holding Company Act  of 1935.  The Company  is not an "investment
          company" as that term is defined in, and is not otherwise subject
          to  regulation under,  the  Investment Company  Act  of 1940,  as
          amended.   The Company is not a "holding company" as that term is
          defined in, and is not otherwise subject to regulation under, the
          Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

                    (o)  Patents,  Licenses,  Trademarks, Etc.    Except as
          disclosed on  Schedule 4.01(o)  attached hereto, the  Company and
          its   Subsidiaries  possess  all   necessary  patents,  licenses,
          trademarks, trademark rights, trade  names, trade name rights and
          copyrights to conduct their respective businesses in all material
          respects as now conducted without known conflict with any patent,
          license, trademark, trade name or copyright of any other Person.

                    (p)  Environmental Safety and  Health Matters.   Except
          as disclosed on Schedule 4.01(p) attached hereto, (i) the Company
          and  its  Subsidiaries  are  in compliance  with  all  applicable
          Environmental Laws  and Occupational Safety and  Health Laws such
          that they will not incur or be subject  to any liability, penalty
          or Lien thereunder which could, individually or in the aggregate,
          have  a  Material  Adverse   Effect,  (ii) the  Company  and  its
          Subsidiaries  do not  create,  manage,  store, discharge,  treat,
          dispose of or release any Hazardous Materials in violation of any
          applicable   Environmental   Laws,  (iii) there   are   no  known
          conditions or circumstances associated  with any of the currently
          or previously  owned or  leased Properties  or operations  of the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any tenants, if any, of the
          Company or any  of its  Subsidiaries which may  give rise to  any
          liability, penalty or Lien under any applicable Environmental Law
          or any applicable  Occupational Safety and Health Law which could
          have a Material  Adverse Effect and (iv) neither  the Company nor
          any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge of any violation of, or has
          received  or  filed any  notice  pertaining to  any  violation or
          alleged  violation of,  any applicable  Environmental Law  or any
          applicable Occupational Safety and Health Law.

                    (q)  Handyman Guarantees.  In the event the Company had
          to  assume payment under any  or all of  the Handyman Guarantees,
          such payment  or  payments  would not  have  a  Material  Adverse
          Effect.

                    (r)  Subsidiaries.    Schedule 4.01(r) attached  hereto
          correctly   sets  forth   (i) the   name   and  jurisdiction   of
          incorporation of each Subsidiary as of the date hereof and (ii) a
          statement  of the ownership of each such Subsidiary's stock.  The
          shares of stock of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4.01(r) as
          being owned  by the Company  or any  of its  Subsidiaries are  so
          owned as of the date of this Agreement, free and clear of any and
          all  liens,  claims  and  encumbrances  of  any  kind  or  nature
          whatsoever,  and all such shares  of stock have  been duly issued
          and are fully paid and non-assessable.

                    (s)  Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the
          Exhibits or Schedules  hereto nor any  certificate or other  data
          furnished to the Agent or  any of the Banks  in writing by or  on
          behalf  of  the  Company  in  connection  with  the  transactions
          contemplated by  this Agreement contains any  untrue or incorrect
          statement of  a material fact  or omits to state  a material fact
          necessary to make the statements contained herein  or therein not
          misleading.   To the best knowledge  of the Company,  there is no
          fact peculiar to  the Company  or any of  its Subsidiaries  which
          presently has a Material Adverse Effect  or in the future (so far
          as the Company can  now reasonably foresee) will have  a Material
          Adverse Effect,  which has not  heretofore been disclosed  by the
          Company to the Agent.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                      COVENANTS

                    SECTION  5.01.  Covenants of  the Company.  The Company
          agrees  that,  so  long  as  any  Bank has  any  Line  of  Credit
          Commitment or Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder or any amount
          payable under  any Note remains unpaid, unless  the prior written
          consent of the Required Banks is obtained:

                    (a)  Information.   The Company  will  deliver to  each
          Bank:

                         (i)  as soon as available  and in any event within
                    ninety-five (95) days after the end of each fiscal year
                    of  the Company,  a consolidated  balance sheet  of the
                    Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end
                    of  such  fiscal  year  and  the  related  consolidated
                    statements  of income, common  stockholders' equity and
                    cash flows for such fiscal year,  setting forth in each
                    case in  comparative form the figures  for the previous
                    fiscal year,  all prepared in accordance  with GAAP and
                    reported on and accompanied by the unqualified  opinion
                    (or, if the Required Banks,  in their sole and absolute
                    discretion,  determine that  the reason or  reasons for
                    the qualification of  the accountant's opinion are  not
                    disadvantageous in  any material respect to the Company
                    or any of the Banks,  the qualified opinion) of Ernst &
                    Young or other independent certified public accountants
                    of  nationally  recognized  standing  selected  by  the
                    Company,   together  with   a  certificate   from  such
                    accountants   that,   in  conducting   the  examination
                    necessary for the signing  of such annual audit report,
                    such accountants  have not become aware  of any Default
                    or  Event   of  Default   that  has  occurred   and  is
                    continuing, or,  if such accountants have  become aware
                    of any  such event, describing  it and the  steps being
                    taken to cure  it, but  such accountants  shall not  be
                    liable, directly or  indirectly, to anyone  for failure
                    to obtain  knowledge of  any such Default  or Event  of
                    Default;

                        (ii)  as soon as available  and in any event within
                    fifty  (50) days  after the  end of  each of  the first
                    three (3)  quarters of each fiscal year of the Company,
                    a  consolidated balance  sheet of  the Company  and its
                    Consolidated Subsidiaries as of  the end of such fiscal
                    quarter, the  related consolidated statement  of income
                    for  such fiscal  quarter and  for  the portion  of the
                    Company's  fiscal year ended at  the end of such fiscal
                    quarter and the related consolidated statement of  cash
                    flows  for the  portion  of the  Company's fiscal  year
                    ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, setting  forth
                    in each  case in comparative  form the figures  for the
                    corresponding  fiscal  quarter  and  the  corresponding
                    portion of  the  Company's previous  fiscal  year,  all
                    certified (subject  to normal year-end  adjustments) as
                    to fairness  of presentation, GAAP  and consistency  by
                    the chief financial officer of the Company;

                       (iii)  simultaneously with the delivery of  each set
                    of financial statements referred  to in clauses (i) and
                    (ii)  above,  a  certificate  executed  by   the  chief
                    financial officer of the Company  on its behalf, in the
                    form  attached  hereto  and   made  a  part  hereof  as
                    Exhibit D,  accompanied  by  supporting financial  work
                    sheets where appropriate, (A) evidencing  the Company's
                    compliance  with the  financial covenants  contained in
                    Sections   5.01(b),  5.01(c),   5.01(d),  5.01(e)(vii),
                    5.01(e)(viii), 5.01(f), 5.01(h), 5.01(i) and 5.01(k) of
                    this Agreement, (B) stating whether there exists on the
                    date  of  such  certificate  any Default  or  Event  of
                    Default  and, if any  Default or Event  of Default then
                    exists,  setting  forth  the  details  thereof and  the
                    action which the Company is  taking or proposes to take
                    with respect  thereto, (C) certifying that  all of  the
                    representations and warranties of the Company contained
                    in this  Agreement are true and correct in all material
                    respects on and as  of the date of such  certificate as
                    if made on the date of such certificate and (D) giving,
                    in  the event  of  the formation  or  acquisition of  a
                    Subsidiary during the preceding fiscal period, the name
                    of such Subsidiary,  its jurisdiction of  incorporation
                    and a brief description of its business, together with,
                    in the  case of  such an acquisition,  evidence showing
                    the Company's compliance with Section 5.01(g)(ii);

                        (iv)  promptly  upon  the  mailing  thereof  to the
                    shareholders of the Company generally, and in any event
                    within ten (10) days after any such mailing,  copies of
                    all financial statements, reports, proxy statements and
                    other material information so mailed;

                         (v)  promptly upon  any filing thereof, and in any
                    event within  ten (10)  days after the  filing thereof,
                    copies of  all registration statements (other  than the
                    exhibits thereto  and  any registration  statements  on
                    Form S-8  or its  equivalent) and annual,  quarterly or
                    monthly reports  which the Company shall  file with the
                    Securities and  Exchange  Commission or  any  successor
                    agency;

                        (vi)  if the  Company  submits a  Revolving  Credit
                    Extension Request to the Agent, simultaneously with the
                    delivery  of  each   such  Revolving  Credit  Extension
                    Request, consolidated balance  sheet, income  statement
                    and  cash  flow projections  for  the  Company and  its
                    Consolidated Subsidiaries  for the  fiscal year of  the
                    Company  during which  such Revolving  Credit Extension
                    Request is  submitted and  the succeeding two  (2) year
                    period, all in form and detail reasonably acceptable to
                    the Banks;

                       (vii)  within  one hundred  twenty (120)  days after
                    the beginning  of each  fiscal year  of the  Company, a
                    general outline of the projected financial  outlook for
                    the Company and its  Consolidated Subsidiaries for such
                    fiscal year,  which outline shall be  delivered to each
                    of  the Banks  at  a meeting  to  be held  between  the
                    Company and the Banks; and

                      (viii)  from   time   to   time,    with   reasonable
                    promptness,  such  further  information  regarding  the
                    business, affairs and financial position of the Company
                    and each  Subsidiary  as  the Agent  or  any  Bank  may
                    reasonably request.

                    It is understood that the Company's fiscal year ends on
          the  Saturday nearest in time to January 31, the first quarter of
          the Company's fiscal year ends on the 13th Saturday following the
          end  of the  fiscal year,  the second  quarter ends  on the  13th
          Saturday following  the  end  of  the first  quarter,  the  third
          quarter ends on the 13th Saturday following the end of the second
          quarter and the fourth quarter ends at the fiscal year end.

                    The Company may from time to time change its accounting
          methods, either at  its option or in  order to comply with  GAAP,
          provided that  (a) any such change(s) are in accordance with GAAP
          and are  approved by  the Company's independent  certified public
          accountants  and  (b) if the  Required Banks  or the  Company, in
          their or  its sole and  absolute discretion,  determine that  any
          such accounting change(s), individually or in the aggregate, have
          any  significant  effect  on   any  of  the  financial  covenants
          contained in  this Agreement (i) with respect  to those financial
          covenant(s) upon  which the  effect of such  accounting change(s)
          can  be  determined with  mathematical certainty,  such financial
          covenant(s)  shall  be  amended to  reflect  the  effect  of such
          accounting  change(s) (and the Company, the Agent and each of the
          Banks shall be obligated to promptly execute an amendment to such
          effect) and (ii) with respect to those financial covenant(s) upon
          which  the   effect  of  such  accounting   change(s)  cannot  be
          determined with mathematical certainty, the Company and the Banks
          shall, in good  faith, negotiate  and use their  best efforts  to
          agree upon new financial covenant(s) reasonably acceptable to the
          Company and the Required Banks to replace the affected  financial
          covenant(s) (which new financial covenant(s) shall, to the extent
          reasonably possible,  approximate the effect  of such  accounting
          change(s)  on the  existing  financial covenant(s)),  and if  the
          Company  and the Required Banks  cannot, in good  faith, agree on
          said   new   financial   covenant(s),   the   existing  financial
          covenant(s) shall remain  in full  force and effect.   Each  such
          amendment shall be  evidenced by an instrument  in writing signed
          by the  Company, the Agent and  each of the Banks  and until such
          amendment  has   been  fully  executed   the  existing  financial
          covenant(s) shall remain in full force and effect.

                    (b)  Consolidated Net Worth.  The Company will keep and
          maintain a Consolidated  Net Worth in an amount not less than (i)
          as of the last  day of each fiscal quarter of the  fiscal year of
          the Company ending February 1, 1994, $320,000,000.00, and (ii) as
          of the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the
          Company  thereafter,  the  sum  of  the  Consolidated  Net  Worth
          required to be maintained during the immediately preceding fiscal
          year  of the Company plus an amount  equal to 33% of Consolidated
          Net Income for such preceding  fiscal year (but without deduction
          in the case of a deficit in Consolidated Net Income).

                    (c) Limitations  on Current  Debt and Funded  Debt. (i)
          The Company will not create, assume or incur or in  any manner be
          or become  liable in  respect of  any Funded  Debt, and  will not
          cause  or permit any  Restricted Subsidiary to  create, assume or
          incur  or in  any manner be  or become  liable in  respect of any
          Current Debt or Funded Debt, except:

                              (A)  Funded Debt evidenced by the Notes;

                              (B)  Funded  Debt  of  the  Company  and  its
                         Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date
                         of  this  Agreement   and  reflected  on  Schedule
                         4.01(i) attached hereto;

                              (C)  Additional  Funded  Debt of  the Company
                         and additional Funded Debt and Current Debt of its
                         Restricted  Subsidiaries provided that at the time
                         of  issuance  thereof   and  after  giving  effect
                         thereto  and to  the  application of  the proceeds
                         thereof: (1) in  the case of  the issuance of  any
                         Funded Debt  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
                         Subsidiary,  the sum  of Consolidated  Funded Debt
                         plus  Consolidated Attributable  Indebtedness does
                         not  exceed  50%   of  Consolidated  Net  Tangible
                         Assets; and (2) in the case of the issuance of any
                         Funded  Debt  of  the  Company  secured  by  Liens
                         permitted by Section 5.01(e)(viii) or the issuance
                         of any Funded Debt or Current Debt of a Restricted
                         Subsidiary, the sum,  without duplication, of  (x)
                         Consolidated   Attributable    Indebtedness,   (y)
                         Consolidated   Secured   Debt  secured   by  Liens
                         described  in  Section 5.01(e)(viii)  and  (z) the
                         aggregate amount  of all Funded  Debt and  Current
                         Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Funded
                         Debt  and Current Debt owing  to the Company or to
                         another Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary), would
                         not  exceed  15%  of  Consolidated   Net  Tangible
                         Assets; and

                              (D)  Current   Debt  or  Funded   Debt  of  a
                         Restricted  Subsidiary  to  the Company  or  to  a
                         Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary.

                         (ii)    Current Debt  and  Funded  Debt issued  or
                    incurred in accordance with the limitations of Sections
                    5.01(c)(i)(B) or 5.01(c)(i)(C) may be renewed, extended
                    or refunded  (without any increase  in principal amount
                    remaining unpaid at the time of such renewal, extension
                    or refunding) without regard to the limitations of this
                    Section 5.01(c).

                         (iii)  Any corporation which becomes  a Restricted
                    Subsidiary after the date hereof shall for all purposes
                    of  this Section  5.01(c)  be deemed  to have  created,
                    assumed or incurred at the time it becomes a Restricted
                    Subsidiary  all Current  Debt and  Funded Debt  of such
                    corporation  existing immediately  after  it becomes  a
                    Restricted Subsidiary.

                         (iv)    Any  Current  Debt  or  Funded  Debt of  a
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  to  a  previously  Wholly-Owned
                    Restricted  Subsidiary shall  be  deemed  to have  been
                    created,  assumed or  incurred  immediately after  such
                    Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary is no longer Wholly-
                    Owned.

                    (d)  Fixed  Charges Coverage Ratio.   The Company  will
          keep and maintain  the ratio  of Net Income  Available for  Fixed
          Charges  to Fixed Charges for each period of four (4) consecutive
          fiscal quarters at not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

                    (e)   Limitation on Liens.   The Company  will not, and
          will  not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
          incur,  or suffer to be incurred or to  exist, any Lien on any of
          its or their Property  or assets, whether now owned  or hereafter
          acquired, or upon  any income or  profits therefrom, or  transfer
          any  Property for  the  purpose of  subjecting  the same  to  the
          payment of obligations in priority to the payment of its or their
          general  creditors, or acquire or agree to acquire, or permit any
          Restricted  Subsidiary  to  acquire  or  agree  to  acquire,  any
          Property  or assets  upon conditional  sales agreements  or other
          title retention devices, except:

                         (i)   Liens for property taxes  and assessments or
                    governmental  charges  or  levies  and  Liens  securing
                    claims  or   demands  of  mechanics   and  materialmen,
                    provided payment thereof is not at the time required by
                    Section 5.01(o)(i);

                         (ii)  Liens  of or resulting from  any judgment or
                    award,  the  time  for   the  appeal  or  petition  for
                    rehearing  of  which  shall  not have  expired,  or  in
                    respect of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
                    shall (A) at any  time in good faith be  prosecuting an
                    appeal or  proceeding for  a review  and in  respect of
                    which  a  stay  of  execution pending  such  appeal  or
                    proceeding for  review shall have been  secured and (B)
                    have set aside on  its books, reserves deemed by  it to
                    be adequate with respect thereto;

                         (iii)  Liens incidental to the conduct of business
                    or the ownership  of Properties  and assets  (including
                    Liens   in   connection  with   worker's  compensation,
                    unemployment   insurance   and    other   like    laws,
                    warehousemen's  and  attorneys'  liens   and  statutory
                    landlords' liens)  and Liens to  secure the performance
                    of  bids,  tenders or  trade  contracts,  or to  secure
                    statutory  obligations, surety or appeal bonds or other
                    Liens of  like general nature incurred  in the ordinary
                    course  of  business and  not  in  connection with  the
                    borrowing of  money  or the  acquisition of  inventory;
                    provided  in each  case the  obligation secured  is not
                    overdue  or, if  overdue,  is being  contested in  good
                    faith by appropriate actions or proceedings;

                         (iv)      minor   survey   exceptions   or   minor
                    encumbrances,  easements or reservations,  or rights of
                    others for rights-of-way,  utilities and other  similar
                    purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use
                    of real properties, which are necessary for the conduct
                    of  the activities  of the  Company and  its Restricted
                    Subsidiaries or  which customarily exist  on properties
                    of  corporations  engaged  in  similar  activities  and
                    similarly  situated  and  which  do not  in  any  event
                    materially impair  the use  of such real  properties in
                    the operation of  the business of  the Company and  its
                    Restricted Subsidiaries;

                         (v)   Liens securing Indebtedness of  a Restricted
                    Subsidiary to  the Company or  to another  Wholly-Owned
                    Restricted Subsidiary;

                         (vi)  Liens existing  as  of April  30, 1993,  and
                    reflected in Schedule 4.01(k) attached hereto;

                         (vii)   Liens  incurred after  the Effective  Date
                    given  to  secure the  payment  of  the purchase  price
                    incurred in  connection with  the acquisition  of fixed
                    assets useful  and intended to  be used in  carrying on
                    the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
                    including Liens  existing on  such fixed assets  at the
                    time  of   acquisition  thereof  or  at   the  time  of
                    acquisition by  the Company or a  Restricted Subsidiary
                    of any  business entity then owning  such fixed assets,
                    whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure
                    the payment of the purchase  price of the fixed  assets
                    to which they attach so long as they were not incurred,
                    extended   or   renewed   in  contemplation   of   such
                    acquisition,  provided that (A)  the Lien  shall attach
                    solely to  the fixed assets acquired  or purchased, (B)
                    at the  time of acquisition  of such fixed  assets, the
                    aggregate  amount remaining unpaid  on all Indebtedness
                    secured by Liens  on such fixed  assets whether or  not
                    assumed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall
                    not exceed an amount equal to 100% of the lesser of the
                    total purchase  price or fair market value  at the time
                    of acquisition  of such fixed assets  (as determined in
                    good faith by  the Board of Directors  of the Company),
                    (C)  all such  Indebtedness  shall  have been  incurred
                    within the  applicable limitations provided  in Section
                    5.01(c)(i)(C), and (D) such fixed assets shall not have
                    been  acquired  out of  the  proceeds  of  a  Sale  and
                    Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 5.01(f).

                         (viii)  Liens incurred after the Effective Date by
                    the Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary  on property,
                    plant or equipment  given to secure Funded  Debt of the
                    Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to the
                    Liens permitted  by the  preceding clauses (i)  through
                    (vii) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness secured by
                    Liens incurred pursuant  to this Section  5.01(e)(viii)
                    shall  have   been  incurred  within   the  limitations
                    provided in Sections 5.01(c)(i)(C); and

                         (ix) any extension, renewal  or replacement of any
                    Lien permitted by the preceding clauses (vi), (vii) and
                    (viii)   hereof  in  respect   of  the   same  Property
                    theretofore subject to such Lien in connection with the
                    extension, renewal  or  refunding of  the  Indebtedness
                    secured  thereby; provided  that  (1)  such Lien  shall
                    attach solely  to the same  such Property and  (2) such
                    extension,  renewal or  refunding of  such Indebtedness
                    shall be  without increase  in the principal  remaining
                    unpaid  as of  the date  of such extension,  renewal or
                    refunding.

                    Any   Lien  securing   Indebtedness  of   a  Restricted
          Subsidiary  to a  previously  Wholly-Owned Restricted  Subsidiary
          shall be  deemed  to have  been  created immediately  after  such
          Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary is no longer Wholly-Owned.

                    (f) Limitations  on Sale  and Leasebacks.   The Company
          will  not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary
          to, enter  into any arrangement, directly  or indirectly, whereby
          the  Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary shall in  one or more
          related transactions  sell, transfer or otherwise  dispose of any
          Property owned by the Company  or such Restricted Subsidiary more
          than one hundred eighty (180) days after the later of the date of
          initial acquisition  of such Property or  completion or occupancy
          thereof, as  the case may  be, by the Company  or such Restricted
          Subsidiary, and then rent  or lease, as lessee, such  Property or
          any part thereof for a  period or periods which in  the aggregate
          would exceed thirty-six (36) months from the date of commencement
          of  the lease term (a "Sale and Leaseback Transaction"), provided
          that  the foregoing restriction shall  not apply to  any Sale and
          Leaseback Transaction  if immediately  after the  consummation of
          such  Sale  and Leaseback  Transaction  and  after giving  effect
          thereto, either of the following conditions is satisfied:

                         (i)  the  sale  of  such  Property  is   for  cash
                    consideration which  equals or exceeds the  fair market
                    value of  the Property so  sold (as determined  in good
                    faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and the
                    net proceeds  from such sale are  applied within ninety
                    (90)  days  after such  sale  to  (A) the  purchase  or
                    acquisition (and/or, in the  case of real property, the
                    construction) of tangible assets useful and intended to
                    be used  by the Company  or a Restricted  Subsidiary in
                    the ordinary  course of its business  (provided that in
                    any  such   event  the   Company  and   its  Restricted
                    Subsidiaries  shall  not then  or  thereafter cause  or
                    permit  or agree  or consent  to  cause or  permit such
                    tangible assets to be  subject to any Lien) or  (B) the
                    prepayment  at the  applicable  prepayment premium,  if
                    any, on a pro rata basis, of Funded Debt of the Company
                    and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

                         (ii) after  giving effect  to the  consummation of
                    such  Sale  and   Leaseback  Transaction  and  to   the
                    application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum, without
                    duplication,    of   (1)    Consolidated   Attributable
                    Indebtedness  (including the  Consolidated Attributable
                    Indebtedness  to be  incurred  in connection  with such
                    Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction),   (2)  Consolidated
                    Secured  Debt secured  by Liens permitted  and incurred
                    within the limitations of Section 5.01(e)(viii) and (3)
                    Current Debt and Funded Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries
                    shall  not  exceed  15%  of  Consolidated Net  Tangible
                    Assets.

                    (g)  Merger or  Consolidation.   The Company  will not,
          and, except as permitted in Section 5.01(h), it will not cause or
          permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge or consolidate into or
          with any other Person; provided, however, that: 

                         (i)  any  Restricted   Subsidiary  may  merge   or
                    consolidate  into or  with the  Company or  any Wholly-
                    Owned  Subsidiary   so  long   as  in  any   merger  or
                    consolidation  involving the Company, the Company shall
                    be the surviving or continuing corporation; and

                         (ii)  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may
                    acquire by  merger or other  method all of  the capital
                    stock  or  assets of  any  Person  so  long as  (A) the
                    Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary, as the case may
                    be,  is   the  surviving  or   continuing  corporation,
                    (B) both  prior  to and  after  giving  effect to  said
                    transaction, the  Company is in compliance  with all of
                    the terms, representations,  warranties, covenants  and
                    agreements contained in  this Agreement and no  Default
                    or Event  of Default under this  Agreement has occurred
                    and is  continuing and (C) after giving  effect to such
                    consolidation or  merger  the surviving  or  continuing
                    corporation would be permitted  to incur at least $1.00
                    of  additional  Funded  Debt under  the  provisions  of
                    Section 5.01(c)(i)(C).

                    (h)  Certain  Restrictions  Relating  to  Subsidiaries.
          (i)  Except as permitted by Section 5.01(g), the Company will not
          cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to merge or consolidate
          into or with any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned
          Subsidiary) if  such  other  Person  will  be  the  surviving  or
          continuing  corporation  unless,  (A)  immediately  after  giving
          effect  to  such  merger  or consolidation,  (1) the  portion  of
          Consolidated Net Tangible Assets  attributable to the  Restricted
          Subsidiary being merged or consolidated shall not exceed 12.5% of
          the total Consolidated Net  Tangible Assets as of the  end of the
          fiscal quarter of  the Company immediately preceding  the date of
          such merger or consolidation  and (2) the portion of Consolidated
          Net Sales attributable to  the Restricted Subsidiary being merged
          or  consolidated shall not exceed 12.5% of the total Consolidated
          Net  Sales  as of  the  end of  the  fiscal year  of  the Company
          immediately preceding  the date of such  merger or consolidation,
          (B) the ratio of  Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed
          Charges for the  period of four  (4) consecutive fiscal  quarters
          ending  immediately   preceding  the  date  of   such  merger  or
          consolidation (determined on a pro  forma basis and excluding any
          amounts attributable to the Restricted Subsidiary being merged or
          consolidated)   shall   not   be   less  than   1.25   to   1.00,
          (C) immediately  after   giving   effect  to   such   merger   or
          consolidation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
          and be continuing and (D) immediately after giving effect to such
          merger  or   consolidation,  all   of  the   representations  and
          warranties of the  Company contained in  this Agreement shall  be
          true and correct in all material  respects as if made on the date
          of such merger or consolidation.

                    (ii)  The  Company will not,  and it will not  cause or
          permit any  Restricted Subsidiary  to, sell, assign,  transfer or
          otherwise  dispose  of  any   capital  stock  of  any  Restricted
          Subsidiary to any  Person (other  than the Company  or a  Wholly-
          Owned Subsidiary) unless, (A)  immediately after giving effect to
          such  sale, assignment,  transfer or  other  disposition, (1) the
          portion of Consolidated Net  Tangible Assets attributable to that
          portion  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiary  being  sold,  assigned, 
          transfered or otherwise disposed  of (meaning the same proportion
          as the fair  market value (as determined  by the Company in  good
          faith) of  the capital stock  being sold bears to  the total fair
          market value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of  all
          of the  outstanding capital stock of  such Restricted Subsidiary)
          shall not  exceed 12.5%  of the  total Consolidated  Net Tangible
          Assets  as of  the  end  of the  fiscal  quarter  of the  Company
          immediately preceding the date of such sale, assignment, transfer
          or  other disposition  and  (2) the portion  of Consolidated  Net
          Sales attributable  to that portion of  the Restricted Subsidiary
          being  sold,  assigned,  transfered   or  otherwise  disposed  of
          (meaning  the  same  proportion  as  the  fair market  value  (as
          determined by the  Company in  good faith) of  the capital  stock
          being sold bears to the total fair market value (as determined by
          the  Company in  good faith)  of all  of the  outstanding capital
          stock of such  Restricted Subsidiary) shall  not exceed 12.5%  of
          the total Consolidated Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal year
          of the  Company  immediately preceding  the  date of  such  sale,
          assignment,  transfer or other disposition,  (B) the ratio of Net
          Income  Available for  Fixed  Charges to  Fixed  Charges for  the
          period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately
          preceding the date  of such sale,  assignment, transfer or  other
          disposition (determined  on a pro  forma basis and  excluding any
          amounts attributable to that portion of the Restricted Subsidiary
          being  sold,  assigned,  transfered   or  otherwise  disposed  of
          (meaning  the  same  proportion  as  the  fair  market value  (as
          determined by the  Company in  good faith) of  the capital  stock
          being sold bears to the total fair market value (as determined by
          the  Company in  good faith)  of all  of the  outstanding capital
          stock  the Restricted Subsidiary)) shall not be less than 1.25 to
          1.00,   (C) immediately  after  giving   effect  to   such  sale,
          assignment, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of
          Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (D) immediately
          after giving effect to  such sale, assignment, transfer  or other
          disposition,  all of  the representations  and warranties  of the
          Company  contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
          all material respects as if made on the date of  such transfer or
          other disposition.

                    (iii)    The  Company  will  not  cause  or  permit any
          Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of its capital stock to
          any Person (other than the  Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary)
          unless,  (A) immediately  after giving  effect to  such issuance,
          (1) the portion  of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets attributable
          to  that portion  of the  Restricted  Subsidiary being  issued to
          another Person (meaning  the same proportion  as the fair  market
          value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of the capital
          stock  being  issued bears  to the  total  fair market  value (as
          determined   by  the  Company  in  good  faith)  of  all  of  the
          outstanding   capital  stock   of   such  Restricted   Subsidiary
          (including  the capital  stock  being issued))  shall not  exceed
          12.5% of the total Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the end
          of the  fiscal quarter of  the Company immediately  preceding the
          date of  such issuance  and (2) the portion  of Consolidated  Net
          Sales attributable  to that portion of  the Restricted Subsidiary
          being issued  to another Person  (meaning the same  proportion as
          the  fair  market value  (as determined  by  the Company  in good
          faith) of the capital stock being issued bears to  the total fair
          market value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of  all
          of the  outstanding capital  stock of such  Restricted Subsidiary
          (including  the capital  stock  being issued))  shall not  exceed
          12.5% of  the total Consolidated Net  Sales as of the  end of the
          fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the date of such
          issuance, (B) the ratio of Net Income Available for Fixed Charges
          to  Fixed Charges for the  period of four  (4) consecutive fiscal
          quarters ending  immediately preceding the date  of such issuance
          (determined  on  a  pro forma  basis  and  excluding any  amounts
          attributable to  that portion of the  Restricted Subsidiary being
          issued to another Person (meaning the same proportion as the fair
          market  value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of the
          capital stock being issued  bears to the total fair  market value
          (as  determined by  the  Company in  good faith)  of  all of  the
          outstanding capital stock of the Restricted Subsidiary (including
          the capital stock being issued))) shall not be less  than 1.25 to
          1.00, (C) immediately  after giving  effect to such  issuance, no
          Default  or  Event  of   Default  shall  have  occurred   and  be
          continuing,  and  (D) immediately  after  giving  effect to  such
          issuance,  all  of  the  representations and  warranties  of  the
          Company  contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
          all material respects as if made on the date of such issuance.

                    (iv)    The  Company  will  not  cause  or  permit  any
          Restricted  Subsidiary to,  sell, assign,  transfer  or otherwise
          dispose of (other than in the ordinary course of business) any of
          such  Restricted Subsidiary's  Property or  assets to  any Person
          (other than  the Company or any  Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) unless,
          (A)  immediately after  giving effect  to such  sale, assignment,
          transfer  or other  disposition, (1) the portion  of Consolidated
          Net  Tangible   Assets  attributable  to  that   portion  of  the
          Restricted   Subsidiary  being  sold,   assigned,  transfered  or
          otherwise disposed of  (meaning the same  proportion as the  fair
          market  value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of the
          Properties and assets being  sold bears to the total  fair market
          value (as  determined by  the Company  in good  faith) of  all of
          Properties  and assets  of the  Restricted Subsidiary)  shall not
          exceed  12.5% of the total Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of
          the  end  of  the  fiscal  quarter  of  the  Company  immediately
          preceding the  date of such  sale, assignment, transfer  or other
          disposition  and  (2) the  portion   of  Consolidated  Net  Sales
          attributable to  that portion of the  Restricted Subsidiary being
          sold, assigned, transfered or  otherwise disposed of (meaning the
          same  proportion as the fair  market value (as  determined by the
          Company  in good faith) of  the Properties and  assets being sold
          bears  to the  total  fair market  value  (as determined  by  the
          Company in  good faith) of  all of  Properties and assets  of the
          Restricted  Subsidiary)  shall  not  exceed 12.5%  of  the  total
          Consolidated Net  Sales as of the  end of the fiscal  year of the
          Company immediately preceding the  date of such sale, assignment,
          transfer  or other  disposition,  (B)  the  ratio of  Net  Income
          Available  for Fixed Charges to  Fixed Charges for  the period of
          four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately preceding
          the date of such sale, assignment,  transfer or other disposition
          (determined on  a  pro  forma  basis and  excluding  any  amounts
          attributable to  that portion of the  Restricted Subsidiary being
          sold, assigned, transfered or  otherwise disposed of (meaning the
          same  proportion as the fair  market value (as  determined by the
          Company  in good faith) of  the Properties and  assets being sold
          bears  to the  total  fair market  value  (as determined  by  the
          Company  in good faith)  of all of  Properties and assets  of the
          Restricted  Subsidiary)) shall  not be  less than  1.25 to  1.00,

          (C) immediately  after  giving effect  to such  sale, assignment,
          transfer or  other disposition,  no Default  or Event  of Default
          shall have occurred and be  continuing and (D) immediately  after
          giving  effect  to  such  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  other
          disposition,  all of  the representations  and warranties  of the
          Company  contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
          all  material respects  as  if made  on the  date  of such  sale,
          assignment, transfer or other disposition.

                    (i)  Consolidated  Current Ratio.   The Company will at
          all  times maintain a Consolidated Current Ratio of at least 1.25
          to 1.00.

                    (j)  Transactions  with Affiliates.   The  Company will
          not, and will  not cause or permit any  Subsidiary to, enter into
          or  be a  party  to  any  transaction  or  arrangement  with  any
          Affiliate (including, without limitation, the purchase from, sale
          to or exchange of Property with,  or the rendering of any service
          by  or  for, any  Affiliate), except  in  the ordinary  course of
          business  and  pursuant to  the  reasonable  requirements of  the
          Company's  or  such  Subsidiary's  business  and  upon  fair  and
          reasonable  terms  no  less  favorable  to  the  Company  or such
          Subsidiary than  would be  obtained in a  comparable arm's-length
          transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

                    (k)  Restricted Investments.  The Company will not, and
          will   not  cause  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  directly  or
          indirectly, make any Restricted Investments,  unless, immediately
          after  giving  effect  thereto,   the  aggregate  amount  of  all
          Restricted  Investments owned by  the Company  and/or any  one or
          more of its  Subsidiaries (valued in  accordance with GAAP)  does
          not exceed the sum of $10,000,000.00.

                    (l)  Payment  of Indebtedness.   The  Company and  each
          Subsidiary  will (i) pay  any and  all Indebtedness  for borrowed
          money with  an outstanding principal balance  of $1,000,000.00 or
          more  payable or guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary, as
          the case  may be, and any  interest or premium  thereon, when due
          (whether    by    scheduled   maturity,    required   prepayment,
          acceleration,  demand  or  otherwise)  in  accordance  with   the
          agreement  or instrument  relating to  such Indebtedness  or such
          guarantee  and (ii) faithfully perform, observe and discharge all
          covenants, conditions and obligations  which are imposed upon the
          Company or  such Subsidiary, as the  case may be, by  any and all
          agreements,  documents,  instruments  and indentures  evidencing,
          securing or otherwise relating to such Indebtedness or guarantee.

                    (m)  Payment  of  Liabilities.    Except  as  otherwise
          specifically provided in Section 5.01(o)(i), the Company and each
          Subsidiary  will  pay  each  liability and/or  obligation  of  an
          outstanding amount of  $1,000,000.00 or more which  is payable or
          guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
          when due in accordance with the agreement or  instrument relating
          to such liability and/or  obligation or such guarantee; provided,
          however, that  neither the  Company nor  any Subsidiary shall  be
          required to pay any  such liability or obligation which  is being
          contested  in  good   faith  by  appropriate  proceedings   being
          diligently conducted and  for which reserves  in form and  amount
          deemed adequate  by the Company  in its reasonable  judgment have
          been provided (segregated to the extent required by GAAP), except
          that the  Company and its Subsidiaries  shall pay or cause  to be
          paid  all such  liabilities  and obligations  forthwith upon  the
          commencement  of  proceedings  to  foreclose any  Lien  which  is
          attached as security therefor,  unless such foreclosure is stayed
          by the filing of an appropriate bond.

                    (n)  Consultations  and  Inspections.   Solely  for the
          purpose of  permitting the Banks  to determine compliance  by the
          Company  with this Agreement,  the Company will  permit, and will
          cause  each  Subsidiary to  permit,  any  Bank  (and  any  Person
          appointed by any  Bank to  whom the Company  does not  reasonably
          object) to  discuss  the affairs,  finances and  accounts of  the
          Company and its Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company and
          each of its  Subsidiaries, all  at such reasonable  times and  as
          often as  may from  time to time  be reasonably  requested.   The
          Company  will  also permit,  and  will cause  each  Subsidiary to
          permit, inspection  of its Properties,  books and records  by any
          Bank  during normal business hours and at other reasonable times.
          If such consultation and/or inspection reveals that no Default or
          Event  of  Default  under  this Agreement  has  occurred  and  is
          continuing,  the Bank causing such consultation and/or inspection
          shall bear  the expense  of such consultation  and/or inspection;
          provided,   however,  that   such  expense   shall   not  include
          compensation of the  Company or  any Subsidiary or  any of  their
          respective employees,  agents or other representatives  for their
          involvement  in such  consultation  and/or inspection.   If  such
          consultation and/or inspection reveals  that any Default or Event
          of  Default under this Agreement  has occurred and is continuing,
          the Company  shall bear the  expense of such  consultation and/or
          inspection.  

                    (o)  Payment of Taxes  and Claims; Corporate Existence;
          Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.  The Company will, and will
          cause each Subsidiary to:

                         (i)  pay   and   discharge  promptly   all  taxes,
                    assessments  and other  governmental charges  or levies
                    imposed  upon  it or  any  of  its income,  profits  or
                    Property  before the same  shall become past  due or in
                    default, as  well as all lawful  claims and liabilities
                    of  any  kind  (including claims  and  liabilities  for
                    labor,  materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might
                    by  law become  a  Lien upon  any  of its  Property  or
                    assets; provided, however, that (A) neither the Company
                    nor  any Subsidiary shall  be required to  pay any such
                    tax, assessment,  charge, levy or claim  the payment of
                    which  is   being  contested  in  good   faith  and  by
                    appropriate proceedings being diligently  conducted and
                    for which  adequate reserves in form  and amount deemed
                    adequate by the  Company and its independent  certified
                    public  accountants have  been provided  (segregated to
                    the extent  required by GAAP), except  that the Company
                    and its Subsidiaries will  pay or cause to be  paid all
                    such taxes,  assessments,  charges, levies  and  claims
                    forthwith  upon  the  commencement  of  proceedings  to
                    foreclose  any  Lien  which  is  attached  as  security
                    therefor,  unless  such foreclosure  is  stayed  by the
                    filing of  an appropriate  bond and (B) any  failure to
                    pay  any such  tax, assessment,  charge, levy  or claim
                    shall  not  constitute  an  Event of  Default  if  such
                    failure (1) was  not willful and (2) does  not and will
                    not result in any Material Adverse Effect;

                        (ii)  do all things necessary  to preserve and keep
                    in full  force and  effect its corporate  existence and
                    franchises; provided,  however,  that nothing  in  this
                    Section 5.01(o)(ii)  shall prevent  (1) the abandonment
                    or   termination  of   the   corporate  existence   and
                    franchises  of any Subsidiary if, in the opinion of the
                    Company, such  abandonment  or termination  is  in  the
                    interest of the Company  and not disadvantageous in any
                    material  respect   to  any  of  the   Banks  or  (2) a
                    consolidation or merger permitted by Section 5.01(g);

                       (iii)  on a basis consistent with the past practices
                    of the Company and  its Subsidiaries, maintain and keep
                    its Properties  used or useful  in the  conduct of  its
                    business in  good condition,  repair and  working order
                    and supplied with all  necessary equipment and make all
                    necessary repairs,  renewals, replacements, betterments
                    and improvements  thereof, all  as may be  necessary so
                    that the business  carried on  in connection  therewith
                    may  be properly  and advantageously  conducted  at all
                    times; and

                        (iv)  cause its  Properties of an  insurable nature
                    to be  self-insured or  insured (subject  to reasonable
                    deductible  amounts) by reputable and solvent insurance
                    companies  against loss  or  damages (including  public
                    liability)  in amounts  and  subject  to  terms  deemed
                    adequate and  prudent by the Company.   For purposes of
                    this  Section 5.01(o)(iv),  a  "reputable and  solvent"
                    insurance  company  shall  mean  any  insurance company
                    accorded a rating by  A.M. Best Company, Inc.  of A:XII
                    or higher  at  the  time  of issuance  of  any  policy;
                    provided,  however,  that if  during  the  term of  any
                    insurance policy, the rating accorded the insurer shall
                    be less than  A:XII, the Company or  the Subsidiary, as
                    the case may  be, on  the date of  renewal of any  such
                    policy (or, if such change in rating shall occur within
                    ninety  (90) days  prior to  such renewal  date, within
                    ninety (90) days of the date of such change in rating),
                    will  obtain  such  insurance  policy from  an  insurer
                    accorded such a rating.

                    (p)  Maintenance of Books and Records.  The Company and
          its Subsidiaries  will, on  a consolidated basis,  maintain their
          books and  records in  accordance with GAAP  consistently applied
          (except   for  changes  disclosed  in  the  financial  statements
          furnished to  the Banks pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and concurred
          in  by  the  independent  certified  public  accountants  of  the
          Company).

                    (q)  Changes in  Nature of Business.   The Company will
          not, and will  not cause or permit  any Subsidiary to,  engage in
          any business if, as a result,  the general nature of the business
          which  would  then  be   engaged  in  by  the  Company   and  its
          Subsidiaries,  considered as  a  whole,  would  be  substantially
          changed from the general nature of the business engaged in by the
          Company and its  Subsidiaries as  of the Effective  Date of  this
          Agreement.

                    (r)  Compliance with  Law.  The Company  will, and will
          cause  each   Subsidiary  to,  comply  with  any  and  all  laws,
          ordinances and governmental and  regulatory rules and regulations
          to which it is subject and  obtain any and all licenses, permits,
          franchises and  other governmental and  regulatory authorizations
          necessary to the ownership of its Properties or to the conduct of
          its  business, which failure to comply or failure to obtain could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (s)  Accountant.   The  Company  shall  give the  Banks
          prompt  notice  of  any   change  of  the  Company's  independent
          certified public accountants  and a statement of  the reasons for
          such  change.  The Company shall at all times utilize independent
          certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing.

                    (t)  ERISA  Compliance.     If  the   Company  or   any
          Subsidiary  shall have  any Pension  Plan, the  Company and  such
          Subsidiary or Subsidiaries shall  comply in all material respects
          with  all requirements of ERISA  relating to such  plan.  Without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Company nor
          any Subsidiary shall:

                         (i)  permit any  Pension Plan maintained  by it to
                    engage  in any  nonexempt "prohibited  transaction," as
                    such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Code;

                         (ii)  permit any Pension Plan maintained  by it to
                    incur  any  "accumulated funding  deficiency",  as such
                    term is  defined in  Section 302  of  ERISA, 29  U.S.C.
                    section 1082, whether or not waived;

                         (iii)  terminate any such Pension Plan in a manner
                    which could result in  the imposition of a Lien  on any
                    Property of  the Company or any  Subsidiary pursuant to
                    Section 4068 of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. section 1368; or

                         (iv)   take  any action  which would  constitute a
                    complete  or partial  withdrawal from  a Multi-Employer
                    Plan within  the meaning of  Sections 4203 and  4205 of
                    Title IV of ERISA.

                    Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Section
          5.01(t) to the contrary, an act by  the Company or any Subsidiary
          shall not  be deemed to  constitute a violation  of subparagraphs
          (i)  through (iv) hereof  unless the Required  Banks determine in
          good faith  that said  action, individually or  cumulatively with
          other  acts of the Company and its  Subsidiaries, does have or is
          likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

                    The  Company  shall  have  the  affirmative  obligation
          hereunder  to report to the Banks any of those acts identified in
          subparagraphs (i) through (iv) hereof, regardless of whether said
          act does  have or is likely  to cause a Material  Adverse Effect,
          and failure by the  Company to report such act promptly  upon the
          Company's  becoming   aware  of   the  existence  thereof   shall
          constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

                    (u)  Further Assurances.  The Company  will execute any
          and all  further agreements, documents and  instruments, and take
          any  and  all  further  actions  which  may   be  required  under
          applicable  law,  or  which  any  Bank  may  from  time  to  time
          reasonably  request,  in  order  to  effectuate  the transactions
          contemplated  by   this  Agreement,  the  Notes   and  the  other
          Transaction Documents.

                    (v)  Notices.   The  Company will  notify the  Agent in
          writing  of any of the following immediately upon learning of the
          occurrence thereof,  describing the same and,  if applicable, the
          steps  being taken by  the Company  and/or its  Subsidiaries with
          respect thereto:

                         (i)   Default.  The occurrence  of (A) any Default
                    or  Event of  Default under  this Agreement  or (B) any
                    default  or event  of  default by  the  Company or  any
                    Subsidiary  under any note,  indenture, loan agreement,
                    mortgage, deed  of trust, security  agreement, lease or
                    other  similar  agreement,  document or  instrument  to
                    which  the Company or  any Subsidiary, as  the case may
                    be, is a party or by  which it is bound or to which  it
                    is subject, a default under which could have a Material
                    Adverse Effect;

                         (ii)     Litigation.    The   institution  of  any
                    litigation,  arbitration  proceeding  or  governmental,
                    regulatory or administrative  proceeding affecting  the
                    Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not considered to
                    be covered by insurance, in  which the prayer or  claim
                    for  relief seeks  recovery of an  amount in  excess of
                    $10,000,000.00 (or, if no dollar amount is specified in
                    the prayer or  claim for  relief, in which  there is  a
                    reasonable  likelihood  of  recovery of  an  amount  in
                    excess  of  $10,000,000.00) or  any  form of  equitable
                    relief which  if granted could have  a Material Adverse
                    Effect;

                         (iii)   Judgment.   The entry  of any  judgment or
                    decree in an amount  in excess of $1,000,000.00 against
                    the Company or any Subsidiary;

                         (iv)    Pension  Plans.     The  occurrence  of  a
                    Reportable Event with respect  to any Pension Plan; the
                    filing of  a notice  of intent to  terminate a  Pension
                    Plan  by  the  Company,  any  ERISA  Affiliate  or  any
                    Subsidiary; the institution of proceedings to terminate
                    a Pension Plan  by the  PBGC or any  other Person;  the
                    withdrawal in  a "complete  withdrawal"  or a  "partial
                    withdrawal"  as  defined  in  Sections 4203  and  4205,
                    respectively,  of  ERISA  by  the  Company,  any  ERISA
                    Affiliate  or  any Subsidiary  from  any Multi-Employer
                    Plan; or the incurrence of any material increase in the
                    contingent liability  of the Company  or any Subsidiary
                    with respect to any  "employee welfare benefit plan" as
                    defined in  Section 3(1) of ERISA  which covers retired
                    employees and their beneficiaries;

                         (v)  Environmental and Safety and  Health Matters.
                    The receipt  by the  Company or  any Subsidiary  of any
                    notice or allegation by any  governmental or regulatory
                    agency, entity,  authority or  official that:   (i) the
                    operations of the Company or any Subsidiary  are not in
                    full compliance with the requirements of any applicable
                    Environmental  Law or  Occupational  Safety and  Health
                    Law; (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their
                    respective  Properties or facilities are subject to any
                    Federal,  state  or   local  investigation   concerning
                    (A) any  actual, threatened  or suspected  violation of
                    any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health
                    Law and/or any spillage, disposal or other release into
                    the environment  of any Hazardous  Materials or (B) any
                    unsafe   or   unhealthful   condition;   or   (iii) any
                    Properties, facilities or assets  of the Company or any
                    Subsidiary   are   or  may   become   subject   to  any
                    Environmental Lien;

                         (vi)  Material Adverse  Change.  The occurrence of
                    any material adverse change in the business, operations
                    or condition,  financial or  otherwise, of  the Company
                    and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole; and

                         (vii)   Change  in Management.    Any resignation,
                    removal or  replacement of  the Chairman of  the Board,
                    President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

                    (w)  Pension  Plans.    Neither  the  Company  nor  any
          Subsidiary shall (a) permit any  condition to exist in connection
          with any Pension Plan which might constitute grounds for the PBGC
          to institute proceedings to have such Pension  Plan terminated or
          a trustee appointed to administer such Pension Plan or (b) engage
          in,  or permit to exist  or occur, any  other condition, event or
          transaction with respect  to any Pension Plan  which could result
          in  the  incurrence  by the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary of  any
          material liability, fine or penalty.

                    (x)  Acquisitions.   The Company will not,  nor will it
          cause or  permit any Subsidiary to,  make or suffer  to exist any
          Acquisition of any Person, except Acceptable Acquisitions.

                    (y)  Guaranties.   The Company  will not, and  will not
          cause or  permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to, become  liable in
          respect of any  Guaranty except Guaranties  which are limited  in
          amount to  a maximum stated  dollar exposure or  which constitute
          Guaranties  of obligations incurred  by any Restricted Subsidiary
          in compliance with  Section 5.01(c) and  the other provisions  of
          this Agreement.

                    SECTION  5.02.   Use of Proceeds.   The  Company agrees
          that (i) the proceeds of the Loans made under this Agreement will
          be used solely  for its general corporate  purposes and (ii) none
          of such proceeds will be used in violation  of any applicable law
          or regulation.

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                       DEFAULTS

                    SECTION  6.01.   Events  of Default.    If any  of  the
          following  (each  of the  following  herein  sometimes called  an
          "Event of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

                         (a)  the Company  shall fail to  pay any principal
                    of or interest on  any of the Notes or any other amount
                    or amounts payable by  the Company under this Agreement
                    as and when the same shall become due and payable;

                         (b)  the Company shall violate or fail  to perform
                    or observe any of the covenants or agreements contained
                    in Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 of this Agreement;

                         (c)  the  Company shall violate or fail to perform
                    or  observe  any  other  term,  covenant  or  agreement
                    contained in this Agreement (other than those specified
                    in  clauses (a) or (b) above) and any such violation or
                    failure shall  remain unremedied  for thirty  (30) days
                    after the  earlier of (i) written notice  of default is
                    given to the Company by the Agent at the request of any
                    Bank or  (ii) a  responsible  officer  of  the  Company
                    obtaining knowledge of such default;

                         (d)  any representation or warranty of the Company
                    made  in  this  Agreement,  in  any  other  Transaction
                    Document or  in any certificate,  agreement, instrument
                    or statement  furnished or  made or  delivered pursuant
                    hereto  or  thereto   or  in  connection   herewith  or
                    therewith, shall prove  to have been untrue,  incorrect
                    or materially misleading when made or effected;

                         (e)  this   Agreement   or   any  of   the   other
                    Transaction Documents shall at  any time for any reason
                    cease  to be  in  full force  and  effect or  shall  be
                    declared  to be null and  void by a  court of competent
                    jurisdiction,  or  if  the  validity  or enforceability
                    thereof shall be contested or denied by the Company, or
                    if the  transactions completed hereunder  or thereunder
                    shall  be contested by  the Company  or if  the Company
                    shall deny  that it  has  any or  further liability  or
                    obligation hereunder or thereunder;

                         (f)  the   Company   or   any   Subsidiary   shall
                    (i) voluntarily  commence any  proceeding  or file  any
                    petition  seeking relief under  Title 11 of  the United
                    States  Code or  any  other Federal,  state or  foreign
                    bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership, liquidation  or
                    similar  law, (ii) consent  to the  institution of,  or
                    fail to contravene in  a timely and appropriate manner,
                    any such proceeding or the filing of any such petition,
                    (iii) apply  for or  consent  to the  appointment of  a
                    receiver, trustee, custodian,  sequestrator or  similar
                    official  of itself  or  of a  substantial part  of its
                    Property or  assets, (iv) file an  answer admitting the
                    material allegations of a petition filed against itself
                    in any such  proceeding, (v) make a  general assignment
                    for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit
                    in writing  its inability or fail generally  to pay its
                    debts as they become due or (vii) take any corporate or
                    other action for  the purpose of  effecting any of  the
                    foregoing;

                         (g)  An involuntary proceeding shall  be commenced
                    or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of
                    competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of
                    the Company or any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part
                    of  the  Property  or  assets  of  the  Company or  any
                    Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code or
                    any  other  Federal,   state  or  foreign   bankruptcy,
                    insolvency, receivership, liquidation  or similar  law,
                    (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
                    sequestrator or similar official  of the Company or any
                    Subsidiary or  of a substantial part of the Property or
                    assets of  the Company  or any Subsidiary  or (iii) the
                    winding-up  or   liquidation  of  the  Company  or  any
                    Subsidiary;  and  such  proceeding  or  petition  shall
                    continue  undismissed for thirty  (30) consecutive days
                    or  an order or decree approving or ordering any of the
                    foregoing  shall continue  unstayed and  in effect  for
                    thirty (30) consecutive days;

                         (h)  The  Company  or   any  Subsidiary  shall  be
                    declared by any  of the Banks to  be in default on,  or
                    pursuant  to the  terms  of, (1) any  other present  or
                    future obligation  to any of  such Bank(s),  including,
                    without  limitation, any  other loan,  line of  credit,
                    revolving   credit,  guaranty   or  letter   of  credit
                    reimbursement obligation,  or (2) any other  present or
                    future agreement  purporting to  convey to any  of such
                    Bank(s)  a  Lien upon  any  Property or  assets  of the
                    Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, if
                    such default  relates to a commercial  letter of credit
                    reimbursement  obligation,  such  default shall  remain
                    unremedied  for  two (2)  Business  Days after  written
                    notice  thereof shall have been given to the Company or
                    such Subsidiary, as the case may be, by such Bank(s);

                         (i)  The Company or any Subsidiary shall fail (and
                    such failure shall  not have been  cured or waived)  to
                    perform or observe any term, provision or condition of,
                    or any  other default or  event of default  shall occur
                    under,   any   agreement,   document    or   instrument
                    evidencing,  securing  or  otherwise  relating  to  any
                    outstanding   Indebtedness  of  the   Company  or  such
                    Subsidiary,  as the  case  may be,  for borrowed  money
                    (other than the Notes), in a principal amount in excess
                    of Two  Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), if  the effect
                    of such failure or  default is to cause or  permit such
                    Indebtedness to  be declared to  be due and  payable or
                    otherwise accelerated, or to  be required to be prepaid
                    (other   than   by  a   regularly   scheduled  required
                    prepayment) prior to the stated maturity thereof;

                         (j)  The Company  or any  Subsidiary shall  have a
                    judgment   in    excess   of   One    Million   Dollars
                    ($1,000,000.00) entered against  it by  a court  having
                    jurisdiction in  the premises  and such judgment  shall
                    not  be appealed  in  good faith  or  satisfied by  the
                    Company or such Subsidiary (or  an insurer on behalf of
                    the Company or  such Subsidiary), as  the case may  be,
                    within  the time  permitted  by applicable  law for  an
                    appeal of such judgment;

                         (k)  The  occurrence of  a  Reportable Event  with
                    respect  to any Pension Plan; the filing of a notice of
                    intent to terminate a Pension Plan  by the Company, any
                    ERISA Affiliate or  any Subsidiary; the institution  of
                    proceedings  to terminate a Pension Plan by the PBGC or
                    any  other  Person;  the  withdrawal  in   a  "complete
                    withdrawal"  or a  "partial withdrawal"  as defined  in
                    Sections 4203  and 4205, respectively, of  ERISA by the
                    Company, any ERISA Affiliate or any Subsidiary from any
                    Multi-Employer  Plan; or the incurrence of any material
                    increase in the contingent  liability of the Company or
                    any Subsidiary  with respect  to any "employee  welfare
                    benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA which
                    covers retired employees and their beneficiaries; 

                         (l)  The  institution by  the  Company, any  ERISA
                    Affiliate or  any Subsidiary of steps  to terminate any
                    Pension   Plan   if,  in   order  to   effectuate  such
                    termination, the  Company, such ERISA Affiliate or such
                    Subsidiary, as  the case may  be, would be  required to
                    make  a contribution  to  such Pension  Plan, or  would
                    incur a  liability or obligation to  such Pension Plan,
                    in excess  of Ten Million Dollars  ($10,000,000.00); or
                    the  institution by the PBGC  of steps to terminate any
                    Pension Plan;

                         (m)  a Change of Control shall occur;

                         (n)  any  "Event of Default"  (as defined therein)
                    shall occur under or  within the meaning of any  one or
                    more of  those certain Note Agreements  dated March 23,
                    1993,  by and between the Company and each of Principal
                    Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company,  CIGNA  Property  and
                    Casualty  Insurance  Company, Connecticut  General Life
                    Insurance Company, Connecticut  General Life  Insurance
                    Company  on behalf  of one  or more  separate accounts,
                    Life Insurance Company of  North America, Allstate Life
                    Insurance  Company,  Farmland  Life Insurance  Company,
                    Financial Horizons Life  Insurance Company,  Nationwide
                    Life  Insurance  Company,  West  Coast  Life  Insurance
                    Company,  Woodmen of the  World Life Insurance Society,
                    General American Life  Insurance Company, Century  Life
                    of  America, CUNA  Mutual  Insurance Society,  National
                    Life Insurance Company, Provident Mutual Life Insurance
                    Company  of Philadelphia,  Provident  Mutual  Life  and
                    Annuity  Company  of  America,  Provident  Mutual  Life
                    Insurance Company - CALIC,  Modern Woodmen of  America,
                    Guarantee Mutual Life Company and Woodmen  Accident and
                    Life Company  (collectively, as the same  may from time
                    to time be amended,  modified, extended or renewed, the
                    "Note Agreements");

                    THEN, and  in  each such  event  (other than  an  event
          described  in the foregoing clauses (f) or (g)), the Agent shall,
          if requested in writing  by the Required  Banks, and may, in  its
          sole  and  absolute discretion,  upon  the  oral request  of  the
          Required  Banks, by notice in writing to the Company declare that
          the obligations of the  Banks to make Loans under  this Agreement
          have terminated, whereupon such obligations of the Banks shall be
          immediately  and forthwith  terminated, and  the Agent  shall, if
          requested in  writing by the Required Banks, and may, in its sole
          and absolute  discretion, upon the  oral request of  the Required
          Banks, by notice  in writing  to the Company  declare the  entire
          outstanding  principal  balance of  and  all  accrued and  unpaid
          interest on the Notes  issued under this Agreement and  all other
          amounts  payable by the Company hereunder to be forthwith due and
          payable, whereupon  all of the unpaid  principal balance, accrued
          and unpaid interest and  all such other amounts shall  become and
          be  immediately due  and  payable,  without presentment,  demand,
          protest or  further notice of  any kind, all of  which are hereby
          expressly waived by the Company; provided, however, that upon the
          occurrence of any event described in the foregoing clauses (f) or
          (g),  the  obligation  of the  Banks  to  make  Loans under  this
          Agreement   shall   automatically   terminate   and   the  entire
          outstanding  principal  balance of  and  all  accrued and  unpaid
          interest on the Notes  issued under this Agreement and  all other
          amounts  payable  by the  Company  hereunder shall  automatically
          become immediately due and payable,  without presentment, demand,
          protest or  further notice of any  kind, all of which  are hereby
          expressly waived by the Company.

                    SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default.  The Agent shall give
          notice  of a Default to the Company promptly upon being requested
          to do so by any Bank and  shall thereupon notify all of the Banks
          thereof.

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      THE AGENT

                    SECTION 7.01.   Appointment  and  Authorization.   Each
          Bank irrevocably appoints  and authorizes the Agent to  take such
          action as agent  on its behalf and to  exercise such powers under
          this Agreement, the Notes and  the other Transaction Documents as
          are  delegated to  the  Agent by  the  terms hereof  or  thereof,
          togetherwith allsuch powersas maybe reasonablyincidental thereto.

                    SECTION 7.02.   Agent and Affiliates.   The Agent shall
          have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other
          Bank  and may  exercise or  refrain from  exercising the  same as
          though it  were not the Agent,  and the Agent and  its affiliates
          may accept deposits from,  lend money to and generally  engage in
          any kind of business with the Company or any  of its Subsidiaries
          or Affiliates as if it were not the Agent hereunder.

                    SECTION 7.03.  Action by Agent.  The obligations of the
          Agent  hereunder  are  only  those expressly  set  forth  herein.
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall
          not be required to take any action with respect to any Default or
          Event of Default, except as expressly provided in Article VI.

                    SECTION 7.04.   Consultation  with Experts.   The Agent
          may  consult  with legal  counsel,  independent  certified public
          accountants and other  experts selected  by it and  shall not  be
          liable for any action taken or omitted  to be taken by it in good
          faith in accordance  with the advice of such counsel, accountants
          or other experts.

                    SECTION 7.05.   Liability of Agent.   Neither the Agent
          nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors
          shall  be  liable for  any action  taken or  not  taken by  it in
          connection herewith (i) with the consent or at the request of the
          requisite percentage in interest of the Banks set forth herein or
          (ii) in  the  absence of  its  own  gross  negligence or  willful
          misconduct as  determined by  a court of  competent jurisdiction.
          Neither the Agent nor any  of its directors, officers, employees,
          agents or advisors  shall be responsible for or have  any duty to
          ascertain, inquire into or  verify (i) any statement, warranty or
          representation made in connection with this Agreement or any Loan
          hereunder;  (ii) the  performance or  observance  of  any of  the
          covenants or agreements of the Company; (iii) the satisfaction of
          any  condition specified in Article III,  except receipt of items
          required  to be  delivered to  the  Agent; or  (iv) the validity,
          effectiveness or genuineness  of this Agreement, the Notes or any
          of  the other Transaction Documents.   The Agent  shall not incur
          any  liability by acting  in reliance  upon any  notice, consent,
          certificate, statement  or other  writing  (which may  be a  bank
          wire,  telex, telecopy or similar  writing) believed by  it to be
          genuine or to be signed by the proper party or parties.

                    SECTION  7.06.   Indemnification.   Notwithstanding any
          other provision contained  in this Agreement to the  contrary, to
          the extent the Company  fails to reimburse the Agent  pursuant to
          Section 9.03  (excluding  clause  (i) thereof),  Section 9.04  or
          Section 9.05, or if any  Default or Event of Default  shall occur
          under this Agreement, the Banks shall ratably in accordance  with
          their respective Pro Rata Shares of the aggregate amount of Loans
          then  outstanding, or  if no  Loans are  then outstanding,  their
          respective Pro Rata Shares  of the total Loan Commitments  of all
          of the Banks, indemnify  the Agent and hold it harmless  from and
          against any and all liabilities, losses (except losses occasioned
          solely  by failure  of the  Company  to make  any payments  or to
          perform any  obligations  required by  this Agreement  (excepting
          those  described in Sections 9.03,  9.04 and 9.05),  the Notes or
          any of  the other Transaction Documents),  costs and/or expenses,
          including,  without limitation,  any  liabilities, losses,  costs
          and/or expenses arising from  the failure of any Bank  to perform
          its obligations hereunder  or in respect  of this Agreement,  and
          also  including, without  limitation, reasonable  attorneys' fees
          and  expenses, which the Agent may incur, directly or indirectly,
          in connection with this Agreement, the Notes  or any of the other
          Transaction  Documents,  or  any  action  or  transaction related
          hereto  or thereto;  provided only  that the  Agent shall  not be
          entitled to  such indemnification  for  any losses,  liabilities,
          costs and/or  expenses directly and solely resulting from its own
          gross negligence or  willful misconduct as determined  by a court
          of competent jurisdiction.  This indemnity  shall be a continuing
          indemnity,  contemplates  all   liabilities,  losses,  costs  and
          expenses related  to the  execution, delivery and  performance of
          this Agreement,  the Notes  and the other  Transaction Documents,
          and shall survive the  satisfaction and payment of the  Loans and
          the termination of this Agreement.

                    SECTION 7.07.  Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges
          that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
          any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it
          has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision
          to enter into this  Agreement.  Each Bank also  acknowledges that
          it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any
          other Bank, and  based on  such documents and  information as  it
          shall  deem appropriate  at the  time, continue  to make  its own
          credit  decisions in taking or  not taking any  action under this
          Agreement.

                    SECTION 7.08.   Resignation  of Agent.   The Agent  may
          resign at any  time by giving written notice thereof to the Banks
          and  the Company.  Upon  any such resignation,  the Company, with
          the  consent of  the  Required Banks,  shall  have the  right  to
          appoint a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been
          so  appointed  by  the  Company, and  shall  have  accepted  such
          appointment, within  thirty (30) days after  the retiring Agent's
          giving  of notice of resignation, then  the Required Banks shall,
          on behalf of  all of the Banks, appoint a  successor Agent, which
          shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
          States of  America or of any State  thereof and having a combined
          capital  and  surplus  of  at least  $100,000,000.00.    Upon the
          acceptance of  any appointment as Agent hereunder  by a successor
          Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
          vested with all of  the rights, powers, privileges and  duties of
          the retiring Agent,  and the retiring  Agent shall be  discharged
          from  all of  its  duties and  obligations under  this Agreement.
          After any  retiring Agent's resignation as  Agent, the provisions
          of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as  to any actions
          taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent  under this
          Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                               CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
                              AFFECTING FIXED RATE LOANS

                    SECTION  8.01.    Basis for  Determining  Interest Rate
          Inadequate or Unfair.  If with respect to any Interest Period:

                         (i)  the  Agent  is  advised  by  Mercantile  that
                    deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not
                    being offered to Mercantile  in the relevant market for
                    such Interest Period, or

                         (ii) Banks holding Notes evidencing 40% or more in
                    aggregate principal  amount of the affected  Fixed Rate
                    Loans (or having 40% or more of the aggregate amount of
                    the total Loan Commitments  of all of the Banks,  if no
                    such Fixed Rate Loans  are then outstanding) advise the
                    Agent that the CD  Rate or the IBOR  Rate, as the  case
                    may be, as determined by  the Agent will not adequately
                    and  fairly   reflect  the   cost  to  such   Banks  of
                    maintaining or funding their IBOR Loans and/or CD Loans
                    for such Interest Period,

          the  Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Company and
          the  Banks, whereupon until  the Agent notifies  the Company that
          the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist,
          (a) the obligations of the Banks  to make CD Loans or IBOR Loans,
          as the case may be, shall be suspended, and (b) the Company shall
          repay  in full the then  outstanding principal amount  of each of
          its CD Loans or IBOR Loans, as the case may be, together with all
          accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on the last day  of the then
          current Interest  Period applicable  to such Loan.   Concurrently
          with repaying  each such Fixed Rate Loan of each Bank pursuant to
          this Section, the  Company may  borrow a Prime  Loan of the  same
          type (i.e., a Line of Credit Loan or a Revolving  Credit Loan) in
          an equal principal amount from such Bank, and,  if the Company so
          elects, such Bank shall make  such a Prime Loan of the  same type
          (i.e.,  a Line of Credit Loan or  a Revolving Credit Loan) to the
          Company.

                    SECTION  8.02.  Illegality.  If, after the date of this
          Agreement,  the   adoption  of   any  applicable  law,   rule  or
          regulation,  or  any  change  therein,   or  any  change  in  the
          interpretation or administration thereof  by any governmental  or
          regulatory  authority, central bank  or comparable agency charged
          with the interpretation or  administration thereof, or compliance
          by any Bank with any request or directive  (whether or not having
          the  force  of  law)  of  any  such  governmental  or  regulatory
          authority,  central  bank  or  comparable agency  shall  make  it
          unlawful or impossible for any Bank to make, maintain or fund its
          IBOR  Loans to  the Company  and such  Bank shall  so notify  the
          Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other
          Banks and the Company.  Upon receipt of such  notice, the Company
          shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each
          of its IBOR Loans from  such Bank, together with all  accrued and
          unpaid interest thereon, on  either (a) the last day of  the then
          current Interest Period applicable to such IBOR Loan if such Bank
          may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such IBOR Loan to such
          day  or (b) immediately if such Bank may not lawfully continue to
          fund  and maintain such IBOR Loan to such day.  Concurrently with
          repaying each IBOR  Loan of such Bank,  the Company may  borrow a
          Prime Loan of  the same type  (i.e., a Line  of Credit Loan or  a
          Revolving Credit  Loan) in an  equal principal  amount from  such
          Bank, and,  if the Company so elects, such Bank shall make such a
          Prime Loan  of the same  type (i.e., a  Line of Credit  Loan or a
          Revolving Credit Loan) to the Company.

                    SECTION  8.03.   Increased or  Decreased Cost.   (a) If
          (i) Regulation D or (ii) after  the date hereof, the adoption  of
          any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or
          any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
          governmental or  regulatory authority, central bank or comparable
          agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof,
          or  compliance by any Bank with any request or directive (whether
          or  not having  the  force of  law) of  any such  governmental or
          regulatory  authority,  central  bank  or  comparable  agency  (a
          "Regulatory Change"):

                         (A)  shall subject  any Bank  to any tax,  duty or
                    other charge with respect to its  Fixed Rate Loans, its
                    Notes or  its obligation to  make Fixed Rate  Loans, or
                    shall change the  basis of taxation of payments  to any
                    Bank  of the principal of or interest on its Fixed Rate
                    Loans or any other amounts  due under this Agreement in
                    respect  of its Fixed  Rate Loans or  its obligation to
                    make Fixed  Rate Loans (except for taxes  on or changes
                    in the rate of  tax on the  overall net income of  such
                    Bank); or

                         (B)  shall  impose, modify  or deem  applicable or
                    inapplicable    any    reserve   (including,    without
                    limitation,  any  reserve  imposed  by  the   Board  of
                    Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System),  special
                    deposit, capital or  similar requirement against assets
                    of,  deposits with  or for  the account  of, or  credit
                    extended or committed  to be extended  by, any Bank  or
                    shall, with  respect to any  Bank or the  United States
                    market  for certificates  of deposit  or  the Interbank
                    Eurodollar market, impose, modify or deem applicable or
                    inapplicable  any other  condition affecting  its Fixed
                    Rate Loans, its Notes or  its obligation to make  Fixed
                    Rate Loans;

          and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase or decrease
          the cost to (or in  the case of Regulation D, to impose a cost on
          or  increase or  decrease the  cost to)  such Bank  of  making or
          maintaining any Fixed  Rate Loan,  or to reduce  or increase  the
          amount of any sum received or receivable by  such Bank under this
          Agreement or under its  Notes with respect thereto, by  an amount
          deemed by such Bank, in its reasonable good faith judgment, to be
          material, and if such Bank or the Company, as the case may be, is
          not  otherwise  fully  compensated for  such  change  in  cost or
          reduction or increase in amount  received or receivable by virtue
          of the inclusion of  the reference to "CD Reserve  Percentage" in
          the calculation of the interest rate applicable to CD Loans or to
          "IBOR Reserve Percentage" in the calculation of the interest rate
          applicable  to IBOR  Loans,  as the  case  may be,  then,  within
          fifteen  (15) days  after  notice by  such  Bank to  the  Company
          together with a  copy of  the official notice  of the  applicable
          change in law  (if applicable) and  a work sheet showing  how the
          change in cost  or reduction  or increase in  amount received  or
          receivable was calculated  (with a copy to  the Agent and  all of
          the other Banks), (i) in the case of an increase in  cost to such
          Bank or a  reduction in  amounts received or  receivable by  such
          Bank  the Company  shall  pay for  the  account of  such Bank  as
          additional interest,  such additional  amount or amounts  as will
          compensate such  Bank for  such increased  cost or  reduction and
          (ii) in the  case  of a  decrease  in cost  to  such Bank  or  an
          increase in  amounts received  or  receivable by  such Bank,  the
          Company's  interest payments  to such  Bank under  this Agreement
          shall be reduced by such amount or amounts as will compensate the
          Company for such decreased  cost or increased amount  received or
          receivable  by such  Bank.   Each Bank  will promptly  notify the
          Company,  the Agent and  all of the  other Banks of  any event of
          which it has  knowledge, occurring after  the date hereof,  which
          will entitle such Bank or the Company to compensation pursuant to
          this Section.  The  determination by any Bank under  this Section
          of the additional amount  or amounts to be  paid to it or  to the
          Company hereunder  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
          error.  In determining such amount  or amounts, such Bank may use
          any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

                    (b)  If  any  Bank  demands  compensation   under  this
          Section, the  Company may  at any  time, upon  at  least two  (2)
          Business Days' prior notice to such  Bank and the Agent, repay in
          full its then outstanding CD Loans or IBOR Loans, as the case may
          be, of such Bank,  together with all accrued and  unpaid interest
          thereon  to the  date of  prepayment and  any funding  losses and
          other amounts due under Section 2.10.  Concurrently with repaying
          such Fixed Rate  Loans of such Bank, the Company  may borrow from
          such Bank a Prime  Loan of the same type (i.e.,  a Line of Credit
          Loan  or a  Revolving  Credit Loan)  in  an amount  equal to  the
          aggregate  principal amount of such Fixed Rate Loans, and, if the
          Company so elects, such Bank shall  make such a Prime Loan of the
          same type  (i.e., a  Line of  Credit Loan  or a Revolving  Credit
          Loan) to the Company.

                    SECTION  8.04.   Prime Loans  Substituted  for Affected
          Fixed Rate Loans.  If notice has been given by a Bank pursuant to
          Section 8.02 or by the Company pursuant to Section 8.03 requiring
          Fixed Rate Loans of any Bank to be repaid, then, unless and until
          such Bank notifies the Company that the circumstances giving rise
          to  such  repayment  no  longer  apply,  all  Loans  which  would
          otherwise be made by such Bank to the Company as CD Loans or IBOR
          Loans, as the case may be, shall be made instead  as Prime Loans.
          Such  Bank shall notify the Company if and when the circumstances
          giving rise to such repayment no longer apply.

                    SECTION 8.05.  Capital Adequacy.  If, after the date of
          this Agreement, any Bank shall have determined  that the adoption
          of any  applicable law,  rule, regulation or  guideline regarding
          capital adequacy, or  any change  therein, or any  change in  the
          interpretation  or administration thereof  by any governmental or
          regulatory authority,  central bank or comparable  agency charged
          with the interpretation or administration thereof, or  compliance
          by  such Bank  with any  request  or directive  regarding capital
          adequacy (whether or  not having  the force of  law) of any  such
          authority, central  bank or comparable  agency, has or  will have
          the effect of reducing the rate of return  on such Bank's capital
          in respect of  its obligations  hereunder to a  level below  that
          which such Bank could have achieved but for such adoption, change
          or  compliance (taking  into  consideration such  Bank's policies
          with respect to  capital adequacy),  then from time  to time  the
          Company shall pay to such Bank upon demand such additional amount
          or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such  reduction.  All
          determinations  made by  such Bank  of the  additional  amount or
          amounts  required  to compensate  such  Bank  in respect  of  the
          foregoing shall be conclusive in  the absence of manifest  error.
          In  determining such  amount or  amounts, such  Bank may  use any
          reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

                    SECTION  9.01.   Notices.   All  notices, requests  and
          other communications to any party  hereunder shall be in  writing
          (including  bank wire,  telex, telecopy  or similar  writing) and
          shall be given  to such party at its address  or telex number set
          forth  on the  signature pages  hereof or  such other  address or
          telex  number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose
          by  notice  to the  Agent  and the  Company.   Each  such notice,
          request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by
          telex,  when  such telex  is  transmitted  to  the  telex  number
          specified  in this  Section  and the  appropriate answer-back  is
          received upon completion of  transmission, (ii) if given by mail,
          on  the  third (3rd)  Business  Day after  such  communication is
          deposited in the mails with appropriate first class, certified or
          registered postage  prepaid, addressed as aforesaid,  or (iii) if
          given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified
          in  this  Section;  provided  that notices  to  the  Agent  under
          Sections 2.02,  2.04, 2.07 or  2.08 or Article VIII  shall not be
          effective until actually received by the Agent.

                    SECTION 9.02.  No  Waivers.  No failure or delay by the
          Company, the Agent or any Bank  in exercising any right, power or
          privilege hereunder, under  any Note  or under any  of the  other
          Transaction Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall
          any  single or  partial exercise  thereof preclude  any  other or
          further  exercise thereof  or the  exercise of  any other  right,
          power or privilege.   The  rights and remedies  provided in  this
          Agreement  and  in  the  other  Transaction  Documents  shall  be
          cumulative and not exclusive  of any rights or remedies  provided
          by law.

                    SECTION  9.03.    Expenses;  Documentary  Taxes.    The
          Company agrees to pay  (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
          expenses  of  the  Agent  in  connection  with  the  preparation,
          documentation, negotiation  and execution  of this  Agreement and
          the  other Transaction Documents,  including, without limitation,
          reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of Thompson  and  Mitchell,
          counsel for  the Agent, within thirty  (30) days of receipt  of a
          statement  therefor, (ii) all reasonable  out-of-pocket costs and
          expenses of the Agent  in connection with the preparation  of any
          waiver  or  consent  hereunder  or  any  amendment, modification,
          extension  or renewal hereof or any default or alleged default by
          the  Company hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable
          fees and disbursements  of counsel for Agent,  within thirty (30)
          days of receipt of a statement therefor and (iii) if a Default or
          an   Event   of   Default   occurs   hereunder,  all   reasonable
          out-of-pocket  costs and  expenses incurred  by the Agent  or any
          Bank,   including,  without   limitation,  reasonable   fees  and
          disbursements of  counsel (including attorneys who  are employees
          of  the Agent or such  Bank or of  any affiliate of  the Agent or
          such  Bank, as the case may  be), in connection with such Default
          or  Event  of  Default   and  collection  and  other  enforcement
          proceedings  resulting  therefrom  within  thirty  (30)  days  of
          receipt  of a statement  therefor.   The Company  shall indemnify
          each Bank  against any  transfer taxes, documentary  taxes and/or
          similar assessments or charges made by any governmental authority
          by  reason of the execution  and delivery of  this Agreement, the
          Notes or any of the other Transaction Documents.  The obligations
          of the Company under  this Section 9.03 are continuing  and shall
          survive the  satisfaction  and  payment  of  the  Loans  and  the
          termination of this Agreement.

                    SECTION 9.04.  General Indemnity.   In addition to  the
          payment  of expenses pursuant to Section 9.03, whether or not the
          transactions  contemplated  hereby   shall  be  consummated,  the
          Company  hereby agrees to indemnify, pay and hold the Agent, each
          of  the Banks and  any holder(s) of the  Notes, and the officers,
          directors, employees, agents and affiliates of the Agent, each of
          the Banks  and such holder(s)  (collectively, the  "Indemnitees")
          harmless  from  and  against   any  and  all  other  liabilities,
          obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,
          suits, claims, costs, expenses and  disbursements of any kind  or
          nature  whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable
          fees  and  disbursements  of  counsel  for  such  Indemnitees  in
          connection with  any  investigative, administrative  or  judicial
          proceeding  commenced  or   threatened,  whether   or  not   such
          Indemnitees shall  be designated  a party  thereto), that  may be
          imposed on, incurred by or  asserted against the Indemnitees,  in
          any manner relating  to or arising out of  this Agreement, any of
          the other Transaction Documents  or any other agreement, document
          or instrument executed and delivered by the Company in connection
          herewith or therewith, the statements contained in any commitment
          letters  delivered by the  Agent or any of  the Banks, any Bank's
          agreement to make the Loans hereunder or the use or  intended use
          of  the  proceeds  of   any  Loan  hereunder  (collectively,  the
          "indemnified liabilities"); provided that  the Company shall have
          no  obligation  to  an   Indemnitee  hereunder  with  respect  to
          indemnified  liabilities  directly resulting  from  (i) the gross
          negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined
          by a  court of  competent jurisdiction  in a  final nonappealable
          order or (ii) any failure of the Agent to properly remit funds to
          the  Banks as required under Section 2.09  or any other provision
          of  this  Agreement.   To  the  extent  that  the undertaking  to
          indemnify,  pay  and hold  harmless  set forth  in  the preceding
          sentence  may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law
          or  public  policy,  the  Company shall  contribute  the  maximum
          portion  that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable
          law  to   the  payment   and  satisfaction  of   all  indemnified
          liabilities  incurred by  the Indemnitees  or any  of them.   The
          provisions  of the  undertakings and  indemnification set  out in
          this  Section   9.04  are   continuing  and  shall   survive  the
          satisfaction and payment of the Loans and the termination of this
          Agreement.

                    SECTION 9.05.   Environmental  Indemnity.  The  Company
          hereby agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless the Agent  and each
          of  the  Banks  and   their  respective  shareholders,  officers,
          directors, employees,  agents, successors and  assigns, from  and
          against all claims and orders (including, without limitation, all
          private  and/or governmental  claims or  orders under  common law
          and/or  any  Environmental Law),  causes of  action, liabilities,
          damages (including  natural resource damages), costs and expenses
          (including, without  limitation, investigative and  cleanup costs
          and attorneys' fees and expenses), notwithstanding any negligence
          on  the  part of  the  Agent  or any  Bank  and/or  any of  their
          respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and
          assigns,  arising  out  of or  relating  in  any  way to  (i) the
          release, threat of release or presence or threat of any Hazardous
          Materials on, in, under  or about any Property or  facility owned
          and/or  operated by the Company or any Subsidiary or emanating or
          disposed of  therefrom (regardless of cause  or source), (ii) any
          act  or omission  or  liability of  the  Company  or any  of  its
          Subsidiaries  or  any  of their  respective  officers,  partners,
          employees,   directors,   agents,  shareholders,   successors  or
          assigns,   concerning   any   Hazardous    Materials;   (iii) the
          enforcement or exercise of any right in this Agreement pertaining
          to  environmental matters,  including,  without  limitation,  the
          enforcement of  this indemnity provision; and/or  (iv) any unsafe
          or unhealthful  condition at  any Property or  facility owned  or
          operated by the Company or any Subsidiary or any violation of any
          Occupation Safety and Health Law.   The foregoing indemnity shall
          be  in addition to  all other  indemnity provisions  contained in
          this  Agreement  and any  other  agreements  between the  parties
          hereto  or   executed   in  connection   with  the   transactions
          contemplated  hereby, and  all  such indemnities  shall be  given
          effect, notwithstanding any overlap  in coverage.  This indemnity
          shall survive the repayment  of the Loans and the  termination of
          this Agreement.   Should it  be finally determined by  a court of
          competent jurisdiction that the scope or reach of this  indemnity
          exceeds that allowed by  applicable law, this indemnity shall  be
          construed to  extend and  shall be  given effect  to, but not  in
          excess of, the maximum scope and reach allowed by applicable law.

                    SECTION  9.06.  Sharing  of Setoffs.   Each Bank agrees
          that  if  it  shall,  by  exercising  any  right  of  set-off  or
          counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of a proportion of the
          aggregate  amount of principal  and interest due  with respect to
          any Note held by it which is greater than the proportion received
          by any  other Bank (based on the Pro Rata Shares of the Banks) in
          respect of  the aggregate  amount of  principal and  interest due
          with respect  to any  Note  held by  such  other Bank,  the  Bank
          receiving  such proportionately  greater  payment shall  purchase
          such  participations in  the Notes  held by  the other  Banks (to
          which  purchase  the Company  hereby  consents),  and such  other
          adjustments shall be  made, as may  be required so that  all such
          payments of principal and interest with respect to the Notes held
          by the Banks shall be shared  by the Banks on the basis of  their
          Pro Rata  Shares; provided, however, that nothing in this Section
          shall  impair  the right  of any  Bank to  exercise any  right of
          set-off  or  counterclaim it  may have  and  to apply  the amount
          subject  to such exercise to  the payment of  indebtedness of the
          Company other than its indebtedness under the Notes.  The Company
          agrees,  to the  fullest extent  it may  effectively do  so under
          applicable law, that  any holder  of a participation  in a  Note,
          whether or  not acquired pursuant to  the foregoing arrangements,
          may exercise  rights of set-off or counterclaim  and other rights
          with  respect to such participation as fully as if such holder of
          a  participation were  a direct  creditor of  the Company  in the
          amount of such participation.

                    SECTION 9.07.   Amendments and Waivers.   Any provision
          of  this Agreement,  the Notes  or any  of the  other Transaction
          Documents  may be  amended  or  waived  if,  but  only  if,  such
          amendment or waiver is  in writing and is  signed by the  Company
          and the Required Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Agent
          in its capacity  as Agent  are affected thereby,  by the  Agent);
          provided that no such amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by
          all of the Banks,  (i) increase the Line of Credit  Commitment or
          Revolving  Credit  Commitment  of   any  Bank,  (ii) reduce   the
          principal amount of or rate  of interest on any Loan or  any fees
          hereunder,  (iii) postpone  the date  fixed  for  any payment  of
          principal  of  or interest  on any  Loan  or any  fees hereunder,
          (iv) change the percentage of the  Line of Credit Commitments  or
          Revolving Credit Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal
          amount  of  the  Notes or  the  number  of Banks  which  shall be
          required  for the  Banks or  any of  them to  take any  action or
          obligations under this  Section or  any other  provision of  this
          Agreement.

                    SECTION 9.08.  Successors   and   Assigns.     (a)  The
          provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon and  inure to
          the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors
          and  assigns, except  that  (i) the  Company  may not  assign  or
          otherwise  transfer  any of  its rights  or  delegate any  of its
          obligations  under  this Agreement  and  (ii)  without the  prior
          written  consent  of the  Company, no  Bank  may sell,  assign or
          otherwise transfer its  Notes or its rights  under this Agreement
          (other than  by  way of  participation  to the  extent  permitted
          below)  in whole  or in  part  to any  Person other  than another
          existing  Bank;  provided,  however,  that,  notwithstanding  the
          foregoing, (i) any  Bank may assign, as  collateral or otherwise,
          any of  its rights (but  not any  of its obligations)  under this
          Agreement or its Notes  (including, without limitation, rights to
          payment of principal and/or interest on its Notes) to any Federal
          Reserve Bank without notice  to or consent of the  Company or the
          Agent, (ii) any  Bank may sell participations in its Notes or its
          rights under this Agreement in whole or in part to any commercial
          bank organized under the  laws of the United States or  any state
          thereof  that is a member  of both the  Federal Deposit Insurance
          Corporation and the Federal Reserve System without the consent of
          the Company  so long as each agreement pursuant to which any such
          participation is  granted provides  that such selling  Bank shall
          retain the sole right to approve or disapprove (A) any amendment,
          modification  or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any
          of  the  other Transaction  Documents,  (B)  any Line  of  Credit
          Extension Request and (C)  any Revolving Credit Extension Request
          and (iii)  from and  after (A)  the occurrence  of  any Event  of
          Default  under  this  Agreement,   (B)  the  termination  of  the
          obligations of the Banks  to make Loans under this  Agreement and
          (C) the acceleration of  the entire outstanding principal balance
          of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes issued  under
          this Agreement, each Bank may sell, assign, grant a participation
          in  or otherwise  transfer its  Notes and  its rights  under this
          Agreement in whole  or in part to any Person  without the consent
          of the Company.

                    (b)  Any  Bank   which,  in  accordance   with  Section
          9.08(a),  grants  a  participation   in,  or  sells,  assigns  or
          otherwise transfers any interest in, any of its rights under this
          Agreement  or its Notes shall  give prompt notice  thereof to the
          Agent and the Company.

                    (c)  Unless  otherwise  agreed  to  by  the Company  in
          writing, no Bank shall,  as between the Company and that Bank, be
          relieved  of any  of its  obligations under  this Agreement  as a
          result of such Bank's granting  of a participation in all or  any
          part  of such  Bank's Notes  or all  or any  part of  such Bank's
          rights under this Agreement.

                    SECTION 9.09.  Severability.   In the event any  one or
          more  of the  provisions contained  in this  Agreement  should be
          invalid, illegal  or unenforceable in any  respect, the validity,
          legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained
          herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                    SECTION 9.10.  Missouri Law.  This Agreement, the Notes
          and all of the  other Transaction Documents shall be  governed by
          and construed in accordance  with the internal laws of  the State
          of Missouri.

                    SECTION  9.11.    Counterparts;  Effectiveness.    This
          Agreement  may be signed in  any number of  counterparts, each of
          which  shall be  an  original, with  the  same effect  as if  the
          signatures  thereto and  hereto  were upon  the same  instrument.
          This Agreement shall become effective on the later of (i) June 4,
          1993,  or  (ii)  the date  when  the  Agent  shall have  received
          counterparts  hereof signed  by  all of  the  parties hereto,  or
          telexes confirming signatures to such counterparts.

                    SECTION  9.12.  Authority to  Act.  The  Agent shall be
          entitled to  act on any  notices and instructions  (telephonic or
          written) reasonably believed by the Agent  to have been delivered
          by any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company pursuant
          hereto, regardless of  whether such notice or instruction  was in
          fact delivered  by a person  authorized to act  on behalf of  the
          Company, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Agent and
          hold the Agent  harmless from and against any and  all losses and
          expenses, if any, ensuing from any such action.

                    SECTION 9.13.   CONSENT  TO JURISDICTION.   THE COMPANY
          HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO  THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION  OF
          ANY  MISSOURI STATE COURT OR  ANY UNITED STATES  OF AMERICA COURT
          SITTING IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF  MISSOURI, AS THE AGENT OR ANY
          BANK MAY ELECT, IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR  PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
          OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.
          THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL  CLAIMS IN RESPECT
          TO SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HELD AND DETERMINED IN
          ANY  OF  SUCH COURTS.   THE  COMPANY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES,  TO THE
          FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,  ANY OBJECTION WHICH THE COMPANY
          MAY  NOW OR  HEREAFTER HAVE TO  THE LAYING  OF VENUE  OF ANY SUCH
          SUIT, ACTION OR  PROCEEDING BROUGHT  IN ANY SUCH  COURT, AND  THE
          COMPANY  FURTHER IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY CLAIM  THAT SUCH  SUIT,
          ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT  IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS  BEEN BROUGHT
          IN AN  INCONVENIENT FORUM.   THE COMPANY HEREBY  EXPRESSLY WAIVES
          ALL RIGHTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH THE COMPANY MAY NOW OR
          HEREAFTER HAVE BY REASON OF ITS PRESENT OR SUBSEQUENT  DOMICILES.
          THE COMPANY AUTHORIZES THE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THE COMPANY BY
          REGISTERED MAIL SENT TO THE COMPANY  AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH  IN
          SECTION 9.01.

                    SECTION  9.14.   References; Headings  for Convenience.
          Unless  otherwise specified  herein,  all  references  herein  to
          Section numbers refer  to Section numbers of  this Agreement, all
          references  herein to  Exhibits "A",  "B", "C"  and "D"  refer to
          annexed  Exhibits  "A",  "B",  "C"  and  "D"  which  are   hereby
          incorporated  herein by  reference and  all references  herein to
          Schedules  4.01(d), 4.01(e), 4.01(f),  4.01(i), 4.01(j), 4.01(k),
          4.01(o), 4.01(p) and 4.01(r)  refer to annexed Schedules 4.01(d),
          4.01(e), 4.01(f), 4.01(i), 4.01(j), 4.01(k), 4.01(o), 4.01(p) and
          4.01(r) which are  hereby incorporated herein by reference.   The
          Section headings are furnished for the convenience of the parties
          and   are  not   to  be   considered  in   the  construction   or
          interpretation of this Agreement.

                    SECTION 9.15.   NO ORAL  AGREEMENTS; ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.
          ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO
          FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT, INCLUDING PROMISES TO
          EXTEND OR  RENEW SUCH DEBT, ARE NOT  ENFORCEABLE.  TO PROTECT THE
          COMPANY,  THE  AGENT  AND  THE  BANKS  FROM  MISUNDERSTANDING  OR
          DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY AGREEMENTS REACHED  BY THE COMPANY, THE AGENT
          AND  THE  BANKS  COVERING  SUCH MATTERS  ARE  CONTAINED  IN  THIS
          AGREEMENT AND THE  OTHER TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS, WHICH  AGREEMENT
          AND  OTHER TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS  ARE A  COMPLETE AND  EXCLUSIVE
          STATEMENT OF  THE AGREEMENTS BETWEEN  THE COMPANY, THE  AGENT AND
          THE  BANKS, EXCEPT  AS THE COMPANY,  THE AGENT AND  THE BANKS MAY
          LATER AGREE IN WRITING  TO MODIFY THEM.  THIS  AGREEMENT EMBODIES
          THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO
          AND SUPERSEDES  ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND  UNDERSTANDINGS (ORAL OR
          WRITTEN) RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.

                    SECTION 9.16.   Resurrection of  Loans.  To  the extent
          that  any Bank  receives any  payment on  account of  any of  the
          Loans,   and  any  such  payment(s)  or   any  part  thereof  are
          subsequently   invalidated,   declared   to   be   fraudulent  or
          preferential,  set  aside,  subordinated  and/or  required to  be
          repaid  to  a trustee,  receiver or  any  other Person  under any
          bankruptcy  act, state or  Federal law,  common law  or equitable
          cause, then, to the extent of such payment(s) received, the Loans
          or part thereof  intended to  be satisfied shall  be revived  and
          continue in full force and effect, as if such payment(s) had  not
          been  received  by  such Bank  and  applied  on  account of  such
          Loan(s).

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Credit  Agreement  to  be   duly  executed  by  their  respective
          authorized  officers effective as of the day and year first above
          written.

                                        EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By /s/Lee G. Weeks                    
                                        Title: Executive Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer   
                                        501 North Broadway
                                        St. Louis, Missouri 63102
                                        Telex number:  797979
                                        Telecopy number (314) 331-6554

                                        MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                                        By /s/Sally H. Roth
                                        Title: Vice President              
                                        721 Locust Street
                                        St. Louis, Missouri  63101
                                        Telex number:  442300
                                        Telecopy number: (314) 425-2162 <PAGE>
 


                                        THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF
                                        ST. LOUIS



                                        By /s/Allan D. Ivie, IV
                                        Title: Vice President
                                        One Boatmen's Plaza
                                        St. Louis, Missouri  63101     
                                        Telex number:  447389
                                        Telecopy number:  (314) 466-7783

                                        CITIBANK, N.A.



                                        By /s/
                                        Title:                             
                                        399 Park Avenue
                                        12th Floor, Zone 21
                                        New York, New York  10043
                                        Telex number:                 
                                        Telecopy number:                 


                                        NBD BANK, N.A.



                                        By /s/Thomas A. Levasseur
                                        Title: Second Vice President         
                                        611 Woodward Avenue
                                        Detroit, Michigan  48226
                                        Telex number:  None
                                        Telecopy number:  (313) 225-2649 <PAGE>
 


                                        THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA



                                        By /s/F. C. H. Ashby
                                        Title: Senior Assistant Agent
                                        Suite 650
                                        55 Park Place
                                        Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                                        Telex number:  00542319
                                        Telecopy number:  (404) 581-0807


                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO



                                        By /s/Jeanette Ganovsis
                                        Title: Vice President
                                        One First National Plaza
                                        Mail Suite 0088; 1-14
                                        Chicago, Illinois  60670
                                        Telex number:  4430253
                                        Telecopy number:  (312) 732-6222


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                        SAVINGS ASSOCIATION



                                        By /s/
                                        Title:                             
                                        200 West Adams, Suite 2800
                                        Chicago, Illinois  60606
                                        Telex number:  6972650
                                        Telecopy number:  (312) 641-2350<PAGE>


                                        MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent



                                        By /s/Sally H. Roth
                                        Title: Vice President                   
                                        721 Locust Street
                                        St. Louis, Missouri  63101
                                        Telex number:  442300
                                        Telecopy number:  (314) 425-2162

                                      EXHIBIT A


                                 LINE OF CREDIT NOTE


          $                                             St. Louis, Missouri
                                                               June 4, 1993


                    FOR  VALUE RECEIVED,  on the  last day  of the  Line of
          Credit Period,  the undersigned, EDISON BROTHERS  STORES, INC., a
          Delaware corporation  (the "Company"), hereby promises  to pay to
          the order of                                                     
          ("Bank"), the principal sum of                            Dollars
          ($            ), or such  lesser sum as  may then constitute  the
          aggregate unpaid  principal amount of  all Line  of Credit  Loans
          made  by Bank  to the  Company pursuant  to the  Credit Agreement
          referred to  below.   The aggregate  principal amount which  Bank
          shall  be committed  to have  outstanding hereunder  at any  time
          shall  not exceed                                         Dollars
          ($         ), which amount may be borrowed,  paid, reborrowed and
          repaid, in whole or in part,  subject to the terms and conditions
          hereof  and of  the  Credit Agreement  referred  to below.    The
          Company further promises to pay to the order of  Bank interest on
          the  aggregate unpaid  principal  amount of  such Line  of Credit
          Loans on the dates and  at the rate or rates provided for  in the
          Credit Agreement.   All such payments  of principal and  interest
          shall be made in lawful currency  of the United States in Federal
          or other immediately available funds at the  office of Mercantile
          Bank  of  St. Louis  National  Association,  721  Locust  Street,
          St. Louis, Missouri 63101.

                    All  Line  of  Credit  Loans  made   by  Bank  and  all
          repayments of  the principal thereof  shall be  recorded by  Bank
          and,  prior to  any  transfer hereof,  endorsed  by Bank  on  the
          schedule  attached hereto, or on  a continuation of such schedule
          attached to and made  a part hereof; provided, however,  that the
          obligation of the Company  to repay each Line of Credit Loan made
          hereunder  shall be  absolute and  unconditional, notwithstanding
          any failure of  Bank to record or endorse or  any mistake by Bank
          in connection  with recordation  or endorsement on  the schedules
          attached  to  this Note.   Bank's  books and  records (including,
          without limitation, the schedules  attached to this Note) showing
          the account between Bank  and the Company shall be  admissible in
          evidence  in any action or  proceeding and shall constitute prima
          facie proof of the items therein set forth.

                    This Note is one  of the Line of Credit  Notes referred
          to in the Credit Agreement dated the date hereof by and among the
          Company,  the banks  listed on  the signature  pages thereof  and
          Mercantile Bank  of St. Louis National Association,  as agent (as
          the same may from time to time be amended, modified,  extended or
          renewed, the  "Credit Agreement").   The Credit  Agreement, among
          other  things,  contains  provisions   for  acceleration  of  the
          maturity hereof upon the occurrence  of certain stated events and
          also for prepayments on account of principal  hereof and interest
          hereon prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions
          specified therein.  Upon  the occurrence of any Event  of Default
          under  the Credit  Agreement,  the  entire outstanding  principal
          balance  of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon
          may be declared to  be immediately due and payable in  the manner
          and with  the effect as  provided in the  Credit Agreement.   All
          capitalized  terms used  and not otherwise  defined in  this Note
          shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Credit
          Agreement.

                    In  the event that any payment  due hereunder shall not
          be paid when due, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise,
          and  this Note  shall be placed  in the  hands of  an attorney or
          attorneys for collection,  or if this Note shall be placed in the
          hands of an attorney  or attorneys for representation of  Bank in
          connection  with  bankruptcy or  insolvency  proceedings relating
          hereto, the Company hereby agrees to pay to the order of Bank, in
          addition  to   all  other  amounts  otherwise   due  hereon,  the
          reasonable   costs  and   expenses   of   such   collection   and
          representation,   including,   without   limitation,   reasonable
          attorneys'  fees and expenses (whether or not litigation shall be
          commenced in aid thereof).  The Company hereby waives presentment
          for payment,  demand, protest,  notice of  protest and  notice of
          dishonor.

                    This  Note  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
          accordance with the internal laws of the State of Missouri.

                                        EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By /s/
                                        Title:                             

                            Revolving Credit Note (cont'd)
                           LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
                                                                           

                                 Amount    Amount of     Unpaid
                    Prime, CD      of      Principal    Principal
          Notation
            Date    or IBOR Loan  Loan      Repaid       Balance   Made By

                                                                           
                                                                           

                                      EXHIBIT B


                                REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


          $                                             St. Louis, Missouri
                                                               June 4, 1993


                    FOR  VALUE RECEIVED, on  the last day  of the Revolving
          Credit Period,  the undersigned, EDISON BROTHERS  STORES, INC., a
          Delaware corporation  (the "Company"), hereby promises  to pay to
          the order of                                                     
          ("Bank"), the principal sum of                            Dollars
          ($            ), or  such lesser sum  as may then  constitute the
          aggregate unpaid  principal amount of all  Revolving Credit Loans
          made  by Bank  to the  Company pursuant  to the  Credit Agreement
          referred  to below.   The  aggregate principal amount  which Bank
          shall  be committed  to have  outstanding hereunder  at any  time
          shall not exceed                                          Dollars
          ($          ), which amount may be borrowed, paid, reborrowed and
          repaid, in whole or in part, subject to the terms  and conditions
          hereof  and of  the  Credit Agreement  referred  to below.    The
          Company further promises  to pay to the order of Bank interest on
          the aggregate  unpaid principal  amount of such  Revolving Credit
          Loans on the dates and at the  rate or rates provided for in  the
          Credit Agreement.   All such  payments of principal  and interest
          shall be made in lawful currency of the United States in  Federal
          or other immediately available funds at  the office of Mercantile
          Bank  of  St. Louis  National  Association,  721  Locust  Street,
          St. Louis, Missouri 63101.

                    All  Revolving  Credit  Loans  made  by  Bank  and  all
          repayments  of the principal  thereof shall  be recorded  by Bank
          and,  prior to  any  transfer hereof,  endorsed  by Bank  on  the
          schedule attached hereto, or  on a continuation of such  schedule
          attached to and made  a part hereof; provided, however,  that the
          obligation of the  Company to  repay each  Revolving Credit  Loan
          made   hereunder    shall   be   absolute    and   unconditional,
          notwithstanding any failure of  Bank to record or endorse  or any
          mistake by Bank  in connection with recordation or endorsement on
          the  schedules attached to this  Note.  Bank's  books and records
          (including, without  limitation, the  schedules attached to  this
          Note) showing the account  between Bank and the Company  shall be
          admissible in  evidence in  any action  or  proceeding and  shall
          constitute prima facie proof of the items therein set forth.

                    This Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred
          to in the Credit Agreement dated the date hereof by and among the
          Company,  the banks  listed on  the signature  pages  thereof and
          Mercantile Bank  of St. Louis National Association,  as agent (as
          the same may from  time to time be amended, modified, extended or
          renewed, the  "Credit Agreement").   The Credit  Agreement, among
          other  things,  contains  provisions   for  acceleration  of  the
          maturity hereof upon the occurrence  of certain stated events and
          also for prepayments on account of  principal hereof and interest
          hereon prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions
          specified therein.  Upon  the occurrence of any Event  of Default
          under  the Credit  Agreement,  the  entire outstanding  principal
          balance  of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon
          may be declared  to be immediately due and  payable in the manner
          and  with the  effect as provided  in the Credit  Agreement.  All
          capitalized  terms used  and not  otherwise defined in  this Note
          shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Credit
          Agreement.

                    In the event  that any payment due hereunder  shall not
          be paid when due, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise,
          and this  Note shall  be placed  in the hands  of an  attorney or
          attorneys for collection, or if this Note  shall be placed in the
          hands of an attorney  or attorneys for representation of  Bank in
          connection  with bankruptcy  or  insolvency proceedings  relating
          hereto, the Company hereby agrees to pay to the order of Bank, in
          addition  to   all  other  amounts  otherwise   due  hereon,  the
          reasonable   costs  and   expenses   of   such   collection   and
          representation,   including,   without   limitation,   reasonable
          attorneys' fees and expenses (whether or not litigation shall  be
          commenced in aid thereof).  The Company hereby waives presentment
          for payment,  demand, protest,  notice of  protest and  notice of
          dishonor.

                    This  Note  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
          accordance with the internal laws of the State of Missouri.

                                        EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By /s/
                                        Title:                             

                            Revolving Credit Note (cont'd)
                           LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL


                                                                           

                                 Amount    Amount of     Unpaid
                    Prime, CD      of      Principal    Principal
          Notation
            Date    or IBOR Loan  Loan      Repaid       Balance   Made By
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           

                                      EXHIBIT C


             [Opinion of General Counsel of Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.]




                                     June 4, 1993




          To the Banks and the
            Agent Referred to Below
            c/o Mercantile Bank of St. Louis
                National Association
            721 Locust Street
            St. Louis, Missouri  63101

                    Credit Agreement dated effective as of June 4, 
                    1993, by and among Edison Brothers Stores, Inc., 
                    the Banks listed therein and Mercantile Bank of 
                    St. Louis National Association, as Agent        

          Gentlemen:

                    I  am  Executive Vice  President,  General Counsel  and
          Secretary of Edison Brothers Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation
          (the  "Company")  and have  acted as  counsel  to the  Company in
          connection  with  its  execution   and  delivery  of  the  Credit
          Agreement referred to above  (the "Agreement").  This opinion  is
          given  pursuant  to  Section 3.01(g)   of  the  Agreement.    All
          capitalized  terms used  and not  otherwise defined  herein shall
          have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

                    In rendering this opinion, I have examined originals or
          copies (certified or otherwise  identified to my satisfaction) of
          the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of  the Company, the
          Agreement, the Line of Credit Notes, the Revolving Credit  Notes,
          records  of  proceedings of  the Board  of  Directors and  of the
          Executive  Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and
          such  other  documents,  corporate  records and  certificates  of
          public officials  as  I  have  considered appropriate.    I  have
          assumed  the  genuineness  of  all signatures  on  all  documents
          examined by me,  the authenticity of all such documents delivered
          to me  as originals and  the conformity to  the originals  of all
          such documents delivered to me as copies.

                    In  rendering  the  opinion  expressed   in  the  first
          sentence   of  paragraph  number  1  below,  as  to  any  of  the
          Subsidiaries of the Company  listed on Exhibit A to  this opinion
          (the  "Significant Subsidiaries")  which  are  incorporated in  a
          State  other  than  Missouri  or  Delaware,  I  have,  with  your
          concurrence,   relied   without  investigation   solely   on  the
          certificates rendered by the Secretaries of State of such States.

                    Based on the foregoing, I am of the opinion that:

                    1.   The   Company  and   each   of   its   Significant
          Subsidiaries  is   (a) a  corporation  duly   organized,  validly
          existing  and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
          of its incorporation and (b) duly qualified to do business in all
          jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it
          makes  such  qualification  necessary  and where  failure  so  to
          qualify could reasonably be  expected to have a  material adverse
          effect  on  the business,  operations,  Properties  or condition,
          financial  or  otherwise, of  the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries
          considered as a whole.

                    2.   The Company has the corporate power and  authority
          to  enter into  and  perform the  Agreement  and to  execute  and
          deliver the Line of  Credit Notes and the Revolving  Credit Notes
          to  you.    The  execution,   delivery  and  performance  of  the
          Agreement, including the  execution and delivery  of the Line  of
          Credit  Notes and  the  Revolving Credit  Notes,  have been  duly
          authorized by all requisite  corporate action on the part  of the
          Company,  and the  Agreement, the  Line of  Credit Notes  and the
          Revolving Credit Notes  have been duly executed  and delivered by
          the Company.

                    3.   The  Agreement,  Line  of  Credit  Notes  and  the
          Revolving Credit  Notes are legal, valid  and binding obligations
          of  the Company,  enforceable against  the Company  in accordance
          with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be
          limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting
          the  enforcement of  creditors' rights  generally and  by general
          principles of equity.

                    4.   The  execution and delivery  of the Agreement, the
          Line  of Credit  Notes and  the Revolving  Credit Notes,  and the
          performance  by the  Company of  their respective  terms, do  not
          conflict with  or result in a  violation of or default  under the
          Certificate of  Incorporation or By-Laws  of the Company,  any of
          the Note Agreements or, to the best knowledge of the undersigned,
          any other agreement, instrument,  order, writ, judgment or decree
          to which the Company is a party or is subject.

                    6.   To the  best knowledge of  the undersigned,  there
          are  no   legal  or  arbitral   proceedings  by  or   before  any
          governmental or  regulatory authority  or agency, now  pending or
          threatened against the Company or any  of its Subsidiaries, which
          could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
          the  business, operations, Properties  or condition, financial or
          otherwise, of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries considered as  a
          whole.  To  the best  knowledge of the  undersigned, neither  the
          Company  nor any of  its Subsidiaries is  in default under  or in
          violation of any  order, writ  or decree of  any governmental  or
          regulatory authority, which default or violation could reasonably
          be  expected to have a  material adverse effect  on the business,
          operations,  Properties or condition,  financial or otherwise, of
          the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole.

                    7.   No approval, authorization or  other action by, or
          prior filing  with, any  governmental or regulatory  authority is
          required by  current  law in  connection with  the execution  and
          delivery  by the  Company of  the Agreement,  the Line  of Credit
          Notes or the Revolving Credit Notes. 

                    This opinion  is furnished solely for  your benefit and
          may not be distributed to or relied upon by any other person.

                                        Very truly yours,



                                        Alan A. Sachs
                                        Executive  Vice President,  General
                                        Counsel and Secretary<PAGE>


                                      Exhibit D



                                C E R T I F I C A T E


                    This   Certificate  is   issued  pursuant   to  Section
          5.01(a)(iii) of that certain  Credit Agreement dated effective as
          of  June  4, 1993,  by and  among  Edison Brothers  Stores, Inc.,
          Mercantile Bank of St. Louis  National Association, as Agent, and
          the Banks  listed therein (as the  same may from time  to time be
          amended, modified, extended or  renewed, the "Credit Agreement").
          All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall
          have  the respective  meanings  ascribed to  them  in the  Credit
          Agreement.

                    Pursuant   to  Section   5.01(a)(iii)  of   the  Credit
          Agreement, the Company hereby certifies, represents and  warrants
          to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

                    (i)  As of  the date  hereof,  no Default  or Event  of
          Default  has   occurred  under   the  Credit  Agreement   and  is
          continuing; 

                    (ii)  All of the representations and warranties  of the
          Company  contained in the Agreement  are true and  correct in all
          material respects on and as of the  date hereof as if made on the
          date hereof;

                    (iii)  As of                  , 19   , the calculations
          contained in  Schedule 1 attached  hereto are true,  accurate and
          complete; and

                    (iv)  [Description of New Subsidiaries].


                    Executed this      day of             , 19  .


                                        EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By:/s/
                                        Title:                             




                         FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


          THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT TO  CREDIT AGREEMENT (this  "Amendment") is
          made and  entered into  this 24th  day of  January, 1994, by  and
          among EDISON  BROTHERS STORES, INC., a  Delaware corporation (the
          "Company"),  the  banks  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof
          (collectively,  the  "Banks")  and MERCANTILE  BANK  OF ST. LOUIS
          NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION, a national  banking association,  as agent
          for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H

                 WHEREAS,  the  Company,  the  Banks  and  the  Agent  have
          heretofore  entered into  that  certain  Credit  Agreement  dated
          effective  as  of  June  4,  1993  (the  "Credit Agreement";  all
          capitalized  terms used  and not  otherwise defined  herein shall
          have  the  respective meanings  ascribed  to them  in  the Credit
          Agreement); and

                 WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Credit Agreement
          in the manner  hereinafter set forth and the Banks  and the Agent
          are  willing  to  agree  thereto  on  the  terms  and  conditions
          hereinafter set forth;

                 NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the  premises and for
          other  good   and  valuable   consideration,   the  receipt   and
          sufficiency of  which are  hereby acknowledged, the  Company, the
          Banks and the Agent hereby agree as follows:

                 1. Notwithstanding  any  provision  contained  in  Section
          2.06(a)  of the  Credit  Agreement to  the  contrary, during  the
          period commencing January 24th,  1994, and ending on  the earlier
          of  (i)  the  last day  of  the  Line  of  Credit Period  of  the
          applicable Bank(s)  and (ii) February 3,  1996, the nonrefundable
          commitment fee payable  by the Company  under Section 2.06(a)  of
          the  Credit Agreement  shall be  computed on  the entire  Line of
          Credit Commitment of each  Bank as opposed to the  unused portion
          of the Line of Credit Commitment of each Bank.

                 2. Notwithstanding  any  provision  contained  in  Section
          2.06(b)  of  the Credit  Agreement  to the  contrary,  during the
          period  commencing January 24th, 1994, and  ending on the earlier
          of  (i) the  last  day  of the  Revolving  Credit  Period of  the
          applicable Bank(s)  and (ii) February 3,  1996, the nonrefundable
          commitment fee  payable by the  Company under Section  2.06(b) of
          the  Credit Agreement shall  be computed on  the entire Revolving
          Credit Commitment of each  Bank as opposed to the  unused portion
          of the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Bank.

                 3. Section  5.01(d)  of  the  Credit  Agreement is  hereby
          deleted in  its entirety and  the following  substituted in  lieu
          thereof:

                 "(d) Fixed Charges Coverage  Ratio.  The Company will keep
                 and maintain the ratio  of Net Income Available  for Fixed
                 Charges to Fixed Charges for:

                    (i)    each  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive  fiscal
                    quarters  up   to  and  including  the  quarter  ending
                    October 30, 1993, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                    (ii)   the fiscal quarter  ending January 29,  1994, at
                    not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                    (iii)  each of the first three (3)  quarters during the
                    fiscal years  of 1994 and  1995, at not  less than 1.00
                    to 1.00, except that:

                           (A)                 if  Consolidated  Net Income
                       during  any  one of  the  first  three  quarters  of
                       fiscal  years  1994 and  1995  is  a  net loss,  the
                       Company  will  keep and  maintain  a  ratio  of  Net
                       Income Available for Fixed  Charges to Fixed Charges
                       for  the  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive  fiscal
                       quarters ending with  the quarter in which the  loss
                       occurs at  not less than 1.10  to 1.00,  if the loss
                       occurs  during  any   of  the  first  three   fiscal
                       quarters  of  1994,  or at  not less  than  1.175 to
                       1.00, if  the loss  occurs during  any of  the first
                       three fiscal  quarters of  1995; provided,  however,
                       that  the exception  set forth  in this  clause  (A)
                       shall not be  applicable if Consolidated Net  Income
                       for each of any two consecutive quarters  during the
                       first three  quarters of fiscal  years 1994 or  1995
                       is a net loss; and

                           (B)                 if  Consolidated  Net Income
                       for each of any two consecutive quarters  during the
                       first three  quarters of fiscal  years 1994 or  1995
                       is a  net loss  and the  net loss  reported for  the
                       second such consecutive quarter is smaller  than the
                       net loss  reported for the  first such quarter,  the
                       Company  will  keep and  maintain  a  ratio  of  Net
                       Income Available for Fixed  Charges to Fixed Charges
                       for  the  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive  fiscal
                       quarters  ending  with  the second  such consecutive
                       quarter at  not  less  than  1.10 to  1.00,  if  the
                       consecutive quarterly losses occur during  the first
                       three fiscal quarters  of 1994, or at not less  than
                       1.175  to 1.00, if  the consecutive quarterly losses
                       occur  during  the first  three  fiscal  quarters of
                       1995;

                       (iv)    the fourth quarter of fiscal years  1994 and
                    1995, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00; and

                       (v)     each period  of four  (4) consecutive fiscal
                    quarters  beginning  with  the period  ending  with the
                    first quarter of  fiscal year 1996, and  thereafter, at
                    not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

                    If  consolidated  Net  Income  for   each  of  any  two
                 consecutive  quarters during  the first three  quarters of
                 fiscal years  1994 or  1995 is  a net  loss  and the  loss
                 reported  for  the  second  such  consecutive  quarter  is
                 greater than the loss reported for the first such quarter,
                 such event shall constitute an Event of Default under this
                 Agreement."

                 4. This Amendment shall not be  effective unless and until
          the Agent shall have received:

                    (a)    evidence satisfactory  to  the  Agent  that  the
                 minimum  fixed  charge   coverage  covenant  contained  in
                 Section 5.8  of each of the "Note  Agreements" (as defined
                 in  Section  6.01(n) of  the  Credit  Agreement)  has been
                 amended  to read  the  same  in all  material  respects as
                 Section 5.01(d) of the Credit Agreement as amended by this
                 Amendment (with the exception of the proviso added  at the
                 end of clause (A) of paragraph (iii) of Section 5.01(d) of
                 the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment; and

                    (b)    payment  by  the  Company  of   a  nonrefundable
                 amendment fee for the ratable benefit of the Banks in  the
                 amount   of  Sixty-Two   Thousand  Five   Hundred  Dollars
                 ($62,500.00).

                 5. The Company hereby  agrees to reimburse the  Agent upon
          demand  for all  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses,  including,
          without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and expenses,
          incurred  by  the  Agent  in  the  preparation,  negotiation  and
          execution  of  this Amendment.   All  of  the obligations  of the
          Company under this  Paragraph 5 shall survive termination  of the
          Credit Agreement.

                 6. All  references  in  the   Credit  Agreement  to   this
          "Agreement"  and any  other  references of  similar import  shall
          henceforth  mean   the  Credit  Agreement  as   amended  by  this
          Amendment.

                 7. Except to  the  extent  specifically  amended  by  this
          Amendment, all of  the terms, provisions, conditions,  covenants,
          representations and  warranties contained in the Credit Agreement
          shall be  and remain in  full force and  effect and the  same are
          hereby ratified and confirmed.

                 8. This Amendment shall be  binding upon and inure to  the
          benefit of the Company, the Banks, the Agent and their respective
          successors  and  assigns, except  that  Company  may not  assign,
          transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder.


                 9. The  Company  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the
          Banks and the Agent that:

                    (a)    the execution,  delivery and performance by  the
          Company  of this Amendment are within the corporate powers of the
          Company,  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary corporate
          action and require no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
          any  governmental or regulatory  body, agency or  official or any
          other third party.   The execution,  delivery and performance  by
          the Company of this Amendment do  not conflict with, or result in
          a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute
          a  default under or result in any  violation of, the terms of the
          Certificate  of  Incorporation or  By-Laws  of  the Company,  any
          applicable law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment or decree
          of   any  court   or   governmental  or   regulatory  agency   or
          instrumentality or any agreement, document or instrument to which
          the Company is a  party or by which it is bound or to which it is
          subject;

                    (b)    this   Amendment  has  been  duly  executed  and
          delivered by the  Company and  constitutes the  legal, valid  and
          binding obligation of the  Company enforceable in accordance with
          its terms; and

                    (c)    as   of   the   date   hereof,   all    of   the
          representations,  warranties and  covenants  of the  Company  set
          forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct and no Default
          or Event  of Default under  or within the  meaning of  the Credit
          Agreement has occurred and is continuing.

                 10.   In  the  event  of  any  inconsistency  or  conflict
          between  this  Amendment and  the  Credit  Agreement, the  terms,
          provisions  and conditions  of  this Amendment  shall govern  and
          control.

                 11.   This  Amendment shall  be governed by  and construed
          in  accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Missouri
          (without reference to conflict of law principles).

                 12.   ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OR  COMMITMENTS  TO   LOAN  MONEY,
          EXTEND CREDIT OR TO  FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF  A DEBT,
          INCLUDING  PROMISES  TO  EXTEND  OR  RENEW  SUCH  DEBT,  ARE  NOT
          ENFORCEABLE.  TO  PROTECT THE  COMPANY, THE BANKS  AND THE  AGENT
          FROM  MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT,  ANY AGREEMENTS REACHED
          BY THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE
          CONTAINED IN THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT AS AMENDED BY THIS  AMENDMENT,
          WHICH CREDIT AGREEMENT AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT IS A COMPLETE
          AND EXCLUSIVE  STATEMENT OF  THE AGREEMENTS BETWEEN  THE COMPANY,
          THE BANKS AND THE AGENT, EXCEPT AS THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE
          AGENT MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY THEM.

                 13.   This  Amendment  may be  signed  in  any  number  of
          counterparts, each of which  shall be an original, with  the same
          effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
          instrument.  Subject  to the  provisions of Paragraph  4 of  this
          Amendment, this Amendment shall become effective on the date when
          the Agent shall have  received counterparts hereof signed  by the
          Company  and each of the Banks,  or telexes confirming signatures
          to such counterparts.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  Company, the Banks and the  Agent
          have executed this First Amendment  to Credit Agreement this 24th
          day of January, 1994.

                               EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.

                               By /s/ Ken Vaught
                               Title:  Assistant  Vice  President  and Cash
                                       Management Officer



                               MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS 
                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                               By /s/ Sally Dion
                               Title: Vice President



                               THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS

                               By /s/ C. Susan Taylor
                               Title: Vice President



                               CITIBANK, N.A.

                               By /s/ Theodore J. Beck
                               Title: Vice President




                               NBD BANK, N.A.

                               By /s/ Thomas G. Susser
                               Title: Second Vice President


                               THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                               By /s/ F.C.H. Ashby
                               Title:  Senior Manager
                                       Loan Operations


                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                               By /s/ Sharon A. Huebner
                               Title: Vice President



                               BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST 
                               AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                               By /s/
                               Title:



                               MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS 
                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent

                               By /S/ Sally Dion
                               Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT 10.10

                         SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                 THIS   SECOND   AMENDMENT   TO   CREDIT  AGREEMENT   (this
          "Amendment")  is made and entered into this 17th day of February,
          1994,  by  and among  EDISON  BROTHERS STORES,  INC.,  a Delaware
          corporation (the  "Company"), the  banks listed on  the signature
          pages hereof  (collectively, the "Banks") and  MERCANTILE BANK OF
          ST. LOUIS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  a national banking  association,
          as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

                 WHEREAS,  the  Company,  the  Banks  and  the  Agent  have
          heretofore  entered  into  that  certain Credit  Agreement  dated
          effective as of  June 4, 1993, as  amended by that  certain First
          Amendment to  Credit Agreement  dated January 24th,  1994 (as  so
          amended, the  "Credit Agreement"; all capitalized  terms used and
          not otherwise  defined herein shall have  the respective meanings
          ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement); and

                 WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Credit Agreement
          in the manner  hereinafter set forth and the Banks  and the Agent
          are  willing  to  agree  thereto  on  the  terms  and  conditions
          hereinafter set forth;

                 NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the  premises and for
          other  good   and  valuable   consideration,   the  receipt   and
          sufficiency of  which are  hereby acknowledged, the  Company, the
          Banks and the Agent hereby agree as follows:

                 1. Section  5.01(d)  of  the  Credit Agreement  is  hereby
          deleted in  its entirety  and the  following substituted  in lieu
          thereof:

                    "(d)   Fixed Charges  Coverage Ratio.  The Company will
                 keep and  maintain the ratio  of Net  Income Available for
                 Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges for:

                       (i) each  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive  fiscal
                    quarters  up  to  and  including  the   quarter  ending
                    October 30, 1993, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                       (ii)    the  fiscal quarter ending January 29, 1994,
                    at not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                       (iii)  each period  of four  (4)  consecutive fiscal
                    quarters beginning with  the period that ends  with the
                    first  fiscal  quarter  of  fiscal  year  1994  to  and
                    including the period  that ends with the  fourth fiscal
                    quarter of fiscal year  1994, at not less than  1.10 to
                    1.00;

                       (iv)  each  period of  four  (4)  consecutive fiscal
                    quarters beginning with  the period that ends  with the
                    first  fiscal  quarter  of  fiscal  year  1995  to  and
                    including the period  that ends with the  fourth fiscal
                    quarter of  fiscal year 1995, at not less than 1.175 to
                    1.00;

                       (v) the fourth fiscal quarters of fiscal  years 1994
                    and 1995, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00; and

                       (vi) each  period  of  four (4)  consecutive  fiscal
                    quarters beginning with  the period that ends  with the
                    first   fiscal  quarter   of  fiscal  year   1996,  and
                    thereafter, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00."

                 2. The word  "or"  is hereby  added immediately  following
          clause  (n) of  Section  6.01 of  the  Credit Agreement  and  the
          following new clause  (o) is hereby added to Section  6.01 of the
          Credit Agreement  as an  additional Event  of  Default under  the
          Credit Agreement:

                    "(o)   If Consolidated Net  Income for each of any  two
                 consecutive  fiscal quarters during  fiscal years  1994 or
                 1995 is a  net loss and  the loss reported for  the second
                 such consecutive quarter is greater than the loss reported
                 for the first such fiscal quarter;"

                 3. This Amendment shall not be  effective unless and until
          the Agent shall have received  evidence satisfactory to the Agent
          that  the minimum  fixed  charge coverage  covenant contained  in
          Section  5.8  of each  of the  "Note  Agreements" (as  defined in
          Section 6.01(n) of the Credit Agreement) has been amended to read
          the  same  in all  material respects  as  Section 5.01(d)  of the
          Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

                 4. The Company hereby  agrees to reimburse the  Agent upon
          demand  for  all  out-of-pocket  costs  and expenses,  including,
          without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and expenses,
          incurred  by  the  Agent  in  the  preparation,  negotiation  and
          execution  of  this Amendment.   All  of  the obligations  of the
          Company under this Paragraph 4  shall survive termination of  the
          Credit Agreement.

                 5. All  references   in  the  Credit  Agreement   to  this
          "Agreement"  and any,  other references  of similar  import shall
          henceforth  mean   the  Credit  Agreement  as   amended  by  this
          Amendment.

                 6. Except  to  the  extent specifically  amended  by  this
          Amendment, all  of the terms,  provisions, conditions, covenants,
          representations and warranties contained  in the Credit Agreement
          shall be  and remain in  full force and  effect and the  same are
          hereby ratified and confirmed.

                 7. This  Amendment shall be binding upon  and inure to the
          benefit of the Company, the Banks, the Agent and their respective
          successors  and  assigns, except  that  Company  may not  assign,
          transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder.

                 8. The  Company  hereby  represents  and warrants  to  the
          Banks and the Agent that:

                    (a)  the execution,  delivery  and  performance by  the
          Company  of this Amendment are within the corporate powers of the
          Company,  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary corporate
          action and require no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
          any governmental  or regulatory body,  agency or official  or any
          other  third party.   The execution, delivery  and performance by
          the Company of this Amendment do not conflict with, or  result in
          a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute
          a default under or result  in any violation of, the terms  of the
          Certificate  of  Incorporation or  By-Laws  of  the Company,  any
          applicable law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment or decree
          of   any  court   or   governmental  or   regulatory  agency   or
          instrumentality,  or  any  agreement, document  or  instrument to
          which the Company is a party or by which  it is bound or to which
          it is subject;

                    (b)    this  Amendment  has  been  duly   executed  and
          delivered by  the Company  and constitutes  the legal,  valid and
          binding obligation of the  Company enforceable in accordance with
          its terms; and

                    (c)    as   of   the   date   hereof,   all    of   the
          representations,  warranties and  covenants  of the  Company  set
          forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct and no Default
          or  Event of  Default under or  within the meaning  of the Credit
          Agreement has occurred and is continuing.

                 9. In the event  of any inconsistency or  conflict between
          this Amendment  and the  Credit Agreement, the  terms, provisions
          and conditions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

                 10.   This Amendment  shall be  governed by  and construed
          in  accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Missouri
          (without reference to conflict of law principles).

                 11.   ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OR   COMMITMENTS  TO  LOAN  MONEY,
          EXTEND CREDIT OR TO  FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF  A DEBIT
          INCLUDING  PROMISES  TO  EXTEND  OR  RENEW  SUCH  DEBT,  ARE  NOT
          ENFORCEABLE.  TO  PROTECT THE  COMPANY, THE BANKS  AND THE  AGENT
          FROM MISUNDERSTANDING  OR DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY  AGREEMENTS REACHED
          BY THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE
          CONTAINED IN THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT AS AMENDED BY  THIS AMENDMENT,
          WHICH CREDIT AGREEMENT AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT IS A COMPLETE
          AND EXCLUSIVE  STATEMENT OF  THE AGREEMENTS BETWEEN  THE COMPANY,
          THE BANKS AND THE AGENT, EXCEPT AS THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE
          AGENT MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY THEM.

                 12.   This  Amendment  may be  signed  in  any  number  of
          counterparts, each of which  shall be an original, with  the same
          effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
          instrument.  Subject  to the  provisions of Paragraph  3 of  this
          Amendment, this Amendment shall become effective on the date when
          the Agent shall  have received counterparts hereof signed  by the
          Company and each of the Banks.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  Company, the Banks and  the Agent
          have executed this Second Amendment to Credit Agreement this 17th
          day of February, 1994.

                               EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.      

                               By /s/Lee G. Weeks
                               Title:



                               MERCANTILE  BANK  OF   ST.  LOUIS   NATIONAL
                               ASSOCIATION              

                               By /S/ Sally Dion
                               Title: Vice President             



                               THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS    
                                                  
                               By /S/ C. Susan Taylor           
                               Title: Vice President             




                               CITIBANK, N.A.                    

                               By  /S/ Theodore J. Beck          
                               Title: Vice President             




                               NBD BANK, N.A.                   

                               By /S/ J. J. Csernits           
                               Title: First Vice President      


                               THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA          

                               By /S/ A. S. Norsworthy          
                               Title: Assistant Agent            



                               THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                               By /S/ Sharon A. Huebner         
                               Title: Vice President             


                               BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST 
                               AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION               

                               By /S/ Lymen Sanger
                               Title:  Vice President            


                               MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS
                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent    

                               By /S/ Sally Dion
                               Title:  Vice President            

   EXHIBIT 10.11

                         THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS   THIRD  AMENDMENT   TO  CREDIT   AGREEMENT  (this
          "Amendment")  is made and entered  into effective as  of the 29th
          day of March, 1995, by and  among EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC., a
          Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"), the  banks listed  on the
          signature pages hereof (collectively, the "Banks") and MERCANTILE
          BANK  OF  ST. LOUIS  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a  national  banking
          association,  as  agent for  the  Banks  (in such  capacity,  the
          "Agent").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

                    WHEREAS,  the Company,  the  Banks and  the Agent  have
          heretofore  entered  into  that  certain  Credit Agreement  dated
          effective as  of June 4, 1993,  as amended by that  certain First
          Amendment to Credit  Agreement dated January  24, 1994, and  that
          certain Second  Amendment to Credit Agreement  dated February 17,
          1994  (as so  amended,  the "Credit  Agreement"; all  capitalized
          terms  used and  not  otherwise  defined  herein shall  have  the
          respective meanings  ascribed to  them in the  Credit Agreement);
          and

                    WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires  to  amend  the  Credit
          Agreement in the manner  hereinafter set forth and the  Banks and
          the  Agent  are  willing  to  agree  thereto  on  the  terms  and
          conditions hereinafter set forth;

                    NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration  of the  premises and
          for  other  good  and  valuable consideration,  the  receipt  and
          sufficiency of  which are  hereby acknowledged, the  Company, the
          Banks and the Agent hereby agree as follows:

                    1.   The  definition  of  "IBOR  Margin" set  forth  in
          Section 1.01 of  the Credit  Agreement is hereby  deleted in  its
          entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:

                         ""IBOR Margin"  shall mean:   (a) with respect  to
                    each Line of Credit Loan,

                         (i)  during  the period  commencing June  4, 1993,
                    and ending March 28, 1995,

                               (A) .375% per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (B) .50% per annum  during such  time as  the
                         Company's commercial paper is  rated at least  P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (C) .6875% per annum during such time as  the
                         Company's commercial  paper is rated at  least P-3
                         by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (D) .9375% per annum  during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is (1) rated  NP  by

                         Moody's or  B, C or D  by S&P or (2) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P, 

                    and  if clauses (A) and  (B) are both  applicable or if
                    clauses (A), (B) and  (C) are all applicable, the  IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (A) shall be applicable, and
                    if both clauses  (B) and (C)  are applicable, the  IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (B) shall be applicable; and


                         (ii) .625% per annum  during the period commencing
                    March  29, 1995, and ending  on the earlier  of (1) the
                    first  date  when  the  Company  has  issued  at  least
                    $100,000,000.00 in aggregate  principal amount of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  on or after  March 29, 1995,  or (2)
                    May  31,  1995;  provided,  however, that  if  (A)  the
                    Company issues Long-Term Indebtedness on or after March
                    29, 1995, and before  June 1, 1995, and (B)  such Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  is rated less than  Baa-3 by Moody's
                    or less than BBB-  by S&P, then such IBOR  Margin shall
                    be  adjusted retroactively  to March  29, 1995,  to the
                    IBOR  Margin  which would  be  applicable  under clause
                    (iii) below given the applicable Long-Term Indebtedness
                    ratings, and

                         (iii)  from and after the earlier  of (1) the date
                    one day  after  the first  date  when the  Company  has
                    issued  at least $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal
                    amount of Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March 29,
                    1995, or (2) June 1, 1995,

                               (A) .50% per  annum during such time  as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (B) .625% per annum  during such time as  the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least  Baa-3 by  Moody's and  at least  BBB- by
                         S&P,

                              (C) .825% per  annum during such time  as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and

                              (D) 1.125% per annum  during such time as (1)
                         the Company's  Long-Term Indebtedness (if  any) is
                         (a) rated Ba-2 or lower by Moody's or  BB or lower
                         by  S&P  or (b) not  rated  by either  or  both of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (2) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and  if clauses (A) and  (B) are both  applicable or if
                    clauses (A), (B)  and (C) are all applicable,  the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (A) shall be applicable, and
                    if both  clauses (B) and  (C) are applicable,  the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (B) shall be applicable; and

                    (b) with respect to each Revolving Credit Loan,

                         (i)  during  the period  commencing June  4, 1993,
                    and ending March 28, 1995,

                               (A) .375% per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (B) .50% per annum  during such  time as  the
                         Company's commercial paper is  rated at least  P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (C) .6875% per annum during such time as  the
                         Company's commercial  paper is rated at  least P-3
                         by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (D) .9375% per annum  during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is (1) rated  NP  by
                         Moody's or  B, C or D  by S&P or (2) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P, 

                    and  if clauses (A) and  (B) are both  applicable or if
                    clauses (A),  (B) and (C) are all  applicable, the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (A) shall be applicable, and
                    if both  clauses (B) and  (C) are applicable,  the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (B) shall be applicable; and

                         (ii) .625% per annum during the  period commencing
                    March  29, 1995, and ending  on the earlier  of (1) the
                    first  date  when  the  Company  has  issued  at  least
                    $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal amount  of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness on  or after March  29, 1995, or  (2)
                    May  31,  1995;  provided,  however, that  if  (A)  the
                    Company issues Long-Term Indebtedness on or after March
                    29, 1995, and before  June 1, 1995, and (B)  such Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  is rated less than  Baa-3 by Moody's
                    or less than BBB-  by S&P, then such IBOR  Margin shall
                    be  adjusted retroactively  to March  29, 1995,  to the
                    IBOR Margin  which  would be  applicable  under  clause
                    (iii) below given the applicable Long-Term Indebtedness
                    ratings, and

                         (iii) from and  after the earlier of  (1) the date
                    one  day  after the  first  date when  the  Company has
                    issued at least  $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal
                    amount of Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March 29,
                    1995, or (2) June 1, 1995,

                               (A) .50% per  annum during such time  as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (B) .625%  per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least  Baa-3 by  Moody's and at  least BBB-  by
                         S&P,

                              (C) .825% per annum  during such time as  the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and 

                              (D) 1.125% per annum  during such time as (1)
                         the Company's  Long-Term Indebtedness (if  any) is
                         (a) rated Ba-2 or lower by Moody's or  BB or lower
                         by  S&P  or (b) not  rated  by either  or  both of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (2) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and  if clauses (A) and  (B) are both  applicable or if
                    clauses (A), (B)  and (C) are all applicable,  the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (A) shall be applicable, and
                    if both  clauses (B) and  (C) are applicable,  the IBOR
                    Margin set forth in clause (B) shall be applicable.

                         The IBOR Rate  shall be adjusted  automatically on
                    and as of the effective date of any change in the  IBOR
                    Margin."

                    2.   The   following   new  definition   of  "Long-Term
          Indebtedness"  is  hereby added  to  Section 1.01  of  the Credit
          Agreement:

                         ""Long-Term   Indebtedness"   shall  mean   senior
                    unsecured  long-term debt  of the  Company which  has a
                    maturity  date of three (3) years or more from the date
                    of original issuance thereof."

                    3.   Section  2.06 of  the Credit  Agreement is  hereby
          deleted in  its entirety  and the  following substituted in  lieu
          thereof:

                         "SECTION 2.06. Fees.  (a) From the  Effective Date
                    to but  excluding March 29, 1995, the Company shall pay
                    to  the   Agent  for  the   account  of  each   Bank  a
                    nonrefundable commitment fee on  (i) from the Effective
                    Date  to but  excluding  January 23,  1994, the  unused
                    portion of the  Line of Credit Commitment of  such Bank
                    and (ii) from  January 24, 1994, to but excluding March
                    29, 1995, the entire Line  of Credit Commitment of such
                    Bank, at the rate of:

                              (i) .025% per  annum during such time  as the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (ii) .0625% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's commercial  paper is rated at  least P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (iii) .0625%  per annum  during such  time as
                         the Company's commercial  paper is rated at  least
                         P-3 by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (iv) .0625% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is  (A) rated  NP by
                         Moody's or B,  C or D by  S&P or (B) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall  be applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set forth  in clause  (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the Line of Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and
                    on the last  day of  the Line of  Credit Period of  the
                    applicable Bank(s),  and  shall  be  calculated  on  an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (b) From the Effective Date to but excluding March
                    29,  1995, the Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the
                    account of each Bank  a nonrefundable commitment fee on
                    (i) from  the Effective  Date to but  excluding January
                    23, 1994,  the unused  portion of the  Revolving Credit
                    Commitment of such Bank and (ii) from January 24, 1994,
                    to but  excluding March 29, 1995,  the entire Revolving
                    Credit Commitment of such Bank, at the rate of:

                              (i) .0625% per annum during such time as  the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (ii) .125% per  annum during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial paper is  rated at least P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (iii) .125% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's commercial paper  is rated at  least P-3
                         by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (iv) .125% per annum  during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is (A) rated  NP  by
                         Moody's or B,  C or D by  S&P or (B) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall  be applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set  forth in  clause (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the Revolving Credit  Period of the applicable  Bank(s)
                    and on the last  day of the Revolving Credit  Period of
                    the applicable  Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (c) From the Effective Date to but excluding March
                    29,  1995, the Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the
                    account of  each Bank  a nonrefundable facility  fee on
                    the entire  Line of Credit  Commitment of such  Bank at
                    the rate of:

                              (i) .125% per  annum during such  time as the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (ii) .125% per  annum during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial paper is  rated at least P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (iii) .1875%  per annum  during such  time as
                         the Company's commercial paper  is rated at  least
                         P-3 by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (iv) .1875% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is  (A) rated  NP by
                         Moody's or  B, C or D  by S&P or (B) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P,

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth in clause  (i) shall be applicable,  and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set  forth in  clause (ii)  shall be applicable.   Such
                    facility fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the Line of Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and
                    on the  last day of  the Line  of Credit Period  of the
                    applicable  Bank(s),  and  shall  be  calculated  on an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (d) From the Effective Date to but excluding March
                    29,  1995, the Company shall  pay to the  Agent for the
                    account of  each Bank  a nonrefundable facility  fee on
                    the entire Revolving Credit  Commitment of such Bank at
                    the rate of:

                              (i) .125% per annum  during such time  as the
                         Company's commercial paper is rated P-1 by Moody's
                         and A-1 by S&P,

                              (ii) .125% per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's commercial  paper is rated  at least P-2
                         by Moody's and at least A-2 by S&P,

                              (iii) .1875%  per annum  during such  time as
                         the Company's commercial paper  is rated at  least
                         P-3 by Moody's and at least A-3 by S&P, and

                              (iv) .1875% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's  commercial  paper  is (A) rated  NP  by
                         Moody's or B,  C or D  by S&P or (B) not  rated by
                         either or both of Moody's and/or S&P,

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall  be applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set  forth in  clause (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    facility fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the  Revolving Credit Period  of the applicable Bank(s)
                    and on the last  day of the Revolving Credit  Period of
                    the applicable  Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (e)  From  March  29, 1995,  to and  including the
                    earlier of  (1) the  first  date when  the Company  has
                    issued at least  $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal
                    amount of Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March 29,
                    1995, or (2) May 31, 1995, the Company shall pay to the
                    Agent  for the  account  of each  Bank a  nonrefundable
                    facility fee on the entire Line of Credit Commitment of
                    such Bank  at the  rate  of .20%  per annum;  provided,
                    however,  that  if  (A)  the  Company  issues Long-Term
                    Indebtedness  on or  after March  29, 1995,  and before
                    June 1,  1995, and  (B) such Long-Term  Indebtedness is
                    rated less than Baa-3  by Moody's or less than  BBB- by
                    S&P,  then the  amount of  such  facility fee  shall be
                    adjusted  retroactively  to  March  29,  1995,  to  the
                    facility fee which would be applicable under clause (g)
                    below  given  the  applicable   Long-Term  Indebtedness
                    ratings.  Such facility fee shall be payable in arrears
                    on July 1, 1995, and  shall be calculated on an  actual
                    day, 360-day year basis.

                         (f)  From March  29,  1995, to  and including  the
                    earlier  of (1)  the first  date  when the  Company has
                    issued  at least $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal
                    amount of Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March 29,
                    1995, or (2) May 31, 1995, the Company shall pay to the
                    Agent  for the  account  of each  Bank a  nonrefundable
                    facility fee  on the entire Revolving Credit Commitment
                    of such Bank at  the rate of .20% per  annum; provided,
                    however,  that  if  (A) the  Company  issues  Long-Term
                    Indebtedness  on or  after March  29, 1995,  and before
                    June 1,  1995, and  (B) such Long-Term  Indebtedness is
                    rated less than Baa-3  by Moody's or less than  BBB- by
                    S&P,  then the  amount of  such facility  fee shall  be
                    adjusted  retroactively  to  March  29,  1995,  to  the
                    facility fee which would be applicable under clause (h)
                    below  given  the  applicable   Long-Term  Indebtedness
                    ratings.  Such facility fee shall be payable in arrears
                    on July 1, 1995, and  shall be calculated on  an actual
                    day, 360-day year basis.

                         (g)  From  the earlier  of  (1) the  date one  day
                    after the  first date  when the  Company has  issued at
                    least $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal  amount of
                    Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March  29, 1995, or
                    (2) June 1, 1995, to but excluding the  last day of the
                    Line of  Credit Period  of the applicable  Bank(s), the
                    Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of each
                    Bank a nonrefundable facility fee on the entire Line of
                    Credit Commitment of such Bank at the rate of:

                               (i) .15% per  annum during such  time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (ii) .20% per annum during  such time as  the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least  Baa-3 by Moody's  and at  least BBB-  by
                         S&P,

                              (iii) .325% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and

                              (iv) .375% per annum  during such time as (A)
                         the Company's  Long-Term Indebtedness (if  any) is
                         (1) rated Ba-2 or lower by Moody's or  BB or lower
                         by  S&P  or (2) not  rated  by either  or  both of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (B) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate  set forth in clause  (i) shall be applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set  forth in clause  (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    facility fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the Line of Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and
                    on  the last  day of the  Line of Credit  Period of the
                    applicable  Bank(s),  and  shall  be  calculated on  an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (h)  From  the earlier  of  (1) the  date one  day
                    after  the first date  when the  Company has  issued at
                    least  $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of
                    Long-Term Indebtedness  on or after March  29, 1995, or
                    (2) June 1, 1995, to but excluding  the last day of the
                    Revolving Credit Period of  the applicable Bank(s), the
                    Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of each
                    Bank  a  nonrefundable  facility   fee  on  the  entire
                    Revolving Credit  Commitment of  such Bank at  the rate
                    of:

                               (i) .15%  per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (ii) .20% per annum  during such time  as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least  Baa-3 by  Moody's and  at least BBB-  by
                         S&P,

                              (iii) .325% per annum during such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and

                              (iv) .375% per annum  during such time as (A)
                         the Company's Long-Term  Indebtedness (if any)  is
                         (1) rated Ba-2 or lower by  Moody's or BB or lower
                         by S&P  or  (2) not rated  by  either or  both  of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (B) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall be  applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set forth  in clause  (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    facility fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the  Revolving Credit Period  of the applicable Bank(s)
                    and on the last  day of the Revolving Credit  Period of
                    the applicable  Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (i)  For  each  day during  the  period commencing
                    March  29, 1995, and ending  on the earlier  of (1) the
                    first  date  when  the  Company  has  issued  at  least
                    $100,000,000.00  in aggregate principal amount of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  on or after  March 29, 1995,  or (2)
                    May 31, 1995, on  which the unused portion of  the Line
                    of  Credit  Commitment of  a  Bank is  less  than Fifty
                    Percent (50%)  of the entire Line  of Credit Commitment
                    of  such Bank, the Company  shall pay to  the Agent for
                    the account  of such  Bank a  nonrefundable utilization
                    fee  on the  entire Line  of Credit Commitment  of such
                    Bank at the rate of  .20% per annum; provided, however,
                    that if (A) the  Company issues Long-Term  Indebtedness
                    on  or after March 29,  1995, and before  June 1, 1995,
                    and (B) such Long-Term  Indebtedness is rated less than
                    Baa-3 by Moody's  or less  than BBB- by  S&P, then  the
                    amount  of  such  utilization  fee  shall  be  adjusted
                    retroactively to March 29, 1995, to the utilization fee
                    which would be applicable  under clause (k) below given
                    the  applicable Long-Term  Indebtedness ratings.   Such
                    utilization fee shall be  payable in arrears on July 1,
                    1995, and shall be calculated on an actual day, 360-day
                    year basis.

                         (j)  For  each  day during  the  period commencing
                    March  29, 1995, and ending  on the earlier  of (1) the
                    first  date  when  the  Company  has  issued  at  least
                    $100,000,000.00  in aggregate principal amount of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  on or after  March 29, 1995,  or (2)
                    May  31,  1995, on  which  the  unused portion  of  the
                    Revolving  Credit Commitment  of  a Bank  is less  than
                    Fifty  Percent  (50%) of  the  entire Revolving  Credit
                    Commitment of such  Bank, the Company shall pay  to the
                    Agent  for the  account  of such  Bank a  nonrefundable
                    utilization   fee  on   the  entire   Revolving  Credit
                    Commitment  of such Bank at the rate of .20% per annum;
                    provided, however, that if (A) the Company issues Long-
                    Term  Indebtedness  on or  after  March  29, 1995,  and
                    before   June   1,  1995,   and   (B)  such   Long-Term
                    Indebtedness  is rated  less than  Baa-3 by  Moody's or
                    less  than  BBB-  by  S&P,  then  the  amount  of  such
                    utilization  fee  shall  be  adjusted  retroactively to
                    March  29, 1995, to the  utilization fee which would be
                    applicable under clause (l) below given the  applicable
                    Long-Term  Indebtedness ratings.   Such utilization fee
                    shall be payable in arrears on July 1, 1995, and  shall
                    be calculated on an actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (k)  For each day during the period  commencing on
                    the earlier of  (1) the  date one day  after the  first
                    date   when   the   Company   has   issued   at   least
                    $100,000,000.00  in aggregate principal amount of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness  on or after  March 29, 1995,  or (2)
                    June 1, 1995, and ending on the last day of the Line of
                    Credit  Period  of the  applicable  Bank  on which  the
                    unused portion  of the Line  of Credit Commitment  of a
                    Bank is  less than  Fifty Percent  (50%) of  the entire
                    Line  of Credit  Commitment of  such Bank,  the Company
                    shall pay to the  Agent for the account of such  Bank a
                    nonrefundable utilization  fee  on the  entire Line  of
                    Credit Commitment of such Bank at the rate of:

                               (i) .10% per  annum during such time  as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (ii) .20%  per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Baa-3 by  Moody's and  at least  BBB- by
                         S&P,

                              (iii) .20% per annum during such  time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and

                              (iv) .25%  per annum during such  time as (A)
                         the  Company's Long-Term Indebtedness  (if any) is
                         (1) rated Ba-2 or lower by Moody's or BB or  lower
                         by  S&P or  (2) not  rated by  either  or both  of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (B) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall  be applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set  forth in  clause (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    utilization fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears
                    on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 during
                    the Line of Credit Period of the applicable Bank(s) and
                    on the last  day of the  Line of  Credit Period of  the
                    applicable  Bank(s),  and  shall  be calculated  on  an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (l)  For each day during  the period commencing on
                    the earlier of  (1) the  date one day  after the  first
                    date   when   the   Company   has   issued   at   least
                    $100,000,000.00 in aggregate principal amount  of Long-
                    Term Indebtedness on  or after March  29, 1995, or  (2)
                    June  1,  1995,  and ending  on  the  last  day of  the
                    Revolving Credit Period of the applicable Bank on which
                    the unused  portion of the Revolving  Credit Commitment
                    of  a  Bank is  less than  Fifty  Percent (50%)  of the
                    entire Revolving  Credit Commitment  of such  Bank, the
                    Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of such
                    Bank  a  nonrefundable utilization  fee  on  the entire
                    Revolving Credit  Commitment of  such Bank at  the rate
                    of:

                               (i) .10% per  annum during such  time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least Baa-2 by Moody's and at least BBB by S&P,

                              (ii) .20% per annum during  such time as  the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at least  Baa-3 by  Moody's and  at least BBB-  by
                         S&P,

                              (iii) .20% per annum during  such time as the
                         Company's Long-Term Indebtedness (if any) is rated
                         at  least Ba-1 by Moody's and at least BB+ by S&P,
                         and

                              (iv) .25%  per annum during such  time as (A)
                         the Company's Long-Term  Indebtedness (if any)  is
                         (1) rated Ba-2 or lower by  Moody's or BB or lower
                         by S&P  or  (2) not rated  by  either or  both  of
                         Moody's and/or S&P or (B) the Company has no Long-
                         Term Indebtedness outstanding, 

                    and if clauses (i)  and (ii) are both applicable  or if
                    clauses  (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are all  applicable, the
                    rate set forth  in clause (i) shall be  applicable, and
                    if both clauses (ii) and (iii) are applicable, the rate
                    set forth  in clause  (ii) shall  be applicable.   Such
                    facility fee  shall be payable quarterly  in arrears on
                    each  January 1, April 1,  July 1 and  October 1 during
                    the Revolving Credit Period  of the applicable  Bank(s)
                    and on the last  day of the Revolving Credit  Period of
                    the applicable  Bank(s), and shall be  calculated on an
                    actual day, 360-day year basis.

                         (m)  The Company  shall also pay to  the Agent for
                    its  own account  a  nonrefundable agent's  fee in  the
                    amounts set forth in a  letter agreement dated June  4,
                    1993, by and between the Company and the Agent."

                    4.   Section 5.01(d) of the Credit Agreement is  hereby
          deleted in its  entirety and  the following  substituted in  lieu
          thereof:

                         "(d)   Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio.   The Company
                    will  keep  and  maintain   the  ratio  of  Net  Income
                    Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges for:

                              (i)  each  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive
                         fiscal quarters  up to  and  including the  fiscal
                         quarter ending October 30,  1993, at not less than
                         1.25 to 1.00;

                              (ii)  the fiscal  quarter ending  January 29,
                         1994, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                              (iii)  each  period of  four  (4) consecutive
                         fiscal  quarters beginning  with  the period  that
                         ends with the first  fiscal quarter of fiscal year
                         1994 to  and including  the period that  ends with
                         the fourth fiscal quarter  of fiscal year 1994, at
                         not less than 1.10 to 1.00;

                              (iv) the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal year
                         1994, at not less than 1.25 to 1.00;

                              (v)  each  period  of  four  (4)  consecutive
                         fiscal quarters  beginning  with the  period  that
                         ends  with  the fiscal  quarter  ending  April 29,
                         1995, to  and including the period  that ends with
                         the fiscal quarter ending October 28, 1995, at not
                         less than 1.05 to 1.00;

                              (vi)  each  period  of  four  (4) consecutive
                         fiscal  quarters  beginning with  the  period that
                         ends with the  fiscal quarter  ending February  3,
                         1996, to  and including the period  that ends with
                         the fiscal quarter ending November 2, 1996, at not
                         less than 1.10 to 1.00;

                              (vii)  the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of  each
                         fiscal year commencing  with fiscal year  1995, at
                         not less than 1.25 to 1.00; and

                              (viii)  each period  of four  (4) consecutive
                         fiscal quarters  beginning  with the  period  that
                         ends with  the fiscal quarter  ending February  1,
                         1997, and  thereafter, at  not less than  1.175 to
                         1.00."

                    5.   Section 5.01(h)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby
          deleted in  its entirety  and the  following substituted  in lieu
          thereof:

                         "(h) Certain     Restrictions      Relating     to
                    Subsidiaries.   (i)    Except as  permitted by  Section
                    5.01(g),  the  Company will  not  cause  or permit  any
                    Restricted Subsidiary to merge  or consolidate into  or
                    with any Person  (other than the  Company or a  Wholly-
                    Owned  Subsidiary) if  such  other Person  will be  the
                    surviving   or   continuing  corporation   unless,  (A)
                    immediately  after  giving  effect to  such  merger  or
                    consolidation,  (1) the  portion  of  Consolidated  Net
                    Tangible   Assets   attributable   to  the   Restricted
                    Subsidiary  being  merged  or  consolidated  shall  not
                    exceed 12.5%  of  the total  Consolidated Net  Tangible
                    Assets  as  of the  end of  the  fiscal quarter  of the
                    Company immediately  preceding the date  of such merger
                    or  consolidation and  (2) the portion  of Consolidated
                    Net Sales  attributable  to the  Restricted  Subsidiary
                    being merged or consolidated  shall not exceed 12.5% of
                    the total Consolidated Net  Sales as of the end  of the
                    fiscal  year of the  Company immediately  preceding the
                    date of such  merger or consolidation, (B) the ratio of
                    Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges
                    for the period of  four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters
                    ended immediately preceding the  date of such merger or
                    consolidation  and  for the  most recent  fourth fiscal
                    quarter of  the Company ended immediately preceding the
                    date  of such merger  or consolidation (each determined
                    on  a  pro  forma   basis  and  excluding  any  amounts
                    attributable to the Restricted Subsidiary  being merged
                    or consolidated) shall not  be less than the respective
                    minimum   amounts   required   by    Section   5.01(d),
                    (C) immediately after giving  effect to such merger  or
                    consolidation,  no Default  or Event  of  Default shall
                    have occurred  and  be continuing  and (D)  immediately
                    after giving  effect to  such merger  or consolidation,
                    all  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  the
                    Company contained  in this Agreement shall  be true and
                    correct in all material  respects as if made on  and as
                    of the date of such merger or consolidation.

                         (ii)   The Company will not, and it will not cause
                    or permit any  Restricted Subsidiary to,  sell, assign,
                    transfer or  otherwise dispose of any  capital stock of
                    any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than the
                    Company  or  a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary)  unless,  (A)
                    immediately   after  giving   effect   to  such   sale,
                    assignment,  transfer  or  other  disposition,  (1) the
                    portion   of   Consolidated    Net   Tangible    Assets
                    attributable   to  that   portion  of   the  Restricted
                    Subsidiary   being   sold,  assigned,   transferred  or
                    otherwise disposed of (meaning  the same proportion  as
                    the fair market value (as determined by the  Company in
                    good  faith) of the  capital stock being  sold bears to
                    the  total  fair market  value  (as  determined by  the
                    Company  in  good  faith)  of all  of  the  outstanding
                    capital  stock of such Restricted Subsidiary) shall not
                    exceed  12.5%  of the  total Consolidated  Net Tangible
                    Assets  as  of the  end of  the  fiscal quarter  of the
                    Company  immediately preceding the  date of  such sale,
                    assignment, transfer or  other disposition and  (2) the
                    portion of Consolidated Net Sales attributable to  that
                    portion  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiary   being  sold,
                    assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of (meaning
                    the  same  proportion  as  the fair  market  value  (as
                    determined by the Company in good faith) of the capital
                    stock being  sold bears to the total  fair market value
                    (as  determined by the Company in good faith) of all of
                    the  outstanding  capital  stock  of   such  Restricted
                    Subsidiary)  shall  not  exceed   12.5%  of  the  total
                    Consolidated Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal year
                    of the  Company immediately preceding the  date of such
                    sale,  assignment, transfer  or other  disposition, (B)
                    the ratio of Net Income  Available for Fixed Charges to
                    Fixed Charges  for the  period of four  (4) consecutive
                    fiscal quarters ended immediately preceding the date of
                    such  sale, assignment,  transfer or  other disposition
                    and for  the most recent  fourth fiscal quarter  of the
                    Company ended immediately  preceding the  date of  such
                    sale, assignment,  transfer or other  disposition (each
                    determined  on  a pro  forma  basis  and excluding  any
                    amounts attributable to that  portion of the Restricted
                    Subsidiary   being   sold,  assigned,   transferred  or
                    otherwise disposed  of (meaning the same  proportion as
                    the fair market value (as determined by the Company  in
                    good faith)  of the capital  stock being sold  bears to
                    the  total  fair market  value  (as  determined by  the
                    Company  in  good  faith)  of all  of  the  outstanding
                    capital stock the Restricted  Subsidiary)) shall not be
                    less than  the respective minimum  amounts required  by
                    Section 5.01(d), (C) immediately after giving effect to
                    such sale,  assignment, transfer or  other disposition,
                    no Default or Event of Default shall  have occurred and
                    be continuing and  (D) immediately after giving  effect
                    to   such   sale,   assignment,   transfer   or   other
                    disposition, all of the representations  and warranties
                    of  the Company  contained in  this Agreement  shall be
                    true and correct in all material respects as if made on
                    and  as  of  the  date   of  such  transfer  or   other
                    disposition.

                         (iii)   The Company will  not cause or  permit any
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  to  issue  any  shares  of  its
                    capital stock to any Person (other than the  Company or
                    a  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary)  unless,  (A)  immediately
                    after  giving effect to  such issuance, (1) the portion
                    of  Consolidated Net  Tangible  Assets attributable  to
                    that portion of the Restricted Subsidiary being  issued
                    to another  Person (meaning the same  proportion as the
                    fair market value (as determined by the Company in good
                    faith) of the  capital stock being issued  bears to the
                    total fair  market value (as determined  by the Company
                    in good faith) of all of the outstanding  capital stock
                    of  such Restricted  Subsidiary (including  the capital
                    stock  being issued))  shall  not exceed  12.5% of  the
                    total Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the end of
                    the fiscal quarter of the Company immediately preceding
                    the  date  of  such  issuance and  (2) the  portion  of
                    Consolidated Net  Sales attributable to that portion of
                    the  Restricted  Subsidiary  being  issued  to  another
                    Person (meaning the same  proportion as the fair market
                    value  (as determined by the Company  in good faith) of
                    the  capital stock being issued bears to the total fair
                    market  value (as  determined  by the  Company in  good
                    faith) of all of the  outstanding capital stock of such
                    Restricted  Subsidiary  (including  the  capital  stock
                    being  issued)) shall  not  exceed 12.5%  of the  total
                    Consolidated Net Sales as of the end of the fiscal year
                    of the  Company immediately preceding the  date of such
                    issuance,  (B) the  ratio of  Net Income  Available for
                    Fixed  Charges to Fixed Charges for  the period of four
                    (4)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters   ended  immediately
                    preceding the date  of such issuance  and for the  most
                    recent  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of  the Company  ended
                    immediately preceding  the date of such  issuance (each
                    determined  on  a pro  forma  basis  and excluding  any
                    amounts attributable to that  portion of the Restricted
                    Subsidiary  being issued to another Person (meaning the
                    same proportion as the fair market value (as determined
                    by  the Company  in  good faith)  of the  capital stock
                    being issued bears  to the total fair market  value (as
                    determined  by the Company in good faith) of all of the
                    outstanding capital stock  of the Restricted Subsidiary
                    (including the capital stock  being issued))) shall not
                    be less than the respective minimum amounts required by
                    Section 5.01(d), (C) immediately after giving effect to
                    such  issuance, no  Default or  Event of  Default shall
                    have  occurred and be  continuing, and  (D) immediately
                    after  giving  effect  to  such issuance,  all  of  the
                    representations and warranties of the Company contained
                    in  this Agreement  shall be  true and  correct  in all
                    material respects as  if made on and as of  the date of
                    such issuance.

                         (iv)   The  Company will  not cause or  permit any
                    Restricted Subsidiary  to,  sell, assign,  transfer  or
                    otherwise dispose of (other than in the ordinary course
                    of  business)  any   of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary's
                    Property  or  assets  to  any Person  (other  than  the
                    Company  or  any Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary)  unless, (A)
                    immediately   after  giving   effect   to  such   sale,
                    assignment,  transfer  or  other  disposition,  (1) the
                    portion   of   Consolidated    Net   Tangible    Assets
                    attributable   to  that   portion  of   the  Restricted
                    Subsidiary   being   sold,  assigned,   transferred  or
                    otherwise  disposed of (meaning  the same proportion as
                    the fair market value (as  determined by the Company in
                    good  faith) of  the Properties  and assets  being sold
                    bears to the total fair market value (as determined  by
                    the  Company in  good faith)  of all of  Properties and
                    assets of the  Restricted Subsidiary) shall not  exceed
                    12.5% of the total  Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as
                    of  the  end  of  the  fiscal  quarter  of the  Company
                    immediately   preceding   the   date   of   such  sale,
                    assignment, transfer or  other disposition and  (2) the
                    portion of Consolidated Net  Sales attributable to that
                    portion  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiary   being  sold,
                    assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of (meaning
                    the  same  proportion  as  the fair  market  value  (as
                    determined  by  the  Company  in  good  faith)  of  the
                    Properties  and assets  being sold  bears to  the total
                    fair market value (as determined by the Company in good
                    faith)  of   all  of  Properties  and   assets  of  the
                    Restricted  Subsidiary) shall  not exceed 12.5%  of the
                    total  Consolidated Net  Sales  as of  the  end of  the
                    fiscal year  of the  Company immediately preceding  the
                    date  of  such  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  other
                    disposition, (B) the ratio  of Net Income Available for
                    Fixed Charges to  Fixed Charges for the  period of four
                    (4)  consecutive  fiscal  quarters   ended  immediately
                    preceding the date  of such sale,  assignment, transfer
                    or  other disposition  and for  the most  recent fourth
                    fiscal  quarter  of   the  Company  ended   immediately
                    preceding  the date of  such sale, assignment, transfer
                    or other  disposition (each  determined on a  pro forma
                    basis and  excluding any amounts  attributable to  that
                    portion  of  the   Restricted  Subsidiary  being  sold,
                    assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of (meaning
                    the  same  proportion  as  the fair  market  value  (as
                    determined  by  the  Company  in  good  faith)  of  the
                    Properties  and assets  being sold  bears to  the total
                    fair market value (as determined by the Company in good
                    faith)  of   all  of  Properties  and   assets  of  the
                    Restricted  Subsidiary)) shall  not  be  less than  the
                    respective minimum amounts required by Section 5.01(d),
                    (C) immediately  after  giving  effect  to  such  sale,
                    assignment,  transfer or other  disposition, no Default
                    or  Event  of  Default   shall  have  occurred  and  be
                    continuing and  (D) immediately after giving  effect to
                    such  sale, assignment, transfer  or other disposition,
                    all  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  the
                    Company contained  in this Agreement shall  be true and
                    correct in all material  respects as if made on  and as
                    of the date of such sale, assignment, transfer or other
                    disposition."

                    6.   The  following new  Sections 5.01(z)  and 5.01(aa)
          are hereby added to the Credit Agreement:

                         "(z)   Use of Proceeds of  Long-Term Indebtedness.
                    The  Company will use all  of the net  proceeds of each
                    issuance  of  Long-Term  Indebtedness  issued   by  the
                    Company on or  after March  29, 1995, first  to pay  or
                    prepay (i)  any Current Debt  of the Company  under any
                    uncommitted lines of credit of the Company and (ii) any
                    Loans of the Company under this Agreement on a pro-rata
                    basis among the Banks.  Any remaining proceeds may then
                    be  used  by  the  Company for  its  general  corporate
                    purposes to the extent not inconsistent with any of the
                    other terms or provisions of this Agreement.

                         (aa)  No Prepayment  of Funded Debt.   The Company
                    will  not make  any optional  prepayment on  any Funded
                    Debt  of the Company  (other than the  Loans under this
                    Agreement)   except  with  the  proceeds  of  Long-Term
                    Indebtedness issued by the  Company on or after January
                    1, 1996."

                    7.    Clause  (o)  of  Section   6.01  of  the   Credit
          Agreement is  hereby deleted  in its  entirety and  the following
          substituted in lieu thereof:

                         "(o)  If  Consolidated Net Income for each  of any
                    two  consecutive fiscal quarters is  a net loss and the
                    loss reported for  the second such consecutive  quarter
                    is  greater than the  loss reported for  the first such
                    fiscal quarter;" 

                    8.   Notwithstanding  any  provision  contained in  the
          Credit  Agreement to the contrary, from and after March 29, 1995,
          the Company  shall have no right  to request or obtain  a CD Loan
          under the  Credit  Agreement and  all  references in  the  Credit
          Agreement to CD Loans (and any related terms) shall henceforth be
          disregarded in their entirety.

                    9.   This Amendment  shall not be  effective unless and
          until the Agent shall have received:

                         (a)  evidence satisfactory to  the Agent that  the
                    minimum  fixed charge  coverage  covenant contained  in
                    Section  5.8  of  each  of the  "Note  Agreements"  (as
                    defined in Section 6.01(n) of the Credit Agreement) has
                    been amended to read the  same in all material respects
                    as Section  5.01(d) of the Credit  Agreement as amended
                    by this Amendment;

                         (b)  a  copy   of  resolutions  of  the  Board  of
                    Directors   of  the  Company   (or  a  duly  authorized
                    committee thereof),  duly adopted, which  authorize the
                    execution, delivery and performance of  this Amendment,
                    certified by the Secretary of the Company; and

                         (c)  payment by  the  Company of  a  nonrefundable
                    amendment fee  for the ratable benefit of  the Banks in
                    the  amount  of  One  Hundred  Fifty-Six  Thousand  Two
                    Hundred Fifty Dollars ($156,250.00).

                    10.  The Company hereby  agrees to reimburse the  Agent
          upon demand for all  out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including,
          without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and expenses,
          incurred  by  the  Agent  in  the  preparation,  negotiation  and
          execution  of  this Amendment.   All  of  the obligations  of the
          Company under this Paragraph 10  shall survive the termination of
          the Credit Agreement.

                    11.  All references in the  Credit Agreement and in the
          Notes to the Credit Agreement and any other references of similar
          import shall henceforth  mean the Credit Agreement  as amended by
          this Amendment.

                    12.  Except  to the extent specifically amended by this
          Amendment, all of  the terms, provisions, conditions,  covenants,
          representations and  warranties contained in the Credit Agreement
          shall be  and remain in  full force and  effect and the  same are
          hereby ratified and confirmed.

                    13.  This Amendment shall be  binding upon and inure to
          the  benefit of  the  Company, the  Banks,  the Agent  and  their
          respective successors  and assigns,  except that Company  may not
          assign,  transfer or  delegate any  of its rights  or obligations
          hereunder.

                    14.  The Company hereby represents and warrants to  the
          Banks and the Agent that:

                         (a)  the  execution,  delivery and  performance by
          the  Company of this Amendment are within the corporate powers of
          the Company, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
          action and require no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
          any governmental  or regulatory body,  agency or official  or any
          other third party.   The execution,  delivery and performance  by
          the Company of this Amendment do not  conflict with, or result in
          a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute
          a  default under or result in any  violation of, the terms of the
          Certificate  of  Incorporation or  By-Laws  of  the Company,  any
          applicable law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment or decree
          of   any  court   or   governmental  or   regulatory  agency   or
          instrumentality or any agreement, document or instrument to which
          the Company is a  party or by which it is bound or to which it is
          subject;

                         (b)  this Amendment  has  been duly  executed  and
          delivered by  the Company  and constitutes  the legal, valid  and
          binding obligation of the  Company enforceable in accordance with
          its terms; and

                         (c)  as   of   the  date   hereof,   all   of  the
          representations,  warranties  and  covenants of  the  Company set
          forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct and no Default
          or Event of  Default under or  within the meaning  of the  Credit
          Agreement has occurred and is continuing.

                    15.  In  the  event of  any  inconsistency or  conflict
          between  this  Amendment and  the  Credit  Agreement, the  terms,
          provisions  and conditions  of  this Amendment  shall govern  and
          control.

                    16.  This Amendment shall be governed  by and construed
          in  accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Missouri
          (without reference to conflict of law principles).

                    17.  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OR  COMMITMENTS TO  LOAN  MONEY,
          EXTEND CREDIT OR TO  FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF  A DEBT,
          INCLUDING  PROMISES  TO  EXTEND  OR  RENEW  SUCH  DEBT,  ARE  NOT
          ENFORCEABLE.  TO  PROTECT THE  COMPANY, THE BANKS  AND THE  AGENT
          FROM  MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT,  ANY AGREEMENTS REACHED
          BY THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE
          CONTAINED IN THE  CREDIT AGREEMENT AS AMENDED  BY THIS AMENDMENT,
          WHICH CREDIT AGREEMENT AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT IS A COMPLETE
          AND EXCLUSIVE  STATEMENT OF  THE AGREEMENTS BETWEEN  THE COMPANY,
          THE BANKS AND THE AGENT, EXCEPT AS THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE
          AGENT MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY THEM.

                    18.  This  Amendment may  be  signed in  any number  of
          counterparts, each of which  shall be an original, with  the same
          effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
          instrument.  Subject  to the  provisions of Paragraph  9 of  this
          Amendment, this Amendment shall become effective on the date when
          the Agent shall have received original or telecopied counterparts
          hereof signed by the Company and each of the Banks.

                    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  Company, the  Banks and  the
          Agent have executed this Third Amendment to Credit Agreement this
          11th day of April, 1995, effective as of March 29, 1995.



                                        EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By /s/ David B. Cooper, Jr.
                                        Title: Executive Vice President and

                                               Chief Financial Officer






                                        MERCANTILE   BANK    OF   ST. LOUIS
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                                        By /s/ Carl Dunajcik
                                        Title:                             


                                        THE  BOATMEN'S   NATIONAL  BANK  OF
                                        ST. LOUIS



                                        By /s/ John Rouse                  
                                        Title:                             


                                        CITIBANK, N.A.



                                        By /s/ Theodore J. Beck            
                                        Title:                             


                                        NBD  BANK  (formerly  known as  NBD
                                        Bank, N.A.)



                                        By Thomas A. LeVasseur             
                                        Title:                             


                                        THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA



                                        By /s/ S.C. B. Ashby               
                                        Title:                             



                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                                        By /s/ Jeneatte Ganousis           
                                        Title:                             


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL  TRUST AND
                                        SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                                        By /s/ Adam N. Bolbach             
                                        Title:                             

                                        MERCANTILE   BANK    OF   ST. LOUIS
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent

                                        By /s/ Carl Dunajcik               
                  
                                        Title:                             
                   


                                  OVERRIDE AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of September 22, 1995

                                     By and Among

                            EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.,

                                     as Borrower

                                         and

                       THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED ON THE
                                SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF


<TABLE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<CAPTION>
          Article                                                      Page

          <S>                                                           <C>
          I.    DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                1.1   Definitions Generally . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                1.2   Accounting Terms and Determinations . . . . . . .  13

          II.   OVERRIDE GENERALLY AND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                ELECTION; 
                STIPULATION OF CLAIMS; LETTER OF CREDIT PROVISIONS  . .  13
                2.1   Override Generally; Amendment and Restatement
                 Election   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
                2.2   Stipulation as to Exposure  . . . . . . . . . . .  15
                2.3   Stipulation as to Existing Original Credit
                 Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
                2.4   Restatement of Other Original Credit Documents  .  15
                2.5   Treatment of Drawings of Standby Letters of
                 Credit   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          III.  MATURITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
                3.1   Maturity of the Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
                3.2   Cash Collateral for Standby Letter of Credit
                 Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
                3.3   Repayment of Other Obligations  . . . . . . . . .  16

          IV.   TERMINATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
                AND PRINCIPAL REDUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                4.1   Termination of Revolving Credit Commitments . . .  17
                4.2   Mandatory Principal Reduction . . . . . . . . . .  17
                4.3   Optional Principal Reduction  . . . . . . . . . .  17
                4.4   [Intentionally Omitted] . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                4.5   Application of Payments by the Standby LC Bank  .  17
                4.6   General Provisions as to Payments . . . . . . . .  17

          V.    INTEREST AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                5.1   Interest Rates; Letter of Credit Fees . . . . . .  18
                5.2   Postdefault Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                5.3   Accrued and Unpaid Interest and Fees as of the
                 Effective Date   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                5.4   Override Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
                5.5   Agency Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
                5.6   Capital Adequacy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

          VI.   PLEDGE OF PRINCIPAL CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT; SETOFF . . .  19
                6.1   Pledge of Principal Concentration Account . . . .  19
                6.2   Setoff  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
                6.3   Ratable Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
                6.4   Use of Setoff Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20


          VII.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                7.1   Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . .  21
                      (a) Corporate Existence and Power   . . . . . . .  21
                      (b) Corporate Authorization   . . . . . . . . . .  21
                      (c) Binding Effect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                      (d) Financial Information   . . . . . . . . . . .  21
                      (e) Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                      (f) Pension and Welfare Plans   . . . . . . . . .  22
                      (g) Tax Returns and Payment   . . . . . . . . . .  22
                      (h) Compliance With Other Instruments; None
                          Burdensome  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                      (i) Existing Indebtedness   . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                      (j) Labor Matters   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                      (k) Title to Property   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                      (l) Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act
                          of 1980   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                      (m) Investment Company Act of 1940; Public
                          Utility Holding Company Act of 1935   . . . .  24
                      (n) Patents, Licenses, Trademarks, Etc.   . . . .  24
                      (o) Environmental Safety and Health Matters   . .  24
                      (p) Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                      (q) Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                      (r) Transfers of Property   . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                      (s) Handyman Guarantees   . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                      (t) Noteholder Forbearance Agreement
                          Representation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

          VIII.  COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                8.1   Covenants of the Borrower . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                      (a) Information   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                      (b) Limitations on Debt   . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                      (c) Limitations on Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
                      (d) Limitations on Sale and Leasebacks  . . . . .  30
                      (e) Merger, Consolidation, Sale of Stock and
                          Issuance of Stock   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
                      (f) Transactions with Affiliates  . . . . . . . .  31
                      (g) Restricted Investments  . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                      (h) Restricted Payments -- Capital Stock  . . . .  31
                      (i) Consultations and Inspections   . . . . . . .  31
                      (j) Payment of Taxes and Claims; Corporate
                          Existence; Maintenance of Properties;
                          Insurance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
                      (k) Maintenance of Books and Records  . . . . . .  33
                      (l) Changes in Nature of Business   . . . . . . .  33
                      (m) Compliance with Law   . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
                      (n) Accountant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
                      (o) ERISA Compliance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
                      (p) Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                      (q) Notices   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                          (i)  Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                          (ii)     Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
                          (iii)    Judgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                          (iv)     Pension Plans  . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                          (v)  Environmental and Safety and Health
                               Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                          (vi)     Material Adverse Change  . . . . . .  35
                          (vii)    Change in Management . . . . . . . .  35
                      (r) Pension Plans   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                      (s) Acquisitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (t) Guaranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (u) Capital Expenditures  . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (v) Lease Termination Payments  . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (w) Condemnation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (x) Accounts; Maintenance of Cash Management
                          System  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
                      (y) Severance Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                      (z) Amendment of New Commercial LC Facility
                          Agreement, Noteholder Forbearance
                          Agreement and New Financing Facility  . . . .  37
                      (aa)     No Additional Stores . . . . . . . . . .  37
                      (ab)     Letters of Credit Under New Financing
                          Facility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                      (ac)     Modification of Standby Letters of
                          Credit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                      (ad)     Noteholder Forbearance Agreement
                          Covenants   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                8.2   Weekly Representation Covenant  . . . . . . . . .  37

          IX.   DEFAULTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
                9.1   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
                9.2   Notice of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41

          X.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS . . . . . . . . .  41
                10.1  Closing Deliveries and Conditions . . . . . . . .  41

          XI.   MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
                11.1  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
                11.2  No Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
                11.3  Expenses; Documentary Taxes . . . . . . . . . . .  43
                11.4  General Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
                11.5  Environmental Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
                11.6  Amendments and Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
                11.7  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
                11.8  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
                11.9  Counterparts; Effectiveness . . . . . . . . . . .  45
                11.10     Authority to Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
                11.11     CONSENT TO JURISDICTION   . . . . . . . . . .  46
                11.12     References; Headings for Convenience  . . . .  46
                11.13     NO ORAL AGREEMENTS; ENTIRE AGREEMENT  . . . .  46
                11.14     Resurrection of Loans   . . . . . . . . . . .  47
                11.15     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL  . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
                11.16     Release of Lender Parties   . . . . . . . . .  47
                11.17     Appointment of Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

          XII.  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS . . .  48
                12.1  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
                12.2  Participations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
                      (a) Permitted Participants; Effect  . . . . . . .  48
                      (b) Voting Rights   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
                      (c) Benefit of Set-off  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
                12.3  Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
                      (a) Permitted Assignments   . . . . . . . . . . .  49
                      (b) Effect; Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . .  49

          XIII.  FORBEARANCE AND RESERVATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS  . . . .  50

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                       EXHIBITS

                    <S>            <C>
                    Exhibit A      Form of Amended and Restated Notes

                    Exhibit B      Form of Weekly Representation
                                   Certificate

                    Exhibit C-1         Form of Opinion of Weil, Gotshal &
                                        Manges

                    Exhibit C-2         Form of Opinion of Alan Sachs, Esq.

                    Exhibit D-1         Form of Bank Guaranty

                    Exhibit D-2         Form of Commercial LC Facility
                                        Guaranty

                    Exhibit E      Specified Defaults

                    Exhibit F      Form of Existing Lender Intercreditor
                                   Agreement

                    Exhibit G      Form of Last-Out Participation Agreement

                    Exhibit H      Form of New Lender Intercreditor
                                   Agreement


</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                      SCHEDULES

                    <S>                 <C>
                    Schedule 2.2        Exposures of the Banks

                    Schedule 2.3        Existing Original Credit Documents

                    Schedule 7.1(a)     Borrower's Subsidiaries not in Good
                                        Standing

                    Schedule 7.1(d)     Contingent Liabilities

                    Schedule 7.1(e)     Pending Litigation

                    Schedule 7.1(f)     Pension and Welfare Plans

                    Schedule 7.1(i)     Existing Indebtedness

                    Schedule 7.1(j)     Labor Matters

                    Schedule 7.1(k)     Permitted Liens

                    Schedule 7.1(n)     Patents, Licenses, Trademarks, etc.

                    Schedule 7.1(o)     Environmental Compliance

                    Schedule 7.1(p)     Subsidiaries

                    Schedule 7.1(r)     Transfers of Property

                    Schedule 8.1(b)     Existing Indebtedness

                    Schedule 8.1(x)     Cash Management System

                    Schedule 11.1  Addresses for Notice

</TABLE>




                                  OVERRIDE AGREEMENT


               This OVERRIDE AGREEMENT, dated as of  September 22, 1995 (as
          amended, modified,  restated or  supplemented from time  to time,
          this  "Agreement"),  is among  Edison  Brothers  Stores, Inc.,  a
          Delaware   corporation   (the  "Borrower")   and   the  financial
          institutions  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof and  their
          respective successors  and assigns (each  individually, a  "Bank"
          and collectively, the "Banks").

          PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

               1.   The Borrower and the  Banks are parties to one  or more
          of  the following  agreements,  documents  and instruments  (such
          agreements, documents  and instruments, together  with all  other
          agreements, documents  and instruments executed and  delivered in
          connection  therewith that give  rise to  any claims  against the
          Borrower  (contingent or otherwise) in favor of one or more Banks
          being  collectively referred  to herein  as the  "Original Credit
          Documents"):

                    (a)  the Credit Agreement dated  as of June 4, 1993 (as
               heretofore  amended,  waived  or  otherwise   modified,  the
               "Revolving Credit Facility")  among the Borrower,  the Banks
               listed  therein   (collectively  in  such   capacities,  the
               "Committed Banks") and Mercantile Bank of St. Louis National
               Association,  as  agent  (in  such  capacity, including  its
               successors, the "Agent"); and

                    (b)  the   various   agreements  or   instrument  (such
               agreements or instrument,  as heretofore amended,  waived or
               otherwise  modified,  collectively,  the  "Uncommitted  Loan
               Documents")  between  the  Borrower  and,  or  made  by  the
               Borrower to  the order  of, each  of The  Boatmen's National
               Bank of St. Louis, Citibank, N.A., The Bank  of Nova Scotia,
               Sanwa Bank, Fifth  Third Bank, The Bank of New  York and The
               Sumitomo Bank, Limited (collectively in such capacities, the
               "Uncommitted Banks"); and

                    (c) the Continuing Standby  Letter of Credit  Agreement
               dated November 15,  1989, the  Letter Agreement dated  as of
               June 30,  1994, and  the Application  for Standby  Letter of
               Credit dated December 19, 1994, each between Banca Nazionale
               del Lavoro S.p.A., New York  Branch (the "Standby LC  Bank")
               and  the  Borrower (collectively  the  "Original Standby  LC
               Documents").

               2.   The Borrower and Mercantile Bank of  St. Louis National
          Association  (in such  capacity,  the "Commercial  LC Bank")  are
          parties to the On-Line and International Banking System Agreement
          dated May 27,  1992 (as  heretofore amended, waived  or otherwise
          modified, the "Commercial LC Facility").

               3.   The  Borrower  is  also  indebted  to  various  parties
          (collectively, the "Private  Placement Noteholders" and, together
          with the  Banks and the  Commercial LC Bank,  collectively called
          the "Existing Lenders") pursuant to the Note Agreements dated  as
          of  March 1, 1993  (as  heretofore amended,  waived or  otherwise
          modified, the  "Note Agreements" and, together  with the Original
          Credit Documents  and the  Commercial  LC Facility,  collectively
          called the  "Existing Lender  Agreements") relating to  the 7.09%
          Series A  Senior  Notes Due  March 1,  2000,  the 7.52%  Series B
          Senior  Notes Due  March 1, 2003  and the  8.04%  Series C Senior
          NotesDue March 1,2008(collectively, the"Private PlacementNotes").

               4.   Certain  events of  default under  the Original  Credit
          Documents have occurred and are presently continuing (such events
          of default,  which are  listed on Exhibit E,  collectively called
          the  "Specified  Defaults").    In addition,  certain  events  of
          default under the Note Agreements have occurred and are presently
          continuing (such  events of default, together  with the Specified
          Defaults, collectively called the "Existing Lender Defaults").

               5.   The  Borrower  has requested  the  Existing Lenders  to
          forbear from taking any enforcement or other action on account of
          the Existing Lender Defaults.  The Borrower has further requested
          the Existing Lenders to modify  the Existing Lender Agreements in
          certain respects to permit,  among other things, the  Borrower to
          obtain from BankAmerica Business  Credit, Inc. (the "New Lender")
          a  new secured credit facility providing for extensions of credit
          to the  Borrower in  a maximum  aggregate amount of  $75,000,000,
          subject  to  borrowing   base  availability   as  determined   in
          accordance with its provisions  (such facility, together with all
          agreements,  instruments  and other  documents  relating thereto,
          collectively called the "New Financing Facility").

               6.   Pursuant to the Borrower's  request, and subject in all
          respects to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement, (a) each
          of the  Banks and the  Borrower have  agreed to  enter into  this
          Agreement to provide the requested forbearance and to override or
          to  amend  and   restate  to  the  extent   provided  herein,  as
          applicable,  the  terms and  provisions  of  the Original  Credit
          Documents,  (b) the Commercial  LC Bank has  agreed to  commit to
          continuing to  issue commercial letters of credit for the account
          of the Borrower pursuant  to the Commercial LC Facility up  to an
          aggregate outstanding stated amount of  $130,000,000, and (c) the
          Borrower  is  causing  certain of  its  Subsidiaries (hereinafter
          defined)  to   guaranty   (i) pursuant  to   the  Bank   Guaranty
          (hereinafter defined) all  of the indebtedness of the Borrower to
          the Banks  under the  Original Credit  Documents, as  amended and
          restated  pursuant to  this  Agreement and  (ii) pursuant to  the
          Commercial  LC  Facility   Guaranty  (hereinafter  defined)   the
          obligations of the Borrower  to the Commercial LC Bank  under the
          Commercial LC Facility.

               7.   In  addition, the  Borrower and  the Private  Placement
          Noteholders are concurrently entering into an agreement modifying
          the  Note  Agreements  and   the  Private  Placement  Notes  (the
          "Noteholder  Forbearance Agreement")  in  substantially the  same
          manner  as  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Original  Credit
          Documents are being modified by this Agreement, and the  Borrower
          is causing  certain of its  Subsidiaries to guaranty  pursuant to
          the  Noteholder   Guaranty  (hereinafter  defined)  all   of  the
          indebtedness of the Borrower to the Private Placement Noteholders
          under the Note Agreements and the Private Placement Notes.

               8.   Finally,  to establish  and set forth  their respective
          rights with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from and
          after  the date  hereof,  the Existing  Lenders are  concurrently
          entering  into an Intercreditor  Agreement (the  "Existing Lender
          Intercreditor Agreement") among themselves,  the Borrower and the
          Guarantors in the form of Exhibit F.

               NOW,  THEREFORE, in  consideration of  the premises  and the
          mutual agreements  contained herein, the parties  hereto agree as
          follows:


                                      ARTICLE I.

                                     DEFINITIONS

               1.1  Definitions Generally.  For purposes of this Agreement,
          the following  capitalized terms  have the meanings  indicated in
          this  Section 1.1.   The following  definitions apply  equally to
          both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

               "Acquisition" means  any transaction  or  series of  related
          transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement,
          by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any
          going business  or all or substantially all  of the assets of any
          corporation, partnership or other organization or entity, whether
          through purchase  of assets, merger or  otherwise or (b) directly
          or  indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent
          transaction in a series of transactions) at least  (i) a majority
          (in number  of votes) of  the stock and/or other  securities of a
          corporation  having ordinary  voting  power for  the election  of
          directors (other  than stock and/or other  securities having such
          power only by reason  of the happening of a  contingency), (ii) a
          majority  (by  percentage of  voting  power)  of the  outstanding
          partnership interests of a partnership or (iii) a majority of the
          ownership interests  in any organization  or entity other  than a
          corporation or partnership.

               "Administrative Representative" means The Boatmen's National
          Bank  of  St. Louis,  a  national  banking  association,  in  its
          capacity as administrative representative hereunder.

               "Affiliate" means any Person (a) that directly or indirectly
          through one  or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or
          is  under common  control with  the Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,
          (b) that  beneficially owns or holds  or has the  power to direct
          the voting  power of five  percent (5%) or  more of any  class of
          voting  stock of the Borrower  or any Subsidiary  or (c) that has
          five percent (5%) or more of its voting stock (or, in the case of
          a Person that is not a  corporation, five percent (5%) or more of
          its  equity interest)  beneficially  owned or  held, directly  or
          indirectly, by the Borrower  or any Subsidiary.  For  purposes of
          this  definition,  "control"  means   the  power  to  direct  the
          management  and policies  of  a Person,  directly or  indirectly,
          whether through  the ownership of voting  securities, by contract
          or otherwise.

               "Agent" has  the meaning specified in  the first Preliminary
          Statement.

               "Aggregate  Exposure"  means,  as  of any  given  time,  the
          aggregate Exposures of the Banks.

               "Agreement" has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

               "Amendment   and  Restatement  Election"   has  the  meaning
          specified in Section 2.1(b).

               "Bank(s)" has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

               "Bank  Guaranty" means  the Guaranty  of even  date herewith
          from the Guarantors to the Banks in the form of Exhibit D-1.

               "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

               "Business Day" means  any day except  a Saturday, Sunday  or
          legal holiday observed by commercial banks in New York, New York.

               "Capital Expenditures" means, in  respect of any Person, all
          expenditures for  the purchase  or construction of  fixed assets,
          plant  and  equipment  that  are  or  should  be  capitalized  in
          accordance  with GAAP, including, without limitation, Capitalized
          Lease Obligations.

               "Capitalized Lease" of a Person means  any lease of Property
          by such Person  as lessee that are or should  be capitalized on a
          balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

               "Capitalized Lease Obligations" of a Person means the amount
          of  the obligations of  the Person under  Capitalized Leases that
          are or  should be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such
          Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

               "Capitalized Rentals" of any Person means, as of the date of
          any  determination thereof,  the  amount at  which the  aggregate
          minimum rentals  due  and to  become  due under  all  Capitalized
          Leases under which such Person is a  lessee would be reflected as
          a  liability  on  a balance  sheet  of  such  Person prepared  in
          accordance with GAAP.

               "Change of Control" means  any acquisition subsequent to the
          Effective Date by  any Person, or related  Persons constituting a
          "group" for purposes of  Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended, of  (a) the power to elect,  appoint or
          cause the election or  appointment of at least a  majority of the
          members of  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Borrower,  through
          beneficial  ownership of  the capital  stock of  the Borrower  or
          otherwise or (b) all or substantially  all of the Properties  and
          assets  of  the  Borrower.    For  purposes  of  this definition,
          "acquisition" of the power or Properties and assets stated in the
          preceding sentence means the earlier of (i) the actual possession
          thereof and (ii) the consummation of any transaction or series of
          related transactions  that, with the  passage of time,  will give
          such Person or Persons the actual possession thereof.

               "Claim"  of any Bank  means at any  time the  sum of (a) the
          amount  of such Bank's Exposure  plus (b) (i) in the  case of the
          Standby  LC Bank, the amount of any accrued and unpaid Standby LC
          Bank Fees plus any accrued and unpaid interest on any Note issued
          to the Standby LC  Bank pursuant to Section 2.5, and  (ii) in the
          case  of each Bank other than the  Standby LC Bank, the amount of
          any accrued and unpaid interest on any Note held by such Bank.

               "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended,
          and any  successor statute of  similar import, together  with the
          regulations  thereunder, in each case  as in effect  from time to
          time.   References to  sections of the Code  will be construed to
          also refer to any successor sections.

               "Commercial LC Bank" has the meaning specified in the second
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Commercial LC  Facility" has  the meaning specified  in the
          second Preliminary Statement.

               "Commercial LC Facility Guaranty" means the Guaranty of even
          date  herewith from the Guarantors  to the Commercial  LC Bank in
          the form of Exhibit D-2.

               "Committed  Banks" has  the meaning  specified in  the first
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Concentration  Account Bank"  means The  Boatmen's National
          Bank of St. Louis or any successor to such bank  in such capacity
          approved  in writing  by  the Required  Banks  and holders  of  a
          majority in principal of the Private Placement Notes.

               "Consolidated",  when used  with respect  to "Indebtedness,"
          means  the  Indebtedness of  the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries
          determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, at any date, any Subsidiary
          or other entity the assets and liabilities of which are or should
          be consolidated with  those of the  Borrower in its  consolidated
          financial statements as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

               "Default" means  any condition or event  that constitutes an
          Event of  Default or that with  the giving of notice  or lapse of
          time or both would become an Event of Default.

               "Effective  Date" means the first  date on which  all of the
          conditions precedent set forth  in Section 10.1 of this Agreement
          are satisfied.

               "Electing Bank" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b).

               "Environmental Laws" means  the Comprehensive  Environmental
          Response,   Compensation   and   Liability   Act,   the  Resource
          Conservation  and Recovery  Act, the Clean  Water Act,  the Toxic
          Substances  Control Act,  the Hazardous  Materials Transportation
          Act, the Clean  Air Act,  superlien laws and  any other  Federal,
          state or local statute, law, ordinance,  code, rule or regulation
          or  judicial  or  administrative  order   or  decree  regulating,
          relating  to  or  imposing  liability  or  standards  of  conduct
          concerning  any Hazardous Materials,  and all amendments thereto,
          now or at any time hereafter in effect.

               "Environmental  Lien"  means  any   Lien  in  favor  of  any
          governmental  or regulatory  entity or  other Person for  or with
          respect  to  (a) any liability  under  any  Environmental Law  or
          (b) damages or costs incurred  by such governmental or regulatory
          entity or other Person in connection with any  actual, threatened
          or  suspected  spillage,  disposal   or  other  releases  of  any
          Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, investigative
          costs related thereto.

               "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
          1974, as  amended, and any  successor statute of  similar import,
          together  with the  regulations thereunder,  in each  case as  in
          effect  from time to time.   References to sections of ERISA will
          be construed to also refer to any successor sections.

               "ERISA Affiliate" means  any corporation, trade  or business
          that is, along with the Borrower,  a member of a controlled group
          of corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses, as
          described in  Section 414(b)  and 414(c),  respectively,  of  the
          Code.

               "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

               "Existing Lender Agreements"  has the  meaning specified  in
          the third Preliminary Statement.

               "Existing Lender Defaults" has  the meaning specified in the
          fourth Preliminary Statement.

               "Existing  Lender Intercreditor  Agreement" has  the meaning
          specified in the eighth Preliminary Statement.

               "Existing Lenders"  has the  meaning specified in  the third
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Exposure" means, at any given time:

                    (a)  with respect to each Committed Bank, the aggregate
               outstanding principal  balance of  all Indebtedness owed  by
               the Borrower to such Committed Bank pursuant to the Original
               Credit Documents  to which such  Committed Bank is  a party,
               this Agreement or the Notes;

                    (b)  with  respect   to  each  Uncommitted   Bank,  the
               aggregate outstanding principal balance of  all Indebtedness
               owing by  the Borrower to such Uncommitted  Bank pursuant to
               the Original Credit Documents to which such Uncommitted Bank
               is a party, this Agreement or the Notes; and

                    (c)  with respect to the Standby LC Bank, the aggregate
               amount of the Standby LC Bank's Letter of Credit Exposure.

               "GAAP"  means, as  to a  particular Person,  such accounting
          principles  as, in  the  opinion of  the "Big 6"  accounting firm
          regularly retained  by  such  Person,  conform  at  the  time  to
          generally accepted accounting principles; provided that as to any
          Person who  has not regularly  retained such an  accounting firm,
          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles at the time
          in the United States.

               "Guaranties" by any Person means all obligations (other than
          endorsements  in the  ordinary course  of business  of negotiable
          instruments  for   deposit   or  collection)   of   such   Person
          guaranteeing,  or  in  effect  guaranteeing,   any  Indebtedness,
          dividend or other  obligation of any  other Person (the  "primary
          obligor")  in   any  manner,  whether  directly   or  indirectly,
          including,  without limitation, all  obligations incurred through
          an agreement, contingent  or otherwise, by  such Person:   (a) to
          purchase  such  Indebtedness or  obligation  or  any property  or
          assets  constituting security therefor,  (b) to advance or supply
          funds (i) for the  purchase or  payment of  such Indebtedness  or
          obligation,  (ii) to maintain  working  capital or  other balance
          sheet condition or  otherwise to advance or make  available funds
          for  the purchase or payment  of such Indebtedness or obligation,
          (iii) to  lease  property  or  to purchase  securities  or  other
          property  or services primarily  for the purpose  of assuring the
          owner  of such Indebtedness or  obligation of the  ability of the
          primary  obligor   to  make  payment  of   such  Indebtedness  or
          obligation  or  (iv) otherwise  to   assure  the  owner  of  such
          Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in
          respect thereof.  For the purposes of all computations made under
          this Agreement,  a Guaranty  in respect of  any Indebtedness  for
          borrowed money will  be deemed  to be Indebtedness  in an  amount
          equal  to   the  then   outstanding  principal  amount   of  such
          Indebtedness for borrowed money that  has been guaranteed, and  a
          Guaranty in respect of  any other obligation or liability  or any
          dividend will be deemed to be Indebtedness in  an amount equal to
          the  maximum aggregate  amount of  such obligation,  liability or
          dividend.

               "Guarantor"  means any Person that has guaranteed any or all
          of the Obligations.

               "Handyman Guaranties"  means all guaranties by  the Borrower
          of  payments under  any Capitalized Lease  or Operating  Lease of
          real   property   previously  used   by  the   Borrower's  former
          Subsidiary, The Handyman Corporation.

               "Hazardous  Materials"  means  those materials,  wastes  and
          substances  defined   as  hazardous  substances   in  42   U.S.C.
          Section 9601(14), and all other  materials, wastes and substances
          (including, without limitation,  solids, liquids and  gases), now
          or hereafter designated or defined as hazardous, toxic, dangerous
          or  otherwise regulated  under any Federal,  state or  local law,
          rule  or   regulation  pertaining  to   environmental  pollution,
          contamination,   protection   or  waste   management,  treatment,
          storage,  handling  or  disposal   and  any  other  materials  or
          substances  (including, without  limitation, petroleum  and other
          substances specifically excluded from the definition of hazardous
          substances under  42 U.S.C.  Section 9601(14)),  the exposure  to
          which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any  governmental or
          regulatory authority or under any Environmental Law.

               "Indebtedness"  of any  Person means  and includes,  without
          duplication, all  obligations of  such Person that  in accordance
          with  GAAP  should be  classified upon  a  balance sheet  of such
          Person as liabilities of  such Person, and in any  event includes
          all (a) obligations  of such  Person for  borrowed money  or that
          have been incurred in connection with the acquisition of Property
          or  assets, (b) obligations secured by any  Lien upon Property or
          assets  owned by  such Person,  even though  such Person  has not
          assumed or  become liable  for the  payment of such  obligations,
          (c) obligations created or arising  under any conditional sale or
          other title retention agreement with respect to Property acquired
          by such  Person, notwithstanding that the rights  and remedies of
          the seller, lender or lessor under such agreement in the event of
          default are  limited to  repossession or  sale of  such Property,
          (d) Capitalized  Rentals and  (e) Guaranties  of  obligations  of
          others of the character referred to in this definition.

               "LC  Cash Collateral  Account" means deposit  account number
          0510-335401-00  maintained  with  the  Standby  LC  Bank  in  the
          Borrower's name, but under  the sole dominion and control  of the
          Standby LC Bank.

               "Lease  Termination Payments"  means  all payments  or other
          consideration of any  nature made  or otherwise  provided by  the
          Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  to landlords  with  respect to  the
          termination of leases  of any retail or warehouse  property under
          which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is lessee.

               "Letter  of  Credit  Exposure"  means, at  any  given  time,
          (i) the aggregate undrawn face  amount of all outstanding Standby
          Letters of Credit, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any drawings
          on any  Standby Letters of Credit honored  by the Standby LC Bank
          and  not reimbursed in cash, minus (iii) the amount on deposit in
          the LC Cash Collateral Account.

               "Lien" means any mortgage,  lien, pledge, security interest,
          encumbrance  or charge of any kind, any conditional sale or other
          title retention agreement or any Capitalized Lease.

               "Material Adverse Effect"  means a  material adverse  effect
          (i) upon   the   financial   condition,   operations,   business,
          properties  or prospects  of  the Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries
          taken as a whole, or (ii) upon the ability of the Borrower or any
          Guarantor to perform any of its material obligations under any of
          the Override Documents.

               "Maturity Date" means the earliest of (i) February 29, 1996,
          (ii) the date the Obligations become due and payable pursuant  to
          Section 9.1, and (iii) the termination  date of the New Financing
          Facility.

               "Multi-Employer  Plan"  means  a  "multi-employer  plan"  as
          defined  in Section 4001(a)(3)  of ERISA  that is  maintained for
          employees of the Borrower, any ERISA Affiliate or any Subsidiary.

               "New Commercial LC Facility Agreement"  means the Commercial
          LC  Facility as amended and  modified by the  Modification to On-
          Line  International  Banking  System  Agreement  and   to  Letter
          Agreement of even  date herewith providing for  the Commercial LC
          Bank's commitment to issue  letters of credit for the  account of
          the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate face amount not
          to exceed $130,000,000.

               "New Financing  Facility" has  the meaning specified  in the
          fifth Preliminary Statement.

               "New  Financing Facility  Last-Out  Participation"  means  a
          last-out participation in the New  Financing Facility that may be
          purchased by  the  Concentration Account  Bank for  the pro  rata
          account  and benefit  of  the  Banks  and the  Private  Placement
          Noteholders from the  New Lender in the amount and  to the extent
          of  any Setoff  Funds pursuant  to the  New Lender  Intercreditor
          Agreement, which  last-out participation will be  governed by the
          Last-Out Participation Agreement in the form of Exhibit G.

               "New  Lender"  has  the   meaning  specified  in  the  fifth
          Preliminary Statement.

               "New  Lender Intercreditor Agreement" means an intercreditor
          agreement of  even date herewith among  the Concentration Account
          Bank and the New Lender in the form of Exhibit H.

               "New  Note" means,  collectively,  each of  the Amended  and
          Restated Promissory Notes  issued by the Borrower to  a Committed
          Bank  or an Electing Bank pursuant to Section 2.4 in substitution
          for such Bank's Original Promissory Notes.

               "Nonelecting Bank" means any Uncommitted Bank or the Standby
          LC Bank that is not an Electing Bank.

               "Note" means, collectively, each New  Note, each Nonelecting
          Bank's  Original Promissory Note and any  promissory  note issued
          by the Borrower to the Standby LC Bank pursuant to Section 2.5.

               "Note  Agreements" has  the meaning  specified in  the third
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Noteholder Forbearance Agreement" has the meaning specified
          in the seventh Preliminary Statement.

               "Noteholder  Guaranty"  means  the  Guaranty  of  even  date
          herewith from the Guarantors to the Private Placement Noteholders
          in  form  and  substance  substantially  identical  to  the  Bank
          Guaranty.

               "Obligations" means all loans, advances, debts, liabilities,
          obligations, covenants  and duties owing  by the Borrower  to the
          Banks, or to  any Person entitled to  indemnification pursuant to
          Section 11.4  and/or 11.5  of  this  Agreement,  of any  kind  or
          nature, present  or future,  regardless whether evidenced  by any
          note, guaranty or other instrument, arising under this Agreement,
          the Original Credit  Documents, the Notes  or any other  Override
          Document, regardless  whether for  the payment of  money, whether
          arising by reason of an extension of credit, opening or amendment
          of a letter of  credit or payment of any  draft drawn thereunder,
          prefunding obligations  under letter of credit  facilities, loan,
          guaranty,   indemnification,   or  reimbursement   provision,  or
          otherwise, whether  direct or indirect (including  those acquired
          by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
          existing  or  hereafter  arising   and  however  acquired.    The
          Obligations include, without  limitation, all interest,  charges,
          expenses, fees,  attorneys' fees and disbursements  and any other
          sum  chargeable  to  the   Borrower  under  the  Original  Credit
          Documents, this Agreement or any other Override Document.

               "Occupational Safety and Health Laws" means the Occupational
          Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, and any other Federal,
          state or  local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule or regulation
          or  judicial  or  administrative  order  or   decree  regulating,
          relating  to  or  imposing  liability  or  standards  of  conduct
          concerning employee safety and/or  health, as now or at  any time
          hereafter in effect.

               "Operating  Lease" means  any lease  of real  property under
          which  the  Borrower  or  a  Subsidiary  is  lessee,  other  than
          (1) leases between  the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries or between
          Subsidiaries of the Borrower and (2) Capitalized Leases.

               "Original Credit Documents" has the meaning specified in the
          first Preliminary Statement.

               "Original  Promissory  Notes"  means  the  promissory  notes
          issued by  the Borrower to certain  of the Banks  pursuant to, or
          constituting, the Original Credit Documents.

               "Override  Documents"  means, collectively,  this Agreement,
          the  New Notes,  the Bank  Guaranty, the  Commercial LC  Facility
          Guaranty, the Existing  Lender Intercreditor  Agreement, the  New
          Lender  Intercreditor Agreement  and all  exhibits  and schedules
          hereto  and  thereto and  all  other  instruments, documents  and
          agreements  executed and  delivered  in  connection herewith  and
          therewith, each as  amended or otherwise modified  after the date
          hereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

               "Original Standby LC Documents" has the meaning specified in
          the first Preliminary Statement.

               "PBGC" means  the Pension  Benefit Guaranty  Corporation and
          any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

               "Participants" has the meaning specified in Section 12.2(a).

               "Pension  Plan"  means a  "pension  plan," as  such  term is
          defined  in  Section 3(2)  of  ERISA,  which  is  established  or
          maintained  by   the  Borrower,   any  ERISA  Affiliate   or  any
          Subsidiary, other than a Multi-Employer Plan.

               "Percentage" has  the  meaning  specified  in  the  Existing
          Lender Intercreditor Agreement.

               "Person"   means   any   individual,  sole   proprietorship,
          partnership, joint venture,  trust, unincorporated  organization,
          association, corporation, limited liability company, institution,
          entity or  government (whether national, Federal,  state, county,
          city,  municipal or otherwise, including, without limitation, any
          instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

               "Prime Rate" means the interest rate announced from  time to
          time by  Citibank, N.A., in New York, New York as its "base rate"
          on  commercial loans  (which rate  will change  as and  when such
          "base rate" changes).

               "Principal Concentration Account" means,  collectively, each
          of  the deposit  accounts  of  the  Borrower  maintained  at  the
          Concentration  Account Bank where  substantially all cash, checks
          and credit card collections  and receipts of the Borrower  and of
          its  Subsidiaries are or may be  collected and concentrated under
          the    Borrower's   cash    management   system    described   on
          Schedule 8.1(x).

               "Private Placement Noteholders" has the meaning specified in
          the third Preliminary Statement.

               "Private Placement  Notes" has the meaning  specified in the
          third Preliminary Statement.

               "Property" means any interest of any kind in any property or
          asset,  whether   real,  personal   or  mixed,  or   tangible  or
          intangible.   For purposes  of this  Agreement, the  Borrower and
          each Subsidiary will be  deemed to be the  owner of any  Property
          that  the Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  has acquired  or  holds
          subject to a conditional sale agreement, financing lease or other
          arrangement pursuant  to which  title to  such Property  has been
          retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

               "Pro Rata Share" means,  at any given time, with  respect to
          any  Bank,  the ratio  (stated as  a  percentage) of  such Bank's
          Exposure to the Aggregate Exposure.

               "Reportable  Event" has  the meaning given  to such  term in
          ERISA.

               "Required   Banks"  means  at   any  time  Banks  (i) having
          Exposures aggregating at least 67% of the Aggregate  Exposure and
          (ii) constituting  at least 51% of the Banks, it being understood
          that,  for purposes of this  definition, (x) Banks  that are both
          Committed Banks  and Uncommitted  Banks will constitute  one Bank
          and (y) after the Maturity Date, a Nonelecting Bank will cease to
          be a "Bank" if it is not a Committed Bank.

               "Requirements of Law" means, as to any Person, the  articles
          or  certificate of  incorporation, charter  and by-laws  or other
          organizational or governing documents  of such Person (including,
          without  limitation, certificates  of designation of  any capital
          stock of such Person), and any law, rule or regulation, or order,
          award, judgment,  decree, writ or determination  of an arbitrator
          or  a  court  or  other  Governmental  Authority,  in  each  case
          applicable to or  binding upon such Person or any of its Property
          or  to which  such  Person  or any  of  its  Property is  subject
          including,  without limitation,  the  Securities Act  of 1933  as
          amended,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,
          Regulations G, U and  X of the Board of  Governors of the Federal
          Reserve  System,  ERISA, the  Fair  Labor Standards  Act  and any
          certificate   of   occupancy,    zoning   ordinance,    building,
          environmental or land use requirement or permit or environmental,
          labor,  employment, occupational  safety or  health law,  rule or
          regulation.

               "Restricted Investment" means any acquisition of Property by
          the Borrower or  any of its Subsidiaries in exchange  for cash or
          other Property, whether in  the form of an acquisition  of stock,
          Indebtedness or  other obligation,  or by loan,  advance, capital
          contribution, or otherwise, except the following:

                    (a)  Property used in the  business of the Borrower and
               its  Subsidiaries  and  other  investments existing  on  the
               Effective Date  as reflected in the  financial statements of
               the  Borrower and  its Subsidiaries  referred to  in Section
               7.1(d);

                    (b)  current assets  arising from the sale  or lease of
               goods or  rendition of services  in the  ordinary course  of
               business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

                    (c)  loans made  by the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary to
               the  Borrower   or   another  Subsidiary   permitted   under
               Section 8.1(b)(G) or (H).

               "Revolving Credit Facility" has the meaning specified in the
          first Preliminary Statement.

               "Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction"  means  any arrangement,
          directly  or  indirectly, with  any  Person whereby  a  seller or
          transferor shall  sell or  otherwise transfer any  Property after
          the  date  of  acquisition  or occupancy  of  such  Property, and
          thereafter lease (whether or not a Capitalized Lease) the same or
          similar  Property from  the purchaser  or the transferee  of such
          Property.

               "Setoff   Funds"  means   those   funds   obtained  by   the
          Concentration  Account Bank  or any  other  Bank pursuant  to the
          provisions of Section  6.2 or any Private Placement Noteholder or
          the Commercial LC Bank. 

               "Setoff  Limit" means  an aggregate  amount  of $25,000,000,
          whether  such amount is obtained or realized from Setoff Funds or
          the  mandatory principal  reduction payment  required to  be made
          under  Section 4.2,  for  the  Banks and  the  Private  Placement
          Noteholders from  the Effective Date  until the later  of (i) the
          Maturity  Date   and  (ii) the  date  on   which  the  Borrower's
          "Obligations" (as  defined in  the New Financing  Facility) under
          the New Financing  Facility as  in effect on  the Effective  Date
          (and  without  giving effect  to  any  extension, replacement  or
          refinancing  thereof)  are paid  in  full and  the  New Financing
          Facility has been terminated.



               "Specified Defaults" has the meaning specified in the fourth
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Standby LC  Bank" has  the meaning specified  in the  first
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Standby  LC   Bank  Fee"  has  the   meaning  specified  in
          Section 5.1(b).

               "Standby  Letters of Credit"  means, collectively,  the four
          Standby Letters of Credit issued pursuant to the Original Standby
          LC Documents for  the account  of the Borrower  in the  aggregate
          stated amount of $7,948,491.

               "Subsidiary" means  any corporation  at least a  majority of
          whose  outstanding stock  having  ordinary voting  power for  the
          election of  a majority of the members  of the Board of Directors
          (or other governing body)  of such corporation (other than  stock
          having   such  power  only  by  reason  of  the  happening  of  a
          contingency) are at the time owned  by the Borrower and/or one or
          more Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

               "Uncommitted Banks"  has the meaning specified  in the first
          Preliminary Statement.

               "Uncommitted Loan  Documents" has the  meaning specified  in
          the first Preliminary Statement.

               "Wholly Owned"  when used in connection  with any Subsidiary
          means a Subsidiary  of which  all of the  issued and  outstanding
          shares of stock (except  shares required as directors' qualifying
          shares) shall be owned by the Borrower and/or one or  more of its
          Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

               1.2  Accounting  Terms  and   Determinations.    Except   as
          otherwise  specified  herein, all  accounting  terms  used herein
          shall be  interpreted,  all accounting  determinations  hereunder
          shall  be  made  and  all  financial statements  required  to  be
          delivered hereunder  shall be  prepared in accordance  with GAAP,
          applied on a basis consistent (except for changes approved by the
          Borrower's  independent  certified public  accountants)  with the
          most  recent  audited consolidated  financial  statements of  the
          Borrower  and  its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries delivered  to  the
          Banks.

                                     ARTICLE II.

              OVERRIDE GENERALLY AND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT ELECTION;
                  STIPULATION OF CLAIMS; LETTER OF CREDIT PROVISIONS

               2.1  Override Generally; Amendment and Restatement Election.
          (a) On  and after the Effective  Date, and continuing through the
          Maturity Date, the  terms and conditions of  the Revolving Credit
          Facility and each of the other Original Credit Documents to which
          a Committed Bank  is a party  will be governed  by the terms  and
          conditions of  this Agreement and the other Override Documents to
          the  extent that the terms and conditions of such Original Credit
          Documents  differ  from or  are inconsistent  with the  terms and
          conditions of  this Agreement  and the other  Override Documents.
          Subject  to the preceding  sentence, each of  the Original Credit
          Documents  to which a  Committed Bank is  a party  will remain in
          full  force  and effect.   In  furtherance  of the  foregoing and
          notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,  the
          Borrower,  the Agent and each  of the Committed  Banks agree that
          Article VII  of the  Revolving  Credit Facility  and, subject  to
          Article XIII of this  Agreement, Section 5.01(e) of the Revolving
          Credit Facility are not affected in any way by  this Agreement or
          any  other Override Document and remain in full force and effect;
          provided, however,  that Section 5.01(e) of the  Revolving Credit
          Facility shall not apply  to or prohibit the Liens granted to the
          New Lender under the New Financing Facility, the rights of setoff
          provided to  the Concentration Account Bank  under this Agreement
          and the New Lender Intercreditor Agreement.

               (b)  Each Uncommitted Bank and the Standby LC Bank may elect
          on or within fifteen  (15) Business Days following  the Effective
          Date by written notice to the Borrower to have this Agreement and
          the  other Override  Documents  amend, restate  and supersede  in
          their entirety  each of  the Original  Credit Documents to  which
          such Bank  is a party, and from and  after the date any such Bank
          makes such election (each such election called  an "Amendment and
          Restatement  Election" and  any  such Bank  making such  election
          called an "Electing Bank"), this Agreement and the other Override
          Documents  will amend,  restate and  supersede in  their entirety
          each of the Original Credit Documents to which such Electing Bank
          is a party.

               (c)  On  the  Effective  Date  and  continuing  through  the
          earlier  of (i) the  date  on which  the  Nonelecting Bank  party
          thereto becomes an Electing Bank (whereupon all  of such Original
          Credit Documents will be amended and restated in accordance  with
          Section 2.1(b))  and  (ii) the  Maturity  Date,   the  terms  and
          conditions  of each of the  Original Credit Documents  to which a
          Nonelecting  Bank is a  party will be  governed by  the terms and
          conditions of  this Agreement  and the other  Override Documents.
          Subject  to the preceding  sentence, each of  the Original Credit
          Documents to which a Nonelecting Bank  is a party will remain  in
          full  force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement, and
          on and after  the Maturity Date,  all of  the Obligations of  the
          Borrower to each Nonelecting Bank will be governed exclusively by
          the  terms  of  the  Original  Credit  Documents  to  which  such
          Nonelecting   Bank  is   a   party;   provided,  however,   that,
          notwithstanding  the foregoing,  each  Nonelecting  Bank will  be
          entitled to receive its Percentage of any Setoff Funds and/or the
          mandatory  principal reduction  required to  be paid  pursuant to
          Section 4.2.

               (d)  If the Standby LC Bank becomes an Electing Bank, all of
          the provisions of the  Original Standby LC Documents that  do not
          conflict or are not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this
          Agreement  will be deemed  to be  incorporated by  reference into
          this Agreement upon  the Standby LC  Bank's becoming an  Electing
          Bank,  and such  provisions will  apply and  be binding  upon the
          Borrower and the  Standby LC Bank under this  Agreement as if set
          forth in full  herein.   Regardless whether the  Standby LC  Bank
          becomes an Electing Bank, the Standby LC Bank agrees that it will
          not  exercise any right of nonrenewal with respect to any Standby
          Letters of Credit during the period from the Effective Date until
          the Maturity Date.

               (e)  Nothing  in  this   Agreement  will  be  construed   to
          constitute a novation of any indebtedness arising pursuant to any
          of the Original Credit Documents.

               2.2  Stipulation as to Exposure.  The Borrower and each Bank
          hereby  agree  and acknowledge  that,  immediately  prior to  the
          effectiveness  of   this  Agreement   on   the  Effective   Date,
          Schedule 2.2 accurately sets forth the aggregate amount, and each
          category, of the Exposure of each Bank.

               2.3  Stipulation as  to Existing Original  Credit Documents.
          The Borrower and each Bank each hereby represents and warrants to
          each other that, immediately  prior to the effectiveness  of this
          Agreement  on  the  Effective Date,  (a) Schedule 2.3  accurately
          identifies each Original Credit Document to which such Person, or
          such Person's Affiliates, is  a party and (b) without in  any way
          limiting  the  generality  of  the  provisions of  Section 11.13,
          neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has paid or agreed to pay
          any fees or other amounts to, or has made any  covenants or other
          promises  for the  benefit of,  any Bank  in connection  with the
          transactions  contemplated  by  Override  Documents,  except  the
          Borrower's agreement pursuant to Section 11.3 to pay the fees and
          expenses of legal counsel to such Banks until the Effective Date,
          and  except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and the other
          Override Documents.

               2.4  Restatement of  Other Original  Credit Documents.   The
          Original Promissory Notes  held by each  Committed Bank and  each
          Electing Bank,  subject to  the effectiveness of  this Agreement,
          will  be amended  and  replaced by  the  New Notes  executed  and
          delivered  by the  Borrower  substantially in  the form  attached
          hereto as Exhibit A (i)  with respect to the Committed  Banks, on
          the Effective Date and (ii) with respect to each Electing Bank on
          the  later  of (x)  the  Effective  Date and  (y)  the date  such
          Electing Bank makes  its Amendment and Restatement  Election.  As
          soon as practicable following its receipt of its New Note and the
          effectiveness of  this Agreement,  each Bank holding  an Original
          Promissory  Note amended  and replaced  by this  Section 2.4 will
          exert reasonable efforts to deliver such Original Promissory Note
          to the Borrower, after first affixing the following legend to the
          face thereof:

               "This promissory note has  been amended and restated in
               its  entirety  and  substituted  by   the  Amended  and
               Restated  Promissory  Note  dated  as  of September __,
               1995,  executed and delivered  by the undersigned maker
               and  made payable  to  the payee  named  herein.   Such
               amendment,   restatement   and  substitution   did  not
               constitute a repayment or  novation of the indebtedness
               evidenced   by  this  promissory  note,  but  merely  a
               modification of the  terms and conditions of  repayment
               hereof."

          Each Bank holding an  Original Promissory Note to be  amended and
          replaced  by a  New Note  hereby represents  and warrants  to the
          Borrower  that, as of the date of such amendment and replacement,
          (a) it   has  not  heretofore  sold,  given,  conveyed,  granted,
          assigned,   pledged,   transferred,   encumbered   or   otherwise
          hypothecated or  agreed to  hypothecate under any  agreement that
          remains in effect as  of the date hereof the  Original Promissory
          Note  issued to  it  or  any  interest  therein,  (b) it  is  not
          presently  a party  to  any agreement  pursuant  to which  it  is
          prohibited  from   amending   and  substituting   such   Original
          Promissory Note in the manner contemplated by this Section 2.4(a)
          and (c) to the  best of  such Bank's knowledge,  no Person  other
          than  such Bank  has asserted  any right,  title, claim  or other
          interest in such Original Promissory Note or its proceeds.

               2.5  Treatment  of Drawings  of  Standby Letters  of Credit.
          Upon the Standby LC  Bank's honoring any drawing under  a Standby
          Letter of Credit,  the Standby  LC Bank  will be  deemed to  have
          funded a  loan to the  Borrower in the  principal amount  of such
          drawing  to the  extent that  the Borrower's  obligations  to the
          Standby LC  Bank resulting from  such drawing are  not reimbursed
          from amounts on deposit  in the LC Cash  Collateral Account.   If
          the  Standby LC  Bank  is an  Electing Bank,  such  loan will  be
          governed  in all  respects by  the terms  and conditions  of this
          Agreement,  will  be  evidenced   by  a  promissory  note  having
          identical economic  terms as  a New  Note  (which will  be in  an
          original  principal amount equal to the  Standby LC Bank's Letter
          of Credit Exposure on the Effective Date and will be executed and
          delivered to the Standby LC Bank by the Borrower on the Effective
          Date),  and will bear interest as  provided in Article V.  If the
          Standby LC Bank is a Nonelecting Bank, such loan will be governed
          by the terms and conditions of the Original Standby LC Documents,
          as  amended and  superseded  until  the  Maturity  Date  by  this
          Agreement.


                                     ARTICLE III.

                                       MATURITY

               3.1  Maturity  of the  Loans.    The  aggregate  outstanding
          principal  balance of  all  Obligations of  the  Borrower to  the
          Committed  Banks  and the  Electing  Banks  will become  due  and 
          payable  in full, in cash, on the  Maturity Date.  Subject to the
          following sentence,  the aggregate outstanding  principal balance
          of all Obligations of  the Borrower to any Nonelecting  Bank will
          be due and  payable in accordance with the terms  of the Original
          Credit Documents to which such Nonelecting Bank is  a party.  All
          payments  of  principal  amounts  of  all  Obligations  that  are
          otherwise required by the Original Credit Documents to be paid on
          an  earlier  date are  hereby  deferred  and extended  until  the
          Maturity Date.

               3.2  Cash   Collateral   for   Standby  Letter   of   Credit
          Obligations.   If the Standby LC Bank is an Electing Bank, on the
          Maturity Date the Borrower shall  pay to the Standby LC  Bank, in
          cash,  an amount equal to the aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure
          with respect to which the Borrower is obligated to the Standby LC
          Bank as of such  date.  Such amount shall be deposited  in the LC
          Cash  Collateral Account  and held  as cash  collateral for  such
          Letter of  Credit  Exposure.    If  the  Standby  LC  Bank  is  a
          Nonelecting  Bank,  on and  after the  Maturity  Date all  of the
          Obligations  of the  Borrower  to the  Standby  LC Bank  will  be
          governed by the Original Standby LC Documents.

               3.3  Repayment of Other Obligations.  All Obligations (other
          than  those described  elsewhere  in this  Article III) that  are
          outstanding  as of the Maturity Date shall become due and payable
          in full on such date.


                                     ARTICLE IV.

                       TERMINATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
                               AND PRINCIPAL REDUCTION

               4.1  Termination  of  Revolving  Credit  Commitments.    The
          Committed  Banks'  obligations  to  make  Revolving Credit  Loans
          pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility are hereby terminated.

               4.2  Mandatory   Principal   Reduction.     On   or   before
          11:00 a.m.,  St. Louis time,  on December 29, 1995,  the Borrower
          will  pay  an amount  equal to  the Banks'  collective Percentage
          (calculated  in accordance with Section 2  of the Existing Lender
          Intercreditor  Agreement) of $25,000,000,  which is stipulated to
          be  $14,694,094 (it  being understood  that such  amount  will be
          reduced by the amount of any Setoff Funds previously obtained) to
          the Agent for  the ratable account of the  Committed Banks and to
          each Uncommitted Bank and the Standby LC Bank.  The Borrower will
          allocate such amount among  the Agent, the Uncommitted Banks  and
          the Standby LC Bank in  accordance with the collective Percentage
          of  the  Committed Banks  and the  respective Percentage  of each
          Uncommitted Bank and  the Standby  LC Bank, as  applicable.   The
          Agent will  distribute among  the Committed Banks,  the Committed
          Banks'  collective Percentage  of such  mandatory prepayment,  in
          accordance  with their  respective Percentages of  such mandatory
          prepayment.

               4.3  Optional   Principal  Reduction.      Subject  to   the
          provisions of  the Existing  Lender Intercreditor  Agreement, the
          Borrower may  prepay all  or  part of  the outstanding  principal
          balance of the Obligations due to the Banks at any time.

               4.4  [Intentionally Omitted]

               4.5  Application  of Payments by  the Standby LC  Bank.  The
          Standby LC Bank agrees that it will apply any payment it receives
          pursuant to this  Agreement or any other  Override Document first
          to the repayment of any outstanding  loans made or deemed made by
          the Standby LC Bank  to the Borrower pursuant to  Section 2.5 and
          second to the LC Cash Collateral Account to secure the Standby LC
          Bank's  Letter of  Credit  Exposure with  respect to  outstanding
          Standby Letters of Credit.  The Standby LC Bank will  have a Lien
          upon and security interest in the LC Cash Collateral Account.

               4.6  General Provisions  as to Payments.   The Borrower will
          make each payment hereunder and  under the Notes, irrespective of
          any  right of counterclaim  or setoff, not  later than 12:00 P.M.
          (St. Louis  time) on  the  date when  due,  in Federal  or  other
          immediately  available  funds to  (i) the  Agent  at its  address
          referred to in Section 11.1 with respect to any payments due to a
          Committed Bank and (ii) each  Uncommitted Bank or the  Standby LC
          Bank at its address  referred to in Section 11.1 with  respect to
          any payment  due to such Uncommitted Bank or the Standby LC Bank,
          as  the case may be.  The  Agent will promptly distribute to each
          Committed  Bank  in immediately  available  funds  such Committed
          Bank's ratable portion under the Revolving Credit Facility of any
          payment  received by the Agent  for the account  of the Committed
          Banks.  Whenever any payment of any amount hereunder or under the
          Notes shall be  due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date
          for  payment  thereof shall  be extended  to the  next succeeding
          Business  Day.   If  the  date for  any payment  of  principal is
          extended  by operation of  law or otherwise,  interest thereon at
          the then applicable rate shall be payable for such extended time.


                                      ARTICLE V.

                                  INTEREST AND FEES

               5.1  Interest Rates; Letter of  Credit Fees.  (a) Subject to
          the provisions of Section 5.2, the Borrower shall pay interest on
          the  unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to each Bank and
          other  Obligations  outstanding  from  time  to  time,  from  and
          including  the later of  the date such  Obligations were incurred
          and  the Effective  Date and until  the principal  amount thereof
          will have been paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to  either
          (i) the Prime Rate  plus 1% or (ii) 9.75%, as each  such Bank may
          elect by oral notice to the Borrower (confirmed in writing within
          five (5) Business  Days after such  oral notice is  given) on  or
          before  the Effective Date.  All such accrued and unpaid interest
          shall  be paid  in arrears  on  the first  Business  Day of  each
          calendar month  commencing after the  Effective Date and  will be
          calculated based upon a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed.

               (b)  The  Borrower will  pay to  the Standby  LC Bank  a fee
          equal  to two  and three-quarters  percent (2.75%)  per annum  of
          difference  of (i) the average  daily undrawn face  amount of all
          Standby  Letters of  Credit outstanding  from time to  time minus
          (ii) the average daily balance in  the LC Cash Collateral Account
          (the "Standby LC  Bank Fee").   The Standby LC  Bank Fee will  be
          payable  monthly in  arrears on  the first  Business Day  of each
          calendar  month commencing after  the Effective Date  and will be
          calculated based upon a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed.
          In addition,  the Borrower  will pay to  the Standby LC  Bank all
          customary charges  and out-of-pocket and  additional expenses  in
          connection  with the  administration  of the  Standby Letters  of
          Credit.

               5.2  Postdefault  Interest.   During the  continuation  of a
          Default, the outstanding principal Obligations of the Borrower to
          the  Banks  shall bear  interest, and  the  Standby LC  Fee shall
          accrue,  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  rate  otherwise
          applicable  to the Obligations of  the Borrower to  the Banks and
          other  Obligations under Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b), as the
          case may be, plus  two percent (2%); provided, however,  that the
          principal  Obligations of  the Borrower  to any  Nonelecting Bank
          outstanding  after  the  Maturity  Date  will  bear  interest  as
          provided  in   the  Original  Credit  Documents   to  which  such
          Nonelecting Bank is a party.

               5.3  Accrued  and  Unpaid  Interest   and  Fees  as  of  the
          Effective Date.  All accrued and unpaid interest and fees arising
          under   the  Original   Credit  Documents   (calculated   at  the
          contractual rate applicable under the respective  Original Credit
          Documents  and including,  without  limitation,  interest on  any
          overdue interest  calculated at the  contractual rate  applicable
          under  the  respective  Original  Credit  Documents)  as  of  the
          Effective Date will  be due and  payable by  the Borrower on  the
          Effective Date.

               5.4  Override  Fees.   On the  Effective Date,  the Borrower
          shall pay to each of the Banks  an override fee in the amount  of
          one  percent (1%) of the principal amount of the Obligations owed
          to each such Bank on the Effective Date  pursuant to the Original
          Credit Documents.

               5.5  Agency  Fee.  On the Effective  Date, the Borrower will
          pay  to the Agent  for the Agent's  own account an  agency fee of
          $25,000.

               5.6  Capital  Adequacy.     If,  after  the   date  of  this
          Agreement, any Bank determines that the adoption of or any change
          in, any  applicable law, rule, regulation  or guideline regarding
          capital  adequacy,  or  any   change  in  the  interpretation  or
          administration   thereof  by   any  governmental   or  regulatory
          authority,  central bank  or comparable  agency charged  with the
          interpretation of  administration thereof, or  compliance by such
          Bank  with any  request or  directive regarding  capital adequacy
          (whether or not  having the force of law) of  any such authority,
          central bank or comparable agency, has or will have the effect of
          reducing the rate of return on such Bank's capital  in respect of
          its obligations hereunder to  a level below that which  such Bank
          could have achieved  but for such adoption,  change or compliance
          (taking into  consideration such Bank's policies  with respect to
          capital  adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower shall pay
          to such Bank  upon demand  such additional amount  or amounts  as
          will compensate such Bank for such reduction.  All determinations
          made by such Bank of the additional amount or amounts required to
          compensate such  Bank  in  respect  of  the  foregoing  shall  be
          conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  In determining such
          amount or amounts, such Bank may use any reasonable averaging and
          attribution methods.


                                     ARTICLE VI.

                  PLEDGE OF PRINCIPAL CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT; SETOFF

               6.1  Pledge  of  Principal   Concentration  Account.     The
          Principal Concentration  Account, pursuant  to the  provisions of
          the  New  Financing Facility  and  the  New Lender  Intercreditor
          Agreement, will be  subject to  a Lien and  security interest  in
          favor  of  the  New  Lender,  which  security  interest  will  be
          (i) subject to  the set-off  rights of the  Concentration Account
          Bank  set  forth in  the New  Lender Intercreditor  Agreement and
          (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 below.

               6.2  Setoff.   If any Event  of Default occurs,  any and all
          deposits (including all account balances,  whether provisional or
          final  and regardless  whether  collected or  available) and  any
          other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Concentration
          Account Bank to or for the  credit or account of the Borrower, up
          to the Setoff Limit, may be offset and applied toward the payment
          of  the  Obligations owing  to  the  Concentration Account  Bank,
          regardless  whether the  Obligations, or  any part  hereof, shall
          then  be due  and applied  in accordance  with Section 6.4.   The
          Concentration  Account Bank agrees not  to exercise any rights of
          setoff  with  respect to  deposits  except  as provided  in  this
          Agreement  and  the  New  Lender  Intercreditor  Agreement,  and,
          subject  to the following sentence,  so long as  the Borrower and
          its Subsidiaries comply with the cash management system set forth
          on Schedule 8.1(x) to the extent they are required to do so under
          Section 8.1(x), each Bank  other than  the Concentration  Account
          Bank agrees that  it will not exercise  any setoff rights  it may
          have  against the  Borrower or  any of  its Subsidiaries  and the
          Banks and the Concentration Account Bank agree that, individually
          or  collectively, they  will  not be  entitled  to receive  funds
          through the exercise  of any right or rights  of setoff in excess
          of the Setoff Limit.  Upon the later to occur of (x) the Maturity
          Date and (y) the date  on which the Borrower's "Obligations"  (as
          defined in  the New Financing  Facility) under the  New Financing
          Facility as in effect  on the Effective Date (and  without giving
          effect to any extension,  replacement or refinancing thereof) are
          paid  in full and the New Financing Facility has been terminated,
          each  Bank will  have and  be permitted  to exercise any  and all
          rights  of setoff  provided under  applicable law.   Each  of the
          Banks acknowledges and agrees that  the limitations on rights  of
          setoff contained  in this Agreement are provided  for the benefit
          of  the  New  Lender and  the  Borrower,  and  that neither  this
          Section 6.2 nor any of the defined terms used in this Section 6.2
          may be amended or  modified without the prior written  consent of
          the New Lender.

               6.3  Ratable Payments.  Subject to the terms of the Existing
          Lender  Intercreditor Agreement, each Bank agrees  that if it, by
          exercising  any right  of set-off  or counterclaim  or otherwise,
          receives payment of  a proportion  of its Claim  that is  greater
          than the proportion  received by any other Bank (based on the Pro
          Rata  Shares of  the Banks)  in respect  of its  Claim, the  Bank
          receiving  such  proportionately greater  payment  shall purchase
          such  participations in the Claims  of the other  Banks (to which
          purchase   the   Borrower  hereby   consents),  and   such  other
          adjustments  will be  made, as may  be required so  that all such
          payments with respect to  the Claims of the Banks shall be shared
          by the Banks on the basis of their Pro Rata Shares.  The Borrower
          agrees,  to the  fullest extent  it may  effectively do  so under
          applicable law, that any holder of a participation in any  of the
          Obligations,   regardless  whether   acquired  pursuant   to  the
          foregoing  arrangements  or  as  set forth  in  Article XII,  may
          exercise rights  of set-off or counterclaim and other rights with
          respect to such  participation as fully  as if  such holder of  a
          participation  were  a direct  creditor  of the  Borrower  in the
          amount   of   such   participation;  provided,   however,   that,
          notwithstanding  any   of  the   foregoing  provisions   of  this
          Section 6.3,  any and all amounts  recovered from the Borrower or
          any Subsidiary by any Bank as  a result of such Bank's exercising
          a  right of set-off  against any account  of the  Borrower or any
          Subsidiary  will constitute  Setoff Funds  subject to  the Setoff
          Limit, and  any Bank recovering any such amounts will immediately
          remit such amount  to the Concentration Account  Bank, which will
          apply such funds in accordance with Section 6.4.  Notwithstanding
          the  foregoing, each  Bank other  than the  Concentration Account
          Bank  agrees  to forbear  from  exercising  any  right of  setoff
          against  the Borrower or any  Subsidiary until the date specified
          in the penultimate sentence of Section 6.2.

               6.4  Use of  Setoff Funds.  To the  extent the Concentration
          Account Bank  is required  to do  so under the  terms of  the New
          Lender  Intercreditor Agreement,  the Concentration  Account Bank
          will  utilize  any Setoff  Funds  to purchase  the  New Financing
          Facility Last-Out Participation in an amount equal to  the lesser
          of  (i)  the amount  of such  Setoff Funds  and  (ii) the  sum of
          (x) the  aggregate amount  of the  principal of  and  accrued and
          unpaid interest on any outstanding "Loans" (as defined in the New
          Financing Facility)  plus (y) the aggregate stated  amount of any
          outstanding Letters of  Credit (as defined  in the New  Financing
          Facility), plus  (z) any accrued and  unpaid fees, under  the New
          Financing  Facility on  the date  the Concentration  Account Bank
          receives  such  Setoff Funds.   To  the extent  the Concentration
          Account  Bank is  not  required by  the New  Lender Intercreditor
          Agreement to  use  Setoff Funds  to  purchase the  New  Financing
          Facility Last-Out  Participation, any  such Setoff Funds  will be
          shared among the  Existing Lenders (other than  the Commercial LC
          Bank)  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Existing  Lender
          Intercreditor Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE VII.

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

               7.1  Representations  and Warranties.   The  Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants to each of the Banks that:

                    (a)  Corporate  Existence and  Power.    Except as  set
               forth on  Schedule  7.1(a), each  of the  Borrower and  each
               Subsidiary:  (i) is duly  incorporated, validly existing and
               in good standing under  the laws of the jurisdiction  of its
               incorporation;  (ii) has all requisite  corporate powers and
               all   material   governmental   and   regulatory   licenses,
               authorizations, consents and approvals required to  carry on
               its  business as now conducted; and (iii) is qualified to do
               business in  all jurisdictions  in which  the nature of  the
               business conducted by it  makes such qualification necessary
               and  where  failure  to  so qualify  would  have  a Material
               Adverse Effect.

                    (b)  Corporate Authorization.  The  execution, delivery
               and performance by the Borrower and  each Subsidiary of this
               Agreement,  the Notes  and the  other Override  Documents to
               which  the Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party are within
               the corporate powers  of the Borrower or such Subsidiary and
               have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

                    (c)  Binding Effect.  This Agreement, the Notes and the
               other  Override  Documents  to  which the  Borrower  or  any
               Subsidiary is a party have  been duly executed and delivered
               by the Borrower and each such  Subsidiary and constitute the
               legal,  valid and  binding obligations  of the  Borrower and
               each such Subsidiary  enforceable against  the Borrower  and
               each  such Subsidiary  in accordance  with  their respective
               terms.

                    (d)  Financial Information.

                         (i)  (A) The  consolidated  balance  sheet of  the
                    Borrower   and  its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  as  at
                    January 28,   1995,   and   the  related   consolidated
                    statements  of income, common  stockholders' equity and
                    cash flows  for the  fiscal year  then ended, with  the
                    report thereon  of Ernst & Young, copies  of which have
                    been  provided   to  the  Banks,  fairly   present,  in
                    conformity  with  GAAP,   the  consolidated   financial
                    position   of  the   Borrower   and  its   Consolidated
                    Subsidiaries  as of  such date  and  their consolidated
                    results of  operations and  cash flows for  such fiscal
                    year  and (B) the  consolidated  balance  sheet of  the
                    Borrower  and  its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries   as  at
                    July 29, 1995 and  the related consolidated  statements
                    of income, common  stockholders' equity and  cash flows
                    for the  fiscal quarter  then ended, copies  which have
                    been  furnished   to  the  Banks,  fairly  present,  in
                    accordance  with   GAAP  subject  to   normal  year-end
                    adjustments, the consolidated financial position of the
                    Borrower and  its Consolidated Subsidiaries as  of such
                    date and  their consolidated results  of operations and
                    cash flows for such fiscal quarter; and

                         (ii) Except   as   disclosed  in   Schedule 7.1(d)
                    neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  of  its  Consolidated
                    Subsidiaries has any contingent liability in  excess of
                    $5,000,000  which  is  required   to  be  disclosed  in
                    accordance with GAAP and which is not disclosed on said
                    financial statements or the notes thereto.

                    (e)  Litigation.        Except    as    disclosed    in
               Schedule 7.1(e),  there  is  no action,  suit  or proceeding
               pending  or, to  the knowledge  of the  Borrower, threatened
               against   or  affecting,   the  Borrower   or  any   of  its
               Subsidiaries  before   any  court  or   arbitrator  or   any
               governmental, regulatory  or administrative body,  agency or
               official in  which  the prayer  or  claim for  relief  seeks
               recovery of an  amount in  excess of $5,000,000  (or, if  no
               dollar  amount  is  specified in  the  prayer  or  claim for
               relief,  in  which  there  is  a  reasonable  likelihood  of
               recovery  of an amount in excess of $5,000,000), or any form
               of  equitable relief which if granted  would have a Material
               Adverse Effect.

                    (f)  Pension  and  Welfare Plans.    Each  Pension Plan
               complies  in  all  material  respects  with  all  applicable
               statutes   and  governmental   rules  and   regulations;  no
               Reportable Event has occurred and is continuing with respect
               to  any Pension  Plan; neither  the Borrower  nor any  ERISA
               Affiliate nor  any Subsidiary has withdrawn  from any Multi-
               Employer  Plan  in a  "complete  withdrawal"  or a  "partial
               withdrawal" as  defined in  Sections 4203 or 4205  of ERISA,
               respectively; no steps have been instituted by the Borrower,
               any  ERISA  Affiliate or  any  Subsidiary  to terminate  any
               Pension Plan;  no condition  exists or event  or transaction
               has occurred  in connection with any Pension  Plan or Multi-
               Employer Plan  which could result  in the incurrence  by the
               Borrower,  any  ERISA Affiliate  or  any  Subsidiary of  any
               material  liability,  fine  or  penalty;   and  neither  the
               Borrower nor  any ERISA Affiliate  nor any  Subsidiary is  a
               "contributing sponsor" as defined in  Section 4001(a)(13) of
               ERISA   of   a   "single-employer  plan"   as   defined   in
               Section 4001(a)(15)  of   ERISA  which  has   two  or   more
               contributing  sponsors at least  two of  whom are  not under
               common control.   Except  as  disclosed on  Schedule 7.1(f),
               neither the  Borrower nor any Subsidiary  has any contingent
               liability  with  respect  to any  "employee  welfare benefit
               plan," as such  term is  defined in  Section 3(a) of  ERISA,
               which covers retired employees and their beneficiaries.

                    (g)  Tax  Returns and  Payment.   The Borrower  and its
               Subsidiaries have  filed all tax returns  which are required
               to be filed  and have paid all  taxes which have become  due
               pursuant to  such returns and all  other taxes, assessments,
               fees and  other governmental  charges upon the  Borrower and
               its  Subsidiaries  and  upon  their  respective  Properties,
               assets,  income and  franchises  which have  become due  and
               payable by the Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries,  except
               those (i) wherein the amount,  applicability of validity are
               being contested by  the Borrower or  any such Subsidiary  by
               appropriate proceedings  conducted diligently in  good faith
               and  in  respect  of   which  adequate  reserves  have  been
               established  in accordance with  GAAP or (ii) the nonpayment
               of  which (A) by  the  Borrower or  any  Subsidiary was  not
               willful  and  (B) would not  result  in  a Material  Adverse
               Effect.  All  material tax liabilities  of the Borrower  and
               its Subsidiaries were adequately provided for as of July 29,
               1995, and  are  now so  provided  for on  the  books of  the
               Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                    (h)  Compliance    With    Other   Instruments;    None
               Burdensome.  Neither  the Borrower nor  any Subsidiary is  a
               party to any contract or agreement or subject to any charter
               or other  corporate restriction  which  could reasonably  be
               expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and which is not
               disclosed on the  Borrower's financial statements heretofore
               submitted to the  Banks; none of the  execution and delivery
               by the Borrower of  the Override Documents, the consummation
               of the  transactions therein contemplated  or the compliance
               with  the provisions  thereof  will violate  any law,  rule,
               regulation,  order,  writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree or
               award binding on the  Borrower, or any of the  provisions of
               the Borrower's  Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws  or
               any of the provisions of any indenture, agreement, document,
               instrument or undertaking to  which the Borrower is a  party
               or subject  or by  which it  or its  Property  is bound,  or
               conflict with  or constitute a default  thereunder or result
               in  the creation or imposition  of any Lien  pursuant to the
               terms of any such indenture, agreement, document, instrument
               or  undertaking.   No  order,  consent,  approval,  license,
               authorization or  validation  of, or  filing,  recording  or
               registration  with,  or  exemption  by,   any  governmental,
               regulatory, administrative  or public body  or authority, or
               any subdivision  thereof, or any other Person is required to
               authorize,  or  is  required   as  a  precondition  to,  the
               execution,  delivery  or performance  of,  or  the legality,
               validity, binding  effect or  enforceability of, any  of the
               Override Documents.

                    (i)  Existing Indebtedness.  Schedule 7.1(i) is a true,
               correct   and  complete   list  of   all  Indebtedness   and
               Capitalized Leases of the  Borrower with a principal balance
               of $1,000,000  or more and all  Indebtedness and Capitalized
               Leases  of  the Subsidiaries  with  a  principal balance  of
               $1,000,000 or more outstanding as of July 29, 1995.

                    (j)  Labor   Matters.      Except   as   disclosed   on
               Schedule 7.1(j), (i) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
               is  a party to any union labor contract and (ii) neither the
               Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any labor dispute.

                    (k)  Title   to  Property.     The  Borrower  and  each
               Subsidiary is the  sole and  absolute owner of,  or has  the
               legal right to use and occupy, all Property it claims to own
               or which is necessary for the Borrower or such Subsidiary to
               conduct  its business.   The  Borrower and  its Subsidiaries
               enjoy  peaceful and  undisturbed possession in  all material
               respects under all leases under which they are  operating as
               lessees (provided,  however, that any failure  to enjoy such
               peaceful and  undisturbed  possession under  any such  lease
               shall  not constitute  a breach  of this  representation and
               warranty  if the  effect of  such failure  would not  have a
               Material Adverse Effect), and all such leases are valid  and
               subsisting in  full force and effect, except for any default
               or defaults the effect of which, if taken individually or in
               the  aggregate, would  not have  a Material  Adverse Effect.
               Neither  the  Borrower nor  any  Subsidiary  has signed  any
               financing   statements,   security  agreements   or  chattel
               mortgages  with respect to any  of its Property, has granted
               or permitted any Liens securing Indebtedness or other claims
               in  an amount in excess  of $500,000 with  respect to any of
               its Property  or has  any  knowledge of  any Liens  securing
               Indebtedness  or other  claims  in an  amount  in excess  of
               $500,000  with respect  to any  of its  Property, except  as
               disclosed on Schedule 7.1(k).

                    (l)  Multi-Employer  Pension  Plan  Amendments  Act  of
               1980.   The Borrower  and each  Subsidiary is in  compliance
               with the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980,
               as  amended ("MEPPAA"),  and  has no  liability for  pension
               contributions pursuant to MEPPAA.

                    (m)  Investment Company  Act  of 1940;  Public  Utility
               Holding  Company  Act  of 1935.    The  Borrower  is not  an
               "investment  company" as that term is defined in, and is not
               otherwise  subject  to  regulation  under,   the  Investment
               Company Act  of 1940,  as amended.   The Borrower  is not  a
               "holding company" as  that term  is defined in,  and is  not
               otherwise subject  to regulation  under, the  Public Utility
               Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

                    (n)  Patents, Licenses,  Trademarks,  Etc.   Except  as
               disclosed   on   Schedule 7.1(n),  the   Borrower   and  its
               Subsidiaries  possess  all   necessary  patents,   licenses,
               trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights
               and copyrights to conduct their respective businesses in all
               material respects  as now conducted  without known  conflict
               with any patent, license, trademark, trade name or copyright
               of any other Person.

                    (o)  Environmental  Safety and Health  Matters.  Except
               as  disclosed  on  Schedule 7.1(o),  the  Borrower  and  its
               Subsidiaries   are  in   compliance   with  all   applicable
               Environmental Laws  and Occupational Safety  and Health Laws
               such  that  they  will  not  incur  or  be  subject  to  any
               liability,   penalty  or   Lien   thereunder  which   could,
               individually or  in the  aggregate, have a  Material Adverse
               Effect,  (ii) the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  do  not
               create,  manage,  store,  discharge,  treat,  dispose of  or
               release  any   Hazardous  Materials  in  violation   of  any
               applicable  Environmental Laws,  (iii) there  are  no  known
               conditions  or  circumstances  associated  with  any  of the
               currently  or  previously  owned  or  leased  properties  or
               operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any
               tenants,  if any, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
               which  may give rise to any liability, penalty or Lien under
               any   applicable   Environmental  Law   or   any  applicable
               Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Law which  could  have  a
               Material Adverse  Effect and (iv) neither  the Borrower  nor
               any of  its Subsidiaries has knowledge of  any violation of,
               or  has  received  or filed  any  notice  pertaining  to any
               violation   or   alleged   violation   of,   any  applicable
               Environmental Law  or any applicable Occupational Safety and
               Health Law.

                    (p)  Subsidiaries.     Schedule 7.1(p)  correctly  sets
               forth (i) the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each
               Subsidiary as of the date hereof and (ii) a statement of the
               ownership of each  such Subsidiary's stock.   The shares  of
               stock of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 7.1(p) as being
               owned  by the  Borrower or  any of  its Subsidiaries  are so
               owned as  of the date  of this Agreement, free  and clear of
               any  and all liens, claims  and encumbrances of  any kind or
               nature  whatsoever, and all  such shares of  stock have been
               duly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

                    (q)  Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the
               Exhibits or  Schedules hereto  nor any certificate  or other
               data  furnished in writing to any of the Banks, nor any oral
               statement  made by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Borrower  by  a
               director, officer, employee, or representative authorized to
               speak  on behalf  of  the Borrower  in  connection with  the
               transactions contemplated  by  this Agreement  contains  any
               untrue or incorrect statement of a material fact or omits to
               state  a  material fact  necessary  to  make the  statements
               contained  herein or therein  not misleading.   To  the best
               knowledge  of the Borrower, there is no fact peculiar to the
               Borrower or  any of its  Subsidiaries which presently  has a
               Material  Adverse Effect  or in  the future  (so far  as the
               Borrower can  now reasonably  foresee) will have  a Material
               Adverse Effect that has not heretofore been disclosed by the
               Borrower to the Banks.

                    (r)  Transfers of  Property.  Neither  the Borrower nor
               any domestic Subsidiary has  made any "transfer" (as defined
               in section 101(54) of the  United States Bankruptcy Code, 11
               U.S.C. section 101(54)) of Property outside of the ordinary 
               course of  business  to (a) an  "insider"  (as  defined in 
               section 101(31)  of the  United  States Bankruptcy  Code, 11 
               U.S.C. section 101(31)), within the one-year period immediately
               preceding the Effective Date or (b) any other Person within the 
               90-day period immediately  preceding the Effective Date,  except
               as set forth on Schedule 7.1(r).

                    (s)  Handyman Guarantees.   If the Borrower is required
               to  assume   payment  under  any  or  all  of  the  Handyman
               Guarantees,  such  payment  or  payments would  not  have  a
               Material Adverse Effect.

                    (t)  Noteholder Forbearance Agreement  Representations.
               Each of  the representations and warranties  of the Borrower
               contained   in  Section 2  of   the  Noteholder  Forbearance
               Agreement is true and correct. 

                                    ARTICLE VIII.

                                      COVENANTS

               8.1  Covenants of  the Borrower.  The  Borrower agrees that,
          so long  as any Obligations  remain outstanding to  any Committed
          Bank or Electing Bank  hereunder or any amount payable  under any
          New  Note remains unpaid, unless the prior written consent of the
          Required Banks is obtained:

                    (a)  Information.  The  Borrower will  deliver to  each
               Bank:

                         (i)  as soon as available  and in any event within
                    forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first
                    three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
                    a consolidated  balance sheet  of the Borrower  and its
                    Consolidated Subsidiaries as at  the end of such fiscal
                    quarter,  the related consolidated  statement of income
                    for such  fiscal quarter  and  for the  portion of  the
                    Borrower's fiscal  year ended at the end of such fiscal
                    quarter and the related consolidated statement of  cash
                    flows for such  fiscal quarter and  for the portion  of
                    the Borrower's  fiscal year ended  at the  end of  such
                    fiscal  quarter,  setting   forth  in   each  case   in
                    comparative form the figures  as of the end of  and for
                    the corresponding fiscal  quarter and the corresponding
                    portion  of the  Borrower's previous  fiscal year,  all
                    certified (subject to  normal year-end adjustments)  as
                    to fairness of presentation,  conformance with GAAP and
                    consistency by  the  chief  financial  officer  of  the
                    Borrower;

                         (ii) as soon as available  and in any event within
                    twenty-five  (25) days  after  the end  of each  fiscal
                    month of the Borrower,  a consolidated balance sheet of
                    the Borrower  and its  Consolidated Subsidiaries  as at
                    the end of such  fiscal month, the related consolidated
                    statement of income for  such fiscal month and for  the
                    portion of the Borrower's fiscal  year ended at the end
                    of  such  fiscal  month  and  the related  consolidated
                    statement  of cash flows for such  fiscal month and for
                    the  portion of the Borrower's fiscal year ended at the
                    end  of such  fiscal  month,  together with  comparable
                    store  information by  division  for the  corresponding
                    portion  of  the Borrower's  previous fiscal  year, all
                    certified (subject to  normal year-end adjustments)  as
                    to fairness of presentation, conformance with  GAAP and
                    consistency  by  the  chief financial  officer  of  the
                    Borrower;

                         (iii)     no later than the second Business Day of
                    each  week (A)  a  statement of  the consolidated  cash
                    flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
                    for the immediately preceding week;

                         (iv) promptly  upon  the  mailing  thereof  to the
                    shareholders  of the  Borrower  generally,  and in  any
                    event  within ten  (10)  days after  any such  mailing,
                    copies  of  all  financial  statements,  reports, proxy
                    statements and other material information so mailed;

                         (v)  promptly upon any filing  thereof, and in any
                    event within  ten (10)  days after the  filing thereof,
                    copies of  all registration statements (other  than the
                    exhibits thereto  and  any registration  statements  on
                    Form S-8 or its  equivalent) and  annual, quarterly  or
                    monthly reports which the  Borrower shall file with the
                    Securities and  Exchange  Commission or  any  successor
                    agency;

                         (vi) no   later   than   October 31,   1995,   the
                    Borrower's   business   plan  for   fiscal   year  1996
                    containing  such minimum  information  as the  Existing
                    Lenders and Price Waterhouse,  L.L.P. shall request  by
                    September 25, 1995;

                         (vii)     no  later than  eight (8)  Business Days
                    after the Effective Date:  (A) incumbency certificates,
                    executed by  the Secretary  or  Assistant Secretary  of
                    each Subsidiary, which shall identify by name and title
                    and  bear the signature of  the officers of such entity
                    authorized to  sign the Override Documents  to which it
                    is  a party, upon  which certificate the  Banks will be
                    entitled  to  rely until  informed  in  writing of  any
                    change  by such  entity;  (B) copies  certified by  the
                    Secretary  or Assistant Secretary of each Subsidiary of
                    such   Subsidiary's   certificate   or    articles   of
                    incorporation and by-laws;  and (C) certified copies of
                    resolutions of  each  Subsidiary's Board  of  Directors
                    and,  where  necessary,  shareholders,  authorizing  or
                    ratifying  the execution,  delivery and  performance of
                    the  Override Documents,  the Noteholder  Guaranty, the
                    New Financing Facility and all other documents provided
                    for  herein   or  therein   to  be  executed   by  such
                    Subsidiary; and

                         (viii)    from  time  to  time,   with  reasonable
                    promptness,  such  further  information  regarding  the
                    business,  affairs  and   financial  position  of   the
                    Borrower and each Subsidiary as any Bank may reasonably
                    request.

               It is understood that the Borrower's fiscal year ends on the
          Saturday  nearest in time to January 31, the first quarter of the
          Borrower's fiscal year  ends on the  13th Saturday following  the
          end  of the  fiscal year,  the second  quarter  ends on  the 13th
          Saturday  following  the end  of  the  first quarter,  the  third
          quarter ends on the 13th Saturday following the end of the second
          quarter and the fourth quarter ends at the fiscal year end.

                    (b)  Limitations  on Debt.   (i) The Borrower  will not
               create, assume or incur or in any manner be or become liable
               in respect of any Indebtedness, and will not cause or permit
               any Subsidiary to create,  assume or incur or in  any manner
               be or become liable in respect of any Indebtedness, except:

                              (A)  the Obligations;

                              (B)  Indebtedness of the  Borrower under  the
                         New Commercial LC Facility Agreement;

                              (C)  Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower and  its
                         Subsidiaries on the  Effective Date and  reflected
                         on Schedule 8.1(b);

                              (D)  trade  payables  and  other  contractual
                         obligations to suppliers and customers incurred in
                         the ordinary  course of business (subject,  in the
                         case  of  any   such  trade  payables   and  other
                         contractual obligations  owing by the  Borrower to
                         Affiliates of the Borrower, to Section 8.1(f));

                              (E)  Indebtedness  incurred  to  finance  the
                         purchase   of   equipment   constituting   Capital
                         Expenditures permitted by Section 8.1(u),  so long
                         as the  principal amount of  Indebtedness incurred
                         for any such purchase of equipment does not exceed
                         100% of the cost of such equipment;

                              (F)  Indebtedness  incurred  in the  ordinary
                         course of business under Operating Leases;

                              (G)  (x) in the  case of any  Subsidiary that
                         is a Guarantor, Indebtedness  to the Borrower or a
                         Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary   that  is  a  Guarantor
                         incurred in  the  ordinary course  of business  of
                         such Subsidiary consistent with the past practices
                         of  the Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries,  provided
                         that  any  such  Indebtedness  is  subordinated in
                         right of payment  to the "Guaranteed  Obligations"
                         under and as defined in each of the Bank Guaranty,
                         the  Noteholder  Guaranty  and  the  Commercial LC
                         Facility  Guaranty  and (y)  in  the  case of  all
                         Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, Indebtedness
                         to  the  Borrower  or  a  Wholly  Owned Subsidiary
                         incurred in the ordinary course of business of any
                         such Subsidiary consistent with the past practices
                         of  the Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries  in a  net
                         aggregate   outstanding   principal   amount   not
                         exceeding $2,000,000 at any time;

                              (H)  Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower  to  any
                         Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary   that  is  a  Guarantor
                         incurred in the ordinary course of the business of
                         the  Borrower and its Subsidiaries consistent with
                         their  past  practice,   provided  that  any  such
                         Indebtedness  is subordinated in  right of payment
                         to the Obligations; and

                              (I)  Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower and  its
                         Subsidiaries under the New Financing Facility.

                         (ii) Any   Indebtedness  of  a   Subsidiary  to  a
                    previously Wholly Owned Subsidiary  shall be deemed  to
                    have  been  created,  assumed or  incurred  immediately
                    after such Wholly Owned  Subsidiary is no longer Wholly
                    Owned.

                    (c)  Limitations on Liens.   The Borrower will not, and
               will not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, create or incur,
               or suffer to be incurred or to exist, any Lien on any of its
               or their Property or assets,  whether now owned or hereafter
               acquired,  or  upon  any  income or  profits  therefrom,  or
               transfer any Property for the purpose of subjecting the same
               to  the payment of obligations in priority to the payment of
               its  or  their general  creditors,  or acquire  or  agree to
               acquire, or  permit any  Subsidiary to  acquire or  agree to
               acquire,  any Property  or  assets  upon  conditional  sales
               agreements or other title retention devices, except:

                         (i)  Liens  on Property  of  the Borrower  and its
                    Subsidiaries   granted   to  secure   their  respective
                    "Obligations" under and as defined in the New Financing
                    Facility;

                         (ii) Liens for  property taxes and  assessments or
                    governmental  charges  or  levies  and  Liens  securing
                    claims  or  demands   of  mechanics  and   materialmen,
                    provided payment thereof is not at the time required by
                    Section 8.1(j)(i);

                         (iii)     Liens of or  resulting from any judgment
                    or award,  the  time for  the  appeal or  petition  for
                    rehearing  of  which  shall  not have  expired,  or  in
                    respect  of which  the Borrower  or a  Subsidiary shall
                    (A) at any time in good faith be  prosecuting an appeal
                    or  proceeding for a review  and in respect  of which a
                    stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for
                    review shall  have been secured and  (B) have set aside
                    on its books adequate  reserves in accordance with GAAP
                    with respect thereto;

                         (iv) Liens incidental to  the conduct of  business
                    or  the ownership  of Properties and  assets (including
                    Liens   in   connection  with   worker's  compensation,
                    unemployment   insurance   and    other   like    laws,
                    warehousemen's  and  attorneys'  liens   and  statutory
                    landlords' liens)  and Liens to secure  the performance
                    of  bids,  tenders or  trade  contracts,  or to  secure
                    statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or  other
                    Liens of  like general nature incurred  in the ordinary
                    course  of  business and  not  in  connection with  the
                    borrowing  of  money or  the acquisition  of inventory;
                    provided  in each  case the  obligation secured  is not
                    overdue  or, if  overdue,  is being  contested in  good
                    faith by appropriate actions or proceedings;

                         (v)  minor    survey     exceptions    or    minor
                    encumbrances, easements  or reservations, or  rights of
                    others  for rights-of-way, utilities  and other similar
                    purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use
                    of real properties, which are necessary for the conduct
                    of the activities of  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
                    or   which   customarily   exist   on   properties   of
                    corporations   engaged   in   similar  activities   and
                    similarly  situated  and  which  do not  in  any  event
                    materially impair  the use  of such real  properties in
                    the operation of the  business of the Borrower and  its
                    Subsidiaries;

                         (vi) Liens,  on  computer  equipment  (principally
                    point of  sale terminals)  securing the leases  of such
                    equipment, as described in Schedule 7.1(k);

                         (vii)     Liens incurred after the  Effective Date
                    given  to  secure the  payment  of  the purchase  price
                    incurred in  connection with  the acquisition  of fixed
                    assets useful  and intended to  be used in  carrying on
                    the business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, including
                    Liens  existing on  such  fixed assets  at the  time of
                    acquisition thereof  or at  the time of  acquisition by
                    the  Borrower or  a Subsidiary  of any  business entity
                    then  owning such  fixed  assets, whether  or not  such
                    existing Liens were given to secure the  payment of the
                    purchase price of the fixed assets to which they attach
                    so long  as they were not incurred, extended or renewed
                    in contemplation  of  such acquisition,  provided  that
                    (A) any  such  acquisition shall  constitute  a Capital
                    Expenditure permitted by  Section 8.1(u), (B) the  Lien
                    shall  attach solely  to the  fixed assets  acquired or
                    purchased and  (C) at the  time of acquisition  of such
                    fixed assets, the aggregate amount remaining unpaid  on
                    all Indebtedness secured by  Liens on such fixed assets
                    whether or not assumed by the Borrower or a  Subsidiary
                    shall  not exceed an amount equal to 100% of the lesser
                    of the total purchase price or fair market value at the
                    time of acquisition of such fixed assets (as determined
                    in  good  faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
                    Borrower);

                         (viii)    any  extension or  renewal  of any  Lien
                    permitted by the preceding clauses (vi) and (vii) above
                    in respect of the  same Property theretofore subject to
                    such Lien  in connection with the  extension or renewal
                    of  the  Indebtedness  secured  thereby;  provided that
                    (1) such  Lien shall  attach  solely to  the same  such
                    Property  and (2) such  extension  or renewal  of  such
                    Indebtedness shall be without increase in the principal
                    remaining unpaid as  of the date  of such extension  or
                    renewal;

                         (ix) the  Lien of the Standby  LC Bank in the Cash
                    Collateral  Account  to  the  extent  provided  for  in
                    Section 4.5(a); and

                         (x)  the   right  of   setoff   provided  to   the
                    Concentration  Account Bank  under Section 6.2  and the
                    New Lender Intercreditor Agreement.

               Notwithstanding   anything  above  to   the  contrary,  this
               Section 8.1(c) does not apply to the Liens on the Borrower's
               or  its   Subsidiaries'  Property  granted  to   secure  the
               Borrower's  obligations under the New Commercial LC Facility
               Agreement.

                    (d)  Limitations on Sale and Leasebacks.   The Borrower
               will  not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, effect any
               Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

                    (e)  Merger,  Consolidation, Sale of Stock and Issuance
               of Stock.   The Borrower will not, and it  will not cause or
               permit any  Subsidiary to, (i) merge or  consolidate into or
               with,  or  liquidate  into,  or  enter  into  any  analogous
               reorganization  or  transaction   with,  any  other  Person,
               (ii) issue or sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of
               any of its capital stock other than pursuant to the exercise
               of  stock  options  that  exist  on  the  Effective Date  by
               directors,  officers  or   employees  of  the  Borrower   or
               (iii) sell, transfer, or otherwise  dispose of its  Property
               or assets to any Person other than (A) sales of inventory in
               the  ordinary course of  business and  (B) sales of  (I) the
               stock or assets of Edison Brothers Mall Entertainment, Inc.,
               a  Missouri  corporation,  (II)  the  premises  occupied  by
               Baker's  Shoe Store  located at  131-33 South  State Street,
               Chicago, Illinois, (III) the warehouse owned by the Borrower
               at 400 South 14th  Street, St. Louis, Missouri and  (IV) the
               trademark  "Sacha London" owned by the Borrower, all of such
               sales  to  be for  cash  (unless otherwise  approved  by the
               Required Banks and holders of a majority in principal amount
               of   the  Private   Placement   Notes)   and  otherwise   on
               commercially reasonable terms.

                    (f)  Transactions  with Affiliates.   The Borrower will
               not, and will not  cause or permit any Subsidiary  to, enter
               into  or be a party  to any transaction  or arrangement with
               any  Affiliate (including, without  limitation, the purchase
               from, sale to or exchange of Property with, or the rendering
               of  any service  by or  for, any  Affiliate), except  in the
               ordinary course  of business and pursuant  to the reasonable
               requirements of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's business
               and  upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the
               Borrower  or such  Subsidiary than  would be  obtained in  a
               comparable  arm's-length transaction  with a  Person not  an
               Affiliate.

                    (g)  Restricted  Investments.   The Borrower  will not,
               and  will not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
               indirectly, make any Restricted Investments.

                    (h)  Restricted   Payments --   Capital  Stock.     The
               Borrower  will  not,  and  will   not  permit  any  of   its
               Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

                         (i)  Declare or pay  dividends, either in cash  or
                    property, on the capital stock of the Borrower; or

                         (ii) Purchase,  redeem  or  retire,   directly  or
                    indirectly, any of the capital stock of the Borrower or
                    any Subsidiary  or any  warrants, rights or  options to
                    purchase or  acquire any  shares of such  common stock,
                    except for purchases, redemptions or retirements of the
                    common  stock  of  the  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiaries  or
                    retirements  of options with  respect to the Borrower's
                    capital stock in exchange for newly issued options with
                    respect  to such common stock pursuant  to plans of the
                    Borrower and  the Subsidiaries  in existence as  of the
                    Effective Date; or

                         (iii)     Make any other distribution of assets or
                    Property  in  respect  of  the  capital  stock  of  the
                    Borrower or any  Subsidiary; provided that Subsidiaries
                    that are not Guarantors may pay cash dividends on their
                    stock to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

                    (i)  Consultations  and  Inspections.     The  Borrower
               acknowledges  that  the  Banks  and  the  Private  Placement
               Noteholders have retained Price Waterhouse, L.L.P.  as their
               joint financial advisor with respect to the restructuring of
               the Borrower's Obligations (including without limitation the
               transactions contemplated  by this  Agreement and  the other
               Override  Documents).   The Borrower  will permit,  and will
               cause each Subsidiary to  permit, at the Borrower's expense,
               any  Bank and/or  Price  Waterhouse, L.L.P.  and any  Person
               appointed  by  any  Bank  and Price  Waterhouse,  L.L.P.  to
               discuss the  affairs, finances and accounts  of the Borrower
               and its Subsidiaries  with the officers of  the Borrower and
               each of  its  Subsidiaries, and  to  visit and  inspect  its
               Properties  and examine  its books and  records all  at such
               reasonable times and as  often as may from  time to time  be
               reasonably requested.

                    (j)  Payment of Taxes  and Claims; Corporate Existence;
               Maintenance of  Properties; Insurance.   The Borrower  will,
               and will cause each Subsidiary to:

                         (i)  pay   and   discharge  promptly   all  taxes,
                    assessments  and other  governmental charges  or levies
                    imposed  upon  it  or any  of  its  income,  profits or
                    Property before  the same shall  become past due  or in
                    default, as  well as all lawful  claims and liabilities
                    of  any  kind  (including  claims  and  liabilities for
                    labor, materials and supplies)  which, if unpaid, might
                    by  law become  a  Lien upon  any  of its  Property  or
                    assets;   provided,   however,  that   (A) neither  the
                    Borrower nor  any Subsidiary  shall be required  to pay
                    any  such tax,  assessment, charge,  levy or  claim the
                    payment of which  is being contested in  good faith and
                    by appropriate proceedings  being diligently  conducted
                    and  for which  adequate  reserves in  form and  amount
                    deemed adequate  by the  Borrower  and its  independent
                    certified   public   accountants  have   been  provided
                    (segregated  to the  extent required  by  GAAP), except
                    that  the Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries  will pay  or
                    cause to be paid  all such taxes, assessments, charges,
                    levies and  claims forthwith upon  the commencement  of
                    proceedings to foreclose any  Lien which is attached as
                    security therefor, unless such foreclosure is stayed by
                    the filing  of an appropriate bond  and (B) any failure
                    to pay  any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim
                    shall  not  constitute  an  Event of  Default  if  such
                    failure (1) was  not willful and (2) does  not and will
                    not result in any Material Adverse Effect;

                         (ii) do  all things necessary to preserve and keep
                    in full  force and  effect its corporate  existence and
                    franchises; provided,  however,  that nothing  in  this
                    Section 8.1(j)(ii)  shall  prevent  the abandonment  or
                    termination of  the corporate existence  and franchises
                    of any Subsidiary  if, in the opinion  of the Borrower,
                    such abandonment  or termination is in  the interest of
                    the  Borrower and  not disadvantageous in  any material
                    respect to any of the Banks;

                         (iii)     on  a  basis  consistent with  the  past
                    practices of the Borrower  and its Subsidiaries and the
                    requirements of  this Agreement maintain  and keep  its
                    Properties  used  or  useful  in  the  conduct  of  its
                    business  in good  condition, repair and  working order
                    and supplied with all  necessary equipment and make all
                    necessary repairs,  renewals, replacements, betterments
                    and improvements  thereof, all  as may be  necessary so
                    that the  business carried  on in  connection therewith
                    may  be promptly  and  advantageously conducted  at all
                    times; and

                         (iv) cause its  Properties of an  insurable nature
                    to be self-insured (in  such manner as is in  effect on
                    the  Effective Date) or  insured (subject to reasonable
                    deductible amounts) by  reputable and solvent insurance
                    companies  against  loss  or  damage  (including public
                    liability)  in  amounts  and subject  to  terms  deemed
                    adequate and prudent by the  Borrower.  For purposes of
                    this  Section 8.1(j)(iv),  a  "reputable  and  solvent"
                    insurance  company shall  mean  any  insurance  company
                    accorded a rating by  A.M. Best Company, Inc. of  A:XII
                    or  higher  at the  time  of  issuance of  any  policy; 
                    provided,  however,  that if  during  the  term of  any
                    insurance policy, the rating accorded the insurer shall
                    be  less than  A:XII,  the Borrower  or its  applicable
                    Subsidiary,  as the case may be, on the date of renewal
                    of  any such policy (or, if such change in rating shall
                    occur  within ninety  (90) days  prior to  such renewal
                    date,  within  ninety (90)  days  of the  date  of such
                    change in  rating), will  obtain such  insurance policy
                    from an insurer accorded such a rating.

                    (k)  Maintenance  of Books  and Records.   The Borrower
               and its Subsidiaries will, on a consolidated basis, maintain
               their books and records in accordance with GAAP consistently
               applied  (except  for  changes  disclosed  in the  financial
               statements furnished to the Banks pursuant to Section 8.1(a)
               and  concurred  in  by  the  independent  certified   public
               accountants of the Borrower).

                    (l)  Changes in Nature of  Business.  The Borrower will
               not,  and will not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, engage
               in any business if,  as a result, the general nature  of the
               business  which would then be engaged in by the Borrower and
               its   Subsidiaries,  considered   as   a  whole,   would  be
               substantially  changed  from  the   general  nature  of  the
               business engaged in  by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as
               of the Effective Date.

                    (m)  Compliance with Law.   The Borrower will, and will
               cause each  Subsidiary to,  comply with  any  and all  laws,
               ordinances   and  governmental  and   regulatory  rules  and
               regulations  to which it is  subject and obtain  any and all
               licenses,  permits, franchises  and  other governmental  and
               regulatory authorizations necessary to the  ownership of its
               Properties  or  to  the  conduct of  its  businesses,  which
               failure to comply  or failure to obtain  could reasonably be
               expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (n)  Accountant.   The  Borrower shall  give the  Banks
               prompt notice  of any  change of the  Borrower's independent
               certified public accountants and  a statement of the reasons
               for  such change.  The  Borrower shall at  all times utilize
               independent  certified  public  accountants   of  nationally
               recognized standing.

                    (o)  ERISA  Compliance.     If  the  Borrower   or  any
               Subsidiary  shall have  any Pension  Plan, the  Borrower and
               such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries shall comply in all material
               respects  with all  requirements of  ERISA relating  to such
               plan.   Without  limiting the  generality of  the foregoing,
               neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall:

                         (i)  permit any  Pension Plan maintained by  it to
                    engage  in any  nonexempt "prohibited  transaction," as
                    such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Code;

                         (ii) permit  any Pension Plan  maintained by it to
                    incur any  "accumulated  funding deficiency,"  as  such
                    term  is defined  in  Section 302 of  ERISA, 29  U.S.C.
                    Section 1082, whether or not waived.

                         (iii)     terminate  any  such Pension  Plan  in a
                    manner  which could result in the  imposition of a Lien
                    on  any  Property of  the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary
                    pursuant   to  Section 4068   of   ERISA,   29   U.S.C.
                    Section 1368; or

                         (iv) take  any action  which  would  constitute  a
                    complete  or partial  withdrawal from  a Multi-Employer
                    Plan within  the meaning  of Sections 4203 and  4205 of
                    Title IV of ERISA.

                    (p)  Further  Assurances.   The Borrower  will execute,
               and will cause the  Subsidiaries to execute (if applicable),
               any and  all further agreements, documents  and instruments,
               and  take any and all  further actions that  may be required
               under applicable law,  or which  any Bank may  from time  to
               time  reasonably  request,  in   order  to  effectuate   the
               transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement, the Notes and
               the other Override Documents.

                    (q)  Notices.   The Borrower  will notify each  Bank in
               writing of any of the following immediately upon learning of
               the  occurrence  thereof,   describing  the  same  and,   if
               applicable, the steps being taken by the Borrower and/or its
               Subsidiaries with respect thereto:

                         (i)  Default.  The occurrence of  (A) any Default,
                    (B) any  default  or event  of  default  under the  New
                    Financing   Facility,    the   Noteholder   Forbearance
                    Agreement or the New Commercial  LC Facility Agreement,
                    or (C) any default  or event of default by the Borrower
                    or  any  Subsidiary  under  any  note, indenture,  loan
                    agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement,
                    lease   or   other  similar   agreement,   document  or
                    instrument to which the  Borrower or any Subsidiary, as
                    the case may be, is a party or by which it is  bound or
                    to which it  is subject,  a default  under which  could
                    have a Material Adverse  Effect; the notice required by
                    this Section 8.1(q)(i) shall  occur regardless  whether
                    Borrower or  any Subsidiary  receives a waiver  of such
                    default from the applicable creditor;

                         (ii) Litigation.      The   institution   of   any
                    litigation,  arbitration  proceeding  or  governmental,
                    regulatory or administrative  proceeding affecting  the
                    Borrower  or any Subsidiary,  whether or not considered
                    to  be covered  by  insurance, in  which the  prayer or
                    claim  for relief seeks recovery of an amount in excess
                    of $5,000,000 (or,  if no dollar amount is specified in
                    the prayer or  claim for  relief, in which  there is  a
                    reasonable  likelihood  of  recovery  of an  amount  in
                    excess of  $5,000,000) or any form  of equitable relief
                    that if  granted could reasonably be expected to have a
                    Material Adverse Effect;

                         (iii)     Judgment.  The entry  of any judgment or
                    decree in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 against the
                    Borrower or any Subsidiary;

                         (iv) Pension   Plans.     The   occurrence  of   a
                    Reportable Event with respect  to any Pension Plan, the
                    filing of  a notice  of intent  to terminate a  Pension
                    Plan  by  the  Borrower,  any ERISA  Affiliate  or  any
                    Subsidiary; the institution of proceedings to terminate
                    a Pension Plan  by the  PBGC or any  other Person;  the
                    withdrawal in  a "complete  withdrawal"  or a  "partial
                    withdrawal"  as  defined  in  Sections 4203  and  4205,
                    respectively,  of ERISA  by  the  Borrower,  any  ERISA
                    Affiliate  or any  Subsidiary  from any  Multi-Employer
                    Plan; or the incurrence of any material increase in the
                    contingent liability of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
                    with respect to any  "employee welfare benefit plan" as
                    defined in Section 3(1)  of ERISA which  covers retired
                    employees and their beneficiaries;

                         (v)  Environmental and Safety and  Health Matters.
                    The receipt by  the Borrower or  any Subsidiary of  any
                    notice or allegation by any governmental or  regulatory
                    agency, entity,  authority or  official that:   (A) the
                    operations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary are not in
                    full compliance with the requirements of any applicable
                    Environmental Law  or  Occupational Safety  and  Health
                    Law; (B) the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their
                    respective Properties or facilities  are subject to any
                    Federal,  state  or   local  investigation   concerning
                    (1) any  actual, threatened  or suspected  violation of
                    any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health
                    Law and/or any spillage, disposal or other release into
                    the environment of any  Hazardous Materials or  (2) any
                    unsafe or unhealthful condition; or (C) any Properties,
                    facilities or assets of  the Borrower or any Subsidiary
                    are or may become subject to any Environmental Lien;

                         (vi) Material  Adverse Change.   The occurrence of
                    any event  that could  have a Material  Adverse Effect;
                    and

                         (vii)     Change in Management.   Any resignation,
                    removal or  replacement of any  member of the  Board of
                    Directors,  the Chairman  of  the  Board, President  or
                    Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower.

                    (r)  Pension  Plans.   Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any
               Subsidiary  will  (i) permit  any  condition  to   exist  in
               connection  with  any  Pension Plan  that  might  constitute
               grounds for the  PBGC to institute proceedings to  have such
               Pension Plan terminated or a trustee appointed to administer
               such Pension Plan or  (ii) engage in, or permit to  exist or
               occur,  any  other  condition,  event  or  transaction  with
               respect  to any  Pension  Plan  which  could result  in  the
               incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any material
               liability, fine or penalty.

                    (s)  Acquisitions.  The Borrower  will not, nor will it
               cause or permit any  Subsidiary to, make or suffer  to exist
               any Acquisition.

                    (t)  Guaranties.   The Borrower will not,  and will not
               cause  or permit any Subsidiary to, become liable in respect
               of any  Guaranty except for (i) the  Bank Guaranty, (ii) the
               Commercial  LC  Facility   Guaranty,  (iii) the   Noteholder
               Guaranty, (iv) Guaranties under the New  Financing Facility,
               (v) the Handyman Guaranties, (vi) Guaranties of any lessee's
               obligations under any  Operating Lease (including Guaranties
               in  an amount  not  exceeding $9,500,000  of such  Operating
               Lease obligations that  were assigned  to and  assumed by  a
               successor lessee), (vii) Guaranties as to which  the primary
               obligation  has  been taken  into  account  pursuant to  the
               definition of "Indebtedness," (viii) Guaranties of the lease
               obligations  of  Dave &  Buster's,  Inc. in  an  amount  not
               exceeding  $66,000,000,  and  (ix) Guaranties  of  the lease
               obligations of the Borrower's Wholly  Owned Subsidiary Edbro
               Missouri Realty  Company, Inc. and  of the principal  of and
               interest  on  the  $5,500,000  Industrial  Revenue Refunding
               Bonds  Series  1985  issued   by  the  City  of  Washington,
               Missouri.

                    (u)  Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower will not, and
               will not  permit any  of its  Subsidiaries to,  make Capital
               Expenditures  in excess  of $11,500,000  from and  after the
               Effective Date for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in  the
               aggregate.

                    (v)  Lease Termination  Payments.   From and  after the
               Effective  Date, the Borrower will not, nor will it cause or
               permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  make   any  Lease  Termination
               Payments   exceeding  an  aggregate  amount  of  $5,900,000.
               Within this aggregate limitation, Lease Termination Payments
               of no more than $4,000,000 in the aggregate for the Borrower
               and  all   Subsidiaries  may  be  made   during  the  period
               commencing on the Effective  Date and ending on December 31,
               1995.  On  or before  October 31, 1995,  the Borrower  shall
               deliver  to each Bank a good faith estimate of the number of
               store closings  anticipated between  the Effective Date  and
               February 29, 1996, which estimate shall identify  the stores
               proposed  to be closed and  the anticipated closing costs of
               each such store.

                    (w)  Condemnation.   Immediately  upon learning  of the
               institution of any proceeding  for the condemnation or other
               taking of  any of the owned  or leased real property  of the
               Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  that could  have  a  Material
               Adverse  Effect, the Borrower shall notify  each Bank of the
               pendency of such proceeding.

                    (x)  Accounts; Maintenance of  Cash Management  System.
               Until  the earlier to occur of (i) the Borrower's payment in
               full  of  the  mandatory  principal  reduction  required  by
               Section  4.2  and (ii)  the  exercise  by the  Concentration
               Account Bank  of any rights of setoff it has and its receipt
               by virtue of such  exercise of funds in an  aggregate amount
               equal to  the Setoff  Limit, neither  the  Borrower nor  any
               Subsidiary will establish, maintain,  or permit to exist any
               deposit account, investment account  or other account of any
               nature  with any financial institution or  any  other Person
               except  such accounts  specified on  or contemplated  by the
               description   of  the   Borrower   and   its   Subsidiaries'
               consolidated   cash   management   system   set   forth   in
               Schedule 8.1(x)  and  except  for  the  LC  Cash  Collateral
               Account.   The Borrower  and its Subsidiaries  will maintain
               their  consolidated  cash management  system  in the  manner
               specified in Schedule 8.1(x) and will maintain the Principal
               Concentration  Account  at the  Concentration  Account Bank;
               provided, however, that the Borrower may  maintain aggregate
               collected balances  up to  $1,000,000 at Mercantile  Bank of
               St. Louis National Association.

                    (y)  Severance  Payments.   The Borrower will  not, nor
               will it permit  any Subsidiary  to, enter into  any new,  or
               amend any existing, severance  agreement (or agreement  that
               directly or  indirectly has the  same effect as  a severance
               agreement) with any officer or director except in conformity
               with the  letter dated  September 20, 1995 from  Alan Miller
               addressed to Karen Myers and Mark Denkinger, a copy of which
               has been furnished to each Bank.

                    (z)  Amendment of New Commercial LC Facility Agreement,
               Noteholder Forbearance Agreement and New Financing Facility.
               The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to,
               agree  to  any  amendment,  modification or  waiver  of  any
               provision of  the New Commercial LC  Facility Agreement, the
               Noteholder  Forbearance  Agreement   or  the  New  Financing
               Facility, without the written consent of the Required Banks.

                    (aa) No  Additional  Stores.    The  Borrower will  not
               permit to exist on  any date any net  increase in the  total
               number  of   stores  operated   by  the  Borrower   and  its
               Subsidiaries from  the number of such stores operated on the
               Effective Date.

                    (ab) Letters  of Credit  Under New  Financing Facility.
               Neither the  Borrower nor  any Subsidiary will  at any  time
               request  or permit to be  issued any letter  of credit under
               the  New Financing  Facility unless  the Borrower  has fully
               utilized  all of  its  existing  availability for  issuances
               under  the New  Commercial LC Facility  Agreement; provided,
               however,  that,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   if  the
               Borrower in good faith requires  an issuance of a commercial
               letter  of  credit  under  the New  Commercial  LC  Facility
               Agreement of  a type not  issuable under such  facility, the
               Borrower  may request  such letter  of  credit to  be issued
               under the New Financing Facility.

                    (ac) Modification of Standby  Letters of  Credit.   The
               Borrower  will cooperate  with the Standby  LC Bank  and the
               beneficiaries under  the Standby  Letters of Credit  to have
               the terms  and provisions of  the Standby Letters  of Credit
               modified  to  conform  as  applicable  with  the  terms  and
               provisions of this Agreement.

                    (ad) Noteholder Forbearance  Agreement Covenants.   The
               Borrower  and its Subsidiaries will comply  with each of the
               covenants  contained   in  Section   4  of  the   Noteholder
               Forbearance Agreement.

               8.2  Weekly  Representation Covenant.   Through the Maturity
          Date, on the first Business Day of  each week, the Borrower shall
          deliver  to  each  Bank  a  certificate  executed  by  the  Chief
          Executive  Officer, the  Chief Financial  Officer or  the General
          Counsel of  the Borrower in the  form attached hereto  and made a
          part hereof as Exhibit B, (a) stating whether there exists on the
          date  of such  certificate any  Default and  if any  Default then
          exists,  setting forth  the details  thereof and  the  action the
          Borrower is taking or  proposes to take with respect  thereto and
          (b) certifying that all of  the representations and warranties of
          the Borrower  contained in this Agreement and  the other Override
          Documents are true and correct in  all material respects on or as
          of the date of  such certificate as if made  on the date of  such
          certificate.


                                     ARTICLE IX.

                                       DEFAULTS

               9.1  Events  of Default.  If  any of the  following (each of
          the  following herein  sometimes  called an  "Event of  Default")
          shall occur and be continuing:

                    (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of or
               interest  on any of the  Obligations or any  other amount or
               amounts payable by the Borrower  under this Agreement or the
               New  Commercial LC Facility  Agreement as and  when the same
               shall become due and payable;

                    (b)  the Borrower  shall violate or fail  to perform or
               observe  any of  the  covenants or  agreements contained  in
               Section 8.1(b), (c),  (d), (e), (f), (g),  (h), (i), (q)(i),
               (s), (t),  (u), (v), (x), (y),  (z), (aa), (ab), or  (ad) of
               this Agreement;

                    (c)  the Borrower  shall violate or fail  to perform or
               observe  any of  the  covenants or  agreements contained  in
               Section 8.1(a), (q)(ii)  through (vii), or (w)  and any such
               violation  or failure  shall remain  unremedied for  two (2)
               Business Days;

                    (d)  the Borrower  shall violate or fail  to perform or
               observe any  other term, covenant or  agreement contained in
               this  Agreement (other  than those specified  in clause (a),
               (b)  or (c) above) and  any such violation  or failure shall
               remain  unremedied  for five  (5)  Business  Days after  the
               earlier  of (i) written  notice of  default is given  to the
               Borrower by  any Bank and (ii) a responsible  officer of the
               Borrower obtaining knowledge of such default;

                    (e)  any  representation  or warranty  of  the Borrower
               made in this Agreement, in any other Override Document or in
               any   certificate,   agreement,   instrument  or   statement
               furnished or made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or
               in  connection herewith  or therewith,  shall prove  to have
               been untrue, incorrect or materially misleading when made or
               effected;

                    (f)  this  Agreement  or  any  of  the  other  Override
               Documents shall  at any time for  any reason cease  to be in
               full force and effect  or shall be declared  to be null  and
               void by a  court of competent jurisdiction, or  the validity
               or enforceability  thereof shall  be contested or  denied by
               the  Borrower   or  any  Subsidiary,  or   the  transactions
               contemplated hereunder or  thereunder shall be  contested by
               the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,  or the  Borrower  or any
               Subsidiary denies  that it has  any or further  liability or
               obligation hereunder or thereunder;

                    (g)  the    Borrower    or    any   Subsidiary    shall
               (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition
               seeking  relief under Title 11 of  the United States Code or
               any other Federal, state or  foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,
               receivership,  liquidation or  similar law,  (ii) consent to
               the  institution of, or fail  to contravene in  a timely and
               appropriate manner, any such proceeding or the filing of any
               such petition, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment
               of a  receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator  or similar
               official  of itself or of a substantial part of its Property
               or  assets,  (iv) file  an  answer  admitting  the  material
               allegations  of a petition filed  against itself in any such
               proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of
               creditors,   (vi) become  unable,   admit  in   writing  its
               inability  or fail generally to pay its debts as they become
               due or  (vii) take any  corporate or  other  action for  the
               purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                    (h)  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an
               involuntary  petition shall be filed in a court of competent
               jurisdiction seeking  (i) relief in respect of  the Borrower
               or  any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the Property
               or assets of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary, under Title 11
               of the United  States Code  or any other  Federal, state  or
               foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, liquidation or
               similar law,  (ii) the appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,
               custodian, sequestrator or similar official of  the Borrower
               or any Subsidiary or  of a substantial part of  the Property
               or assets  of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary or  (iii) the
               winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
               and such proceeding  or petition shall  continue undismissed
               for thirty  (30)  consecutive days  or  an order  or  decree
               approving or  ordering any  of the foregoing  shall continue
               unstayed and in effect for thirty (30) consecutive days;

                    (i)  the Borrower  or any Subsidiary shall  be declared
               by any of the Banks to be in default  on, or pursuant to the
               terms of, (i) any other present  or future obligation to any
               of  such Bank(s),  including, without limitation,  any other
               loan, line  of credit, revolving credit,  guaranty or letter
               of  credit  reimbursement  obligation,  or   (ii) any  other
               present  or future agreement purporting  to convey to any of
               such  Bank(s)  a Lien  upon any  Property  or assets  of the
               Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

                    (j)  the Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  shall fail  (and
               such failure shall not have been cured or waived) to perform
               or observe any term, provision or condition of, or any other
               default  or   event  of  default  shall   occur  under,  any
               agreement,  document or  instrument evidencing,  securing or
               otherwise relating  to any outstanding  Indebtedness of  the
               Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary,  as the  case  may  be,  for
               borrowed money (other than the Notes), in a principal amount
               in  excess of $1,000,000, if  the effect of  such failure or
               default  is  to  cause or  permit  such  Indebtedness  to be
               declared to be due and  payable or otherwise accelerated, or
               to  be required  to be  prepaid (other  than by  a regularly
               scheduled  required prepayment)  prior  the stated  maturity
               thereof;

                    (k)  the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  shall  have  a
               judgment  in excess of  $1,000,000 entered  against it  by a
               court having jurisdiction in  the premises and such judgment
               shall  not be  appealed in  good faith  or satisfied  by the
               Borrower  or such Subsidiary (or an insurer on behalf of the
               Borrower or such Subsidiary), as the case may be, within the
               time  permitted by  applicable  law for  an  appeal of  such
               judgment;

                    (l)  the occurrence of a Reportable Event  with respect
               to any Pension  Plan; the  filing of a  notice of intent  to
               terminate  a  Pension  Plan   by  the  Borrower,  any  ERISA
               Affiliate or any Subsidiary;  the institution of proceedings
               to terminate a Pension Plan by the PBGC or any other Person;
               the  withdrawal in  a  "complete withdrawal"  or a  "partial
               withdrawal"   as   defined   in  Sections 4203   and   4205,
               respectively, of ERISA by  the Borrower, any ERISA Affiliate
               or  any  Subsidiary from  any  Multi-Employer  Plan; or  the
               incurrence  of  any  material  increase  in  the  contingent
               liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  with respect to
               any  "employee   welfare  benefit   plan"   as  defined   in
               Section 3(1)  of  ERISA which  covers retired  employees and
               their beneficiaries;

                    (m)  the  institution   by  the  Borrower,   any  ERISA
               Affiliate  or  any  Subsidiary  of steps  to  terminate  any
               Pension Plan  if, in  order to effectuate  such termination,
               the Borrower,  such ERISA  Affiliate or such  Subsidiary, as
               the case may be, would be required to make a contribution to
               such Pension Plan, or would incur a liability or  obligation
               to  such Pension  Plan,  in excess  of  $10,000,000; or  the
               institution by the  PBGC of steps  to terminate any  Pension
               Plan;

                    (n)  a Change of Control shall occur;

                    (o)  any "Event  of Default" (as defined therein) shall
               occur  under  or  within   the  meaning  of  the  Noteholder
               Forbearance Agreement;

                    (p)  any event of default  or default shall occur under
               or  within the  meaning of  the New Financing  Facility that
               results in  the Borrower's  or any co-borrower's  ability to
               request  or  obtain  loans  or other  extensions  of  credit
               thereunder  being suspended  in  a manner  that impairs  the
               liquidity of the Borrower or terminated; or

                    (q)  the  Borrower  or   any  Subsidiary,  directly  or
               indirectly,  shall have made  any loans  or advances  of any
               kind to Dave & Buster's, Inc. in excess of $2,200,000 in the
               aggregate after the Effective Date.

               THEN,  and in each such event (other than an event described
          in Sections 9.1(g) or (h)), the Required Banks may, by notice  in
          writing to the Borrower,  declare all of the Obligations  owed to
          the  Committed Banks and the Electing Banks to be immediately due
          and payable,  whereupon (i) such Obligations shall  become and be
          immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest
          or further notice of any kind, all of which are  hereby expressly
          waived by the Borrower,  and (ii) all of the Obligations  owed to
          each  Nonelecting Bank  will immediately  become governed  by the
          Original Credit Documents to which each  such Nonelecting Bank is
          a party, and each  Nonelecting Bank will have and be  entitled to
          exercise any and all rights and remedies provided in the Original
          Credit  Documents  to which  such  Nonelecting Bank  is  a party;
          provided,  however,  that  upon   the  occurrence  of  any  event
          described in Sections 9.1(g) or (h), all of the Obligations shall
          automatically  become  immediately   due  and  payable,   without
          presentment, demand, protest or  further notice of any kind,  all
          of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

               9.2  Notice of Default.  Each Bank that becomes aware of the
          existence of  a Default will give  notice of such Default  to the
          Borrower as promptly as practicable and will thereupon notify all
          of  the Banks thereof; provided, however, that the failure of any
          Bank so  to notify the Borrower  shall not affect in  any way the
          existence of a Default or be deemed to be a waiver thereof.


                                      ARTICLE X.

                        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS

               10.1 Closing  Deliveries  and  Conditions.   This  Agreement
          shall not become effective unless:

                    (a)  there have been received  (in sufficient number to
               provide originals or copies, as the case may be, for each of
               the Banks):

                         (i)  Counterpart    signature   pages    of   this
                    Agreement, executed by the Borrower and each Bank;

                         (ii) The New  Notes executed  by the  Borrower and
                    made payable to the appropriate Bank;

                         (iii)     Incumbency certificate,  executed by the
                    Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, which
                    shall identify by name and title and bear the signature
                    of the officers  of such entity authorized  to sign the
                    Override Documents to which  it is a party,  upon which
                    certificate the  Banks shall be entitled  to rely until
                    informed in writing of any change by such entity;

                         (iv) Copies   certified   by   the  Secretary   or
                    Assistant Secretary of the  Borrower of the  Borrower's
                    certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws;

                         (v)  Certified  copies  of   resolutions  of   the
                    Executive   Committee  of   the  Borrower's   Board  of
                    Directors    and,   where    necessary,   shareholders,
                    authorizing  or ratifying  the execution,  delivery and
                    performance of the  Override Documents, the  Noteholder
                    Forbearance  Agreement,  New  Commercial   LC  Facility
                    Agreement,  the New  Financing Facility  and all  other
                    documents provided for herein or therein to be executed
                    by the Borrower;

                         (vi) A  certificate, signed by the Chief Financial
                    Officer of the Borrower,  stating that on the Effective
                    Date  no Default has occurred and is continuing and all
                    of the representations and warranties contained in this
                    Agreement and in the  other Override Documents are true
                    and correct in all material respects;

                         (vii)     Written  opinions   of  Weil,  Gotshal &
                    Manges,  special   counsel  to  the  Borrower  and  the
                    Subsidiaries,  and Alan Sachs,  General Counsel  of the
                    Borrower,   each  addressed   to  the   Banks  and   in
                    substantially   the  form   of  Exhibit C-1   and  C-2,
                    respectively; and

                         (viii)    The Bank Guaranty  substantially in  the
                    form  of  Exhibit D-1  hereto  and  the  Commercial  LC
                    Facility   Guaranty  substantially   in  the   form  of
                    Exhibit D-2; and

                    (b)  each   of  the   following  conditions   shall  be
               satisfied  in a  manner, subject  to such  documentation and
               evidence and in form  and substance as is acceptable  to the
               Banks (as evidenced  by their  execution and  delivery of  a
               counterpart to this Agreement):

                         (i)  No Requirements  of  Law shall,  and no  Bank
                    shall  have  received  any notice  that  litigation  is
                    pending or  threatened which is  likely to, (A) enjoin,
                    prohibit   or  restrain   any   of   the   transactions
                    contemplated  by this  Agreement or the  other Override
                    Documents or (B) impose or  result in the imposition of
                    a Material Adverse Effect;

                         (ii) Each  of  the representations  and warranties
                    contained in  this Agreement and in  the other Override
                    Documents  shall be  true and  correct in  all material
                    respects on and as of the Effective Date;

                         (iii)     There  shall  have  been  paid  to  each
                    Uncommitted Bank,  to the  Standby LC  Bank and  to the
                    Agent  for  the  account  of each  Committed  Bank  all
                    accrued  and  unpaid interest  on  or  relating to  the
                    Borrower's  obligations  under   the  Original   Credit
                    Documents, all other  fees due and payable on or before
                    the Effective Date, and  all expenses and other amounts
                    incurred on  or before the Effective  Date and required
                    to be paid pursuant to Section 11.3;

                         (iv) Each  of  the  New  Commercial   LC  Facility
                    Agreement,  the  Noteholder Forbearance  Agreement, the
                    Existing  Lender  Intercreditor   Agreement,  the   New
                    Financing Facility  and  the New  Lender  Intercreditor
                    Agreement, shall  have been duly executed and delivered
                    by each of the parties  thereto and each such agreement
                    shall  have become  effective  in  accordance with  the
                    terms thereof; and

                         (v)  The Borrower  shall  have paid  retainers  to
                    (a) Price Waterhouse, L.L.P. in the  amount of $50,000,
                    (b) Thompson & Mitchell  in the  amount of $50,000  and
                    (c) Jones,  Day,  Reavis &  Pogue  in  the   amount  of
                    $100,000.


                                     ARTICLE XI.

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               11.1 Notices.       All   notices,   requests    and   other
          communications  to  any  party  hereunder  shall  be  in  writing
          (including  bank  wire,  telegram,  telex,  telecopy  or  similar
          writing) and  shall be given  to such  party at its  addresses or
          telex number set forth on Schedule 11.1  or such other address or
          telex  number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose
          by  notice to  each Bank  and  the Borrower.   Each  such notice,
          request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by
          telegram,  telex or  telecopy,  when delivered  to the  telegraph
          company,  transmitted   by  telecopier  or   confirmed  by  telex
          answerback,  respectively, (b) if  given  by mail,  on the  third
          (3rd) Business Day after  such communication is deposited  in the
          mails  with  appropriate  first  class, certified  or  registered
          postage  prepaid addressed as  aforesaid, or (c) if  given by any
          other  means, when  delivered at  the address  specified  in this
          Section.

               11.2 No Waivers.  No failure or delay by the Borrower or any
          Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, under
          any  Note  or under  any of  the  other Override  Documents shall
          operate  as  a waiver  thereof nor  shall  any single  or partial
          exercise thereof  preclude any other or  further exercise thereof
          or the  exercise of  any other  right, power  or privilege.   The
          rights and remedies provided  in this Agreement and in  the other
          Override Documents shall  be cumulative and not  exclusive of any
          rights or remedies provided by law.

               11.3 Expenses; Documentary  Taxes.   The Borrower agrees  to
          pay (a) all  reasonable out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  of the
          Agent and the Banks  arising under the Original  Credit Documents
          and incurred  in connection with  the preparation, documentation,
          negotiation  and  execution  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other
          Override  Documents,  including,  without limitation,  reasonable
          fees and disbursements  of counsel for the Agent and  each of the
          Banks on the Effective Date, (b) all reasonable and out-of-pocket
          costs   and   expenses   of   the   Agent,   the   Administrative
          Representative  and  the  Banks (excluding,  however,  except  as
          otherwise  specified in this clause (b), the fees and expenses of
          counsel  for  any   of  the   Banks)  in   connection  with   the
          administration of this Agreement and the other Override Documents
          and the  preparation  of  any  waiver  or  consent  hereunder  or
          thereunder or any amendment,  modification, extension or  renewal
          hereof or thereof, including, without limitation, reasonable fees
          and  disbursements  of Thompson  and  Mitchell,  counsel for  the
          Agent,  and Jones,  Day, Reavis & Pogue,  counsel for  the Banks,
          within  30  days of  receipt of  a  statement therefor,  (c) if a
          Default occurs, all  reasonable out-of-pocket costs  and expenses
          incurred by the Agent or any Bank, including, without limitation,
          reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including attorneys
          who are employees of the  Agent or such Bank or of  any affiliate
          of the Agent  or such Bank,  as the case  may be), in  connection
          with   such  Default   and   collection  and   other  enforcement
          proceedings  resulting therefrom within  30 days of  receipt of a
          statement  therefor and (d) all fees and reasonable out-of-pocket
          costs  and  expenses  of  Price Waterhouse,  L.L.P.  incurred  in
          performance  of its  duties under  this Agreement  and the  other
          Override  Documents.   The  Borrower  shall  indemnify each  Bank
          against  any transfer  taxes,  documentary  taxes and/or  similar
          assessments  or charges  made  by any  governmental authority  by
          reason of the  execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of
          the other  Override Documents.   The obligations of  the Borrower
          under  this Section 11.3  are  continuing and  shall survive  the
          satisfaction and  payment of the Obligations  and the termination
          of this Agreement.

               11.4 General  Indemnity.   In  addition  to  the payment  of
          expenses   pursuant  to   Section 11.3,   whether  or   not   the
          transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  be   consummated,  the
          Borrower hereby agrees  to pay, and  indemnify and hold  harmless
          the  Agent, the  Administrative  Representative and  each of  the
          Banks   and  any  holder(s)  of  the  Notes,  and  the  officers,
          directors,  employees, agents  and affiliates  of the  Agent, the
          Administrative  Representative and  each  of the  Banks and  such
          holder(s) (collectively, the "Indemnitees") from and against, any
          and   all  other   liabilities,  obligations,   losses,  damages,
          penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and
          disbursements  of  any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever  (including,
          without  limitation,  the  reasonable fees  and  disbursements of
          counsel   for   such   Indemnitees   in   connection   with   any
          investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or
          threatened, whether or not such Indemnitees shall be designated a
          party thereto), that may  be imposed on, incurred by  or asserted
          against the Indemnitees, in any manner relating to or arising out
          of this Agreement,  any of  the other Override  Documents or  any
          other agreement, document or instrument executed and delivered by
          the  Borrower   in  connection  herewith  or   therewith  or  the
          statements contained  in any commitment letters  delivered by any
          of  the  Banks  (collectively,  the  "indemnified  liabilities");
          provided that  the  Borrower  shall  have  no  obligation  to  an
          Indemnitee  hereunder with  respect  to  indemnified  liabilities
          directly  resulting  from  (a) the  gross negligence  or  willful
          misconduct  of  that  Indemnitee  as  determined  by a  court  of
          competent jurisdiction in a  final nonappealable order or (b) any
          failure  of the  Administrative  Representative or  the Agent  to
          properly remit funds to the  Banks as required under Sections 4.2
          or  4.6 or any other provision of  this Agreement.  To the extent
          that  the undertaking  to  indemnify, pay  and hold  harmless set
          forth in the  preceding sentence may be unenforceable  because it
          is  violative of  any law  or public  policy, the  Borrower shall
          contribute  the maximum portion that  it is permitted  to pay and
          satisfy under applicable law to  the payment and satisfaction  of
          all indemnified liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of
          them.  The provisions of the undertakings and indemnification set
          out in  this Section 11.4  are continuing  and shall  survive the
          satisfaction and  payment of the Obligations  and the termination
          of this Agreement.

               11.5 Environmental Indemnity.  The Borrower hereby agrees to
          indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Agent,  the   Administrative
          Representative  and  each  of  the  Banks  and  their  respective
          shareholders, officers, directors, employees,  agents, successors
          and assigns, from and  against all claims and orders  (including,
          without  limitation, all  private and/or  governmental  claims or
          orders under common law and/or any  Environmental Law), causes of
          action,   liabilities,   damages   (including  natural   resource
          damages),  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without limitation,
          investigative  and   cleanup  costs   and  attorneys'   fees  and
          expenses),  notwithstanding any  negligence  on the  part of  the
          Agent, the  Administrative Representative or any  Bank and/or any
          of  their  respective  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,
          successors and assigns, arising out of or relating in any way  to
          (a) the release, threat of  release or presence or threat  of any
          Hazardous  Materials on,  in,  under  or  about any  Property  or
          facility owned  and/or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
          or emanating  or disposed  of therefrom  (regardless of  cause or
          source);  (b) any act or omission or liability of the Borrower or
          any Subsidiaries  or any of their  respective officers, partners,
          employees, directors, agents, shareholders, successors or assigns
          concerning   any  Hazardous  Materials;  (c) the  enforcement  or
          exercise   of  any   right  in   this  Agreement   pertaining  to
          environmental   matters,   including,  without   limitation,  the
          enforcement of this indemnity provision; and/or (d) any unsafe or
          unhealthful  condition  at  any  Property or  facility  owned  or
          operated  by the Borrower or  any Subsidiary or  any violation of
          any Occupational Safety and Health Law.   The foregoing indemnity
          shall be in addition to all other indemnity  provisions contained
          in  this Agreement and  any other agreements  between the parties
          hereto   or  executed   in   connection  with   the  transactions
          contemplated  hereby, and  all  such indemnities  shall be  given
          effect, notwithstanding any overlap  in coverage.  This indemnity
          shall  survive   the  repayment   of  the  Obligations   and  the
          termination  of   this  Agreement,  and  should   it  be  finally
          determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the scope or
          reach of this indemnity  exceeds that allowed by  applicable law,
          this  indemnity shall be construed  to extend and  shall be given
          effect to,  but not  in excess  of, the maximum  scope and  reach
          allowed by applicable law.

               11.6 Amendments  and  Waivers.     Any  provision  of   this
          Agreement, the Notes or  any of the other Override  Documents may
          be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is
          in writing and is signed by  the Borrower and the Required  Banks
          (and, if the  right or duties of the Agent  or the Administrative
          Representative  are  affected  thereby,   by  the  Agent  or  the
          Administrative Representative, as the case may be); provided that
          no such amendment or  waiver shall, unless  signed by all of  the
          Banks,  (a) reduce the principal amount of or rate of interest on
          any  Obligations or  any  fees hereunder,  (b) postpone the  date
          fixed  for any  payment  of  principal  of  or  interest  on  any
          Obligations or  any fees hereunder, (c) change  the percentage of
          the  aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes or the number
          of Banks which shall  be required for the Banks or any of them to
          take  any action or obligations  under this Section  or any other
          provision of  this Agreement, (d) release any  Guarantor from its
          Obligations under  the Bank Guaranty, the  Commercial LC Facility
          Guaranty,   or  the   Noteholder   Guaranty,  or   (e) waive  the
          satisfaction of  any condition precedent to  the effectiveness of
          this Agreement specified in Article X.

               11.7 Severability.    In  the  event  one  or  more  of  the
          provisions contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal
          or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  the  validity, legality  and
          enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall
          not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

               11.8 Governing Law.  This Agreement,  the New Notes and  all
          of the  other Override Documents shall be  governed and construed
          in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 

               11.9 Counterparts;  Effectiveness.   This  Agreement  may be
          signed in any number of  counterparts, each of which shall  be an
          original, with the same  effect as if the signatures  thereto and
          hereto were upon the same instrument.

               11.10     Authority  to Act.  Each Bank shall be entitled to
          act  on  any notices  and  instructions  (telephonic or  written)
          reasonably  believed by such Bank  to have been  delivered by any
          person authorized  to  act on  behalf  of the  Borrower  pursuant
          hereto, regardless  of whether such notice or  instruction was in
          fact delivered  by a person  authorized to act  on behalf  of the
          Borrower, and the  Borrower hereby agrees to  indemnify such Bank
          from and against any and all losses and expenses, if any, ensuing
          from any such action.

               11.11     CONSENT  TO JURISDICTION.    THE  BORROWER  HEREBY
          IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS  TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION  OF ANY NEW
          YORK STATE COURT OR ANY UNITED STATES OF AMERICA COURT SITTING IN
          THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AS ANY BANK MAY  ELECT, IN ANY
          SUIT, ACTION OR  PROCEEDING ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING TO  THIS
          AGREEMENT  OR ANY  OTHER OVERRIDE  DOCUMENT. THE  BORROWER HEREBY
          IRREVOCABLY  AGREES  THAT ALL  CLAIMS  IN RESPECT  OF  SUCH SUIT,
          ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY  BE HELD AND  DETERMINED IN ANY OF  SUCH
          COURTS.  THE  BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE  FULLEST EXTENT
          PERMITTED BY LAW,  ANY OBJECTION  WHICH THE BORROWER  MAY NOW  OR
          HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR
          PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN ANY  SUCH COURT, AND  THE BORROWER FURTHER
          IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING
          BROUGHT IN ANY  SUCH COURT  HAS BEEN BROUGHT  IN AN  INCONVENIENT
          FORUM.  THE BORROWER  AUTHORIZES THE SERVICE OF PROCESS  UPON THE
          BORROWER  BY REGISTERED MAIL SENT  TO THE BORROWER  AT ITS NOTICE
          ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 11.1.

               11.12     References;  Headings  for  Convenience.    Unless
          otherwise specified  herein,  all references  to Section  numbers
          refer to Section numbers of this Agreement, all references herein
          to Exhibits A,  B, C-1, C-2,  D-1, D-2,  E, F, G  and H  refer to
          annexed Exhibits A,  B, C-1, C-2, D-1,  D-2, E, F, G  and H which
          are hereby  incorporated herein  by reference and  all references
          herein  to  Schedules 2.2, 2.3,  7.1(a), 7.1(d),  7.1(e), 7.1(f),
          7.1(i), 7.1(j), 7.1(k), 7.1(n),  7.1(o), 7.1(p), 7.1(r),  8.1(b),
          8.1(x)  and 11.1  refer  to annexed  Schedules 2.2, 2.3,  7.1(a),
          7.1(d), 7.1(e),  7.1(f), 7.1(i), 7.1(j), 7.1(k),  7.1(n), 7.1(o),
          7.1(p),  7.1(r),  8.1(b),  8.1(x)   and  11.1  which  are  hereby
          incorporated herein by reference.  The Section headings and table
          of  contents  hereof are  furnished  for the  convenience  of the
          parties  and  are not  to be  considered  in the  construction or
          interpretation of this Agreement.

               11.13     NO  ORAL  AGREEMENTS;   ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.    THIS
          AGREEMENT AND  THE OTHER  OVERRIDE DOCUMENTS REPRESENT  THE FINAL
          AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE  PARTIES  RELATING TO  THE SUBJECT  MATTER
          HEREOF AND THEREOF  AND MAY  NOT BE CONTRADICTED  BY EVIDENCE  OF
          PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OF THE
          PARTIES  RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THERE
          ARE  NO ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT
          MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER OVERRIDE DOCUMENTS.

               11.14     Resurrection  of Loans.   To  the extent  that any
          Bank receives any payment on account of any of the Obligations of
          the Borrower to the  Banks, and any such  payment(s) or any  part
          thereof  are substantially invalidated, declared to be fraudulent
          or preferential,  set aside,  subordinated and/or required  to be
          repaid  to  a trustee,  receiver or  any  other Person  under any
          bankruptcy act,  state or  federal law,  common law or  equitable
          cause,  then, to  the  extent of  such  payment(s) received,  the
          Obligations  or part thereof  intended to  be satisfied  shall be
          revived  and  continue  in full  force  and  effect,  as if  such
          payment(s)  had not  been received  by such  Bank and  applied on
          account of such Obligations.

               11.15     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE  PARTIES HERETO
          HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY  RIGHT TO  TRIAL  BY JURY  IN ANY
          ACTION OR PROCEEDING (I) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR
          IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE  OTHER OVERRIDE DOCUMENTS
          OR ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR
          THAT MAY IN  THE FUTURE  BE DELIVERED IN  CONNECTION HEREWITH  OR
          THEREWITH,  OR (II) ARISING  FROM ANY  DISPUTE OR  CONTROVERSY IN
          CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO  THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER OVERRIDE
          DOCUMENTS  OR   ANY  SUCH  AMENDMENT,  INSTRUMENT,   DOCUMENT  OR
          AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR  COUNTERCLAIM SHALL
          BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

               11.16     Release  of  Lender Parties.    The  Borrower, for
          itself and on behalf  of each of its Subsidiaries  and Affiliates
          and  each of its employees,  officers and directors,  and each of
          their   respective   predecessors,    successors   and    assigns
          (collectively,   the  "Releasors"),   does  hereby   forever  and
          unconditionally (i) release, discharge and  acquit the Agent, the
          Banks   and  each   of  their  respective   parent  corporations,
          subsidiaries  and  affiliates,  and  each   of  their  respective
          officers, directors, shareholders, employees,  attorneys, agents,
          accountants, consultants, servants  and representatives, and each
          of their  respective predecessors, successors, heirs  and assigns
          (collectively,  the "Lender  Parties"), of and  from any  and all
          claims  of every  type, kind,  nature, description  or character,
          known  and unknown,  whensoever  arising out  of  any actions  or
          omissions of the Lender Parties, or any of them, occurring at any
          time up  to and through the  date hereof, which in  any way arise
          out  of,  are connected  with or  relate  to the  Existing Lender
          Agreements,  this  Agreement  or  the  other  Override  Documents
          (collectively, "Releasor  Claims"), and (ii) agree  not to  bring
          any action  in any  judicial, administrative or  other proceeding
          against the Lender  Parties, or  any of them,  alleging any  such
          Releasor  Claims   or  any  other  claim   otherwise  arising  in
          connection  with  any  such   Releasor  Claims,  or  support  any
          shareholder of the Borrower or any of the respective Releasors in
          any such action brought by such shareholder.

               11.17     Appointment of  Agent.  The Required  Banks hereby
          reserve the right to  appoint an agent for purposes  of enforcing
          or administering their rights under this Agreement. 


                                     ARTICLE XII.

                  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

               12.1 Successors and  Assigns.   The terms and  provisions of
          the Override Documents  shall be  binding upon and  inure to  the
          benefit of  the  Borrower  and the  Banks  and  their  respective
          successors and  assigns, except  that (i) the Borrower  shall not
          have  the right  to assign  its rights  or obligations  under the
          Override  Documents without the consent  of all of  the Banks and
          (ii) any assignment  by any  Bank of  its  rights, interests  and
          duties under  the Override Documents  must be made  in compliance
          with Section 12.3.  Notwithstanding  clause (ii) of this Section,
          any Bank may at  any time, without the  consent of the  Borrower,
          assign all or  any portion of its rights under  this Agreement or
          the other Override Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided,
          however,  that no  such assignment  shall release  the transferor
          Bank from its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agent may
          treat the  Committed Banks  that  are signatories  hereto as  the
          owners of  such Banks' Obligations for all purposes hereof unless
          and until any such Bank complies with Section 12.3 in the case of
          an assignment  thereof or, in  the case of any  other transfer, a
          written notice  of the  transfer is filed  with the  Agent.   Any
          assignee  or transferee of a portion of the Obligations agrees by
          acceptance thereof to be bound by all the terms and provisions of
          the Override Documents.  Any request, authority or consent of any
          Person,  who at the  time of making  such request  or giving such
          authority  or  consent  is  the  holder  of  any  Obligations, as
          determined by this Section 12.1,  shall be conclusive and binding
          on  any  subsequent  holder,   transferee  or  assignee  of  such
          Obligation.

               12.2 Participations.

               (a)  Permitted Participants;  Effect.   Any Bank may  at any
          time sell to one or more banks or other entities ("Participants")
          participating interests  in any of the Obligations  owing to such
          Bank, any  letter  of credit  issued by  such Bank  or any  other
          interest  of such  Bank under  the Override  Documents; provided,
          however, that  in no event  shall any Bank  be permitted to  sell
          participation interests in any such rights or obligations  to the
          Borrower or  any  Affiliate of  the  Borrower without  the  prior
          written consent of  all of the Banks.   In the event  of any such
          sale  by a Bank of participating interests to a Participant, such
          Bank's  obligations under  the  Override  Documents shall  remain
          unchanged, such Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other
          parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, such Bank
          shall  remain the holder of any such Obligations for all purposes
          under the Override Documents, all amounts payable by the Borrower
          and  Subsidiaries under  this  Agreement and  the other  Override
          Documents shall be determined  as if such Bank had  not sold such
          participating interests,  and the  Borrower and  Subsidiaries and
          the Agent and  the other Banks shall continue to  deal solely and
          directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and
          obligations under the Override Documents.

               (b)  Voting  Rights.   The Banks shall  retain the  right to
          approve, without  the consent of any  Participant, any amendment,
          modification or waiver of any provision of the Override Documents
          in   accordance  with  Section 11.6  other  than  any  amendment,
          modification  or waiver with respect to  any Obligations in which
          such  Participant   has  an  interest  that  forgives  principal,
          interest  or  fees or  reduces the  stated  interest rate  or the
          stated rates at which fees are  payable with respect to any  such
          Obligations,  postpones  the  Maturity  Date  or  other regularly
          scheduled  date  of  payment of  interest  or  fees  on any  such
          Obligations, or  releases or subordinates any portion of the Bank
          Guaranty.

               (c)  Benefit  of Set-off.    The Borrower  agrees that  each
          Participant shall be  deemed to have the right of  set-off to the
          extent provided  in Section 6.2  in respect of  its participating
          interest in  amounts owing  under the  Override Documents  to the
          same extent as if  the amount of its participating  interest were
          owing  directly to  it as  a Bank  under the  Override Documents,
          provided  that each  Bank  shall  retain  the  right  of  set-off
          provided   in  Section 6.2   with  respect   to  the   amount  of
          participating  interests sold  to  each Participant.   The  Banks
          agree to  share with each  Participant, and each  Participant, by
          exercising the  right of set-off provided  in Section 6.2, agrees
          to  share with each Bank to the  extent required by such Section,
          any amount received pursuant to the exercise of its right of set-
          off,  such amounts to be shared in accordance with Section 6.3 as
          if each Participant were a Bank.

               12.3 Assignments.

               (a)  Permitted Assignments.  Any Bank may at any time assign
          to one or more banks or other entities ("Purchasers")  all or any
          part of its  rights and obligations under the Override Documents.
          In no event shall any Bank be permitted to assign any such rights
          or obligations to the  Borrower or any Affiliate of  the Borrower
          without the prior written consent of all of the Banks.

               (b)  Effect;  Effective Date.   Upon  delivery to  each Bank
          (and, in the case  of a Committed Bank, the Agent) of a notice of
          assignment (a "Notice of Assignment"), together with any consents
          required   by  Section 12.3(a),  such   assignment  shall  become
          effective  on  the effective  date  specified in  such  Notice of
          Assignment.   On and after the effective date of such assignment,
          such  Purchaser shall for  all purposes be  a Bank party  to this
          Agreement  and   any  other  Override  Documents   to  which  the
          transferor Bank was a  party or beneficiary immediately prior  to
          the  effectiveness of  such  assignment and  shall  have all  the
          rights and obligations of the transferor  Bank under the Override
          Documents, to the  same extent as  if it were  an original  party
          hereto  and  thereto, and  no further  consent  or action  by the
          Borrower, the  Banks or the Agent,  as the case may  be, shall be
          required  to release  the  transferor Bank  with  respect to  its
          Obligations assigned to such Purchaser.  Upon the consummation of
          any assignment  to a Purchaser pursuant  to this Section 12.3(b),
          the  transferor Bank, the Agent,  the Banks and  the Borrower, as
          the  case may  be, shall  make appropriate  arrangements so  that
          replacement Notes  are issued  to  such transferor  Bank and  new
          Notes or, as appropriate,  replacement Notes, are issued to  such
          Purchaser, in each case in  the appropriate principal amounts, as
          adjusted pursuant to such assignment.


                                    ARTICLE XIII.

                    FORBEARANCE AND RESERVATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

               Each  of  the  Banks agrees  to  forbear  from  bringing any
          action, suit  or other  judicial proceeding against  the Borrower
          with respect to the  Specified Defaults and any other  default or
          event of  default under any  Original Credit Document  during the
          period  from the Effective Date until the Maturity Date.  Nothing
          in this Agreement or in any other Override Document will waive or
          be  deemed to  waive any default  or event  of default  under any
          Original Credit Document.


               [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


               IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  parties hereto  have caused  this
          Agreement  to be  duly  executed by  their respective  authorized
          officers effective as of the day and year first above written.

                                             Borrower


                                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.

                                             By /s/Alan Sachs
                                             Title: Executive Vice President
                                                    General Counsil & Secretary


                                             Committed Banks


                                             MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS
                                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its
                                               capacity as a Committed Bank
                                               and not in  its capacity  as
                                               the Commercial LC Bank

                                             By /s/Karen D. Meyers
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK
                                               OF ST. LOUIS

                                             By /s/Gary K. Peterson
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             CITIBANK, N.A.

                                             By /s/Victoria Lasseter
                                             Title: Vice President
                                                    Institutional Recovery
                                                    Management


                                             NBD BANK
                                             (formerly known a NBD Bank,N.A.)

                                             By /s/Bruce E. Thompson
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                             By /s/D. N. Gillespie
                                             Title: Assistant General Manager


                                             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                               OF CHICAGO

                                             By /s/Richard A. Peterson
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                             TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                             By /s/ Lynn D. Simmons 
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             Uncommitted Banks


                                             THE SANWA BANK, LIMITED,
                                                CHICAGO BRANCH


                                             By /s/ Kenneth C. Eichwald      
                                             Title: Vice President and Manager


                                             THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK
                                               OF ST. LOUIS


                                             By /s/ Gary K. Peterson
                                             Title: Vice President


                                             FIFTH THIRD BANK

                                             By /s/ Matthew J. Zeck        
                                             Title: National Accounts Officer


                                             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                             By /s/ D.N. Gillespie           
                                             Title: Assistant General Manager


                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                             By /s/ Richard Maybaum         
                                             Title: Assistant Vice President


                                             CITIBANK, N.A.

                                             By /s/ Victoria Lasseter      
                                             Title: Vice President
                                                    Institutional Recovery
                                                    Management
                                            
                                              THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                                               CHICAGO BRANCH

                                             By /s/ Katsuyasu Iwasawa       
                                             Title: Joint General Manager 


                                             The Standby LC Bank


                                             BANCA NAZIONALE DEL
                                               LAVORO,  S.P.A.,   New  York
                                               Branch

                                             By /s/ Giulio Giovine        
                                             Title: Vice President
                                           
                                             By /s/ Giuliano Violetta
                                             Title: First Vice President 


               Mercantile Bank  of St.  Louis National Association,  in its
          capacity  as Agent  under the  Revolving Credit  Facility, hereby
          accepts  and acknowledges  receipt  of a  copy  of the  foregoing
          Override  Agreement as of this  22nd day of  September, 1995, and
          agrees to the terms hereof.


                                             MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS
                                               NATIONAL   ASSOCIATION,   as
                                               Agent under the Revolving 
                                               Credit Facility


                                             By /s/
                                             Title:  



                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES INC.
                                  EXECUTIVE OFFICES
           501 NORTH BROADWAY . POST OFFICE BOX 14020 . ST. LOUIS, MO 63178
          
              PHONE (314) 331-6000                    FAX (314) 331-7200

                                     May 11, 1995



          Mr. Alan D. Miller
          Chairman, President and
          Chief Executive Officer
          Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.
          501 North Broadway
          St. Louis, Missouri 63102

          Dear Alan:

               The  Special Compensation  Subcommittee of  the Compensation
          Committee of  the Board of  Directors of Edison  Brothers Stores,
          Inc.  ("EBS")  has authorized  EBS to  grant  to you,  subject to
          certain conditions  hereinafter set  forth, 50,000 shares  of the
          Common  Stock of EBS.  This letter agreement  shall evidence such
          grant and the conditions which must be satisfied in order for you
          to receive the stock free of restrictions.

               1.   Date of Grant: May 11, 1995

               2.   Number of Shares of  Restricted Stock: 50,000 shares of
          Common  Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of EBS (the "Restricted
          Stock").

               3.   Cost  of  Shares of  Restricted  Stock:  This grant  of
          Restricted Stock is considered additional compensation, and shall
          be at no cost to you.

               4.   Delivery  of  Restricted  Stock: The  Restricted  Stock
          shall be transferred to you as of the Date of Grant but shall not
          be  delivered  to   you  until   certain  specified   conditions,
          hereinafter set forth, are  met. None of the 50,000  shares which
          are  the subject of this  letter agreement will  be newly issued.
          All of such shares will be treasury stock of EBS.

               5.   Dividend Rights:  You shall  have full  dividend rights
          with respect to  each share of  Restricted Stock, beginning  with
          the Date of  Grant, and shall retain such rights  so long as such
          share  of Restricted  Stock  is not  forfeited  by you  prior  to
          vesting or disposed of by you after vesting.

               6.   Voting Rights:  You shall have full  voting rights with
          respect to  each share  of Restricted  Stock, beginning with  the
          Date of Grant, and shall retain such rights so 
          long as such  share of Restricted Stock  is not forfeited by  you
          prior to vesting or disposed of by you after vesting. 

               7.   Vesting: The shares of  Restricted Stock shall vest and
          be delivered to you free of any restriction imposed hereunder, as
          follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Number of Shares
                                                        ----------------

                    <S>                                <C> 
                    May 13, 1996                       10,000
                    May 20, 1997                       10,000
                    May 27, 1998                       10,000
                    June 3, 1999                       10,000
                    June 12, 2000                      10,000
</TABLE>

          provided, however, that except as  provided in paragraph 9 below,
          such shares shall vest and  be delivered only if at the  time set
          forth above for vesting and delivery  you are then in the  employ
          of EBS  or one of  its subsidiaries, as  such term is  defined in
          Section 425(f) of the  Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
          ("Subsidiaries"), and  shall have  been continuously  so employed
          since the Date of Grant. If there should come a time when you are
          no longer  employed by either EBS or a Subsidiary of EBS, then at
          such time all shares  of Restricted Stock not yet vested shall be
          forfeited   (except  as     provided   in  paragraph   9  below).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors  of EBS, in
          its sole  discretion, may accelerate the vesting  schedule as set
          out above in whole or in part at any time and from time to time.

               8.   Non-Transferability: No share of Restricted Stock shall
          be transferable by you prior to vesting.

               9.   Death  or Disability:  In the  event of  your  death or
          Disability while in the employ of EBS or one of its Subsidiaries,
          all  shares of  Restricted  Stock  not  yet  vested  due  to  the
          restrictions set forth above shall become immediately vested and,
          if  not  already delivered,  shall be  delivered  to you  or your
          estate.  As used  herein,  "Disability" means  your inability  to
          engage  in  any substantial  gainful  activity by  reason  of any
          medically-determined physical  or mental impairment which, in the
          judgment of a  physician selected  by EBS who  certifies to  such
          judgment, is expected to  be of indefinite duration or  result in
          imminent death. The  Disability must have continued  for at least
          52 weeks and  you must  have received a  federal Social  Security
          disability  insurance  award (unless  you  lack  the quarters  of
          coverage 
          required  for Social  Security  entitlement). The  cause of  such
          Disability must be other  than an injury of disease  sustained by
          you:

                    (a)  while  serving   in  any  armed  services   or  on
                         voluntary leave for other health reasons;

                    (b)  as a result of an act of war; 

                    (c)  while  wilfully and  illegally participating  in a
                         fight,  riot,  or   civil  insurrection  or  while
                         committing a crime.

               10.  Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization: In the event
          that each of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of  EBS shall
          be  changed into or exchanged  for a different  number or kind of
          shares  of stock  or  other  securities  of  EBS  or  of  another
          corporation,   whether    by    reason   of    stock    dividend,
          recapitalization,   merger,  consolidation,   split-up,  spinoff,
          combination, exchange of shares and the like, then there shall be
          substituted for  each share  of Restricted  Stock the  number and
          kind  of  shares of  stock or  other  securities into  which each
          outstanding  share of Common Stock of EBS  shall be so changed or
          for which each such share shall be exchanged.

               11.  Withholding: When shares of Restricted Stock are vested
          or  upon your earlier election  pursuant to Section  83(b) of the
          Internal Revenue  Bode of  1986, as amended,  to be taxed  at the
          time of the  transfer of  shares of Restricted  Stock, you  shall
          simultaneously deliver to EBS  sufficient cash to satisfy federal
          and  state  income tax  withholding requirements.  If you  do not
          deliver  such  cash  at such  time,  EBS  may  withhold from  any
          delivery of  shares that  number of shares  necessary to  satisfy
          federal and state income tax withholding requirements, and/or EBS
          may withhold cash compensation to satisfy such requirements.

               12.  Right   to  Continued   Employment:  Nothing   in  this
          agreement  shall confer  upon you  any right  to continue  in the
          employ of EBS  or any of its  Subsidiaries or interfere  with the
          right  of  EBS  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to terminate  your
          employment at any time.

               13.  Investment  Representation: You  represent to  EBS that
          the shares  of Restricted  Stock to  be received by  you will  be
          acquired for investment for your own account, not as a nominee or
          agent, and not  with a view  to the sale  or distribution of  any
          part thereof, and  that at the time of receipt  of such shares of
          Restricted Stock you  will have no present  intention of selling,
          granting, participation in  or otherwise  distributing the  same.
          You will reconfirm such investment representation at the  time of
          the  future delivery of  shares of Restricted  Stock. You further
          represent that you do not have any contract, undertaking, 
          agreement or  arrangement with  any person  to sell,  transfer or
          grant  participation to such person  or to any  third person with
          respect to any of the shares of Restricted Stock.

               You understand that the Restricted  Stock to be delivered to
          you will not be registered  under the Securities Act of 1933,  as
          amended (the "1933 Act"), on the ground that the issuance of such
          Restricted Stock is  exempt from registration under the  1933 Act
          pursuant  to Section 4(2) thereof, and that EBS' reliance on such
          exemption is predicated on your representations set forth herein.

               You  understand that  the shares of  Restricted Stock  to be
          delivered  to  you  under   this  Agreement  may  not  be   sold, 
          transferred or  otherwise disposed of without  registration under
          the 1933 Act or an exemption therefrom.

               14.  Effect of Certain Changes: In the  event of a Potential
          Change  in Control of EBS,  as defined below,  which occurs while
          you are  still in the employ  of EBS or one  of its Subsidiaries,
          all  shares of Restricted Stock  which have not  yet vested shall
          become immediately vested  and, if not already  delivered to you,
          shall be delivered to you. As  used herein, a Potential Change in
          Control  shall be deemed to occur if,  at any time during any 24-
          month period, the membership of the Board of Directors  of EBS is
          not at least  two-thirds constituted by (a)  individuals who were
          directors at the  beginning of  such period,  or (b)  individuals
          whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of
          EBS, to the Board of Directors during such period was approved by
          the vote of  two-thirds of  those directors still  in office  who
          were  directors at  the  beginning of  such  period, unless  such
          approval  by  such  directors  was  incident  to  a  Third  Party
          Transaction as described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
          Potential Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred with
          respect to any  change in the members  of the Board of  Directors
          that occurs as a  result of a consolidation,  merger, liquidation
          or  sale of substantially  all the assets  of EBS or  any similar
          transaction ("Transaction") which has been approved by two-thirds
          of the Board of Directors, unless the Transaction is with a third
          party  ("Third Party  Transaction") that  commenced an  offer for
          more  than 30% of  the outstanding shares of  voting stock of EBS
          without  the  prior  approval  of  two-thirds  of  the  Board  of
          Directors.

                              Very truly yours,

                              EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.

                              By /s/ JULIAN I. EDISON
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                              Julian I. Edison
                                   Chairman of the Compensation Committee
                                          of the Board of Directors

          Agreed to and accepted
          May 11, 1995

          /s/ ALAN D. MILLER
          ----------------------------------
                     Alan D. Miller
             



                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


               AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated September 18, 1995 between
          _____________,   currently   residing   at   ___________________,
          _______,   Missouri  _____  ("Employee"),   and  Edison  Brothers
          Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

               In consideration  of the mutual  covenants contained herein,
          the parties hereto agree as follows:

               1.  Employment.    Subject  to  the   terms  and  conditions
          hereinafter  set  forth,  the  Company hereby  agrees  to  employ
          Employee, and  Employee  hereby  agrees  to be  employed  by  the
          Company,  during the two-year period beginning on the date hereof
          and ending on  September 17, 1997 (the  "Employment Term").   The
          Employment Term  may be extended  by mutual written  agreement of
          the parties or terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4
          or  Section 5 hereof.   In  the  event a  Change  in Control  (as
          hereinafter defined)  occurs at  a time  when  Employee is  still
          employed hereunder, the  Employment Term shall be  extended for a
          period ending three  years after  the date of  occurrence of  the
          Change in Control.

               2.  Duties.   Employee shall be  employed in the capacity of
          _______________________________________________________.
          Employee  shall have such duties as may reasonably be assigned to
          him  by or  at the  direction of  the Board  of Directors  of the
          Company.   Employee shall perform  such duties diligently  and to
          the  best of  his ability,  and shall  comply with  the Company's
          Business Conduct Policy and other policies as in effect from time
          to time.  Employee's  duties shall be performed primarily  at the
          Company's home  office in St. Louis, Missouri,  with such foreign
          and domestic travel as the performance of his duties may require.
          During  the Employment  Term,  Employee shall  devote his  entire
          working  time,  attention  and  energy  to  the business  of  the
          Company,  and shall not be engaged in any other business activity
          that conflicts with or  interferes with Employee's performance of
          his  duties  hereunder  except  as authorized  by  the  Board  of
          Directors of the Company.

               3.  Compensation and Benefits.

               A. Salary.   During the  Employment Term, the  Company shall
          pay Employee for his services hereunder a base salary at the rate
          of $_______, subject to upward adjustment in accordance with  the
          Company's salary  review practices and procedures  in effect from
          time to time.   Such salary shall be payable  semi-monthly on the
          15th and last day of each month.

               B. Benefits  and Perquisites.   During the  Employment Term,
          Employee  shall  be entitled  to  participate in,  to  the extent
          Employee  is  eligible under  the  terms  thereof, the  Company's
          Medical, Dental, Life  Insurance, Disability, Pension and  401(k)
          Savings Plans, its Officer Perquisite Program, and all such other
          benefit programs as are  generally provided from time to  time by
          the Company to its executive personnel.  Subject to the rights of 
          Employee  set forth  in Sections 5 and  6 hereof,  nothing herein
          shall  preclude  the Company  from  terminating  or amending  any
          employee benefit plan or program.

               C. Vacation.  During the Employment Term, Employee  shall be
          entitled  to a  vacation of ____  weeks per  calendar year  to be
          taken in accordance with the Company's normal policies.

               D.  Bonuses and Stock Options.  Subject to the provisions of
          the next sentence, Employee  shall be entitled to receive  a lump
          sum cash bonus equal to four times Employee's monthly base salary
          at the highest rate in effect at any time between the date hereof
          and  the  payment  date.     Such  bonus  shall  be   payable  on
          September 17,  1997 or such earlier date as there occurs a Change
          in Control, provided that Employee is  still in the employ of the
          Company  as  of that  date.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, if
          (i) in the absence  of or prior to the occurrence  of a Change in
          Control and (ii) after eighteen months  from the date hereof  but
          prior to September 17, 1997, Employee's  employment is terminated
          by  the Company  Without  Cause (as  hereinafter  defined) or  is
          terminated by Employee for  Good Reason (as hereinafter defined),
          then  the Company shall pay  to Employee on  the Termination Date
          (as hereinafter defined)  a lump  sum cash amount  equal to  four
          times Employee's  monthly  base salary  at  the highest  rate  in
          effect  at any time between  the date hereof  and the Termination
          Date  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of  which shall be
          the  number of  months from  the date  hereof to  the Termination
          Date,  including partial  months,  and the  denominator of  which
          shall be twenty-four.   Employee shall also be eligible  for such
          other  bonus  payments  and  shall be  granted  such  options  to
          purchase common stock of the Company as the Board of Directors of
          the  Company,  or a  duly  constituted  committee thereof,  shall
          determine in its discretion.

               E.  Travel  and  Business  Expenses.    Upon  submission  of
          itemized  expense  statements  in  the manner  specified  by  the
          Company,  Employee   shall  be  entitled   to  reimbursement  for
          reasonable  travel  and  other   business  expenses  incurred  by
          Employee in the performance of his duties hereunder.

               F. Payment.   Payment of  all compensation  and benefits  to
          Employee  hereunder shall be made in accordance with the relevant
          policies of the Company in effect from time to time  and shall be
          subject to all applicable employment and withholding taxes.

               G. Cessation of Employment.   If Employee shall cease  to be
          employed  by   the  Company  for  any   reason,  then  Employee's
          compensation and benefits shall cease as of the Termination Date,
          except as otherwise provided herein or in any applicable employee
          benefit plan or program.

               4.  Termination of Employment of Employee by the Company.

                    (a)  Employee's  employment may  be  terminated  by the
               Company  for Cause  (as  hereinafter defined)  at any  time,
               effective upon the giving to Employee of a written notice of
               termination  specifying in  detail  the  particulars of  the 
               conduct of Employee  deemed by the  Company to justify  such
               termination for Cause.

                    (b)  Employee's  employment may  be  terminated by  the
               Company Without Cause at any time, effective upon the giving
               to Employee  of a  written notice of  termination specifying
               that such termination is Without Cause.

                    (c)  Upon a  termination by  the Company  of Employee's
               employment  for Cause,  Employee  shall be  entitled to  the
               payments  specified in subparagraph (a) of Section 6 of this
               Agreement.  Upon a termination  by the Company of Employee's
               employment Without Cause, Employee  shall be entitled to all
               of  the  payments and  benefits  provided  for in  Section 6
               hereof.

                    (d) If,  as a  result of  Employee's incapacity  due to
               physical or mental illness,  Employee shall have been absent
               from Employee's duties hereunder for 180 days within any 365
               day  period,  the  Company   may,  by  notice  to  Employee,
               terminate Employee's employment hereunder  for "Disability".
               Upon a termination of  Employee's employment for Disability,
               Employee  shall be  entitled  to the  payments specified  in
               subparagraph (a) of Section 6 of this Agreement.  During any
               period  that  Employee fails  to  perform Employee's  duties
               hereunder  as a  result  of incapacity  due  to physical  or
               mental  illness  (a  "Disability  Period"),  Employee  shall
               continue  to receive the  compensation and benefits provided
               for  in   Section 3  hereof  unless  and   until  Employee's
               employment hereunder is terminated; provided,  however, that
               the amount of compensation and benefits received by Employee
               during  the  Disability  Period  shall  be  reduced  by  the
               aggregate  amounts,  if  any,  payable   to  Employee  under
               disability  benefit plans  and  programs of  the Company  or
               under the Social Security disability insurance program.

               5.  Termination of  Employment by Employee.   Employee shall
          be entitled to terminate  his employment with the Company  at any
          time.  If such termination is for Good Reason, Employee  shall be
          entitled  to  all  of  the  payments and  benefits  specified  in
          Section 6 hereof.   If such  termination is for  other than  Good
          Reason, Employee shall  be entitled to the payments  specified in
          subparagraph (a) of  Section 6.  Employee shall  give the Company
          written notice  of any such voluntary  termination of employment,
          which notice need specify only Employee's desire to terminate his
          employment and, if such termination is for Good Reason, set forth
          in  reasonable  detail the  facts  and  circumstances claimed  by
          Employee to constitute Good Reason.

               6.  Payments and  Benefits Upon Termination.   To the extent
          provided  in Sections 4  and 5  hereof,  upon termination  of his
          employment, Employee  shall be entitled to  receive the following
          payments and benefits:

                    (a)  The   Company  shall   pay  to  Employee   on  the
               Termination Date (i) the full base salary earned by Employee
               through the  Termination Date and unpaid  at the Termination 
               Date, plus  (ii) credit for any vacation  earned by Employee
               but not  taken at the Termination Date, plus (iii) all other
               amounts earned by Employee and  unpaid as of the Termination
               Date.

                    (b)  The   Company  shall   pay  to  Employee   on  the
               Termination Date a  lump sum cash amount equal to Employee's
               monthly salary at  the highest  rate in effect  at any  time
               between the date hereof  and the Termination Date multiplied
               by the greater  of (i) twelve or  (ii) the number of  months
               remaining   until  the   Completion  Date   (as  hereinafter
               defined), including partial months.

                    (c) The Company shall maintain in full force and effect
               for  Employee's  continued  benefit  until  the  earlier  of
               (i) the   Completion  Date   or   twelve  months   from  the
               Termination  Date, whichever  is  later, or  (ii) Employee's
               similar  coverage by  a  new employer,  all life  insurance,
               medical,   dental,   and  disability   plans,   programs  or
               arrangements in which Employee  was entitled to  participate
               immediately prior  to  the Termination  Date, provided  that
               Employee's  continued  participation is  possible  under the
               terms   and   provisions   of   such   plans,   programs  or
               arrangements.  In the event that Employee's participation in
               any such plan, program or arrangement is barred by the terms
               thereof, the Company shall  arrange to provide Employee with
               benefits substantially similar to those which Employee would
               otherwise be entitled to  receive under such plans, programs
               or arrangements.   Any  continuation of benefits  under this
               Section 6(c)  shall  not  be  counted  towards  the benefits
               extension period mandated by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget
               Reconciliation Act of 1985.

                    (d)  The   Company  shall  pay  to   Employee  (or  his
               beneficiary upon his  death) the excess, if  any, of (i) the
               benefit  Employee (or his  beneficiary, as the  case may be)
               would  have  been  entitled  to  receive  under  the  Edison
               Brothers Stores  Pension Plan  and any  supplemental pension
               plan  or  any successor  or  similar  plans then  in  effect
               (collectively the "Plan") had he remained an employee of the
               Company  until the  earlier  of the  Completion Date  or his
               death  at  a  salary  at  the  highest  rate  of  Employee's
               compensation in effect during  the twelve months immediately
               preceding  the  Termination   Date,  over  (ii) the  benefit
               actually  payable to  Employee (or  his beneficiary,  as the
               case may be) under the  Plan.  Such excess benefit  shall be
               determined  in  accordance with  the  provisions,  rules and
               assumptions  of the Plan but shall be actually paid from the
               general assets of the Company.

          Employee  shall not  be required  to mitigate  the amount  of any
          payment  provided   for  in  this  Section 6   by  seeking  other
          employment  or otherwise,  nor shall  the amount  of any  payment
          provided  for in this Section 6 be reduced by any compensation or
          other amounts  paid to or  earned by  Employee as  the result  of
          employment  by another  employer  after the  Termination Date  or
          otherwise. 

               7.  Tax  Indemnity.    If  any  amounts,  reimbursements  or
          benefits payable  by the  Company to  Employee  pursuant to  this
          Agreement  or any  other plan,  agreement or  arrangement of  the
          Company are determined to be subject  to an excise or similar tax
          pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended, or any  successor or other comparable federal,  state or
          local tax laws, the Company shall pay to Employee such additional
          sum as is necessary (after taking into account all federal, state
          and local income taxes payable by the Employee as a result of the
          receipt of such  additional sum)  to place Employee  in the  same
          after-tax position  he would have  been in had no  such excise or
          similar purpose tax been paid or incurred.

               8.  Employee's Expenses.  All costs and  expenses (including
          reasonable  legal and  accounting fees)  incurred by  Employee to
          (a) defend  the  validity  of  this  Agreement,  (b) contest  the
          termination   of   his  employment   by   the   Company  or   any
          determinations by  the Company concerning the  amounts payable by
          the  Company  under this  Agreement  or  (c) otherwise obtain  or
          enforce  any right  or  benefit  provided  to  Employee  by  this
          Agreement  (including, without limitation,  any right  or benefit
          under this Section 8), shall  be paid by the Company  if Employee
          is the prevailing party.

               9.  Confidential Information.   Employee, during the  period
          of his employment by the  Company and thereafter, irrespective of
          whether  the  termination  of  his  employment  is  voluntary  or
          involuntary,  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly  (without  the
          Company's  prior written consent), use for himself, or use for or
          disclose  to  any  other  party,  any  confidential   information
          regarding  the  Company.   For purposes  of this  Agreement, such
          confidential  information shall  include any data  or information
          regarding  the  business of  the  Company  or  any subsidiary  or
          affiliate  of  the Company  that is  not  generally known  to the
          public, including without limitation any confidential information
          or data  regarding the cost of products sold by, or the plans of,
          the  Company or  its affiliates  or the  business methods  of the
          Company  or its affiliates  not in general  use by  others or the
          identity  of any  customers or  suppliers of  the Company  or its
          affiliates  or information respecting transactions or prospective
          transactions therewith.

               10.  Notice.  All  notices hereunder shall be in writing and
          shall  be  deemed to  have  been  duly given  (a) when  delivered
          personally  or  by  courier,  or (b) on  the  third  business day
          following the  mailing thereof  by registered or  certified mail,
          postage prepaid, in each case addressed as set forth below:

               (a)  If to the Company

                    Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.
                    501 North Broadway
                    St. Louis, Missouri  63102
                    Attention:  Alan D. Miller

               (b)  If to Employee: 
                    _____________________
                    _____________________
                    _____________________


          Any party  may change  the  address to  which notices  are to  be
          addressed  by giving the other party written notice in the manner
          herein set forth.

               11.  Definitions.

                    (a)  "Cause,"  when   used  in   connection  with   the
               termination of Employee's employment  by the Company,  shall
               mean  (i) the  willful  or  repeated  failure   by  Employee
               substantially to perform his duties or otherwise comply with
               any of his  obligations hereunder, which  failure is not  or
               cannot be cured within five  business days after the Company
               has given  written notice thereof to  Employee specifying in
               detail the particulars  of the acts  or omissions deemed  to
               constitute such  failure; (ii) the  engaging by Employee  in
               any act  of dishonesty  or willful  misconduct of  more than
               trifling significance; (iii) the engaging by Employee in any
               act  of  moral  turpitude   that  is  reasonably  likely  to
               materially and adversely affect the Company or its business;
               or (iv) Employee's conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo
               contendere with respect to, any felony.

                    (b) "Change  in Control"  shall mean the  occurrence of
               any of the following events:

                    (i)  at  any  time  during  any  24-month  period,  the
                    membership of the Board of Directors of the  Company is
                    not at least two-thirds constituted  by (1) individuals
                    who  were directors at the  beginning of such period or
                    (2) individuals  whose  election,  or   nomination  for
                    election by  the Company's  stockholders, to  the Board
                    during  such period  was approved by  the vote  of two-
                    thirds of those directors then still in office who were
                    directors at the beginning of such period; or

                    (ii) the stockholders of the Company approve a  plan of
                    complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for
                    the sale  or  disposition  by the  Company  of  all  or
                    substantially all of the Company's assets; or

                    (iii)  the Board  determines in  its sole  and absolute
                    discretion that there has  been a change in control  of
                    the Company.

                    (c) "Company"  shall have  the definition set  forth in
               Section 12 hereof.

                    (d)   "Completion  Date"   shall  mean  the   date  the
               Employment  Term would  have ended  under the  provisions of
               Section 1  hereof had  it  not been  terminated pursuant  to
               Section 4 or Section 5. 

                    (e)  "Good  Reason,"  when  used with  reference  to  a
               voluntary termination by Employee of his employment with the
               Company in the absence  of or prior to  the occurrence of  a
               Change in Control, shall mean a reduction in Employee's base
               salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be
               increased  from time to time.  "Good Reason," when used with
               reference  to a  voluntary  termination by  Employee of  his
               employment with the Company after the occurrence of a Change
               in Control, shall mean:

                    (i) the assignment to Employee of any duties materially
                    inconsistent  with,  or  the  reduction  of  powers  or
                    functions     associated    with,     his    positions,
                    responsibilities or status with the Company immediately
                    prior to  the  Change in  Control,  or any  removal  of
                    Employee from  or any  failure to re-elect  Employee to
                    any positions  or offices held by  Employee immediately
                    prior to  the Change  in Control, except  in connection
                    with the termination  of Employee's  employment by  the
                    Company for Cause or for Disability;

                    (ii) a reduction in Employee's base salary as in effect
                    on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from
                    time to time;

                    (iii)  the  mandatory transfer  of Employee  to another
                    geographic  location,  except  for  required  travel on
                    Company  business to an extent substantially consistent
                    with Employee's business travel obligations immediately
                    prior to the Change in Control;

                    (iv)  the failure by the Company  to continue in effect
                    any employee benefit  plan, program  or arrangement  in
                    which Employee was  participating immediately prior  to
                    the  Change   in   Control  (or   plans,  programs   or
                    arrangements  providing   Employee  with  substantially
                    similar benefits),  or the taking of any  action by the
                    Company   which   would  adversely   affect  Employee's
                    participation  in,  or  materially   reduce  Employee's
                    benefits  under,  any   of  such  plans,  programs   or
                    arrangements, or the failure  by the Company to provide
                    Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which
                    Employee was  entitled immediately prior to  the Change
                    in Control;

                    (v)  the failure  by the Company  to obtain  an express
                    written assumption of the obligations of the Company to
                    perform  this Agreement  by any  successor  (whether by
                    purchase, merger or otherwise) to all  or substantially
                    all  of the business and/or assets  of the Company upon
                    or  prior to the effective date of any such succession;
                    or

                    (vi) any purported termination of Employee's employment
                    by the Company  which is not  effected pursuant to  the
                    requirements of this Agreement. 

                    (e) "Termination Date" shall mean the effective date as
               provided   hereunder  of   the  termination   of  Employee's
               employment.

                    (f) "Without  Cause," when used in  connection with the
               termination of Employee's employment  by the Company,  shall
               mean any termination  of the employment  of Employee by  the
               Company which is not a termination of employment for Cause. 

               12.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                    (a)  The Company  will require  any successor  (whether
               direct  or indirect,  by purchase, merger,  consolidation or
               otherwise)  to  all or  substantially  all  of the  business
               and/or  assets  of  the  Company,  upon  or  prior  to  such
               succession, to  expressly assume  and agree to  perform this
               Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
               Company  would have been required  to perform it  if no such
               succession had taken place.   A copy of such  assumption and
               agreement shall be delivered  to Employee promptly after its
               execution  by the  successor.   Failure  of  the Company  to
               obtain such agreement upon or prior  to the effectiveness of
               any  such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and
               shall entitle Employee  to benefits from the Company  in the
               same  amounts and  on the  same terms  as Employee  would be
               entitled hereunder if Employee terminated his employment for
               Good  Reason after a Change in Control.  For purposes of the
               preceding sentence,  the date  on which any  such succession
               becomes effective  shall be deemed the Termination Date.  As
               used in this Agreement, "Company"  shall mean the Company as
               hereinbefore  defined  and  any successor  to  its  business
               and/or assets  as aforesaid which executes  and delivers the
               agreement  provided  for  in  this  Section 12(a)  or  which
               otherwise becomes bound  by the terms and provisions of this
               Agreement by operation of law.

                    (b) This Agreement is personal to Employee and Employee
               may  not assign or delegate any part of his rights or duties
               hereunder to  any other  person, except that  this Agreement
               shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  and  be  enforceable  by
               Employee's legal representatives, executors, administrators,
               heirs and beneficiaries.

               13.  Severability.   If any  provision of this  Agreement or
          the  application thereof to  any person or  circumstance shall to
          any  extent be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder
          of  this  Agreement  and the  application  of  such  provision to
          persons or circumstances other than those as to which it  is held
          invalid or unenforceable shall not be  affected thereby, and each
          provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the
          fullest extent permitted by law.

               14.  Headings.  The headings  in this Agreement are inserted
          for convenience of reference only and shall not in any way affect
          the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

               15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more identical counterparts,  each of  which shall  be deemed  an
          original but all of  which together shall constitute one  and the
          same instrument.

               16.  Waiver.  Neither any course  of dealing nor any failure
          or neglect of either party hereto in any instance to exercise any
          right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute
          a waiver of such right, power or privilege or of any other right,
          power or  privilege or of the  same right, power  or privilege in 
          any  other  instance.   Without  limiting the  generality  of the
          foregoing,  Employee's  continued  employment  without  objection
          shall  not  constitute Employee's  consent  to,  or a  waiver  of
          Employee's rights with respect to, any circumstances constituting
          Good  Reason.    All  waivers  by  either  party hereto  must  be
          contained  in  a written  instrument signed  by  the party  to be
          charged therewith, and, in  the case of the Company,  by its duly
          authorized officer.

               17.  Entire  Agreement.   This  instrument  constitutes  the
          entire agreement of the parties in this matter and supersedes any
          other agreement between the  parties, oral or written, concerning
          the same  subject matter, including that  certain agreement dated
          February 21, 1990, between the Company and Employee.

               18.  Amendment.   This Agreement  may be  amended only by  a
          writing which  makes express reference  to this Agreement  as the
          subject  of such amendment and which is signed by Employee and by
          a duly authorized officer of the Company.

               19.  Governing Law.   This  Agreement shall be  governed by,
          and  construed and enforced in  accordance with, the  laws of the
          State  of Missouri,  without  reference to  the conflict  of laws
          rules of such State.

               20.  Post Employment Term Change in Control.  In the event a
          Change in Control occurs after the end of the Employment Term but
          at a time when Employee is still employed by the Company, and if,
          within  three years  after  the  occurrence  of  such  Change  in
          Control,  Employee's  employment  is  terminated  by  the Company
          Without  Cause or is terminated by Employee for Good Reason, then
          Employee  shall be entitled to  all of the  payments and benefits
          provided  for  in Section 6  of  this  Agreement.   For  purposes
          hereof,  the term "Completion Date" as used in Section 6 shall be
          deemed to be the last day of such three-year period.

               21.  Survival.   This Agreement, and  the respective  rights
          and  obligations of  the  Company and  Employee hereunder,  shall
          survive  and  remain  in  full force  and  effect  following  the
          expiration  of  the  Employment   Term  and  the  termination  of
          Employee's employment hereunder. 

               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, Employee and the  Company have executed
          this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                             EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.



                                        By /s/ 
                                        Name:  Julian I. Edison
                                        Title: Chairman, Compensation
                                               Committee of the 
                                               Board of Directors


                                        By /s/ 
                                        Name:  Peter A. Edison
                                        Title: Senior Executive
                                               Vice President


                                                                          
                                         /s/  Alan D. Miller
                                             [name of employee] 

<TABLE>

     EXHIBIT 11 - COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

     EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.
       AND SUBSIDIARIES

<CAPTION>
                                              1995          1994        1993
                                                                     (restated)

    <S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>   
    Income (Loss) from continuing                      
       operations                          $(222,042)   $   20,470   $  20,880

     Preferred stock dividends                    (2)          (10)        (26)
     Net income (Loss) applicable to
       common stock                        $(222,044)   $   20,460   $  20,854

     SIMPLE AND PRIMARY
      Weighted average shares                                                  
        outstanding                           22,070        22,007      21,998
      Net effect of dilutive stock   
        options - based on the                          
        treasury method                            0            90         206
         TOTAL                                22,070        22,097      22,204

       Per common share amounts:   
         Simple Net Income (Loss)
         applicable to common stock        $  (10.06)   $      .93   $     .95


       Per common share amounts:
         Primary Net Income (Loss)
         applicable to common stock        $  (10.06)   $      .93   $     .94

     FULLY DILUTED
       Weighted average shares                                                 
         outstanding                          22,070        22,007      21,998
       Net effect of dilutive stock       
         options - based on the
         treasury method                          10           120          225
          TOTAL                               22,080        22,127      22,223
                                              
       Per common share amounts:    
         Fully diluted Net Income
           (Loss) applicable to
           common stock                    $  (10.06)    $     .92    $    .94 


</TABLE>


          TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

          Edison  Brothers  experienced  the  greatest  challenges  in  its
          history  in 1995.   For several  decades young  customers pursued
          ever-changing  fashion trends  and  were willing  to spend  their
          considerable disposable  income at  stores like  ours.   Over the
          years  we  focused on  diverse  niches within  the  categories of
          moderate-priced apparel and footwear, which allowed us to develop
          a  portfolio of synergistic  retail concepts.   We also benefited
          from explosive shopping center  growth in the sixties, seventies,
          and eighties.

          In the past few years, however, many customers have shifted their
          interest to more basic styles and have come to  demand the lowest
          possible  prices  on those  styles.    In addition,  the  earlier
          rampant retail expansion  led to  a situation in  which the  U.S.
          simply  had  too  many  stores  competing  for  business   in  an
          atmosphere of conservative consumer spending.

          Continuing  deterioration of  the  specialty  retail climate  and
          increasing  emphasis on price cutting led us to conclude we could
          not operate profitably  under existing conditions.   By fall,  we
          faced a combination of circumstances:

          Because  of concerns about our company and the retail industry in
          general, we were unable to obtain new long-term financing.

          Despite a  short-term standstill  agreement with our  lenders and
          arrangements  for  interim  financing, our  domestic  merchandise
          vendors and their commercial factors constricted credit terms and
          limits, reducing our access to necessary product lines.

          We had a large number of underperforming stores that we needed to
          close in order to begin restoring our profitability.

          The  business trend in our retail segment deteriorated rapidly in
          fall  1995,  and  retail  experts were  forecasting  a  difficult
          Christmas season.

          We  concluded that  significant  restructuring was  necessary. In
          order to obtain the time and resources necessary to complete such
          restructuring,  relief under  Chapter 11  of the  U.S. Bankruptcy
          Code became mandatory.

          Our  challenge now  is to  use this  period of  reorganization to
          restructure Edison  Brothers so  we can produce  reliable profits
          once  we emerge from Chapter 11.  That restructuring will include
          both short-term and mid-range initiatives:

          RESTRUCTURING: SHORT-TERM INITIATIVES

          We  took   several  steps  to  stabilize   our  organization  and
          operations and improve cash flow during the three  months between
          our  filing for Chapter 11  reorganization and the  end of fiscal
          1995:

          The court approved  our $200 million debtor-in-possession  credit
          facility, providing reassurance to our vendors and factors.   Our
          inventory flow was restored, giving us confidence that our future
          orders will be shipped on time. 

          In  addition to the 155 stores we  had closed earlier in 1995, we
          closed  nearly 500  unprofitable apparel  and footwear  stores in
          December  and January.  The closing of these stores is permitting
          us to focus our attention and resources on those stores that  are
          profitable or  have solid potential for profitability in the near
          future.  Average annual  sales volume of our remaining  stores is
          about 75 percent higher than the  average volume of the stores we
          closed.

          During  1995  we opened  52  new  stores  in  carefully  selected
          locations with strong potential.   We also acquired 39  stores in
          the Repp  Ltd. men s big-and-tall  chain.   At the end  of fiscal
          1995 we operated 2,077 apparel and footwear stores, compared with
          2,622 apparel and footwear stores at the end of 1994.

          At  the end  of January 1996  we completed  the sale  of our mall
          entertainment division to Namco Cybertainment.  With this sale we
          have  completed our exit from the entertainment field and will be
          able to  concentrate  fully  on our  core  apparel  and  footwear
          businesses.

          We closed  our apparel distribution center in  Rome, Georgia, and
          will sell  that building.   The distribution  responsibilities of
          that center were  shifted to our apparel  distribution centers in
          Washington,  Missouri,  and  Rialto, California.    Our  footwear
          distribution  center in  Princeton,  Indiana, took  on additional
          responsibilities for shipment consolidation.

          We  considerably reduced  the number  of our  menswear stores  in
          Mexico.   When  we  began  opening  stores  in  Mexico  in  1992,
          consumers there were eager for U.S. fashions and we were  able to
          offer very appealing styles  and prices.  Both sales  and margins
          were above average, and these stores produced substantial profits
          in  1993  and  1994.   Because  of  the  currency devaluation  in
          December  1994 and the declining economic  climate in Mexico, the
          performance of these stores fell off dramatically in 1995.   As a
          result, we have now closed 26 of the 36 stores.

          While  we have held our corporate overhead costs flat for several
          years,  we are  finding  ways  to  further reduce  our  overhead.
          Through an early retirement program, attrition, and restructuring
          of  certain  functions,  we  expect  our  home  office  personnel
          expenses to be significantly lower in 1996 than in 1995.  We also
          have  reduced  our  space  usage  in  our  12-story  home  office
          building, which we  own, and we expect to be  leasing out several
          floors.

          RESTRUCTURING: MID-RANGE INITIATIVES

          Now that we have accomplished the necessary immediate stabilizing
          steps,  we  can focus  on  identifying  our basic  strengths  and
          weaknesses, setting new goals,  and developing strategies to meet
          those  goals.  In accomplishing our  turnaround and preparing for
          our  emergence  from Chapter  11,  we  will  be pursuing  several
          initiatives:

          We  will continue to  enhance consumer appeal  by capitalizing on
          our  greatest strengths,  which include  seasoned  buying staffs,
          merchandise  procurement  expertise,  established  franchises  in
          menswear  and  footwear,  powerful positions  in  the  small-size 
          junior and men s big-and-tall size niches, and strong real estate
          locations   resulting   from  long-standing   relationships  with
          developers.

          It is  essential for each of our chains to establish strong brand
          and store  equity.  We must clearly define the niches in which we
          can best operate, then  reposition, eliminate, or consolidate any
          concept that  does not serve  a definable  and profitable  niche.
          Each  surviving concept  must consistently  execute  its mission,
          offering a combination of merchandise, pricing,  convenience, and
          service that qualifies it as the best choice for consumers in its
          niche.

          Upgrading our merchandise planning systems and organizations is a
          key priority.  Several of  our apparel divisions are implementing
          planning systems  that enforce  more disciplined buying,  help to
          pinpoint   regional   merchandising  opportunities,   and  reduce
          markdowns  by improving  inventory flow.    We expect  to quickly
          expand  those benefits to all divisions.  In connection with that
          merchandise planning system, we also are refining the role of our
          buyers to allow them to focus more of their attention on creative
          product development.

          Our chains will  seek to buy  merchandise that  can be priced  at
          more realizable original  retails, without compromising  quality.
          They will narrow their assortments and emphasize key  items aimed
          directly  at their  consumer niches.   These  steps will  help to
          establish  the identity  of each  chain and  its brands  and will
          contribute to improved regular-price sales and promotional yield.

          In order to improve store personnel recruitment and training  and
          make  sure store  personnel are  effectively executing  the chain
          mission,  divisional sales  managers in  most of  our chains  are
          being relocated from our home office to the field.  We ve changed
          the  job responsibilities  of these  seasoned executives  to make
          them more  responsible for  sales and customer  service and  less
          involved with administrative detail.

          We  will further  trim our  expense base  to protect  against the
          prospect that  the retail climate will continue  to depress gross
          margins.  We will  improve efficiency throughout our organization
          as we identify opportunities to reduce store occupancy costs, re-
          engineer processes, and better  use technology to reduce overhead
          costs.

          Our  turnaround  will be  based  on improved  performance  in our
          existing  stores, and we must  make those stores  as appealing as
          possible.  We intend to significantly reduce  expenditures on new
          stores  and   major  remodelings,  and  will   focus  on  routine
          maintenance, such as paint and carpeting, in our existing stores.

          We  believe  these  short-term  and  mid-range  initiatives  will
          sharpen our  execution, raise our level  of productivity, improve
          service to  our customers, and establish  a long-term competitive
          advantage for our stores.

          FINANCIAL RESULTS

          Total sales for  the 53 weeks of fiscal  1995 were $1.39 billion,
          down 5.9 percent from sales  of $1.48 billion in the 52  weeks of 
          fiscal 1994.  Same-store sales were down 4.9 percent.  (The same-
          store sales comparison is  based upon 53 weeks in both  years and
          excludes  fourth-quarter  liquidation  sales  and  sales  of  the
          entertainment division.)

          The net loss for 1995  included several special after-tax charges
          amounting to $158.1  million.  Of  those charges, $109.1  million
          represented  the write-off  of fixed  assets and  intangibles and
          other  noncash charges,  $39.3  million were  in connection  with
          future  lease  payments  that  are subject  to  settlement  under
          reorganization  proceedings,  and  $9.7  million  were  primarily
          associated with reorganization.  Without the special charges, the
          net  loss for  1995 was  $63.9 million.   The  total net  loss of
          $222.0  million, or  $10.06  per share,  compares  with 1994  net
          income of $20.5 million, or 93 cents per share.

          OUTLOOK FOR 1996

          Fashion specialty retailing  is adjusting to the realities of the
          marketplace, which  had far  more stores  than it  could support.
          Many competitors  are closing excess stores  and tightening their
          operations,  as we are.  Strong promotional activity has become a
          way of life, and merchandising plans must take that into account.
          Consumers are no  longer willing  to respond to  one fashion  fad
          after another, so  the retailers  who succeed will  be those  who
          offer the key items at compelling prices.

          We're  acting on  those signals  and are  pursuing  an aggressive
          restructuring program  that should  result in our  emergence from
          Chapter  11.    As  we  reshape  our  retail  portfolio  and  our
          organization,  we are  capitalizing on the  strength of  our most
          successful retail franchises and the specialized expertise of our
          loyal, dedicated employees.   We are committed to making  all the
          changes necessary  to succeed  in the competitive  environment in
          which we do business today.


          /s/ Alan Miller,
              Chairman, President and CEO 
                         

<TABLE>
                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)

<CAPTION>

                                                      1995     1994      1993  
                                                  (53 Weeks)(52 Weeks)(52 Weeks)
                                                                      (restated)
     <S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
     Net Sales                                      $1,389.4  $1,476.4  $1,462.9

     Cost of goods sold, occupancy and buying
       expenses                                      1,033.3   1,017.4     990.8
     Store operating and administrative expenses       352.1     360.3     352.6
     Depreciation and amortization                      62.8      69.6      67.1
     Interest expense, net                              25.2      19.0      19.7
     Restructuring and reorganization expenses         167.1        
     Other operating                                             (22.3)      
                                                     1,640.5   1,444.0   1,430.2

     Income (Loss) before Income Taxes                (251.1)     32.4      32.7
     Income tax provision (benefit)                    (29.1)     11.9      11.8
     Net Income (Loss)                              $ (222.0) $   20.5 $    20.9

     Net Income (Loss) per Common Share:            $  (10.06)$     .93 $   .95

<FN>
     See accompanying notes
    
</FN>
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                (Dollars in millions)

<CAPTION>
    
     ASSETS
                                                     1995         1994   
                                                    year-end   year-end
     <S>                                              <C>       <C>      
     Current Assets:
          Cash and short-term investments             $139.6    $ 27.0
          Merchandise inventories                      250.5     318.4
          Income tax receivable                         42.8       7.3
          Deferred income taxes                                    9.6
          Prepaid expenses                              10.2       8.2
          Other current assets                           9.4      26.6
          Total Current Assets                         452.5     397.1

     Property and Equipment, net                       209.0     347.0
     Intangible Assets, net                             50.3      96.2
     Prepaid Pension Expense                            38.4      38.7
     Other Assets                                       11.3      14.8
               Total Assets                           $761.5    $893.8


     LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Current Liabilities:
          Accounts payable, trade                     $ 64.8    $ 75.4
          Notes payable                                   .2     115.9
          Payroll and vacations                         13.4      16.4
          Other taxes                                    6.9      10.1
          Other current liabilities                     25.8      38.4
               Total Current Liabilities               111.1     256.2

     Liabilities Subject to Settlement under
      Reorganization Proceedings                       489.8
     Long-Term Debt                                              173.5
     Postretirement Benefits                                      40.0
     Other Liabilities                                  20.2      33.2
     Deferred Income Taxes                                         3.7

     Common Stockholders' Equity:
         Common stock, par value $1                     22.1      22.0
         Capital in excess of par value                 76.7      76.5
         Retained Earnings                              41.6     303.8
         Foreign currency translation adjustment
            and other                                            (15.1)
               Total Common Stockholders' Equity       140.4     387.2
               Total Liabilities and Equity           $761.5    $893.8

<FN>
     See accompanying notes. 
                   
</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
  
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (Dollars in millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995         1994     1993 
                                              (53 Weeks)   (52 Weeks) (52 Weeks)
                                                                      (Restated)
    <S>                                          <C>         <C>      <C>
    Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
        Net income (Loss)                        $ (222.0)   $  20.5  $   20.9

        Adjustments to reconcile net income
          (loss) to net cash provided by 
          operating activities:
               Depreciation and amortization         62.8       69.6      67.1
               Provision for deferred income
                    taxes, net of valuation
                    allowance                         4.5        8.8       2.5
               Restructuring and reorganization 
                 expenses                           163.4             
               Changes in assets and liabilities, 
                 net of effects from acquisitions
                 and dispositions:
                    Merchandise inventories          71.0      (26.7)     55.5
                    Other assets                    (16.8)     (24.9)    (18.6)
                    Accounts payable, accrued 
                      expenses, and other     
                      liabilities                     19.3      (5.0)       
                 Other                                 3.2       7.6       3.6
          Total Operating Activities                  85.4       49.9    131.0

     Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
          Payment for companies and assets 
            purchased, net of cash acquired          (14.1)     (11.8)   (39.2)
          Capital expenditures                       (37.2)     (61.7)   (78.4)
          Net proceeds from disposal of 
            subsidiaries                              17.1         
          Other                                        2.7        (.9)    (2.5)
          Total Investing Activities                 (31.5)     (74.4)  (120.1)

     Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
          Proceeds from prepetition debt 
           issuance                                   60.0       15.0    150.0
          Prepetition long-term debt payments          (.1)     (35.7)   (75.2)
          Net prepetition short-term debt 
           borrowings (payments)                       11.4      71.1    (48.0)
          Net postpetition borrowings under 
           short-term credit facility                    .2         
          Dividends on common stock                    (9.3)    (27.3)   (27.3)
          Common stock purchased                                          (5.5)
          Other                                         6.1       1.0      4.3
          Total Financing Activities                   68.3      24.1     (1.7)

     Effect of exchange rate changes on cash           (9.6)     (5.2)  

     Cash Provided (Used)                             112.6      (5.6)     9.2
     Beginning cash and short-term investments         27.0      32.6     23.4
     Ending Cash and Short-Term Investments          $139.6     $27.0    $32.6
   
     Cash Payments (Receipts) for:
          Interest expense                           $ 23.9   $  20.4   $ 19.0
          Income taxes                               $  (.7)  $   4.5   $ 21.7

<FN>
     See accompanying notes.
</FN>
</TABLE>
        
<TABLE>
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)

<CAPTION>
                                                                     Foreign
                                                                     currency
                                                Capital in Retained  translation
                                      Common    excess of  earnings  adjustment
                                      stock     par value (restated) and other
     <S>                              <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
     Balance at Beginning of 1993     $22.0       $76.6    $317.0      $    0

     Net income                                              20.9
     Stock options exercised and      
       employee benefit plans            .2         4.3                   (.2)
     Common stock purchased -         
       195,600 shares                   (.2)       (5.3)
     Foreign currency translation     
       adjustment                                                         (.1)
     Dividends on common stock -      
       $1.24 per share                                      (27.3)

                                                  
     Balance at End of 1993            22.0        75.6     310.6         (.3)

     Net income                                              20.5
     Stock options exercised and      
       employee benefit plans                       1.0                    .1
     Common stock purchased -         
       9,000 shares                                 (.1)
     Foreign currency translation     
       adjustment                                                       (14.9)
     Dividends on common stock -                            
       $1.24 per share                                      (27.3)

                                                  
     Balance at End of 1994            22.0        76.5     303.8       (15.1)

     Net loss                                              (222.0)
     Stock options exercised and      
       employee benefit plans            .1          .2
     Spin-off of subsidiary                                 (30.9)
     Foreign currency translation                                         
       adjustment                                                        15.1
     Dividends on common stock -      
       $.42 per share                                        (9.3)


     Balance at End of 1995           $22.1       $76.7    $ 41.6      $    0

<FN>
     See accompanying notes. 
</FN>
</TABLE>

                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)


     Note 1:  Proceedings under Chapter 11

     On November 3, 1995 (the Petition Date), Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. and
     65 of its subsidiaries and affiliates (the Debtors) filed petitions for
     relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Chapter 11)
     in the United States Bankruptcy Court in Wilmington, Delaware.  The Debtors
     are presently operating their respective businesses as debtors-in-
     possession.  A statutory Creditors' Committee has been appointed in the
     Chapter 11 cases.  The Chapter 11 cases of the Debtors are being jointly
     administered for procedural purposes only.

     Certain foreign subsidiaries were not included in the Chapter 11 filing. 
     The results of their operations and financial position are not material to
     the consolidated financial statements.

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a
     going concern, which principles, except as otherwise disclosed, assume that
     assets will be realized and liabilities will be discharged in the normal
     course of business.  As a result of the Chapter 11 cases and circumstances
     relating to this event, including the company's debt structure, its
     recurring losses, and current economic conditions, such realization of
     assets and liquidation of liabilities are subject to significant
     uncertainty.  Additionally, the amounts reported on the consolidated
     balance sheet could materially change because of a plan of reorganization,
     since such reported amounts do not give effect to adjustments to the
     carrying value of the underlying assets or amounts of liabilities that may
     ultimately result.

     In the Chapter 11 cases, substantially all liabilities as of the Petition
     Date are subject to compromise or other treatment under a plan of
     reorganization.  For financial reporting purposes, those liabilities and
     obligations whose disposition is dependent on the outcome of the Chapter 11
     cases have been segregated and classified as liabilties subject to
     settlement under reorganization proceedings in the consolidated balance
     sheet.  Generally, actions to enforce or otherwise effect repayment of all
     pre-Chapter 11 liabilities as well as all pending litigation against the
     Debtors are stayed while the Debtors continue their business operations as
     debtors-in-possession.  Schedules have been filed by the Debtors with the
     Bankruptcy Court setting forth the assets and liabilities of the Debtors as
     of the Petition Date as reflected in the Debtors' accounting records. 
     Differences between amounts reflected in such schedules and claims filed by
     creditors will be investigated and either amicably resolved or adjudicated
     before the Bankruptcy Court.  The ultimate amount of and settlement terms
     for such liabilities are subject to a plan of reorganization and
     accordingly are not presently determinable.

     Under the Bankruptcy Code, the company may elect to assume or reject real
     estate leases, employment contracts, personal property leases, service
     contracts and other prepetition executory contracts, subject to Bankruptcy
     Court approval.  The liabilities subject to settlement under reorganization
     proceedings include a provision for the estimated amount that may be
     claimed by lessors and allowed in connection with the unexpired real estate
     leases.  The company will continue to analyze its executory contracts and
     may assume or reject additional contracts. 

     Note 2 :  Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
     Policies

     Business - The company owns and operates chains of specialty retailing
     stores located in forty-nine states, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands,
     Mexico, and Canada.  The company conducts its principal operations through
     subsidiaries in two segments: apparel and footwear.  

     Consolidation - The financial statements include the accounts of all
     subsidiaries; intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

     Short-term investments are stated at cost that approximates market, consist
     of highly liquid debt instruments, and are considered to be cash
     equivalents for consolidated statements of cash flows.

     Inventories - A portion of the inventories (72%) is determined using the
     retail method and is based on the lower of cost or market.  The other
     portion (28%) is stated at the lower of cost, principally average cost, or
     market, based principally on anticipated realizable values.

     Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible
     assets are computed principally on the straight-line basis.  Lease rights
     acquired are amortized on a straight-line basis over remaining lease terms
     and anticipated renewals.

     Income Taxes - The liability method is used to compute deferred income
     taxes resulting from temporary differences in the recognition of income and
     expense items for tax and financial reporting purposes.

     Interest Expense - Interest expense for 1995, 1994, and 1993 has been
     reduced by interest income of $1.8 (earned prior to the Petition Date),
     $1.6, and $.7, respectively.  Interest earned subsequent to the Petition
     Date of $.9 is included in restructuring and reorganization expenses.

     Store Opening and Closing Costs - Store preopening costs are charged
     against income as incurred.  Closing costs are accrued when the decision is
     made to close a store.

     Intangible Assets - The company evaluates the recoverability of its
     significant intangible assets as follows:

                  Lease Rights - The value of lease rights is determined based
                  on the excess of a lease's market value over the discounted
                  scheduled rent payments at the time the lease is entered into
                  or assumed by the company.  The carrying value is amortized
                  over the life of the lease and is charged to expense if the
                  lease is terminated prior to its normal expiration.

                  Goodwill - Goodwill is determined based on the excess of the
                  purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets
                  of the business acquired.  The carrying value of this asset is
                  evaluated periodically in relation to the operating
                  performance of the underlying business.  This evaluation is
                  based on a discounted cash flow analysis and takes into
                  account such factors as the occurrence of a significant event,
                  a significant change in the environment in which the business
                  operates, and the continuing viability of the business as a
                  whole. 

     Earnings Per Share - Earnings per common share is based on the weighted
     average number of shares outstanding (22,070,000 in 1995; 22,007,000 in
     1994; and 21,998,000 in 1993).  Shares issuable under the stock option and
     stock bonus plans did not have a significant dilutive effect on earnings
     per share.

     Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
     generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual
     amounts could differ from those estimates.

     Reclassifications - Certain prior-year items have been reclassified to
     conform to the current year presentation.

     Fiscal Year - The company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to
     January 31.  References to 1995, 1994, and 1993 are to the 53 weeks ended
     February 3, 1996, and 52 weeks ended January 28, 1995, and January 29,
     1994.

     Note 3: Acquisitions

     During 1995 the company made acquisitions for an aggregate cash
     consideration of $14.1.  Assets of $19.9 and liabilities of $5.8 were
     recorded in connection with the acquisitions.  The acquisitions were
     accounted for by the purchase method, and operating results of the acquired
     entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements since
     their respective acquisition dates.

     Note 4: Dispositions

     Effective June 29, 1995, the company distributed all of the outstanding
     shares of common stock of Dave & Buster's, Inc. owned by the company to
     Edison Brothers' stockholders of record as of June 19, 1995.  Prior to the
     distribution, Dave & Buster's had been a majority-owned subsidiary engaged
     in the ownership and operation of restaurant/entertainment complexes.  No
     gain or loss was recorded as a result of the distribution.   The
     distribution was recorded as a dividend and, accordingly, the company
     reduced retained earnings by the net book value distributed.  Through the
     distribution date, Dave & Buster's reported 1995 net income of $1.0.  As of
     June 29, 1995, it had total assets of $49.2 and a net book value of $30.9. 
     For fiscal years 1994 and 1993, Dave & Buster's reported net income of $2.4
     and $1.2, respectively.  At the end of 1994 Dave & Buster's had total
     assets of $49.0 and a net book value of $27.7.  The company has guaranteed
     certain Dave & Buster's lease obligations with a present value of $8.2. 
     Dave & Buster's has agreed, among other things, to indemnify the company
     from loss under the lease guarantees and has granted the company a
     subordinated security interest in Dave & Buster's leasehold interests in
     the guaranteed leases and all real and personal property owned by Dave &
     Buster's on the date of the agreement.  The company believes it has
     adequate security against loss under the guarantees.

     In January 1996 the company entered into an agreement to sell substantially
     all of the assets of its mall entertainment division to Namco
     Cybertainment.  The company received approval for the sale from the
     Bankruptcy Court and completed the sale in January 1996.  The company
     recorded a loss of $24.7 in connection with the sale.  The company intends
     to dispose of the remaining entertainment operations and recorded a
     provision of $8.3 in the 1995 Consolidated Statement of Income related to
     their disposal.  For fiscal years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the mall 
     entertainment division reported a net loss of $1.8, $1.8, and $.1,
     respectively.  At the date of sale, the entertainment division had total
     assets of $51.8 and a net book value of $44.9.  At the end of 1994, total
     assets were $57.9, and net book value was $51.1.

     Note 5: Liabilities Subject to Settlement under Reorganization Proceedings

     The principal categories of claims classified as liabilities subject to
     settlement under reorganization proceedings are identified below.  All
     amounts below may be subject to future adjustment depending on Bankruptcy
     Court action, further developments with respect to disputed claims,
     determination as to the value of any collateral securing claims, or other
     events.  Additional claims may arise resulting from rejection of additional
     executory contracts by the company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1995
                                                  year-end

     <S>                                          <C>
     Notes payable - banks                        $205.9
     Long-term senior notes payable                150.0
     Captial leases                                  8.4
     Accrued interest payable                        3.5
     Cash set-off applied to debt                   (3.6)
     Deferred debt costs                            (6.7)
     Postretirement benefit accrual                 41.1
     Accounts payable                               38.5
     Lease termination claims                       38.6
     Taxes                                           4.3
     Other                                           9.8
     Total liabilities subject to settlement under
       reorganization proceedings                 $489.8
</TABLE>

     As a result of the bankruptcy filing, no principal or interest payments
     will be made on any prepetition debt without Bankruptcy Court approval or
     until a reorganization plan defining the repayment terms has been approved.
     Interest on prepetition obligations has not been accrued after the Petition
     Date.  Contractual interest expense not recorded on certain prepetition
     debt totaled $9.1 for the fiscal year 1995.

     Prior to the bankruptcy filing and certain agreements discussed below, the
     company's debt consisted of senior notes held by various institutional
     lenders amounting to $150.0.  The unsecured senior notes, having maturities
     from 7 to 15 years, were to bear interest at rates of 7.09% to 8.04%.  The
     company also had outstanding borrowings under a $125.0 revolving credit
     facility as well as short-term and demand notes under uncommitted bank
     lines with varying interest rates and maturity dates.  In addition, the
     company had $8.4 in capital lease obligations relating to its Washington,
     Missouri, distribution center.  

     As a result of its operating loss for second quarter 1995, the company was
     in violation of certain financial covenants under its bank and senior note
     agreements.  During the third quarter 1995, the company and its subsidiary,
     Edison Brothers Apparel Stores, Inc., entered into an agreement for a $75.0
     secured revolving line of credit facility with BankAmerica Business Credit,
     Inc. extending through February 29, 1996.  In addition, the company entered
     into override agreements with its existing lenders through February 29,
     1996.  The override agreements covered existing 1995 financial covenants
     and deferred principal repayments otherwise due December 1, 1995. 
     Furthermore, the company's primary existing letter of credit bank agreed to
     continue to provide international letters of credit through the override
     period.  In exchange for these concessions, the company paid a one-time
     forbearance fee of $3.6 and agreed to increase the interest rate on the
     outstanding debt to 9.75%.

     As of the bankruptcy filing, the company had outstanding $150.0 of senior
     notes, $125.0 under its $125.0 revolving credit facility, $80.9 of short-
     term and demand notes under its uncommitted bank lines, $8.4 of capital
     lease obligations, and $21.6 under its $75.0 secured revolving line of
     credit facility.  The company received authorization from the Bankruptcy
     Court to make a $21.6 payment on the secured revolving line of credit
     facility.  In addition, $3.6 of cash was set-off by the banks against
     outstanding principal and accrued interest balances.  No further principal
     or interest payments will be made on any prepetition debt without
     Bankruptcy Court approval or until a reorganization plan defining the
     repayment terms has been approved.

     Note 6: Financing Arrangements

     The company and Edison Brothers Apparel Stores, Inc., as debtors-in-
     possession, are parties to a Loan Agreement dated effective November 9,
     1995, (the DIP facility) with BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., as Agent
     and Lender, under which the company may borrow up to $200.0 to fund ongoing
     working capital needs.  The DIP facility, which has been approved by the
     Bankruptcy Court, has a sublimit of $150.0, subject to collateral
     restrictions, for the issuance of letters of credit.  The DIP facility is
     intended to provide the company with the cash and liquidity to conduct its
     operations and pay for merchandise shipments at normal levels while it
     prepares a reorganization plan.

     At the company's option, the company may borrow under the DIP facility at
     the Reference Rate (as defined) plus .25% or at the Eurodollar Rate (as
     defined) plus 1.5%.  The current borrowing rate is 8.5%.  The maximum
     borrowing, up to $200.0, is limited to 50% of the value of eligible
     inventory (as defined) plus 95% of the amount of cash deposited with the
     Agent.  The company is required to pay a commitment fee of .375% per annum
     on the unused portion of the DIP facility.  The DIP facility contains
     restrictive covenants including, among other things, a limitation on store
     closings of 850, limitations on the incurrence of additional liens and
     indebtedness, limitations on capital expenditures and the sale of assets,
     the maintenance of minimum operating earnings (EBITDA) and inventory
     levels, and a prohibition on paying dividends.  At February 3, 1996, the
     company was in compliance with the DIP facility covenants.

     The lenders under the DIP facility have a "super-priority" administrative
     expense claim against the estate of the company.  The DIP facility expires
     on the earlier of November 9, 1997, or the effective date of a
     reorganization plan that is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

     As of February 3, 1996, the company had outstanding $.2 under the DIP
     facility.  Outstanding letters of credit were $112.6 and available
     borrowings under the DIP facility were $56.9.

     Note 7:  Restructuring and Reorganization Expenses

     Restructuring and reorganization expenses for the fiscal year ended
     February 3, 1996, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1995
     <S>                                    <C>
     Estimated costs for store
       closings                             $101.6
     Loss on sale of subsidiaries             33.0
     Accelerated goodwill amortization        15.1
     Other                                    17.4
     Total restructuring and
       reorganization expenses              $167.1

</TABLE>

     During the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 1995, the company
     recognized store closing provisions relating to a restructuring plan
     designed to close unprofitable stores.  Sales and store contribution for
     1995 for the stores closed during 1995 and the remaining stores to be
     closed in 1996 were $177.2 and $(26.1) and $63.3 and $(5.6), respectively. 
     The company is continuing to evaluate store operating performance to
     determine the need for additional store closings.

     Store closing costs of $101.6 during 1995 represent a provision to cover
     early lease termination claims and the write-off of fixtures and equipment,
     leasehold improvements, and related intangible assets.  Total charges of
     $59.2, representing the net book value of fixed and intangible assets, have
     been made to the reserve since inception.  Of the reserve, $38.6, related
     to lease termination claims, has been reclassified to liabilities subject
     to settlement under reorganization proceedings.

     The company recorded a $24.7 loss related to the sale of substantially all
     the assets of its mall entertainment division in January 1996.  In
     addition, the company recorded $8.3 to cover the costs associated with the
     disposal of the remaining operations.

     The company recorded a $15.1 charge for the accelerated amortization of
     Zeidler & Zeidler goodwill based on an analysis of estimated future cash
     flow, discounted to present value.  An evaluation of the carrying value of
     the goodwill in relation to the operating performance of the underlying
     business indicated that such goodwill had declined in value.

     Other reorganization expenses of $17.4 represent expenses related to an
     early retirement program, costs related to the closing of the distribution
     center in Rome, Georgia, and professional fees incurred as a result of the
     Chapter 11 filing.  These professional fees relate primarily to accounting,
     legal, and consulting services provided to the company and the Creditors'
     Committee (which are required to be paid by the company while in Chapter
     11).

     Of the total restructuring and reorganization charges, $38.7 were cash,
     which related primarily to future lease termination payments that are
     subject to settlement under reorganization proceedings.  Non-cash expenses
     were $128.4.  Cash payments of $3.7, primarily for professional fees, were
     made during 1995.
<TABLE>

     Note 8:  Income Taxes

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:
<CAPTION>

                                           1995             1994       1993
         <S>                             <C>              <C>         <C> 
           Current expense (benefit)                             
            Federal                       $(35.6)          $  .4      $ 7.1
            Foreign                           .3             2.6        1.4
            State and local                  1.7              .1         .8 
          Deferred expense (benefit)       (39.0)            8.8        2.5
          Deferred tax valuation allowance  43.5                            
          Total provision (benefit)       $(29.1)          $11.9      $11.8

</TABLE>

     Significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and assets in the
     consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1995             1994       1993
                                          year-end         year-end   year-end

          <S>                             <C>              <C>        <C> 
          Accelerated depreciation        $  9.3           $11.1      $16.5
          Pension income                    14.9            12.2       14.3
          Other                              9.8            21.2       14.4
            Total deferred tax liabilities  34.0            44.5       45.2
          Inventory capitalization           4.8             4.6        3.0
          Rent expense accruals              7.7             8.0        9.0
          Postretirement benefits           16.1            13.0       15.2
          Acquisition-related reserves       1.3             2.6        6.7
          Restructuring reserves            20.6
          Net operating loss carryforward   13.9
          Other                             13.1            22.2       21.4
            Total deferred tax assets       77.5            50.4       55.3
          Less: Deferred tax valuation
            allowance                       43.5                           
          Net deferred tax asset          $  0             $ 5.9      $10.1

</TABLE>

     During 1995 the company concluded that it is likely it will not be able to 
     realize its deferred tax assets.  Accordingly, an allowance against the net
     deferred tax asset balance of $43.5 and a charge to income tax expense are
     reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
<TABLE>

     Reconciliation of federal statutory rates to effective income tax rates:


<CAPTION>
                                           1995            1994       1993

          <S>                             <C>              <C>        <C> 
          Federal corporate statutory rate(35.0)%          35.0%      35.0%
          State and local income taxes,
            net of federal income tax
            benefit                         (.4)            3.5        2.7
          Goodwill amortization             3.3                        
          Deferred tax valuation allowance 17.3                        
          Miscellaneous items, net          3.2            (1.6)      (1.6)
          Actual tax expense (benefit)    (11.6)%          36.9%      36.1%
</TABLE>

     Pretax earnings from foreign subsidiaries were $0 in 1995, $8.4 in 1994,
     and $4.8 in 1993.

     As of year-end 1995 the company has a net operating loss carryforward for
     federal income tax purposes of approximately $35.2, which is available to
     offset future taxable income through 2010.  In addition, the company has an
     alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $2.7, which is
     available to reduce future regular income taxes over an indefinite period. 
     A plan of reorganization or significant change in ownership of the company
     could limit the use of the net operating loss carryforward.

<TABLE>

     Note 9: Common Stock
<CAPTION>
                                     1995 year-end           1994 year-end
     <S>                             <C>                     <C>
     Shares:
        Issued (100,000,000
          authorized)                27,554,232              27,554,232
        Less held in treasury         5,466,742               5,531,429
        Outstanding                  22,087,490              22,022,803
        Stockholders of record            4,000                   4,000

</TABLE>

     The 1986 and 1992 stock option plans authorize the sale of 1.5 and 1.0
     million common shares, respectively, to executives and store managers.  No
     options were granted under the 1986 plan subsequent to adoption of the 1992
     plan.  Options are exercisable over various option terms not exceeding 10
     years following the date of grant.  

     Activity under these plans was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     1995                1994                  1993
                            Option             Option              Option 
                            price              price               price
                Number of   per      Number of per      Number of  per 
                Options     share    options   share    options    share

 <S>            <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>   
 Outstanding at           
 beginning of
 year           1,068,231   $16.13-  570,521   $11.38-  801,500    $ 9.56-
                             37.25              37.25               37.25
   
 Granted          902,080     4.31-  711,700    23.75- 
                             27.98              29.81
   
 Exercised              0            (44,078)   11.38- (185,771)     9.56-
                                                27.15               27.15 
 Canceled        (862,215)   11.13- (169,912)   11.38-  (45,208)     9.56-
                             37.25              37.25               37.25
 Outstanding  
 at end of      1,108,096     4.31- 1,068,231    16.13- 570,521     11.38-
 year                        27.98               37.25              37.25
   
 Shares
 exercisable
 at end of
 year             321,153             260,091           214,151

 Shares issued
 for options
 exercised              0              44,078           185,771

</TABLE>

      Outstanding stock options under all plans were adjusted on June 29, 1995,
     as a result of the Dave & Buster's, Inc. spin-off.  The number of shares
     subject to each option was increased by 33.1% and the excercise price was
     reduced by 24.9%.

     During 1995, 175,050 options with exercise prices ranging from $25.38 to
     $37.25 were canceled and reissued at an exercise price of $14.81.

     At February 3, 1996, 1,449,044 shares of common stock were reserved for
     issuance under the stock option plans.

     Each share of outstanding common stock includes a right that entitles the
     holder to purchase one share of common stock for $93.  Rights attach to all
     new shares of common stock issued and become exercisable only under certain
     conditions involving actual or potential acquisitions of the company's
     common stock.  Depending on the circumstances, all holders except the
     acquiring person may be entitled to purchase at the exercise price
     additional shares of common stock of the company and/or of the acquiring
     person having a market value equal to two times the exercise price.  The
     rights remain in existence until January 26, 1998, unless they are redeemed
     (at five cents per right) or terminated.
<TABLE>

     Note 10:  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                                         1995       1994
                                                      year-end   year-end

        <S>                                             <C>        <C>
        Land                                            $  5.8     $ 11.5
        Buildings                                         69.7       77.3
        Leasehold improvements                           189.7      304.0
        Fixtures and equipment                           147.5      230.7
        Property held under capital leases, principally
          buildings                                        9.6        9.6
        Total cost                                       422.3      633.1
        Accumulated depreciation and amortization       (213.3)    (286.1)
        Property and equipment, net                     $209.0     $347.0
</TABLE>

     Depreciation and amortization expense for 1995, 1994, and 1993 was $52.1,
     $56.9, and $54.6, respectively.
<TABLE>

     Note 11:  Intangible Assets
<CAPTION>

                                                 1995                1994
                                               year-end            year-end

     <S>                                         <C>                <C>
     Leasehold rights                            $ 10.1             $ 46.6
     Goodwill                                      34.0               70.1
     Covenant not to compete                       12.0               15.6
     Other                                         15.3               10.2
     Total cost                                    71.4              142.5
     Accumulated amortization                     (21.1)             (46.3)
     Intangible assets, net                      $ 50.3             $ 96.2

</TABLE>

     Intangibles are amortized over useful lives ranging from 2 to 30 years. 
     Amortization expense for 1995, 1994, and 1993 was $10.7, $12.7, and $12.5,
     respectively.  In 1995 an additional charge of $15.1 was recorded for the
     accelerated amortization of Zeidler & Zeidler goodwill.

     Note 12:  Pension Plan

     The pension plan covers employees who have met age and service eligibility
     requirements.  Benefits are based on each employee's highest average
     compensation for any 5 consecutive full calendar years out of the last 15
     years of credited service preceding separation.  The company funds at least
     the minimum amount required by funding standards.  Currently, the pension
     plan on an actuarial basis is overfunded and there is no current funding by
     the company.

     In determining the actuarial present value of projected future benefits for
     1995 and 1994, the weighted-average discount rate was 7.0% and 8.75%
     respectively, and the rate of increase in future compensation levels was
     5.65% and 5.2%, respectively.  For 1995, 1994, and 1993, the assumed rate
     of return on assets is 9.5%.  Plan assets consist primarily of fixed income
     and equity securities.

     The plan's funded status is as follows:
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                            1995    1994
                                          year-end    year-end

        <S>                              <C>      <C>
        Actuarial present value:
         Vested benefit obligation       $ 48.1   $ 33.2
         Nonvested benefit obligation       4.3      5.3
        Accumulated benefit obligation   $ 52.4   $ 38.5

        Projected benefit obligation     $(65.8)  $(44.1)
        Plan assets at market value       118.1     89.2
        Plan assets in excess of projected
          benefit obligation               52.3     45.1
        Unrecognized net asset existing
          at year-end                     (16.5)   (11.7)
        Unrecognized prior service cost     4.2      6.4
        Additional minimum liability       (3.9)    (2.7)
        Pension prepayment recognized in
          the company's balance sheet    $ 36.1   $ 37.1
</TABLE>

     Net pension income includes the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1995     1994    1993
 
    <S>                             <C>       <C>     <C>
    Service cost                    $(1.5)    $(2.4)  $(2.1)
    Interest cost                    (3.7)    (3.8)    (3.8)
    Actual return on assets          30.7     2.5      11.0
    Partial recognition of prior
      period net gain (loss)           .1     (.3)      (.1)
    Net losses (gains) deferred
      to future periods             (22.2)    5.4      (3.9)
    Net pension income              $ 3.4     $ 1.4   $ 1.1 
  
</TABLE>

  Note 13:  Employee Benefits

     The company at its discretion provides medical, dental, and life insurance
     coverage for its employees and retirees.  Medical and life insurance
     expenses were $12.6 in 1995, $11.8 in 1994, and $12.1 in 1993.  Dental
     expenses were $.8 in 1995, $.9 in 1994, and $.8 in 1993.

     The company provides an employee savings plan that permits employees to
     make contributions in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k).
     Employees who meet age and service requirements are eligible to participate
     by contributing up to 15% of their pretax compensation.  The company
     matches a portion of the employee's contribution under a predetermined
     formula based on the company's return on equity.  Company contributions to
     the plan may be remitted to the Trustee in the form of company common stock
     or cash, which is then used to acquire company common stock on the open
     market.  The company's expense related to the plan was $.2 for 1995, $.3
     for 1994, and $.2 for 1993.

     Note 14:  Postretirement Benefits

     The company at its discretion provides a defined dollar benefit health and
     life plan to its retirees and their eligible spouses.  To qualify, an
     employee must retire at age 55 or later with at least 15 years of credited
     service under the pension plan.  The health care portion of the plan is
     contributory, with retiree contributions subject to adjustment annually. 
     The life insurance portion of the plan is noncontributory.  The company
     funds, as needed, plan costs in excess of retiree contributions.  The
     company reserves the right to modify or terminate these benefits.  

     The plan's funded status is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1995        1994
                                            year-end    year-end
      
         <S>                                  <C>       <C>   
         Accumulated postretirement        
           benefit obligation:
           Retirees                           $ 37.1    $ 31.4
           Fully eligible active plan      
              participants                       3.7       3.2
           Other active plan participants        4.1       3.2
           Unrecognized net gain (loss)        (3.7)       2.3
           Prior service cost                   (.1)       (.1)
         Accrued postretirement benefit    
           cost                             $  41.1     $ 40.0


</TABLE>
         The accrued benefit cost has been classified as liabilities
         subject to settlement under reorganization proceedings for year-
         end 1995.

         Net periodic postretirement benefit cost consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1995        1994

         <S>                                      <C>          <C>   
         Service cost                             $     .2     $     .2
         Interest cost                                 3.2          3.1
         Net periodic postretirement benefit
         cost                                     $    3.4     $    3.3

</TABLE>


     An increase in the cost of covered health care benefits of 11% for pre-age-
     65 participants and 10% for post-age-65 participants was assumed for fiscal
     year 1996.  This rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 6% by the year <PAGE>
 
     2000 and remain at that level thereafter.  A 1% increase in the health care
     cost trend rate would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit
     obligation by $2.3 at year-end 1995 and the aggregate of the service and
     interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for
     1995 by $.2.  The weighted average discount rate used in determining the
     accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 7.0% and 8.75% at
     year-end 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Note 15: Leases

     Most operations are conducted in leased premises.  Some of the leases
     include options for renewal or extension on various terms.  For 1995, 1994,
     and 1993, respectively, minimum rentals for operating leases were $137.6,
     $140.6, and $129.9; additional percentage rentals based on sales were $3.5,
     $4.8, and $5.3.  Most leases also require the payment of common area
     expenses and real estate taxes.

     At year-end 1995 future minimum lease payments required under operating
     leases are $98.7, 1996; $91.8, 1997; $82.6, 1998; $73.5, 1999; $61.5, 2000,
     and $527.1, total.


<TABLE>
     Note 16:  Business Segments


<CAPTION>
                          Net sales                      Operating profit (loss)

                    1995       1994        1993       1995      1994     1993  

      <S>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>     
      Apparel    $  952.3   $  975.8    $   981.6  $ (129.5)  $   7.7  $   37.2
      Footwear      367.9      400.2        394.3      (8.9)     28.7      22.5
                  1,320.2    1,376.0      1,375.9    (138.4)     36.4      59.7
      Corporate
       and other     69.2      100.4         87.0     (87.5)     16.6      (6.6)
      Interest   
       expense                                        (25.2)    (20.6)    (20.4)
                 $1,389.4   $1,476.4     $1,462.9  $ (251.1)  $  32.4   $  32.7

</TABLE>


<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                            Depreciation           Capital
                   Identifiable assets    and amortization       expenditures
                                                                 
                                                                    
                  1995    1994   1993   1995   1994   1993    1995   1994  1993
      <S>       <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>   <C> 
      Apparel   $362.2  $492.1 $492.3  $36.9  $39.9   $39.1  $11.2  $28.1 $34.5
      Footwear   131.2   155.5  145.5   10.1    9.6     9.8   10.4   14.8  14.2
                 493.4   647.6  637.8   47.0   49.5    48.9   21.6   42.9  48.7
      Corporate                              
      and other  268.1   246.2  235.3   15.8   20.1    18.2   15.6   18.8  29.7
                $761.5  $893.8 $873.1  $62.8  $69.6   $67.1  $37.2  $61.7 $78.4

</TABLE>


      See Note 18 for amounts affecting 1993 operating loss of Corporate and
      other.

      Note 17: Other Operating

      The $22.3 reported as other operating in the 1994 Consolidated Statement
      of Income represents the benefit resulting from recovery of countervailing
      duties.

      Note 18:  Restatement

      Income for 1993 has been restated and reduced by $2.3 ($1.2 after-tax or 6
      cents per share) to reflect as annual compensation expense certain amounts
      payable under a contingent earn-out related to a 1989 business
      acquisition; such amounts were previously considered as additional
      purchase price to be reflected upon payment in 1995.  In addition, 1993
      beginning retained earnings have been reduced by $2.7 to reflect the
      effect of restatement for years prior to 1993.



                  Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors


          Stockholders and Board of Directors
          Edison Brothers Stores, Inc.

          We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Edison
          Brothers Stores, Inc.  (the Company and  its principal  operating
          subsidiaries in reorganization  under Chapter 11 title  11 of the
          United  States Bankruptcy Code since November 3, 1995, see Note 1
          to the consolidated financial statements) as of February 3, 1996,
          and  January 28, 1995, and the related consolidated statements of
          income,  common stockholders' equity, and  cash flows for each of
          the  three years in  the period  ended February  3, 1996.   These
          financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of  the Company's
          management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
          financial statements based on our audits.

          We  conducted our  audits in  accordance with  generally accepted
          auditing standards.   Those standards  require that  we plan  and
          perform the audit  to obtain reasonable  assurance about  whether
          the  financial statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
          audit includes examining,  on a test  basis, evidence  supporting
          the amounts  and  disclosures in  the financial  statements.   An
          audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used  and
          significant estimates  made by management, as  well as evaluating
          the overall financial  statement presentation.   We believe  that
          our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above
          present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated
          financial position of Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. at February 3,
          1996, and January 28,  1995, and the consolidated results  of its
          operations and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the
          period  ended  February 3,  1996,  in  conformity with  generally
          accepted accounting principles.

          The  accompanying  consolidated  financial statements  have  been
          prepared on  a going concern basis  which contemplates continuity
          of the  Company's operations  and realization  of its assets  and
          payment of  its liabilities in  the ordinary course  of business.
          As described  more fully in  Note 1, on November  3, 1995, Edison
          Brothers Stores, Inc. filed a voluntary petition for relief under
          Chapter  11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and is currently
          operating  its  business  as  a  debtor-in-possession  under  the
          supervision of the Bankruptcy  Court.  The Chapter 11  filing was
          the result  of violation  of  certain debt  covenants,  recurring
          operating losses, deterioration of vendor support, and cash  flow
          problems.   These  conditions raise  substantial doubt  about the
          Company's ability to  continue as a going  concern.  Management's
          plans to  finance  operating activities  and  further  reorganize
          operations are also described in Notes 6 and 7.  

          The appropriateness of using the going concern basis is dependent
          upon, among other things, approval of a plan of reorganization by
          the  Bankruptcy Court,  attainment by  the Company  of profitable
          future operations, and  its ability to  generate sufficient  cash
          from operations  and  other  financing  sources  to  support  its
          business  activities.     As  a  result   of  the  reorganization
          proceedings, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of  assets
          and liquidate  or settle liabilities for amounts other than those
          reflected  in  the   financial  statements  referred   to  above.
          Further, a plan  of reorganization,  as finally  approved by  the
          Bankruptcy Court, could materially  change the amounts  currently
          recorded.  The accompanying consolidated financial  statements do
          not reflect further  adjustments that might  be necessary to  the
          carrying value  of assets and  the amounts and  classification of
          liabilities  or stockholders'  equity as  a consequence  of these
          bankruptcy proceedings.


                              /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

          St. Louis, MO
          March 14, 1996


          MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          Management is responsible  for the integrity  and objectivity  of
          the financial  statements and other information  included in this
          annual report.   The financial  statements have been  prepared in
          conformity   with   generally  accepted   accounting  principles.
          Information that is  not subject to  objective determination  has
          been developed based upon management's best judgment.

          The company maintains accounting systems that management believes
          are  sufficient  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  reliable
          financial statements  and to maintain accountability  for assets.
          These systems are supported by careful  selection and training of
          qualified personnel.  The extent of internal accounting  controls
          implemented  must be  related to  the  benefits derived,  and the
          balancing  of  the cost  of  controls  to  the  benefits  derived
          requires management's  estimates and judgments.   In addition, as
          part  of its audit of the company's financial statements, Ernst &
          Young LLP  completed a study and evaluation  of selected internal
          accounting controls  to establish a basis for reliance thereon in
          determining the nature, timing,  and extent of audit tests  to be
          applied.

          The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, which is comprised
          totally of  members of  the board  who are  not employees  of the
          company.   The committee  meets  with the  independent  auditors,
          internal auditors, and  representatives of management  to discuss
          auditing   and  financial  reporting  matters.  Both  independent
          auditors and  the company's internal auditors meet with the Audit
          Committee,  with and without  management representatives present,
          to  discuss  the scope  and  results of  their  examinations, the
          quality of financial reporting, and the propriety of management's
          conduct of the business.<PAGE>
          Management  is committed  to conducting  its business  affairs in
          accordance with  the highest ethical standards  and in conformity
          with the law.

                         Management's Discussion and Analysis
                     (Dollars in Millions, except per share data)

          On November 3, 1995, Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. (the company)
          and 65 of its subsidiaries and affiliates filed petitions for
          reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.  The
          company will continue to conduct business in the ordinary course
          under the protection of the Bankruptcy Court while a
          reorganization plan is developed.

          Business  The company owns and operates chains of specialty
          retailing stores located in forty-nine states, Puerto Rico, the
          Virgin Islands, Mexico, and Canada.  The company conducts its
          principal operations through subsidiaries in two segments: 
          apparel and footwear.  Stores within the apparel and footwear
          segments, with the exception of the Repp Ltd. chain of big-and-
          tall mens stores, are almost exclusively mall-based and generally
          range in size from 1,300 to 3,000 square feet.  Merchandise is
          acquired from many vendors and the company is not dependent on
          any one supplier.  Three main distribution centers serve as
          receiving points for merchandise and coordinate the distribution
          of shipments to the stores via common or contract carrier.  A
          fourth distribution center in Rome, Georgia, was closed in
          January 1996.  The company also had entertainment operations
          comprised of predominantly mall-based entertainment centers and
          free-standing Dave & Buster's restaurant/entertainment complexes. 
          In June 1995 the company spun-off to its shareholders as a
          separate publicly-held corporation its interest in the
          subsidiaries that owned and operated the Dave & Buster's
          complexes.  In January 1996 the company sold substantially all of
          the assets of its mall entertainment division to Namco
          Cybertainment for approximately $15.0.

          During 1995 the company closed 656 stores.  The company has
          identified another group of stores that will be closed during
          1996, and has recorded a charge associated with the closings in
          the 1995 consolidated financial statements.  Store performance
          will continue to be monitored during 1996 to evaluate the need
          for further store closings.

          At year-end 1995 the apparel segment operated 1,497 stores in
          eight chains.  Seven chains focus on menswear:  J. Riggings,
          JW/Jeans West, Oaktree, Zeidler & Zeidler, Coda, Repp Ltd., and
          Phoenix, the company's catalog operation.  Each menswear chain
          targets a specific age group of men, with a different product
          mix.  The womenswear chain, 5-7-9 Shops, primarily market casual
          wear and accessories to teens and pre-teens.  The footwear
          segment operated 580 stores in three chains at the end of fiscal
          1995.  The footwear chains are Bakers/Leeds and Precis, which
          offer popular-priced women's fashion shoes, and Wild Pair, which
          focuses on advanced shoe fashion for young men and women.

          The company's fiscal year ends on Saturday closest to January 31. 
          References to 1995, 1994 and 1993 are to the 53 weeks ended
          February 3, 1996, and 52 weeks ended January 28, 1995, and
          January 29, 1994.

          Financial Condition  Cash and short-term investments at year-end
          1995 increased $112.6 over year-end 1994 primarily as a result of
          the deferral of payment of liabilities due to the Chapter 11
          filing.  Requirements for the payment of debt, accounts payable,
          and other liabilities that arose prior to the Chapter 11 filing
          are in most cases stayed while the company is under the
          protection of the Bankruptcy Court.  The company received
          authorization from the Bankruptcy Court to make a $21.6 principal
          payment in 1995 on prepetition liabilities.  The Bankruptcy Court
          also has authorized payments of prepetition wages, vacation pay,
          and up to $6.0 to foreign vendors to aid the company in
          maintaining the normal flow of merchandise to its stores.  The
          remaining prepetition liabilities of $489.8 have been classified
          as liabilities subject to settlement under reorganization
          proceedings in the consolidated balance sheet as of February 3,
          1996 (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements).

          Merchandise inventories decreased by 21.3% between 1994 and 1995
          primarily due to the numerous store closings.  The decreases in
          property and equipment, net, and intangible assets also were
          related to actual 1995 and identified 1996 store closings as well
          as the spin-off of Dave & Buster's, the sale of the company's
          mall entertainment division, and the accelerated amortization of
          goodwill related to the company's Zeidler & Zeidler operations. 
          These decreases were partially offset by additions to intangibles
          related to 1995 acquisitions.  Capital expenditures for 1995 also
          decreased 39.7% from 1994.  The income tax receivable at the end
          of 1995 resulted from the significant loss in fiscal 1995 and
          utilization of net operating loss carrybacks.  The company
          received a $37.6 tax refund in February 1996.  The remaining
          change in other current assets between 1995 and 1994 was due to
          the establishment of a valuation allowance for deferred taxes. 
          During 1995 the company concluded that it is likely it will not
          be able to realize its deferred tax assets.

          Capital Resources and Liquidity  Subsequent to the Chapter 11
          filing the company entered into a loan agreement (the DIP
          facility) with BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc. under which the
          company may borrow up to $200.0 to fund ongoing working capital
          needs.  The DIP facility has a sublimit of $150.0, subject to
          collateral restrictions, for the issuance of letters of credit. 
          The DIP facility contains restrictive covenants including
          limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on the
          payment of dividends.  As of February 3, 1996, the company had
          $56.9 available for borrowing under the DIP facility and $139.6
          of cash and investments.  The company expects that its cash and
          investments and the DIP facility will provide it with sufficient
          liquidity to conduct its operations and pay for merchandise
          shipments through the course of the Chapter 11 process.  At
          February 3, 1996, the company had utilized $112.6 of the DIP
          facility to issue letters of credit, but had no significant
          borrowings outstanding under the DIP facility.

          Cash flow from operations in 1995 increased $35.5 or 71.1% over
          1994.  The increase was primarily attributable to a $71.0
          decrease in inventory in 1995 and $26.7 increase in inventory in
          1994, offset by the deterioration in 1995 net income.  In 1994
          cash flow from operations decreased by $81.1 or 61.9% compared to
          1993.  The decrease was primarily attributable to a $26.7
          increase in inventory in 1994 and a $55.5 decrease in inventory
          in 1993.  The 1993 decrease in inventory resulted primarily from
          the sale of existing inventories and reductions in merchandise
          purchases.  All of the company's chains reduced inventories
          during 1993, except J. Riggings and Repp Ltd., which were the
          only chains with increases in number of stores.  In 1994 the
          company increased inventories in those chains experiencing
          greater customer demand, such as JW/Jeans West and Bakers/Leeds. 
          At the end of 1995 and 1994, working capital was $341.4 and
          $140.9, respectively.  This increase was due to the increase in
          cash and investments subsequent to the Chapter 11 filing and the
          reclassification of prepetition liabilities as liabilities
          subject to settlement under reorganization proceedings.

          The company expects that cash flow from operations should improve
          in 1996 as the company continues to close unprofitable stores and
          closely monitors expenses.  During 1996 capital expenditures are
          expected to be reduced more than 25% versus 1995 levels.  The
          company's focus will be on routine maintenance within existing
          stores rather than the opening of new stores.  Other expected
          demands on company funds will be for normal seasonal inventory
          requirements.  Cash for capital expenditures and merchandise
          inventory is expected to come from funds generated from
          operations, reduced cash requirements while operating under
          Chapter 11, and existing available cash.  The company generally
          does not expect to borrow under the DIP facility to finance
          operations during 1996.

          Operating Results  Net sales for the fifty-three weeks of fiscal
          1995 decreased $87.0 or 5.9% from net sales for the fifty-two
          weeks of fiscal 1994.  Same-store sales (sales reported by stores
          open throughout both years), excluding the fourth quarter
          liquidation sales of approximately 500 stores closed by the
          company and excluding sales of the mall entertainment division
          which was sold in January 1996, decreased 4.9% during fiscal
          1995.  Same-store sales were calculated based upon fifty-three
          weeks for both years.  The decline in same-store sales was
          experienced in both the apparel and footwear segments.  The
          climate in the specialty retail industry deteriorated throughout
          1995, resulting in lower sales and the need for higher
          promotional markdowns.  Disruptions in the receipt of merchandise
          prior to the Chapter 11 filing and during the stabilization
          period after the filing also contributed to the sales decline. 
          Net sales for 1994 increased by $13.5 or.9% from 1993 levels. 
          Same-store sales had improved in the footwear segment but
          declined in apparel and entertainment.  A lackluster fashion
          environment prompted reliance on off-price promotions to
          stimulate sales.  Because of favorable interest rates and demand
          for higher-ticket items, consumers seemed to shift their
          purchases to electronics and hardgoods.

          Sales for 1996 will be impacted by the closing of numerous stores
          in 1995 and the projected closings in 1996.  Sales in 1995
          related to the closed stores were $240.5.

          Cost of goods sold, including occupancy and buying expenses, were
          74.4% of sales in 1995 compared to 68.9% and 67.7% of sales in
          1994 and 1993, respectively.  The increase in 1995 over 1994 was
          due primarily to higher promotional markdowns needed during the
          year to stimulate sales.  Markdowns as a percentage of sales were
          23.6% in 1995 compared to 19.0% in 1994.  The level of shrinkage
          between years remained relatively constant.  Cost of goods sold
          as a percentage of sales in 1994 increased compared to 1993
          because of increases in merchandise, occupancy, and buying
          expenses.  The direct cost of merchandise increased and the level
          of shrinkage was somewhat higher in 1994 compared to 1993. 
          Markdowns in 1994 were consistent with those in 1993.  Minimum
          rent and related common area maintenance charges and the shutdown
          costs associated with closing the company's St. Louis
          distribution center also contributed to the increase in 1994
          compared to 1993.

          Store operating and administrative expenses were 25.3% of sales
          in 1995 compared to 24.4% in 1994.  The increase occurred in
          administrative expenses and was due to the benefit in 1994 of
          nonrecurring items.  Store expenses for the total company
          remained constant between years.  Both the apparel and footwear
          segments had slight increases in store expenses.  Store expenses
          within the entertainment operations decreased as a result of
          there being only a partial year of results for Dave & Buster's
          (due to the spin-off) which had significantly higher store
          expenses as a percentage of sales compared to the company's other
          operations.  Store operating and administrative expenses as a
          percentage of sales increased from 24.1% in 1993 to 24.4% in
          1994.  Nearly all of the modest percentage increase in 1994 was
          in the area of store operating expenses.  In 1994 the footwear
          segment was able to decrease store expenses as a percentage of
          sales from 1993 levels by tightly controlling costs and
          increasing sales.  However, the improvement in the footwear
          segment was offset by an increase in store expenses as a
          percentage of sales in the apparel segment, largely due to
          declining  sales, and by the opening of a new Dave & Buster's
          unit during first quarter 1994.  Administrative costs as a
          percentage of sales were held constant between 1993 and 1994,
          with 1994 benefiting somewhat from some nonrecurring items.

          Depreciation and amortization expense in 1995 decreased from 1994
          due to the numerous store closings and the write-off of the
          related fixed assets and intangibles.  The increase in 1994 over
          1993 was due to increased levels of property and equipment. 
          Higher interest expense in 1995 was attributable to higher
          interest rates on a larger borrowing base.  Interest expense
          would have been $9.1 higher in 1995, but interest on prepetition
          obligations after the petition dates was not accrued.  Interest
          income of $0.9 earned on the increased cash balance subsequent to
          the Chapter 11 filing was offset against reorganization expenses
          in the 1995 Consolidated Statement of Income.  The reduction in
          interest expense in 1994 from 1993 was attributable to the
          discontinuance and partial reversal of an accrual for
          countervailing duties along with greater interest earnings, all
          partially offset by higher expense on borrowings.

          Restructuring and reorganization expenses in 1995 totaled $167.1
          and consisted of $101.6 for early lease termination costs and
          write-offs of fixtures and equipment, leasehold improvements, and
          related intangible assets; a $24.7 loss on the sale of the mall
          entertainment division and an $8.3 reserve to cover the costs
          associated with the disposal of the remaining operations; $15.1
          for the accelerated amortization of Zeidler & Zeidler goodwill;
          and $17.4 for expenses related to an early retirement program,
          costs related to the closing of the Rome, Georgia, distribution
          center, and professional fees incurred as a result of the Chapter
          11 filing.  Of the total restructuring and reorganization
          charges, $38.7 were cash, which related primarily to future lease
          termination payments that are subject to settlement under
          reorganization proceedings.  Non-cash expenses were $128.4.  Cash
          payments of $3.7, primarily for professional fees, were made
          during 1995.

          During the fourth quarter of 1994 a dispute involving certain
          countervailing duties on imported footwear, and accrued interest
          thereon, was resolved in the company's favor.  All previous
          accruals of duties and interest expense were reversed, resulting
          in a credit to income of $22.3.

          Pretax income of 1995, excluding the restructuring and
          reorganization expenses, decreased dramatically from 1994 pretax
          income excluding the benefit resulting from the recovery of
          countervailing duties.  The decrease resulted from lower sales,
          lower gross margins due to higher markdowns, and higher interest
          expense.  Pretax income for 1994 excluding the special income
          item decreased 69.1% compared to 1993, primarily due to lower
          margins and higher store operating expenses.  The apparel segment
          reported significant declines in operating profit.  The footwear
          segment was able to achieve gross margins somewhat above 1993
          levels and to improve store expense performance, which
          contributed to a 28% increase in operating profit from 1993.

          Reorganization expenses will be incurred by the company
          throughout the Chapter 11 process.  In addition, as the company
          continues to monitor store performance in 1996 and identifies
          further store closings, additional charges to income may occur. 
          As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,
          the financial condition of the company raises substantial doubt
          about its ability to continue as a going concern.  However, with
          the closing of underperforming stores and focused attention on
          improving merchandising and sales strategies, the company expects
          that 1996 should yield higher margin percentages and reduced
          pretax losses.

          On a seasonal average basis the company employed approximately
          24,600 people during 1995.  Salaries and wages in 1995, 1994, and
          1993, were $241.9, $252.6, and $254.4, respectively.
<TABLE>

     FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY
     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)

<CAPTION>
                                 1995   1994      1993     1992    1991
 
     <S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>    
     Stores at the end of the 
           year                2,077     2,761     2,866    2,787   2,781
     Net sales               $1,389.4  $1,476.4  $1,462.9 $1,508.8$1,385.3
     Income (loss) from       
           continuing
       operations              (222.0)     20.5      20.9     70.4    58.9
     Net income (loss)         (222.0)     20.5      20.9     47.3    58.9
     Total assets               761.5     893.8     873.1    850.2   759.6
     Long-term debt                       173.5     159.2    194.4   119.5
     Common stockholders'     
       equity                   140.4     387.2     407.9    415.6   383.4
     Return on common 
       stockholders' equity    (84.2)%      5.2%     5.1%    11.8%   16.2%
       Per common share:
         Income (loss) from 
           continuing         
           operations        $ (10.06) $    .93  $   .95  $   3.24$   2.74
         Net income (loss)     (10.06)      .93      .95      2.18    2.74
         Dividends on common                       
           stock                  .42      1.24     1.24      1.15    1.06
         Common stockholders'                      
           equity                6.36     17.58    18.56     18.91   17.76

</TABLE>

     See Management s Discussion and Analysis for significant items affecting
     data comparability among 1993, 1994, and 1995.  See Note 18 to the
     consolidated financial statements for discussion of the restatement of
     income in 1993.  The effect of restatement in 1992 and 1991 was a $.7 (3
     cents per share) and a $2.0 (9 cents per share) reduction of income,
     respectively.  Long-term debt has been reclassified to liabilities subject
     to settlement under reorganization proceedings (see Note 5 to the
     consolidated financial statments).
   
<TABLE>
     QUARTERLY INFORMATION
     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)

<CAPTION>
                                     Quarter
                      1st            2nd          3rd           4th     
   Fiscal Year
                    13 weeks      13 weeks      13 weeks   14 wks 13 wks
 53 wks   52 wks
                   1995   1994   1995   1994   1995   1994   1995   1994
   1995    1994

<S>              <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    
<C>      <C>
Net Sales        $318.1 $326.7 $334.7 $351.0 $319.8 $353.6 $416.8 $445.1 
$1,389.4 $1,476.4
Cost of
goods,sold,
occupancy and     
buying expenses   218.9  212.9  244.2  241.6  246.4  242.1  323.8  320.7 
 1,033.3  1,017.3
Net income (loss)  (6.4)   1.9  (25.7)    .8  (83.3)    .6 (106.6)  17.2 
  (222.0)    20.5

Per common share:
Net               
income(loss)       (.29)    .09  (1.17)   .03 (3.77)    .03  (4.83)  .78 
   (10.06)   .93
Dividends           .31     .31    .11    .31           .31          .31 
      .42   1.24

Common stock     
market price:   
High              15.75   32.13  16.75  29.75 10.25   26.00   4.00 24.63 
    16.75  32.13
Low               12.38   28.38  10.25  23.13  2.88   21.50   1.38 12.00 
     1.38  12.00
 
Decrease in net    
income
resulting from 
restatements:              
Net income                  .3            .2            .2     
Per common             
share                       .01           .02           .01
                                                 


</TABLE>

     Amounts presented for the first three quarters of 1994 differ from amounts
     originally reported on Form 10-Q because of the restatement discussed in
     Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

     Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. common stock is listed on the New York Stock
     Exchange.

     Transfer Agent and Registrar: Boatmen's Trust Company, St. Louis, MO 63101





     EXHIBIT 21 - SUBSIDIARIES

     EDISON BROTHERS STORES, INC.
       AND SUBSIDIARIES

     FEBRUARY 3, 1996

     The following is a grouping of subsidiary corporations by segment.  All of
     the outstanding capital stock of the subsidiaries is owned, directly or
     indirectly, by the company.  All of the subsidiaries are included in the
     consolidated financial statements filed herein.  

<TABLE>

<CAPTION> 
                                                             No. Of
                          Principal              State of   subsidiary
     Segment            business names        incorporation corporation

     <S>         <C>                          <C>              <C>
     Apparel     JW/Jeans West, Oaktree,
                 J. Riggings, Coda,              Maryland        1
                 Zeidler & Zeidler,              Missouri        3
                 Repp Ltd. Big & Tall,          California       1
                 5-7-9 Shops, Phoenix            Delaware        1

     Footwear    Bakers/Leeds, Precis,
                 Wild Pair                       Various        46

     Other       Time-Out, Space Port, Party
                 Zone,
                 Exhilarama, Horizon
                 Entertainment, Inc.,
                 Other: Corporate-Related
                 Functions                       Various        13


                 Foreign subsidiaries
                 involved in                      Canada         2
                 retail operations or             Mexico         3
                 acquisitions of                  Taiwan         1
                 merchandise for Apparel and    Hong Kong        1
                 Footwear segments             Philippines       1
                                                                73
</TABLE>


     EXHIBIT 23 - CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form
     10-K) of Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. of our report dated March 14, 1996,
     included in the 1995 Annual Report to Stockholders of Edison Brothers
     Stores, Inc.

     Our audits also included the financial statement schedules of Edison
     Brothers Stores, Inc. listed in Item 14(a).  These schedules are the
     responsibility of the company's management.  Our responsibility is to
     express an opinion based on our audits.  In our opinion, the financial
     statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the
     basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material
     respects the information set forth therein.

     We also consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration
     Statements (Form S-8 Number 33-13297) pertaining to the Edison Brothers
     Stores, Inc. 1986 Stock Option Plan and (Form S-8 Number 33-54754)
     pertaining to the Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan and
     in the related Prospectuses of our report dated March 14, 1996, with
     respect to the consolidated financial statements incorporated herein, by
     reference, and our report included in the preceding paragraph with respect
     to its financial statements and schedules included in the Annual Report
     (Form 10-K) of Edison Brothers Stores, Inc. for the year ended February 3,
     1996.



                                        /s/ERNST & YOUNG LLP   



   St. Louis, Missouri
   May 2, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated balance sheet as of February 3, 1996, and the consolidated
statement of income for the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1996, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to such financial statements.

</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          FEB-03-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               FEB-03-1996
<CASH>                                         139,600
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    250,500
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               452,500
<PP&E>                                         422,300
<DEPRECIATION>                               (213,300)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 761,500
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          111,100
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        22,100
<OTHER-SE>                                     118,300
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   761,500
<SALES>                                      1,389,400
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,389,400
<CGS>                                        1,033,300
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  414,900
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               167,100
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              25,200
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (251,100)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (29,100)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          (222,000)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (222,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (10.06)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (10.06)

        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission